‘ ss tgoesta te dS tet Pig ot 2 VE § VAR ete ar. is TUR iecaet ee suka , oy we abet Beasts dct ey os fir retn erg pete “es rity Theat 4), depth 4 Te nweee A (, i wae "j i4 DRA) Kin ade a ae VA { i) Le a wey: iy ra - - yk x a De re | : , \ i ; 5 hy ) ne A / aii oy = ind) eed: oS re r Like he Abe o 9) peigha th aides) Main. He Mee (i , ; mr awe hm a’ Vy ‘it VaR . 7. ¥, ni , ere iy i pdapi de ea) aa : Daa He eon: oti dekan Seige Baty, Ruane eter Wea 2 Rie dae Diy ‘ | ad saa? es eal ‘ais Daisies! ae ae ee ho \ Me ad Tas a as Lo a ¢ rs 7 i] a , Ly , ose Gy (i-' 2 7 u t j , y star i 7 ) ‘ ~| : 4 = - J s, ; a z g } a | 7 af Sad a AB ° 4 = ; « 2 . rt 7 SnD ty lo ‘ nat 27 : ies Lf ‘Coe i] ‘ be > Jez = THE ANNALS (9 AND MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY, INCLUDING ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, ann GEOLOGY. (BEING A CONTINUATION OF THE ‘MAGAZINE OF BOTANY AND ZOOLOGY,’ AND OF LOUDON AND CHARLESWORTH'’S ‘MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.’) CONDUCTED BY Sir W. JARDINE, Barrt., F.L.S.—P. J. SELBY, Esa., F.L:S., GEORGE JOHNSTON, M.D., CHARLES C. BABINGTON, Esa., M.A., F.L.S., F.G.S., J. H. BALFOUR, M.D., Reg. Prof. Bot. Glasg., AND RICHARD TAYLOR, F.L.S., F.G.S. VOL. XV. dot as te LONDON: PRINTED AND PUBLISHED BY R. AND J. E. TAYLOR. SOLD BY S. HIGHLEY; SIMPKIN AND MARSHALL; SHERWOOD AND CO.; W. WOOD, TAVISTOCK STREET; BAILLIERE, REGENT STREET, AND PARIS: LIZARS, AND MACLACHLAN AND STEWART, EDINBURGH : CURRY, DUBLIN: AND ASHER, BERLIN. 1845. 94 / BL esky ““Omnes res create sunt divine sapientie et potentiz testes, divitie felicitatis humane :—ex harum usu bonifas Creatoris; ex pulchritudine sapientia Domini; ex ceconomia in conservatione, proportione, renovatione, potentia majestatis elucet. Earum itaque indagatio ab hominibus sibi relictis semper zestimata; a vere eruditis et sapientibus semper exculta; male doctis et barbaris semper inimica fuit.”— LINN. CONTENTS OF VOL. XV. NUMBER XCV. I. Ou the Anatomy of Zolis, a genus of Mollusks of the order Nu- ee dibranchiata. By Autsany Hancock and Dennis Emeveton, M.D., F.R.C.S.E., Lecturer on Anatomy and Physiology in the Newcastle- upon-Tyne School of Medicine. (With five Plates.) ...........seceessees 1 If. Memoirs on Geographic Botany. By Ricuarp Brinstey Hinps, NE EEN at Rien ROL), DIED acca pon shane as ee o maces coppers apstelespeton er: 11 III. On the Occurrence of the genus Pollicipes in the Oxford Clay. By Joun Morais, Esq. (With a Plate.) ........ccescseeeeeee Perr eee 30 IV. Description of some new species of the genus Ancyloceras. By Joun Morris, Esq. (With a Plate.) .....ccccccsecssseesees eget » 31 V. Descriptions of a new genus and some new species of Homopte- rous Insects from the East in the Collection of the British Museum. By Avam Wuire, Assistart Zool. Dep. Brit. Mus. ........cs.sseeceseeseee 34 VI. Descriptions of two apparently new species of Lamellicorn Beetles. By Avam Wuirtt, Assistant Zool. Dep. Brit. Mus. ......... 38 VII. Description of a new species of Melanogaster. By C. E. ee paar caty «aries si gpcnanoe op nwa cenap ug'aclewa sacha oe 41 VIII. On the Laws which regulate the Geographical Distribution of Littoral Mollusca. By M.’Atcipe p’ORBIGNY ...e0008 San spantn ane cen ane 42 New Books :—Elements of Comparative Anatomy, by Rud. Wagner, M.D.; translated from the German by Alfred Tulk, M.R.C.S.E.. 45 Proceedings of the Zoological Society ; Botanical Society of Edinburgh ; Geological Society .......-.00000. apa yenawanbntage nessnsmevaseadened 46—68 Submarine Explorations by M. Milne Edwards; Observations on some Polypes ; Food of the Australian Natives; Mr. Schomburgk’s Col- lections in Guiana; Meteorological Observations and Table ... G8 —72 NUMBER XCVI. IX. Description of some Animals found amongst the Gulf-weed. By Hasgr DoS. Goons. WS." CWith a: Plates) 43 edatinc, tote wates err 73 iv CONTENTS. Page X. On the Anatomy of Zolis, a genus of Mollusks of the order Nu- dibranchiata. By Ausany Hancock and Dennis Emsieton, M.D., F.R.C.S.E., Lecturer on Anatomy and Physiology in the Newcastle- upon-Tyne School of Medicine ..... ab. Giozeb east MSRIGSL oo 2 ik dewow a ORIG TAOMY 77 XI. Memoirs on Geographic Botany. By Ricuarp Brinstey Hinps, Surgeon R.N., F.R. Coll. Surg. (Continued. 0.0... .cccecedevecuseeesees we. 89 XII. On the Preservation of Objects of Natural History for the Microscope. By the Rev. M. J. Berxeney, F.L.S. o...cieiveeeceeeee 104 XIII. A Century of new Genera and Species of Orchidaceous Plants. Characterized by Professor TINDGEY (c+: .sc¢.ns0sg04ea 00 eens =aaeere eee eseedeee 106 XIV. Description of an apparently new species of Longicorn Beetle from Mexico in the Collection of the British Museum. By Apam Wuirer, Assistant Zool. Dep. Brit. Mus. (With a Plate.) ..........0006. 108 XV. Note ona British Shell of the genus Circe. By Wittram Kine, Curator of the Museum of the Natural History Society of Northumber- land, Durham, and Newcastle-upon-Tyne .........eecaceeeeeee on} dee rey 112 XVI. Note on the Boring Apparatus of the Carnivorous Gastero- pods, and of the Stone- and Wood-bwrowing Bivalves. By ALBany SPANCOGR, Masse ecedeoceto ees es cateeeere eas at ph nde up Sayc'st aisb Wea ee vnot renee 113 XVIT. On a new species of Platycercus. By Joun Goutp, F.R.S. 114 XVIII. On the Means by which various Animals walk on the Ver- tical Surfaces of highly polished Bodies. By Joun Buackwatt, F.L.S. 115 XIX. Remarks on the Synonyms of a Homopterous Insect described in the last Number of the ‘ Annals.” By Apam Wuirs, Assistant Zool. Dep Birt Nts. Wee. steetetes tose eet eke ostre costes CE Soe Storr nee pecuieiie 119 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Edinburgh ; Zoological Society ; Geological Society ; Botanical Society of London ............ 121—140 Notes in Natural History, by G. Clarke, Esq., Mauritius; Ehrenberg’s Researches on Infusoria ; Occurrence of the dnoplotherium in the lowest layers of the Tertiary period of the Paris Basin, by M. E. Robert ; Description of anew Australian Bird, by J. Gould ; Biblio- graphical Notice; Meteorological Observations and Table... 140—144 NUMBER XCVII. XX. Miscellanea Zoologica. By Georcre Jounston, M.D., Fellow of the Royal College of Surgeons of Edinburgh. (With a Plate.) ...... 145 XXI. On the British Desmidiee. By Joun Ratrs, Esq., M.R.C.S., Penzance. + «( With Plates) oosd... cs ORD I. Gee Pbee cused bnke de 149 XXII. On the Morphology of the different Organs of Zoophytes. By R: Q..Coucs, M&R.C.S.L. »+ (With:a Plate.) ent). okt. c08.. 0b e ec ae 161 XXIII. Ornithological Notes. By Joun Buackwatt, F.L.S. ...... 166 XXIV. On the “ Nigger’ or ‘“ Cotton Spinner” of the Cornish Fishermen. By Cuarues Witiiam Peacu, of Goran Haven, Cornwall (Wath‘a Plate. )\w06C." (CWILW & PAEG) 202 cs. cecctevertecsest= stream ent 301 XLIII. Description of three new species of Rubus. By T. Berx Sinan, mV irte Lis ouseckitacars stieomecies A ec lath ee aeeaines ate ea Se seictiohiatste 305 XLIV. Additions to the Fauna of Ireland, including descriptions of some apparently new species of Invertebrata. By Wittiam Tuompson, Pres. Nat. Hist. and Phil. Society of Belfast. (With a Plate.) ...... «-. 308 XLY. On the correct Nomenclature of the Lastre@a spinosa and LL. multiflora of Newman. By Cuarzes C. Basrineton, M.A., F.L.S., EV Ge rSc ese eleislelretalntalelntatelettale efetetersleelataiejserisialsleerelotteialeiseteleissicletelelelstelelealyls(=='=ielett- tetera 322 XLVI. Characters of six new species of Nepalese Birds. By Brran H. Hopeson, Esq., late British Resident at Nepal ......... Sanaa eee 326 XLVII. Notice of some Rarities found on the West Coast of Scot- land. By the Rev. Davin LANDSEOROUGH <.ce..cmnsssvockaonessuneneneeee 327 XLVIII. Notes on the Synonymy of the Genus pion, with Descrip- tions of Six new Species, &. By Joun Watton, Esq., F.LS. ......... 331 XLIX. Further Notice respecting Cyanocitta superciliosa, a sup- posed new species of Blue Jay. By H. E. Srricxianp, M.A. ......... 342 L. Note on Mr. H. E. Strickland’s Paper on the genus Cardinia (Agassiz). By Capt. Portiock, R.E. ...... side siotete ote esGeant siete cneeeenS 343 LI. Further Notice respecting the Ova of the Large Spotted Dog- fish (Scyllium Catulus). By Capt. Portiock, R.E. ..cccscsececeseeeeeee 345 LII. Generic Characters of Gasterochisma melampus, a Fish which inhabits Port Nicholson, New Zealand. By Joun Ricuarpson, M.D., BRS Gle.. .ovicsbansctceneseautece satjers Geees ceaneanaapener ne eanaes nt ae bec asain 346 New Books :--Recherches sur l’Embryogénie des Tubulaires, et 1’ His- tuire naturelle des différens Genres de cette Famille qui habitent CONTENTS. vil Page la céte d'Ostende, par P.-J. Van Beneden.—Mycologia Britannica, or Specimens of British Fungi, by Ph. B. Ayres, M.D....... 346—349 Proceedings of the Botanical Society of Edinburgh; Zoological So- CLEEY vicscscescseceeececctcecesceseeeusceuaeseeceeeeeetcesseceeseerens 350—371 Abundant Occurrence of Rare Infusoria in the Scallop; amatococcus sanguineus, Ag.; Observations on the Formation of Capillaries, by E. A, Platner ; Reproduction of Lost Parts in the Articulata; De- scription of a new species of Solarium, by R. B. Hinds, l’sq., R.N. ; Meteorological Observations and Table ............e00...06- we. S71—376 NUMBER C. LIII. Descriptions of some Gigantic Forms of Invertebrate Animals from the Coast of Scotland. By Harry D.S. Geoopsitr, M.W.S. (With SNECEN Asai cnkanusipdadwamas screen Sard emdiandanad paen en pal eis a kane rnones ve teas xe 377 LIV. A Century of new Genera and Species of Orchidaceous Plants. Cmaracterized by Professor DIN aLey ....-saveecccvessscwnesusctacdcsbacnsune 383 LV. Ona Monstrosity of Gentiana campestris. By G. Dickiz, M.D., Lecturer on Botany in the University and King’s College of Aberdeen. 387 LVI. Notes on the Synonymy of the Genus Apion, with Descrip- tions of Six new Species, &c. By Joun Watton, Esq., F.L.S.......... 392 LVII. On the British Desmidiee. By Joun Ratrs, Esq., M.R.C.S., ag 0 WR SUMO once « to nin a atten ppte'nn Geanvdinnnandants yaa sauce 401 LVIII. Note on Mr. Bowerbank’s Paper on the genus Dunstervillia (Bowerbank), with Remarks on the Jschadites Konigii, the Tentaculites and the Conularia. By Tuomas Austin, Esq., F.G.S. ..........0e0000- 406 LIX. On the Formation of Aérial Tubers in Sedum amplexicaule, eee Wer ery SPEAR EG, oi sc wes cas cicnastinnstanl aaah arn apasaae t-pain 408 LX. Anatomical and Organogenical Researches on Lathrea clan- PR. BAe SPOT AGO aap s aan teunseenassonaseien ween iaennganien 410 LXI. On the Growth of the Stem of Palms, and on the Decurrence mune eaves, By M. vom MARting .. ...csconespaasoncdgos odpiyevdstudnaaeos 415 LXII, Botanical Notices from Spain. By Moritz WitiKomm...... 417 New Books :—Contributions towards a Fauna and Flora of the County of Cork.—Musée Botanique de M. Benjamin Delessert, par A. Laségue.—Classification der Saugethiere und Végel, von J. J. Meta eae cert hccnccenacigecnnscas sacie saxacdasesaccs op seh tasaatcan 419—423 Proceedings of the Linnzan Society ; Botanical Society of Edinburgh ; Zoological Society ; Entomological Society .....-......:0200 423—442 On the Fossil Cycade@ in general, and especially on those which are found in Silesia, by Prof. Geeppert ; Extract of a Note from J. E. Gray, Esq., relative to his paper on the Animal of Spirula, p. 257 ; vill CONTENTS. Page On the Development of Doris, by C. W. Peach; On the Nidi of Buccinum reticulatum, by C. W. Peach; Obituary; Meteorolo- . gical Observations and Table ..........cscssseccesesesceessccees 442—448 NUMBER CI. SUPPLEMENT. LXIII. Notices of various Mammalia, with Descriptions of many new Species. By Epwarp Bryrn, Esq., Curator of the Asiatic Society’s IMATE 0703. Sanaa asbacnocnacscnasodsacdooas Seatecccteeetemeeesceeee wees coeeesncmaae, Proceedings of the Zoological Society ; Linnzan Society ......... 475—498 PRGEX ow casssacwaceasisascwces nce ences saanank sp hits yaten=evnchevkas> Mussina santo iiaee 499 PLATES IN VOL. XV. I1I. }Anatomy of Eolis. VI. New species of Pollicipes and Ancyloceras. VII. Animals from the Gulf-weed. VIII. New species of Longicorn Beetles. IX. British Nereides. XI. $ British Desmidieze—Staurastrum. XIII. Morphology of Zoophytes.—Morphology of Grasses. XIV. The “ Nigger.” —Development of Doris. XV. Animal of Spirula. XVI. New Itish Echinodermata. XVII. Dunstervillia. XVIII. Structure of the Cocoon of a Leech. XIX. New Irish Mollusca. XX. New British Invertebrata. The Binder is requested to substitute the half-sheet at the end of No. 100, in place of pp. 8301—3808. THE ANNALS AND MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY. §© eceeseeseceeeeee per litora spargite muscum, Naiades, et circlm vitreos considite fontes : Pollice virgineo teneros hic carpite flores ; Floribus et pictum, diva, replete canistrum. At vos, 0 Nymphz Craterides, ite sub undas ; Ite, recurvato variata corallia trunco Vellite muscosis e rupibus, et mihi conchas Ferte, Dez pelagi, et pingui conchylia succo,”” Parthenii Ec. 1. No. 95. JANUARY 1845. I.—On the Anatomy of Eohs, a genus of Mollusks of the order Nudibranchiata. By AtBpany Hancock and Dennis Em- BLETON, M.D., F.R.C.S.E., Lecturer on Anatomy and Phy- siology in the Newcastle-upon-Tyne School of Medicine. ‘ [ With five Plates. ] THE Nudibranchiate Mollusks are divided into two families, the Doride and the Tritoniade ; the anatomy of the former was fully vestigated by Cuvier, that of the latter, however, was only partially examined by that illustrious physiologist ; and the Eo- lidine*, a very extensive division of it, were left totally unex- plored, but were nevertheless considered to agree in organization with Zritonia Hombergit, the typical form of the group. Recently however the attention of zoologists has been drawn to the subject by M. Milne Edwards, who was the first to point out that the Kolidine deviate in a very striking manner from the rest of the family. He found in the genus Calliopea a ramified digestive apparatus. This curious organ was supposed by that gentleman to perform the double function of digestion and cir- culation, and consequently to have analogy with the gastro-vas- cular system of the Meduside on the one hand, and on the other with the Nymphon, on account of the czecal prolongations of the digestive organ that penetrate the exterior branchial papille. Since this discovery there has appeared in the ‘ Annales des * We use this name to designate the subfamily of which Zolis is the type. Ap~ Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Vol. xv. 2 Messrs. Hancock and Embleton on the Anatomy of Kolis. Sciences Naturelles’ a very elaborate article by M. A. de Quatre- fages on what that gentleman considers a new generic form, to which he has given the name Eolidina paradoxum ; this he states differs from the typical organization, not only in its digestive apparatus, but also m many other respects, and im some instances in the most extraordinary manner. The subject of M. de Quatrefages’ memoir however does not vary in any external characters from Hollis, to some of the British species of which it is closely alhed. We should therefore expect the anatomy of Eolidina paradoxum to coincide pretty accurately with that of Holis, at least not to deviate from it to any extent in the more important organs ; yet very considerable deviations do exist, if the observations of M. de Quatrefages be correct. Several of these observations however we are disposed to question. Previously to the publication of the memoir just named, we had investigated the anatomy of Holis in company with Mr. Joshua Alder, and although many of our results were borne out by those of the French naturalist, yet in several important particulars we found that we entirely disagreed with him. We have therefore reinvestigated the matter with much care, and particularly with reference to the points in dispute, and have been able to corro- borate our original views in the most satisfactory manner. The subject is of considerable interest, as it 1s principally on his views of the anatomy of Holidina and two other allied species that M. de Quatrefages has proposed his order Phlebenterata. It is therefore desirable that the anatomy and physiology of the Eolidine should be fully ascertained. With a view to this we now publish the results of our researches, hoping that they may have the effect of fixing the attention of others more able than ourselves to inquire into the matter. We would premise that, in the following paper, where no au- thority is given after the name of any species mentioned, it must be understood that that species has been described by Messrs. Joshua Alder and Albany Hancock. We have chiefly turned our attention to Holts papillosa, John- ston, probably EZ. Cuvierii of French authors, Pl. I. fig. 1; not more on account of its general resemblance in form to Eolidina paradoxum than for the advantages presented by its great size, which has enabled us to ascertain by actual dissection almost every point of importance. Of this species we have had numerous specimens, both alive and in spirits, and in all stages of growth, from two lines to two inches in length. It is slightly depressed, tapering more abruptly than usual to a point behind; both the dorsal and oral tentacles are simple, short and conical; the branchial papille are slightly compressed EEO eee _- _ i Messrs. Hancock and Embleton on the Anatomy of Eolis. 3 and taper to a point ; they are arranged down the sides of the back in about twenty transverse series of from twelve to eighteen papillz each ; the foot is broad, and slightly produced at the sides in front. We have not however confined ourselves to this species, but have extended our inquiries to several others, for the purpose of showing how far the internal organization varies in the group. E. olivacea, P\. 1. fig. 3, is thus frequently alluded to. It closely resembles the species described by M. de Quatrefages, and is in fact, accordig to the generic characters given by him, with the exception of a posterior dorsal anus, an Kolidina. It is generally about half an inch long, has four simple, slightly conical tentacles ; the anterior part of the foot is rounded at the sides, or only slightly angulated ; the branchial papille are cylin- drical, and arranged down the sides in about seven transverse rows of four or five papillee each. E. coronata, Forbes, Pl. I. fig. 2, has also been examined with the same view. This species differs from the two former as much perhaps as any of the genus, and is therefore well calculated for our purpose. It is sometimes one inch and a half long, the body is almost cylindrical, and terminates in a fine point behind; the anterior lateral angles of the foot are somewhat produced; the oral tentacles are long and simple, the dorsal annularly laminated ; the branchial papill are cylindrical, and arranged down the sides in six or seven clumps. Besides these three, we have had upwards of twenty other spe- cies, to some of which we shall occasionally refer. A few of these have the anterior angles of the foot produced into tentacular points, as described by Cuvier ; and others have the large vase- shaped branchial papillz resembling those of the genus Ampho- rina of M. de Quatrefages. During our investigations, we have used in the dissection of the organs the simple lens, and for the examination of the mi- nuter parts of the organs, the tissues and fluids, one of Powell and Lealand’s best compound microscopes. We have avoided using the compressor as much as possible, being aware that it is a great cause of error in studying the structure of animals so complicated and delicate as the Eolidine. These mollusks invariably contract themselves greatly when subjected to pressure, and the various organs are confusedly crushed together, so that it is quite impos- sible to distinguish any of them with precision. We have never succeeded in tracing in this manner the whole of any of the vis- cera, though we have several times made the attempt, and we can easily conceive that the compressor has led to many of the errors which we believe M. de Quatrefages has committed, though we give him full credit for the amount of information that he has BQ 4 Messrs. Hancock and Embleton on the Anatomy of Eolis. really gathered from the very limited number and minute size of his specimens. We propose to treat of the anatomy of Eolis by describmg suc- cessively the various organs, beginning with those of digestion, which will form the subject of the present article. The physio- logy will be found incorporated with the anatomy. In Pl. V. tig. 16, is given a general view of the viscera of E. papillosa, the dorsal skin having been removed. Organs of Digestion. These consist of 1st. An outer and an inner lip, leading to 2ndly. A buccal mass, composed of a pair of horny plates, pro- vided with strong cutting-edges, and inclosmg a spmy prehen- sile tongue, having strong muscles adapted to produce all ne- cessary movements. From the posterior part of the dorsal aspect of this mass passes backward, 8rdly. A short constricted cesophagus, which ends in 4thly. A ramified digestive cavity; the ramifications continued into the branchial papille, and developed into a more or less complicated follicular apparatus for the bihary secretion, being at the same time continued into ovate vesicles which open externally at the apices of the papill. 5thly. A short intestinal tube coming off from the posterior part of the dorsal aspect of the bulb of the stomach, and ending in an anus placed on the right side of the body. 6thly. Minute salivary glands. The mouth, in Eolis papillosa (an anterior view of which, from a specimen that had been in spirit, is shown in PI. V. fig. 14), opens on the inferior surface of the head and in front of the an- terior border of the foot. It is provided with an external pair of large soft lips, Pl. I. fig. 4a, that divide vertically on the median line. A little within these there is a strong, firm, somewhat com- pressed, muscular layer—the imner lip, Pl. I. figs. 4, 6, and 8 8, surrounding an oval vertical space, through which two strong, brown, hornylaminz, the cutting-blades of the jaw, Pl. Il. fig. 2a, are visible. These blades are seen to be separated by a vertical fissure (Pl. V. fig. 14.c) opening into the cavity of the mouth. An inferior view of the mouth of E. olivacea in its natural state is seen in Pl. V. fig. 15. The buccal mass itself, Pl. I. fig. 7, is composed of a pair of large corneous plates, a tongue, and the muscles necessary for the movements of these organs. It is a large and apparently compact body of a subtriangular form, with the sides a little com. pressed. The corneous plates, PI.I. figs. 44,9 aa, Pl. JS, 7, Ses are nearly co-extensive with the general mass, on the sides of : Messrs. Hancock and Embleton on the Anatomy of Eolis. 5 which they are placed, partially imbedded in the muscles. They are of an irregularly elliptical form, slightly concave internally and convex externally, and are gradually thinned to a fine edge at their inferior and posterior margins. From the superior mar- gin of each plate near its anterior part projects inwards a trian- gular process, PI. I. fig. 9 6 and Pl. II. fig. 7a; these processes are united at their apices on the median line by a strong lgament, forming a hinge-like joint or pivot on which the horny plates move easily. Below and a little im advance of these processes project downwards the two large arched cutting-blades, PI. I. fig. 9c, Pl. Il. 5, and 76; these blades form the anterior edges of the corneous plates, and end inferiorly in long pointed pro- cesses, which are kept together by muscular insertions. The upper surface of the processes for the hinge is divided un- equally by a slight ridge, PI. I. fig. 9 a and Pl. II. 7c, mto two parts ; these give attachment to transverse muscles which move the horny plates upon the pivot: the muscle in front of the ridge, Pl. I. figs. 6c, 7d, 10c, and PI. 11. 2 4, is also in front of the pivot, and has the office of closing the jaws; that behind the ridge, Pl. I. figs. 6 d, 7e and 104, is the opponent of the former and opens the jaws. The latter is much larger than the former and consequently stronger, and extends backwards as far as the ceso- phagus. There is however another transverse muscle, Pl. I. figs. 6e, 10d and PI. II. 2c, the duty of which is to assist in closing the cutting-blades. This muscle is seen attached to the edge of the horny plates at their anterior inferior aspect below the cut- ting-blades. The closure of the jaws is further materially pro- moted by a sphincter muscle which forms part of the lips, and will be described further on. On the upper aspect of the buccal mass, behind, and partly covered by the transverse muscle that opens the jaws, and run- ning on each side of the cesophagus backwards and then down- wards, is a well-defined muscular layer, Pl. I. figs.5 a, 7 fand 9e, having its origin from the inner border of the horny plates. The fibres which arise the furthest forward form the inner edge of each muscle, and unite on the median line immediately behind the cesophagus ; those which come off behind these pass parallel to them, and are united also on the median line at points suc- cessively further behind and below the former, and the fibres which are last in origin are prolonged and become lost upon the under aspect of the buccal mass. All the fibres of this muscular layer, besides uniting with each other, are attached by their an- terior surface to the muscles of the tongue upon which they lie. One office of these muscles appears to be to pull forwards the cesophagus so as to close its orifice; their principal function we will explain when we come to the tongue. 6 Messrs. Hancock and Embleton on the Anatomy of Kolis. On removing these muscles there is brought into view a very thin stratum of glistenimg muscular fibres, Pl. I. fig. 9 f, attached to the opposed edges of the horny plates and converging towards the cesophagus, upon which they pass, forming at once a coating of longitudinal fibres for that tube, and the attachment of it to the skeleton of the mouth. This delicate layer lies upon the ling membrane of the mouth and cesophagus. On cutting through the hinge and separating the horny plates, we obtain a view of the interior of the mouth, Pl. I. fig. 8; here we find in the median line the arched prominent ridge of the tongue c, extending from before backwards, formed of seventeen or eighteen transversely curved imbricated plates, Pl. II. fig. 1, their posterior free edges thickened, of a dark chestnut colour, and presenting about forty spines slightly bent, and having their points directed backwards. This ridge is supported upon the curved apex of a wedge-shaped muscular mass, Pl. I. figs. 6 fand 8 d, that rises from the posterior inferior wall of the mouth, and is much thicker behind than before. A lateral view of this mass shows two sets of muscular fibres: one, by far the stronger and larger, arising from the inner surface of the inferior posterior margin of the horny plate, and radiating to all parts of the curved ridge, where they are inserted into the ends of the transversely arched plates which sustain the spines ; the other set, much less strongly marked, and crossing obliquely over the former, arise from the posterior extremity of the curved ridge of the tongue, and thence pass forward to be inserted successively into the ends of all the transverse plates of the ridge from back to front ; the upper fibres are consequently the shortest, the lower the longest. The former set of fibres, when acting as a whole, will carry downwards and backwards the entire ridge of the tongue. When the muscles of the two sides act alternately, the tongue will be moved from side to side; when the anterior and posterior borders of the muscles act alternately, as it may be supposed they can, the alternate advance and retreat of the spmy ridge will be assisted. The degree of curvature of the tongue and the situation of the curve will materially depend upon the former, as well as upon the latter set of fibres. On removing the muscles just described from off one side of the tongue, a very beautiful piece of mechanism is brought into view ; we find, corresponding to the base of the tongue and the under surface of the buccal mass, two strong semicircular bands of muscle; one, the inferior, Pl. I. fig. 5 4, arises from the mfe- rior pointed extremity of the cutting-jaws e, directly above the inferior transverse muscle that assists to close the jaws; and thence passes In a curve backwards and upwards, and is inserted into the posterior extremity of the ridge of the tongue. It is to Messrs. Hancock and Embleton on the Anatomy of Kolis. 7 the under and posterior surface of this band that the muscle (a) we have mentioned, as coming down from the upper part of the buccal mass by the side of the cesophagus, is attached. The use of this inferior band is to pull the posterior end of the ridge of the tongue downwards, and thus assist in the rotatory motion of this organ backwards, by which food is carried to the opening of the cesophagus. The other, the superior band, PI. I. fig. 5 c, lies within the curve of the former, and has its ends fixed to the ends of the spiny ridge of the tongue, which it will serve to ap- proximate ; but it will more particularly pull downwards and back- wards the anterior end of the tongue, being the main agent in its rotatory motion forwards, on account of the muscles which come down from the upper part along the posterior surface of the buccal mass pulling upon the inferior semicircular band to which they are attached, and thus making the posterior end of the tongue a fixed point. Of the three muscles here last mentioned, the posterior a, and the superior ¢, are associated together in action, and are opposed by the inferior b, which is also in part intermediate in situation between the others. Altogether they are the chief instruments in producing the rotatory backward and forward motions of the tongue, whilst the muscles that overlie them laterally assist in the rotation, and regulate the place and degree of curvature of the ridge, whilst they can depress the tongue in totality. Now, the nearly circular space that is left between the concave border of the upper semicircular muscle and the concavity of the ridge of the tongue is filled up by a mass of stout, short, transverse fibres d, which appear to give strength and stability to the lin- gual mass, binding strongly together the lateral muscles to which they are fastened, and forming at the same time a firm support to the spiny ridge, and a fulcrum as it were for the semicircular muscles that rotate it. The inner concave aspect of the horny plates which form the lateral walls of the cavity of the mouth is uncovered for about one-third of its extent at the upper and anterior part, Pl. I. figs. 6 and 8 aa, Pl. III. fig.6b. The rest of the surface is lined by a thick, strong muscular mass, Pl. I. figs. 6 g and 8 e, and Pl. II. 4. Pl. ILI. fig. 6c, the fibres of which are inserted into nearly the whole of the lower half of its internal aspect, just above the in- sertion of the external lateral muscles of the tongue, with which they are blended. From this attachment the fibres pass obliquely upwards, the inner ones being the longest and inclining forwards, and a thick body of muscle is formed, which is terminated above by a flat and broad border, PI. I. fie.8 fand Pl. IL. 44, Pl. III. 6d, that is free for some distance, lying nearly in contact with the 8 Messrs. Hancock and Embleton on the Anatomy of Eolis. horny plate: the muscles from the two sides meet together in front of the tongue, and are attached to the inferior pomted ex- tremity of the cutting-jaws, Pl. I. fig. 8g, Pl. II. 4c, Pl. III. 6e, blending there with the muscles that rotate the tongue back- wards. On the outer surface of the free part of this cheek-mass, as it may be called, is a thin layer of fibres, Pl. III. fig. 6 f, passing at right angles to the bulk of the muscle, and extendmg from the lower extremity of the cuttig-jaws to the side of the cesophagus. At the inferior border of this thin layer lie the sa- livary glands and duct (a). The use of this mass of muscle appears to be that of accom- modating itself to the action of the tongue and assisting it in carrying the food backwards into the cesophagus. May the free edges not be the organs of taste ? The whole of the muscular walls of the buccal cavity are lined, and the wedge of the tongue is covered by a strong membrane continuous with that which lines the cesophagus, and which forms one or two distinct folds, Pl. I. figs. 8 and 64, over the pos- terior part of the tongue below the entrance to thé cesophagus, but which does not appear to line the horny plates where they are uncovered by muscle, nor to coat the cutting-jaws, and which consequently is not continuous with the membrane which lines the channel of the mouth. It is most probably a mucous membrane. Lips.—These consist of longitudinal and circular fibres: the longitudinal fibres of the imner lip, Pl. I. fig. 11 b, take their ori- gin from a ridge, Pl. IT. fig. 5 a, on the external surface of the anterior edge of the horny plates, where these become continuous with the cutting-jaws ; the fibres arise all the way from the upper to the under margin of the horny plates, inclosing in an elliptical space the cutting-jaws. With these are blended the circular fibres. The lip thus formed is coated on its inner and part of its outer surface by the lining membrane of the channel of the mouth, so that it projects by a free border, Pl. I. figs. 4 and 66 and 11 ¢, which is wrinkled, into the channel leading to the buccal cavity. This imer lip acts as a sphincter to the orifice of the mouth, and will regulate and assist the approximation of the cutting-jaws ; it will also take an active part in the prehension of aliment, which it will carry backwards to the cutting-blades. The outer lips are prolonged into a tube, PI. I. fig. 4 e, which is the channel of the mouth ; they inclose the inner lip. Their longitudinal muscular fibres, Pl. I. fig. 6 2, arise from a ridge, Pl. II. fig. 5 c, on the sides of the horny plates, immediately be- hind the origin of the longitudinal fibres of the imner lip, and pass forward to be blended with the integuments at the external 7% “9% ee ee eee Messrs. Hancock and Embleton on the Anatomy of Kolis. 9 orifice of the mouth. The circular fibres are to be traced from end to end of this tube, but are most abundant at its posterior part, where they form a strong belt or sphincter, PI. 1. figs. 4f and 6’. The use of the outer lips appears to be chiefly confined to sensation, for they are abundantly supplied with nerves, and are retracted by means of their straight fibres when the animal takes its prey. From the circular belt at the base of the outer lips pass back- wards series of fibres, Pl. I. fig. 4g g, the strongest and longest of which are below, corresponding to the foot. These fibres are inserted into the fleshy foot and into the common integument of the sides and top of the body, to which they attach the whole buccal mass, and their office is to retract that mass : this they will do most efficiently when the foot has firm hold of the ground. From the same belt are seen passing backwards and lying against the external surface of the corneous plates, fiat, shining, semitransparent bands of muscle, Pl. I. figs. 4/4, 7b, and Pl. IT. 3a, which unite and divide irregularly as they are continued to their insertions along the upper and posterior borders of the horny plates. These bands appear to be antagonists to the last-men- tioned, and may advance and rotate the buccal mass, during the prehension and cutting of the prey, and probably may assist in retracting the outer lip. The general characters and the muscular arrangement of the buccal mass do not appear to vary materially throughout the ge- nus KHolis. [See that of E. coronata, Pl. I. fig.3.] The lips are nearly the same in all. There are corneous plates and spiny tongue in all. In E£. coronata however, PI. II. figs. 6 and 8, the jaws are slightly modified in form. The tongue also varies, and is composed of a single longitudinal row of large, strong, re- curved spines or teeth which are minutely pectinated on each side. In E. nana the same compound tooth is found, PI. II. fig. 10 and Pl. ILI. fig. 3. In E. alba the tongue is composed of a single longitudinal row of twenty large, simple, recurved spines, Pl. II. figs. 11 and 12, and in £. olivacea there are between fifty and sixty transverse rows, each containing about twelve stoutish, almost straight spines, Pl. II. figs. 13 and 14. The spines of these tongues are very minute, and in F. papil- losa are not more than one-sixth the thickness of the ordinary hair of the human head. They were often observed to be broken off abruptly, but never bent or partially fractured ; hence we were led to suppose that they were not composed of horny tissue, and were induced to try the effect of some reagents upon them. Neither acetic nor nitric acids produced any change in them, but 10 Messrs. Hancock and Embleton on the Anatomy of Kolis. hydrofluoric acid in the nascent state corroded them extensively, leaving little doubt in our minds that the spines are composed of siliceous matter. It is difficult to understand how M. de Quatrefages could have mistaken the buccal mass for the stomach, and yet there is no doubt that he has done so in Kolidina. From his diagram it ap- pears clear that he has not understood the parts, and his de- scription sets the matter at rest. At page 284 of his memoir, after describmg as the oesophagus the channel that leads through the lips to the buccal mass, that gentleman goes on to say, “ En arriére de l’cesophage, on apergoit une masse oblongue, formée par des fibres musculaires entrecroisées. La cavité ceso- phagienne se continue dans son intérieur en s’y rétrécissant au moins dans l’état de vacuité ot était cette portion de l’appareil digestif chez les individus que j’ai examinées. Peut-étre est-ce la le lieu ot se fait la digestion des substances avalées par Panimal. Du moins, dans un autre mollusque fort voisin de celui-ci, et que jai rencontré également & Saint Vast, je trouvai dans un organe entiérement semblable un petit poisson, dont toutes les parties molles avaient entiérement disparu, et dont la colonne vertébrale elle-méme commengait & se dissoudre par Paction des forces di- gestives.” And in the next paragraph adds, “Au-dela de ce bulbe stomachale, si Yon peut s’exprimer ainsi, commence le véri- table intestin.” It appears to us that this naturalist has here drawn a hasty conclusion from an imperfect observation. But afterwards, in a paper on his proposed order Phlebenterata, he re- cognises the tongue of Act@on elegans, which also at first sight he mistook for the back-bone of a small fish. Now the tongue of Acteon resembles closely that of several small species of Kolis, so that we trust that by this time M. de Quatrefages has come to a recognition of the true signification of the parts in Kolidina pa- radoxum. The account however of the anatomy of this latter animal in the ‘Annales des Sciences’ for May and June 1843, shows at once that M. de Quatrefages has mistaken the outer lip for the mouth, the channel of the mouth for the cesophagus, the mouth itself for the stomach, and the stomach for the “ véritable intestin.” In minute specimens of the Holidine the microscope is neces- sary for the detection of these parts, and the compressor must be adjusted carefully with reference to them: great pressure is re- quisite to show the tongue. In large specimens the same parts can be dissected out either with or without a lens. [To be continued. } Mr. R. B. Hinds on Geographic Botany. ll I1.— Memoirs on Geographic Botany. By Ricuarn Brinsiey Hinps, Surgeon, R.N., Fell. Roy. Coll. Surg. In the ninth volume of the ‘Annals of Natural History’ I have dwelt with some detail on the agents which constitute climate, more particularly as they influence vegetation. It will there be seen that a great number of different climates are produced by the repeated changes in the relations which the constituents bear to each other, and every portion of the globe, of any extent, will produce a state of things influencing its climate, which perhaps it would not be possible to match exactly at any other place. Whether vegetation obeys minutely these movements in climate is yet to be determined, but it is not improbable that there is a very powerful connexion between the flora of any particular re- gion and surrounding circumstances ; as not only every continent has its own peculiar forms, but even different portions of a con- tinent have an assemblage of forms which are repeated feebly elsewhere. Before, however, adverting to the varieties which vegetation presents, there are some other circumstances for our consideration. The earliest mention of the vegetable kingdom is contained in the sacred writings ; we are there informed that the earth brought forth grass, and herb yielding seed after his kind, and the tree yield- ing fruit, whose seed was in itself, after his kind. Further than this they do not acquaint us with any facts on the subject, ex- cepting that we find that it occupied one of the earliest of the omnipotent labours, preceding in its existence all other organized beings. Our curiosity as to the early state of vegetation, its amount, or how the whole world has been covered with its mem- bers, remains still unsatisfied. These were left for the subse- quent inquiries of man, and perhaps also for his happiness, since experience has taught us the pleasure to be derived from the exercise of our intellectual faculties and in the gradual ac- cumulation of knowledge. Nor on the other hand can we per- ceive, though the information is scanty, that there is room for any of those restricted ideas which have been entertamed by some as to the limited number of vegetable beings at first called into existence, or of the very confined region they were supposed to occupy. The world had been long peopled before we find any additional information, and this is contained in the writings of those philosophers whose names have descended to our times with many of their works. At that period very limited ideas prevailed respecting the nu- merical amount of the flora of the world, which has since been discovered to be so vast. The imperfect knowledge of geo- graphy then prevailing, and the small amount of accumulated 12 Mr. R. B. Hinds on Geographic Botany. information, must account to us for not above a thousand differ- ent species being recorded. The ancients at the same time were not remiss in availing themselves of the properties of plants in the healing art, or for domestic purposes. To some extent the amount of known plants is an index of the advancement of the science, and on examination this will be found to have proceeded most irregularly ; indeed none worthy of attention was made till the time of Linneus. Subsequently a rapid advance took place, gradually increasing to the present time, when the progress out- strips all precedent. Whilst the first naturalists were recording such plants as their exertions brought before their notice, none appear to have hazarded an opinion on the total amount of the vegetation of the world, till Ray ventured to fix it at 18,000. Though this amount may seem small, it most probably appeared at the time it was first promulgated of a more astonishing magnitude than the great amount to be presently mentioned, as in our opinion likely to be an approximation to the total flora of the earth, will to us in the present day. In the following details the first column expresses the amount known to or noticed by each authority, and the second column the total number of species which were, at the time spe- cified, considered as existing on the globe :— Supposed Known. ‘Total. a.c. 800 Theophrastus, History of Plants . 500 ap. 70 Pliny, History of the World f 1000 1580 Dodoneus, Stirpium Historia. 1330 1623. bauhims Pinay a5 ast oie te teas 6000 L690 Raye i. «cy assayien hte itp Beriaeodaambe 18,000 Tournetorts | «civ. iksd) ee OLE 1753 Linneus, Species Plantarum, Isted. 7300 1762 3 3 s 2nded. 8800 1796 Gmelin, Systema Vegetabilum . 16,635 1806 Persoon, Enchiridum . . . . 27,000 Eumboldticuuss, inmost bate bite rates 4.4,,000 1814 Brown, Flinders’ Voyage . . . 37,000 1820 DeCandolle, Théorie Elémentaire 50,000 100,000 1824 mS Prodromus . . . 50,000 1827 Sprengel si das shy 37,000 1830 Balbi, Géographie . . .. . 80,000 1835 Lindley, Introduction to Botany . 86,000 Perhaps no botanist ever conducted his researches on any class of plants without discovering that their amount exceeded all his expectations. This was particularly the case with ourselves when attempting to estimate the number of species spread over the world. As a foundation for these speculations, I took the num- Mr. R. B. Hinds on Geographic Botany. 13 ber of species described in the first four volumes of DeCandolle’s ‘Prodromus Regni Vegetabilis,’ a work unequalled for the cor- rectness and copiousness of its details. Exactly one hundred families are described, and they comprehend 20,100 species*. The publication of this work commenced in 1824, and for the period intervening to the present time I have allowed 5000 more, imcluding those which have been since described, orwhichare known to or in the possession of botanists, and have not hitherto been published. After looking back at the rapid progress of botany during this century, I feel pertectly justified in making the most liberal calculations, feelings by no means decreased on inspecting those portions of the globe as yet unexplored, and which do oc- casionally contain districts supposed to be as fertile as any known countries elsewhere. There remains to be included in this work from 150 to 200 natural families, for which I allow double the above number, or 50,200. The cryptogamic plants are not yet included ; the estimate of these amounts to 13,870, which I con- sider as about the quantity either known from descriptions or existing in herbaria. The great total obtained from these is then the amount of plants at the present time in the hands of botanists, either from description or as dried specimens. My conclusion as to the entire amount of vegetation rests on the hypothesis that two-thirds are at present known ; and should any objections be raised to this, as leaving a far too liberal num- ber undiscovered, it may be observed, that even in our own well- explored island additions are frequently made to the native flora, and the same is continually occurring throughout Europe. But setting Europe aside, it will not be easy to discover any other country, the vegetable productions of which have been thoroughly explored. India certainly has not ; in Africa and Australia much has to be done, and no portion of either of the Americas has been examined with anything approaching precision, excepting the United States, and even in these many discoveries may yet be made. A great part of foreign countries are only examined at particular seasons, and often during those less favourable to the vegetation. In the tropics the wet season is the period for the prevalence of sickness and fatal fevers, and then vegetation as- sumes all its rank luxuriance; many are the herbaceous plants which are only then to be met with, and the traveller is usually deterred from visiting them—if not his own fears, the repeated warnings of the inhabitants compel him in the end to desist. Nature has been as bountiful to some parts of Africa as any other country, vegetation is wonderfully beautiful and luxuriant on the * The numerical distribution of these families will be found given in de- tail for the six great divisions of the globe in the ninth vol. of the Ann. of Nat. Hist. pp. 415, 416. 14 Mr. R. B. Hinds on Geographic Botany. western coast, and British travellers speak of it in raptures; but whilst. the climate continues so highly prejudicial to Europeans, we can only hope to draw feebly from its stores. Of thirty-five . travellers on this coast of Africa, twenty-two have fallen victims to the malignity of the climate, four have been murdered by the natives, and nine have returned. The Asiatic cholera, which so startled the world at its first appearance, carried off an msig- nificant proportion compared with this*. Thus then I feel at liberty to conclude, that a third of the vegetable kingdom has yet to find its way into the collections of botanists ; and recapitulating our deductions in a tabular form, they will stand as follows :— Number of species described in the first four volumes of DeCandolle’s Prodromus ..... - 20,100 Allow for species since described or known to other poLranists > 1% 5,000 Allow for Vasculares yet to be described in the above WOR Ot SE eke on eae a nt ee 75,300 Cryptozamous plants ~~. . ee ee 89,170 Undiscovered species . . . - - » » + + = 44,080 Total, . suite mo koremeas It is highly important that the amount of the vegetable world should be ascertained, as it becomes the basis on which numerous * In the ‘ Historical and Descriptive Account of British India,’ published in the ‘ Edinburgh Cabinet Library,’ vol. iii. p. 162, is the following paragraph from the pen of Dr. Greville :—‘ Itis extremely difficult to form an estimate of the probable extent of the Indian flora, the vegetation of many parts of the country being entirely unknown, and almost everywhere very imperfectly explored. In fact, in the remote districts, little more has been done than to follow the courses of rivers. ‘lhe herbarium in the Museum of the East India Company contains about 9000 species, including those known and de- scribed by Roxburgh in his manuscript catalogue, most of which were at that time new. To this amount remain to be added a considerable number of new species in the collection of Dr. Wight. * * * Dr, Wallich obtained, from his own personal exertion, in the valley of Nepaul, and within an area of about sixty miles in circumference, upwards of 2500 species. ‘T'welve months was the space of time devoted to this labour, and it cannot be sup- posed that he succeeded in discovering all the vegetable productions of that district. From these and other data it has been calculated by Dr. Wallich that we are not acquainted, at the present moment, with more than the eighth part of the flora of India; an estimate by no means improbable, but which gives to India itself as many species of plants as we find described in bota- nical works.” Mr. R. B. Hinds on Geographic Botany. 15 calculations are to be raised. In fixing it at 134,000 species, we have attempted to do for botany what Swainson has done for zoo- logy ; but in a comparison between the two, the number of plants is found to be considerably less than that of animated beings. The great amount of the latter is however chiefly composed of insects, the above author limiting them at 550,000, whilst he computes the rest of the animal kingdom at 27,600; the whole clothing the surface of the globe with 711,600 different and distinct forms of organized matter. The following will give some idea of the distribution of vege- table forms in round numbers, in the six natural divisions of the world, and their relative amount to the extent of surface :— Square miles. Barope,) 4: «¢ 4 911,200... .. 2;795,000 AaB slabs i (O00 born L211 8,000 PS een | «! PO,COOL eo, DOLL North America . 14,400 South America. 40,000 f° ° 11,146,000 Australasia . . 7,200 . . 98,100,000 134,000 37,657,000 As might be expected, by every one the least acquainted with the physical conditions of these sections of the world, there is no connexion between the extent of surface and the proportion of vegetation it supports. From the gross result it appears that for every species there is a superficies of 281 square miles of dry land ; a space amply sufficient for the repetition of species in the form of individuals, the very numerous multiplications of which clothe the land with vegetation, and is a character which must not be undervalued, as plants vary much im the number of indi- viduals which are comprehended under different species, and whose abundance constitutes the value of the latter. linneus was the first naturalist who ventured an opinion as to the manner in which the earth was originally covered with spe- cies; he imagined them to have spread from a common centre. There is no ground for supposing otherwise than that all the kingdoms of nature had a similar origin and distribution, and that the laws obeyed by one were common to all; the views of Linnzus extended to all of them equally. Several theories have been since proposed, but they all may be regarded as one great theory, gradually formed as information accumulated, and step by step enlarging to suit the new facts continually brought to light. The earth being furnished with vegetation at the period mentioned in the sacred writings, no event occurred likely to have a material influence on it, and the botanist, being once acquainted as to the manner of the first distribution, has every reason to re- 16 Mr. R. B. Hinds on Geographic Botany. main satisfied with his knowledge. With the zoologist it is dif- ferent ; the catastrophe of the deluge necessarily swept all ani- mated beings from the surface of the earth, excepting those pre- served in the ark; an opinion strengthened by geologists, who regard the deluge as having been universal. At the subsiding of the waters the animals emerged from a focus, whence they were to spread to all regions. As it is allowed that plants and animals were distributed by the same laws, and the universality of the deluge bemg also allowed, there is wanting something in the hi- story of animals and plants to place them under the same condi- tions. As we shall presently see, plants did not spread from one or several centres, but simultaneously covered everywhere the dry land. The inferences urging this conclusion are numerous and satisfactory, and this poimt once established to the conviction of botanists, the animal kingdom must be left to the inquiries of the zoologist. It was imagined by Linnzeus that all plants, birds and beasts diverged from one centre ; indeed, that all organized beings were created in one spot, whence they spread far and wide to beautify and people the earth. This region enjoyed a mild and lovely cli- mate, and to secure those varieties of temperature necessary for the existence of many, it was provided with a range of mountains and intervening valleys, where each could enjoy that climate most congenial to its habits. It would be useless to attempt to refute this, as its Imaccuracies are evident on the slightest imspection ; even the facts adduced for its support cannot be admitted at the present day. It is evidently the offspring of the imagination of the author, which always adorned his conceptions and writings, but im this, as in other instances, was destitute of the necessary solidity. Perhaps no similar class of men were ever so devoted to science as the pupils of Linneus ; many of them were travellers, and by their researches in distant countries the study of plants became greatly extended. As facts poured in, the hypothesis of Linnzus gradually lost ground, for it was discovered that the state of botany in different countries did not bear it out. Instead of one centre it was now maintained that there had been several, whence all organized beings were disseminated, more particularly plants. Willdenow was the most conspicuous promoter of this view, but it was merely a transition to the opmions received at present. It was however still maimtamed that those centres were mountain-chains, now regarded rather as barriers to a flora than fit surfaces for its diffusion. The present state of our knowledge invites us to the conclusion, that wherever there existed a suitable combination of cireum- stances, there vegetation sprung up. Whatever might have been the state of the surface, whether valley, mountain or plain, it made a ss Mr. R. B. Hinds on Geographic Botany. 17 no difference ; if no unfriendly agents were at hand the soil was covered with plants. It seems highly probable that plants like animals are furnished with constitutions, having a nice perception of external circumstances, and though the inquiry assumes a mi- croscopic tendency, we do not despair of discovering some very interesting facts, when a minute inquiry shall be instituted on the state of the different regions of alpine vegetation and the in- fluences under which they flourish. On the other hand, if plants were diffused from one or more mountain-chains, the mquiry would end totally unproductive. Those circumstances which tend to establish the present view may be advantageously considered in detail. 1. The authority of the sacred writings.—The language of the Bible is brief, but there is no reason for limiting its meaning ; the earth is stated, and why should not the whole earth be received ? as bringing forth herbs and trees. That omnipotence which could call life into existence and cluster it around one centre was equally capable of spreading it over the whole earth. 2. The physical impediments presented by the distribution of land and water to the diffusion of species.—Since man has been an inhabitant of the globe, the changes in the relation of the seas and continents have been trifling, no event having occurred to disturb it ; as they were at the creation they may be looked on as being now. That this disposition is such as powerfully to hmit vegetation we shall presently see. Linnzus rested his hypothesis chiefly on the facilities, as he supposed, with which plants can be dispersed. He called to mind the great number of seeds and seed-vessels furnished with appendages presenting surfaces to the winds, and it must be acknowledged that the number of plants which nature has provided with organs for the diffusion of their seeds is very considerable. Nor can it be denied for an instant that Erigeron canadense was spread over Europe in every probability by the winds, assisted by the favourable structure of its seed- vessel ; and next it may stand the fact, that Canna indica, though unprovided with any suitable organization, has been found a na- tive alike of Asia, Africa and America. These however are but casualties, instances of departure from a general law, the excep- tions which give birth to a rule; they are not the models repre- senting the diffusion of species generally. There is every reason to suppose that the surface over which these plants are spread is confined, in spite of their highly favourable organization. It has often appeared to me, that birds, though furnished with such admirable organs for rapid locomotion, are very local in their habits. Every sportsman is acquainted with this circumstance, and is influenced by it in his search for game. If birds then with great locomotive powers are confined within restricted limits, Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Vol. xv. C 18 Mr. R. B. Hinds on Geographic Botany. what may not be expected from plants, even though assisted by a favourable structure? Among these plants mstances may be found which enjoy a very contracted habitat ; Carduus cyanoides is one of these, and is found on two spots only in Germany. This plant has attached to its seed-vessel a brush of bristly hairs, like many other of its congeners, the use generally as- signed to which is to assist diffusion, and which it often admira- bly accomplishes, though not in the present mstance. Numerous instances are related of seeds being carried by cur- rents on the swell of the ocean across extensive seas from tropi- cal coasts to the shores of northern countries. Fruits have often been picked up on the coasts of Scotland, Denmark and Sweden, which there is not the least doubt were shed within the tropics. Nor does the sea-water in all cases destroy the power of germi- nation, as plants have occasionally been reared from them in our own country, and on the sandy beaches within the tropics the seeds of Mucuna pruriens are sometimes found im quantities im active germination, yet washed about by every rising tide. A more powerful agent has been man, who in his migrations has spread a number of plants in every place where he has fixed his residence; the proportion of these to the flora is however small, and they have seldom given a character to the vegetation*. It is therefore only in a few cases that it can be admitted plants have been thus diffused; the mass of vegetatien has not moved over the world by this or similar methods. A shght mspection of the tracery on a globe exhibits a certain relation in the distribution of water and dry land: towards the north a mass of land occupies the Arctic circle extendmg around the pole; traversing the globe on all sides towards the equator, divisions in the surface are gradually observed, increasing im size as they descend, and when arrived within the tropics, mostly en- larged into seas and oceans. The intervals between the masses of land beyond the equator more resembling processes shooting into the ocean, still increase, and towards the south are lost in a vast encircling sea. The tropical portions of each of the great divisions of the world are nearly isolated, whilst in the northern regions the consolidation is considerable, and the whole admits of a comparison, perhaps rather a rough one, of the manner in which the spread fingers are united at their base to the palm of the hand. In each of the divisions the vegetation of the tropics is rich and varied, but the identity in the productions of one with * At Valparaiso in Chili, among a vegetation where they were in every respect strangers, I found the following plants :—Linum catharticum ; Son- chus oleraceus ; Polygonum persicaria ; Geranium molle, G. dissectum ; Rumex pulcher ; Mentha pulegium ; Viola odorata ; Equisetum palustre, Similar instances are frequently mentioned in the writings of travellers. — Mr. R. B. Hinds on Geographic Botany. 19 the other is extremely slight ; nor does this increase as we ad- vance to the south. ‘To the north, on the contrary, there is a gradual increase in the number of species occurring in the dif- ferent divisions, and where the union of the land is great, many of the species have wide ranges of growth. It is stated that of the native flora of the United States, upwards of a seventh of the phanerogamic plants are common to Europe, and still further to the north the proportion is much greater. In the visits of Cap- tain Beechey to Kotzebue’s Sound in the Blossom ship of war, 233 species were collected ; of these 117,or as nearly one-half as is pos- sible, are met with in the north of Europe. Hence it appears that the large seas have been barriers to the diffusion of the pre- sent flora of the earth. 3. In confirmation of the views just expressed, we will men- tion some of the statements made by botanists respecting the frequency with which species are repeated, or in other words, the value of duplicates in those portions of the earth which have been subject to their investigations. It is not unusual to meet with passages like the followmg im the narratives of even the most distinguished navigators. The author, the unfortunate La Perouse, is speaking of the vegetation around Port de Frangais, in 58° 37! N.L.: “Among these pot- herbs we saw almost all that are common in the meadows and mountains of France ;”’ and again in the same page, “ No vege- table production of this country is unknown in Europe.” The latter part of this is so far from being the case, that on this coast, and very near Port de Frangais, new species may still be dis- covered. It is most true that the general character of the vege- tation is strikingly like that of France, England, or the North of Europe, and the traveller recognizes with much pleasure very si- milar plants to what he has been accustomed to see in his own country. But on a minute inspection, characters are discovered which distinguish many of them from their European represen- tatives ; whence we learn the importance of accurate and skilful observation in ascertaining what plants are to be considered as distinct from, or identical with, those of another country. In many instances this task is so difficult as to require all the judge- ment and experience of a practised botanist. It is only m the writings of the most sagacious travellers that we can hope to find that correctness in details worthy of implicit confidence. The world may be divided into six sections, constituting so many distinct provinces of the vegetable kingdom, and having the watery barrier which separates them more or less complete. Europe is the first of these, and the isolation is less than in any of the others; Asia with its islands; Africa, meluding Madagas- ear and some islands ; North America, extending as far south as C2 20 Mr. R. B. Hinds oa Geographic Botany. the isthmus of Panama; South America, with which are in- cluded the West India islands and the barren Falklands ; Au- stralasia, composed of New Holland, New Zealand, and the Poly- nesian islands. Each division possesses certaim characters pecu- liar to itself which distinguish it from the others, and may be con- veniently regarded as a source of comparison. No travels of modern date are better known than those of Humboldt and Bonpland in Equinoctial America, and none have been attended with such copious and accurate observations ; though they frequently encountered, especially on elevated sta- tions in the Andes, species of genera common in Europe, yet throughout their whole travels they never saw one exogenous plant which was found equally in the old and new world. Twenty- four species alone were discovered which occurred in the latter, and all these were Graminee or Cyperacee. Among 4160 spe- cies met with in New Holland by Dr. Brown, 166 were to be found in Europe ; 15 of these are Hxogene ; 121 belong to Cryp- togamia, being nearly two-thirds of the number ; and 30 to Gra- minee or Cyperacee. On a portion of the north-west coast exa- mined by Mr. Cunningham he collected 1500 plants, and only 52 of these were repeated either m India or South America. Adanson in his ‘Voyage to the Senegal’ mentions, that he only saw two plants im the neighbourhood of that river which he had seen in Europe, tamarisk and purslain. At another river on the same coast, the Congo, of 600 species collected, Dr. Brown has stated that about a twelfth only were met with in South America and India. In high latitudes alone do we find that ex- tensive diffusion which refuses to every restricted spot its own flora. A list of 409 species belongmg to Greenland contains only nine peculiar to that country. So far then we find little reason to conclude that vegetation originated in one or a few centres, since there is so little identity among plants of different countries. 4. Had the migration proceeded from a few localities, we should have expected to find, in all situations with similar climates, the identically same species of plants.—That such is not the case is evident from the preceding, but a few moments will be well occupied in showimg what does happen here. It is a fundamental principle in geographic botany, that everywhere under similar circumstances similar, but not identical, species exist ; this is a well-known fact, which the daily acquisitions to our knowledge continue to confirm. There is a marked resem- blance in their productions, though the localities under compa- rison may be widely separated; the productions of the Asiatic tropic strongly resemble those of the American; the temperate extremity of Africa has many points of similarity with the tem- #. L. a ee ee Le Mr. R. B. Hinds on Geographic Botany. 21 perate portion of New Holland; and the southern extremity of America possesses many circumstances to remind the botanist of the North of Europe or America. Occasionally these characters are conveyed by the presence of natural families, and their value increases inversely to the num- ber of species they contain. A small family, composed but of a few species, has less means of being represented in different loca- lities than a more bulky one. The closest connexions are fur- nished by genera, these being founded on a more minute view of their organization, and on characters shared by a smaller number of vegetable forms. A variety of remarkable instances are con- tained in botanical works* exhibiting lists of plants in one tropic or temperate region having kindred species in others, differing in a slight degree only, yet possessing those distinctive marks with a tenacity which makes it extremely difficult to arrive at any other conclusion than that they are separate species. Some of the natural families are very generally diffused; as the most remarkable may be mentioned—Leguminose, Malvaceae, Ranun- culacee, Caryophylleea, Crucifere, Umbellifere, &e. The genera of some of these are also extremely ubiquitous ; Trodlius has been often cited as a remarkable instance, and as it is a genus of few species, the case is more striking. No genus of equal extent surpasses Senebiera in the wide diffusion of its species; it com- prises eight species, two of which are European, whilst the Cape of Good Hope, St. Helena, Madagascar, Monte Video, Quito and Egypt, has each its peculiar kind. 5. Those islands which are so far removed from the nearest mainland, that their vegetation may be considered to be inde- pendent of it, have much that is peculiar in their flora—Though there is not the least objection to consider many of them as the summits of submarine chains of mountains, it is not probable that they should have been so many centres of vegetation. If the latter were so numerous as to embrace even these, the theory must be regarded the same as that which maintains an universal creation. Some islands are but specks on the globe, and yet we find them with numerous peculiar species. The vegetation of St. Helena is almost altogether its own, having very few plants com- mon with Africa or America. Among 239 plants collected at the Sandwich islands, exactly 100 have not hitherto been found else- where, not even in the other Polynesian islands. The Society islands have also a number of their own. Notwithstanding the immediate vicinity of the Canary islands to the coast of Africa, there were found to be thirty peculiar of sixty-four collected. It is only on islands situated as Malta, and originally extremely * Willdenow, Introduction to Botany; Sprengel, Philosophy of Plants, 22 Mr. R. B. Hinds on Geographic Botany. barren, that the flora is altogether that of the adjacent continents ; or in some of the coral groups in the Pacific, such as the Radack chain, perhaps within no distant period first emerged from the ocean, which have received their plants from neighbourmg islands. 6. The absence of any circumstances tending to support a change in the condition of the vegetable kingdom, such as the production of new species, or the disappearance of others.—Lyell has used considerable ingenuity in his attempt to prove, “ that the species existing at any particular period must, in the course of ages, become extinct.” A conclusion of this kind was highly desirable to establish his views, but we cannot help placing a dif- ferent estimate on the speculations of Brocchi. It is quite gra- tuitous to suppose, that species ke individuals might advance in age, from “ certain peculiarities of constitution conferred on them at their birth.” I may venture confidently to affirm, that as far as experience yet goes, we have no reason to conclude that plants have disappeared ; nor can we allow that new species have ap- peared, hybrids seldom occurring in nature, and when produced by art only continuing through two or three generations. These facts vary im the value to be attached to them severally, but collectively they form a powerful argument in support of the theory, that the earth was everywhere, at the same moment, fur- nished with a vegetation in accordance with the physical cireum- stances which prevailed. The exact state in which vegetation first existed, whether springing up from seeds, or in flowers and fruit, whether originally assuming the weakest phase in the cir- cle of its existence, or appearing at once in the full vigour of its growth, this is needless for us to inquire. It is most probable, that as the wants of man were suddenly created, the means of gratifying them were co-existent; such is the conclusion to be drawn from the sacred writings ; and if ever we were gratified by a knowledge of this minute particular, it would be of no service to us, being a solitary circumstance and without any connexion with the subsequent state of the origmal flora of the world. Many of the natural families are so widely diffused, that they are represented in nearly every portion of the globe. More than a third of the whole have members in the six divisions already stated, a greater number still in five of these, and so on, till we find but a few left which occupy or are confined to a solitary di- vision. Among the ten agamic families there is only one, Mar- sileacee, not found in them all. Those which are confined to one province are,—in Europe, Globularinee, Ceratophyllee ; im Asia, Dipterocarpee, Aquilarinee, Camelliee, Hydroceree, Moringee, Stiilaginee ; n Africa, Bruniacee, Brexacee, Belvisiacee, Pene- acee; 11 North America, Fourquieracee, Sarraceniee ; m South Mr. R. B. Hinds on Geographic Botany. 23 America, Rhizobolea, Monomiee, Simaroubiacee, Vochyacee, Ca- lyceree, Escalloniee, Humiriacee, Lacistemea, Papayacee, Gillie- siew, Gesneree ; in Australasia, Tremandree, Baueracea, Epacri- dee, Goodenovie, Stackhousee, Bruniacee ; bemg thirty-one in number, or an eighth part of the whole. In addition to the geographical divisions here followed, there is another which may be regarded as accessory to it. In the present instance the distribution of heat has been the leading consideration, which is well known, as a general rule, to diminish from the equator to the poles. The first region extends from the equator to the limits of the tropic in the northern hemisphere, or 23° 28’N.L. The second is comprehended in the space be- tween this and the parallel of 40° N.L., and is called the sub- tropic; the next extends from 40° to 60° N.L., being the tem- perate ; and the last or arctic comprises all the surface north of 60°. As the regions are repeated in the southern hemisphere, the whole are necessarily eight in number; the north tropic, south tropic, north sub-tropic, south sub-tropic, north temperate, south temperate, arctic and antarctic. The last is scarcely more than a nominal region, though it still claims a few terrestrial plants and some Algze, which make its existence necessary. Inquiries have sometimes been made as to what are the most prominent sources of difference in the character of the vegetation, or of the composition of the respective floras, of the two hemi- spheres. To afford some illustration of this, those families are here enumerated which are more particularly distinguished for having the mass of their numbers in one or the other. Those families already mentioned as confined to one division have been omitted, as the repetition would only occupy useful space. The south tropic families are usually to be found in the Brazils, whilst the south sub-tropic, as Oxalidee, Diosmee, Proteacee, Polygalee, are chiefly from the Cape of Good Hope, New Hol- land and South America. The list might be very easily enlarged, but our object is only to furnish the most striking. In the northern hemisphere are predominant, Acerinee, Au- rantiacee, Artocarpeea, Amentacee, Berberidee, Boraginee, Caryo- phyllee, Cistinee, Crucifere, Conifere, Cupulifere, Campanula- cea, Caprifoliacee, Dipsacee, Eleagnee, Fumariacee, Grossulacee, Hypericinee, Hippocastanee, Hamamelidee, Maynoliacee, Ona- graria, Orobanchee, Papaveracee, Rosacea, Ranunculacee, Ruta- cee, Resedacea, Saxifragee, Umbellifera, Vaccinee, Alismacee. In the southern hemisphere are predominant, Atherospermee, Cactee, Crassulacee, Capparidee, Diosmee, Dilleniacee, Ficoidee, Geraniacee, Heliotropiacee, Myrtacee, Melastomacee, Myoporinee, Malpighiaceea, Oxalidee, Pittosporee, Polygalee, Proteaceae, Sce- 24 Mr. R. B. Hinds on Geographic Botany. volee, Spigeliacee, Stylidee, Tropeolee, Amaryllidee, Hemodo- racee, Iridee, Restiacee. As has been stated, a considerable number of the natural fami- les are represented in all the six divisions, and, ceteris paribus, those with the largest amount of species may be justly supposed to be in this respect the most prominent. With increased num- bers not only are the means of repetition multiplied, but there is greater scope for variety of habit and predilection; the former displayed in the diversity of herbs, shrubs and trees, and the latter m peculiarity of constitution. Those most distinguished for a large amount* of species, as Crucifere with 990, Myrtacee 715, Leguminose 3875, Umbellifere 1009, Cinchonacee 1681, Caryophyllee 759, have the most extensive range. It does not appear that the habitat is influenced by the number of genera, as might at first be supposed, since there are comparatively few in Malvacee, Caryophyllee, Leguminose and Geraniacee ; about the average number in Crucifere, but below it in Cinchonaceea. Of the hundred natural groups previously referred to, thirty-three are distributed through all the divisions, whilst Europe has representatives of. . 52 Aesid SITAR TERR SOLER IRS Atriea Aer ipitt Wf” Sane r TE eibZOnsy Northy America!’ 97 1) < est ata SouthtAmerica h 76 yt ter oer by mans Australasiaore D1, ¥o, DADINS Rss Confined to a single division . . 9 The number of genera composing the families varies con- siderably ; those of tropic or sub-tropic regions appear to have more than others of temperate regions in proportion to the spe- cies; but the tropic families do not abound generally either in genera or species. Leguminose with 272 genera, Cinchonacee 215, Crucifere 100, Umbellifere 160, are among the largest. Some consist only of one or two genera and scarcely more species ; others with a large amount of species have but few genera, as Geraniacee with 490 species and only five genera; Loranthacee 330 species and four genera; Oxalidee 159 species and also four genera. As instances to the contrary are Aurantiacee with forty- four species and twelve genera; Olacinee seventeen species and eight genera; Droseracee forty-five species and eight genera ; with Bombacee, Meliacee, Magnoliacee, Flacourtianee. Taken collectively, the whole amount of natural families possesses an average of upwards of eighteen genera each, or more correctly * The numbers stated are obtained from DeCandolle’s ‘ Prodromus Regni Vegetabilis.’ . ——— ee a ae Pa ee ee ee ee ee — oe Mr. R. B. Hinds on Geographic Botany. 25 18:8. Proceeding in the same manner to estimate the number of species in each genus, they will be found to average upwards of ten to each, or 10°6. As the value of the group or assemblage depends on the amount of its component parts, so we must re- gard the value of a natural family or genus as governed by the number of its constituents ; 18°8 is then the average value of a family, and 10°6 of a genus. A discrepancy of opinion is not unlikely to arise respecting what should be considered as the division of the globe to which a natural family belongs. Each of the latter is formed by the aggregation of two classes of constituents, of different value and number, these being inversely to each other. The genera, as originating in characters of greater value, may on the one hand be considered to determine this, and on the other the great nu- merical proportion of species may be regarded as conclusive. Many of the families which possess the greatest proportion in one division are represented by a superior number of genera in some other, where the amount of species is smaller; to which then of the two does the group essentially belong? In reply we must confess that frequently it is extremely difficult to decide, and in some cases altogether impossible, since the characters ap- proximate so closely in value. An analysis of Byttneriacee will more clearly explain this: if the number of species alone are re- garded, the mass of the family is African, and afterwards South American ; but if guided by the genera it is essentially Asiatic, whilst Australia follows with very few species. Byttneriaceze :—Genera 35, Species 221. Europe. Asia. Africa. |N. America.) S.America.| Australia. Genera “ 22 7 7 8 9 Species Magnoliacee is another instance; and in this case we can hardly venture to say which of the two, Asia or North America, claims it most forcibly. Magnoliacez :—Genera 9, Species 40. Europe. Asia. Africa, |[N. Amexiea S. America,| Australia, Genera ade 3 Mes 4 4 2 Species — 16 ne 12 9 3 The native country of a family or genus is evidently an imap- propriate expression ; it assumes that some of its members have migrated from their original place of growth, a circumstance 26 Mr. R. B. Hinds on Geographic Botany. altogether at variance with an opinion already expressed. The world alone is their native country, and North America is as much the native country of Byttneriacee with only ten species, as is Africa with eighty-eight. There is another term frequently adopted, and within certain limits it is a correct one. Where the greatest number of the species of a genus or family abound, there is its metropolis ; but it expresses no more, and we are still at a loss for a word to convey what is meant by the assemblage of generic and specific characters as just mentioned. In this case our ideas are best conveyed by using the adjective term of the division wished to be expressed; thus if any family has the preponderance of its constituents of genera or species, or both, in Europe, it would be requisite to call that family European, as to this province it essentially belongs. Though the amount of individuals composing genera presents a much smaller aggregate than is met with in the natural fami- lies, still it is surprismg how widely their species are diffused, and how comparatively rare it is to find them bounded by nar- row geographic limits. The greater portion of those genera, composed of any tolerable number of species, obey the law with eagerness, to reappear wherever there may be a combination of circumstances propitious to their growth. To illustrate this, let us take that important natural group Ranunculaceae, and examine how far its genera are circumscribed. Commencing with its type, Ranunculus, we shall find that it has members in all of the six divisions. The same will nearly apply to Clematis and Ane- mone. Very few genera are confined to a single province, perhaps Knowltonia may be cited as the only one, where the number of species is sufficient to admit of a deviation; this genus has five species, all inhabitants of the Cape of Good Hope. In Crucife- re, Capparidee, Umbellifere, Malvacee and Caryophyllee the ge- nera have a similar diffusion. Crucifere is remarkable for con- taining one extensive genus, Heliophila, of forty-seven species, all from Southern Africa. As genera then collectively manifest so slight a disposition to range within narrow limits, it will be more satisfactory to exa- mine those instances in which they exist under opposite aircum- stances, or are comparatively circumscribed. The genera of Myrtacee are remarkable for this, and omitting those which con- tain but one or two species, there are about twenty which are limited to one of the divisions. Australia, always peculiar in its natural productions, claims the greater share, comprising all im- portant from the number of their species, and the beauty or sin- cular structure of their flowers. The most prominent of these are Hucalyptus, Calothamnus, Melaleuca, Metrosideros, Lepto- spermum, Calythrix and Callistemon. A few solitary cases occur Mr. R. B. Hinds on Geographic Botany. 27 among these of species co-existing in other divisions, but are too rare to be of importance. In the same family, and confined to the South American province, are Myrcia with numerous spe- cies, Calyptranthes, Lecythis, and nearly the whole of the exten- sive genus Hugenia. Asia is less remarkable, having only a few genera scanty of species, as Barringtonia, Stravadium, Sonneratia, &e. Portulacee, by no means a large family, having only four- teen genera and ninety species, presents Anacampseros with ten species, Ginginsia seven, natives only of the Cape of Good Hope ; Calendrinea fourteen, of South America; Claytonia twelve, of North America and Siberia; Ay/meria two, of New Holland. If Asia possess few of the restricted genera of Myrtacee, the defi- ciency is amply supplied by a large share of Cinchonacee, the amount of whose species, found in the hotter parts and in the Malaisian islands, is very great. Still it must yield to South America, The restricted genera are chiefly Wendlandia with sixteen species, Mephitidea eighteen, Chasalia nine, Danais four, to Asia; Cinchona, as limited to sixteen species, Coccocypselum sixteen, to South America; Anthospermum with nine species to the Cape of Good Hope; and Opercularia with thirteen species to New Holland, including two species belonging to New Zea- land. Leguminose contains a great number of genera, but none of the larger have a limited habitat, excepting alone Aspalathus, which with eighty-four species is confined to the Cape, omitting a doubtful species. There are however a number of smaller ge- nera, belonging chiefly to the suborders Sophoree and Lotee, the greater portion of which are natives of the Cape of Good Hope and New Holland, and comparatively a few from India and South America. Occasionally it happens that the sections into which many of the genera are divided possess but a limited range. This occurs with Acacia, which comprehends 258 species ; one of its sections, consisting of sixty-four species, has that peculiar structure of the leaf which is called phyllodium ; nearly the whole of these grow spontaneously in New Holland and the Polynesian islands, a few only being met with in Africa or Asia. The other sections with pinnate leaves are distributed through South America, Africa, Asia and Australia, especially the former. They have also a little variety in the colours of their flowers, being yellow, white, and sometimes pink; but the Australian species have all yellow flowers. Vitis has two sections dependent on the union or sepa- ration of the sexes in the same plant ; the hermaphrodite species are natives of the warmer regions of Asia, whilst the dicecious occur in North America. In Ceanothus the mamner of inflores- cence, to some extent, co-exists with a limited geographic range of the sections. 28 Mr. R. B. Hinds on Geographic Botany. When a group of plants is discoverable only in one of the great divisions or regions, it will be convenient to apply to it the term monomie, as expressive of its geographic properties; thus Vochyacee, being confined to South America, is a monomic family ; and Cliffortia, whose shrubby species are all indigenous to South Africa, is a monomic genus. On the other hand, a natural family common to all the divisions, and these are about a third of the whole, are called polynomic; and a genus with a similar range, as Viola or Ranunculus, is a polynomic genus. If a group is restricted to two or more of the divisions, the appro- priate Greek numeral must be substituted; thus Acerinee, the members of which are natives of the temperate and sub-tropic re- gions of Europe, Asia and North America, is a trinomic family. The value of the generic character is 10°6; an amount the re- sult of an extensive estimate, though not of the whole vegetable kingdom, which unfortunately is not within our reach at present in a satisfactory form. This may however be considered as very closely approaching correctness, and giving us a tolerable accurate notion ef the importance of the genus ; compared with some of the statistical details which have become current of late years, it must be allowed to stand on a much firmer and broader founda- tion, and therefore not less worthy of faith. If all the species then were equally distributed among the genera, the share that would fall to each would be about ten and a half; but the ge- nera are not so regularly composed, and when studyimg a very bulky or a small genus, the average shows us how far the group under consideration departs from the standard. The smaller genera greatly prevail, whilst some of the largest possess a great multitude of species. Those which contain but a single species bear a great proportion to the others, which I am disposed to think will diminish when the affinities of the genera to each other are better understood. In Byttneriacee with . . 35 genera, 11 have only one species. Carydplyiles )00 °°. eed 53 ii 2 < Cruciferze ~ Mee itt od eee S| 3 a Leguminose _,, PS Oi eater Ss % Myrtacez PEER Re ADP E re ’» =! Sapindacee __,, gee pura Ny repel ee ee Terebinthacee, D. C. 2 55 ay or Lee : 2 Umbellifere SEG 102 a At the same time that some of these trifling genera ‘become merged into others, it is highly probable that the more extensive will under 20 analysis, leaving the average proportions very slightly affected, A few of the largest genera at present are, Pelargonium with 369 species, Mesembry -yanthemum 316, Acacia 258, Loranthus 251, Astragalus 244, Silene 217, Cassia 211. ¥ Fe Mr. R. B. Hinds on Geographic Botany. 29 It is not possible to assign a value to species with that preci- sion which can be adopted with families and genera; any attempt to bestow on them a numerical amount must utterly fail, making it requisite to adopt some other method. Some idea of their im- portance may be obtained by taking a comparative view of the relations they occupy towards each other, and to the whole mass of vegetation. It would appear that every species of plant has, on an average, somewhere about 281 square miles of surface to increase and multiply on ; and making every allowance for those tracts of country which local causes render unfit to support a vegetation, we become highly sensible how infinitely multiplied the species must be to clothe the earth with that abundance we behold around us. The different species will vary in their power of multiplying individuals, either from their organization or sur- rounding causes; and there would also appear in some cases an idiosyncrasy which refuses to perfect their increase or diffusion. 1. The value of species is smallest in plants existing in only one or two solitary localities ; such for instance as the cedars of Le- banon, which are indigenous alone in a circumscribed spot, and are so few im number that they can be counted. Many others are extremely local, especially of the Orchidacee of South Africa and New Holland, which are often only to be met with in the most solitary and secluded spots. The localities of some species of Disa and Serapias at the Cape have become well known from this very circumstance. Thunberg mentions that Codon Royeni and Protea nana are both rarities at the Cape; Origanum Tour- nefortit is alone found on the island of Amergos; Forstera sedi- folia is a rare plant in New Zealand. These are instances where not only the geographic range is small, but also the amount of individuals. 2. The value is increased in those which have a wide geographic range. Here is included the mass of vegeta- tion, and-it comprehends all plants excepting those under the next head. Some have a greater distribution than others ; it is a general rule, that the more simple the organization the greater is the diffusion; hence the frequency with which agamic species are repeated. Aquatic plants have also a wide range; Lemna minor is abundant throughout the northern hemisphere; Typha latifolia is equally diffused; also the species of Nymphaa gene- rally, and N. /otus beautifies alike the waters of the Nile and the Ganges. Arundo phragmites, abundant throughout Europe, re- appears in the marshes of the Macquarrie in New South Wales. 3. The value is at its maximum in those species, the individuals of which are exceedingly numerous, and are so crowded together, to the exclusion of all others, that they appear to require the so- ciety of each other, and from this latter circumstance haye been called social plants. ‘The Graminee@ are generally social, and in 30 Mr. J. Morris on the genus Pollicipes. our meadows another eminently social plant, Polygonum persi- caria, often struggles among them. rica vulgaris covers large tracts in the temperate regions of Europe; Hricacee generally consists of social plants. Filices, Musci, Leguminose, Composite, and many other natural groups, contain numerous instances. Within the tropics some species of Cactus, Aloe, Bromelia and Agave become great nuisances from their social habits. Many display this character simply because there is no check to their mode of growth; this happens with the greater part of aquatic plants, as Pontederia, Nymphaea, Nelumbium, Hydrocharis, Sa- gittaria. Indeed plants are social from causes which are often so trifling, that it 1s a character of little value, excepting occa- sionally in Geographic Botany. Yet after all, this presents but a feeble sketch of the vegetable clothing of the globe. [To be continued. } III.—On the Occurrence of the Genus Pollicipes in the Oxford Clay. By Joun Morais, Esq. { With a Plate. | Tue fossil species of the family Cirrhipeda, hitherto recorded as British, all belong either to the tertiary or cretaceous series ; the pleistocene, marie and crag formations contain remains of species belonging to the genera Acasta, Adna, Balanus, Clitia, Coronula and Scalpellum. The upper marine, the London clay, and the different members of the cretaceous system contain only species of the genus Pollicipes, so that the addition of two new species of the latter genus from the Oxford clay is an interest- ing fact connected with its geological distribution. Pollicipes concinnus. (Pl. VI. fig. 1.) Testa subtrigona; valvulis lateralibus, anticis trigonis apice acumi- nato, posticis subtrapeziformibus ; doxsali angustiori acuminata. Pedunculo squamulifero, squamulis adpressis subquadratis, trans- versim carinatis. The compressed state of the specimen prevents the specific characters from being more accurately defined. The anterior valves are trigonal, the posterior somewhat trapeziform ; the dor- sal valve appears to have been narrow and acuminate. The pe- duncle is tolerably well preserved and consists of a series of small closely pressed scales, somewhat quadrate in form, each of them being regularly marked by a transverse carimated ridge, present- ing a very neat and uniform appearance. The figure (Pl. VI. f. 1.) represents an interesting group of this species, consisting of three principal individuals, surrounded Mr. J. Morris on some new species of the genus Ancyloceras. 31 at their bases by about twenty smaller ones, in different stages of growth, all of them being attached to the dorsal portion of an Ammonite, probably the A. Elizabethe; to the opposite side of the Ammonite is attached a smaller but more imperfect series, which it has been thought unnecessary to figure. This specimen forms a portion of the valuable collection of fossil remains belonging to Channing Pearce, Esq. of Bradford, by whom it was obtained from the Oxford clay, near Christian Malford, Wilts; and 1 cannot but bear testimony to the very elaborate drawing prepared by Miss C. Sowerby, from which the engraving was executed. Pollicipes planulatus. (Pl. VI. fig. 2.) Testa ?; valvulis lateralibus planulatis, anticis trapeziformi- bus, longitudinaliter linea impressa divisis, posticis subelongatis, trapeziformibus, ad basin suboblique truncatis, apicibus acutis, marginibus anticis subcrenulatis. These three valves differ both im proportion and form from those of the preceding species, and are much flatter than is usual in this genus ; the terminal or posterior valves are elongated and truncated at the base, their upper portion being marked with a slightly curved ridge running towards the lower edge or margin. From the Oxford clay, near Christian Malford, with the last species. IV.—Description of some new species of the genus Ancyloceras. By Joun Morris, Esq. [With a Plate. ] Tue genus Ancyloceras was established by D’Orbigny for certain species of Cephalopoda having the general form of Scaphites, but differmg from them in their spiral volutions being distinctly separated from each other, as well as in some slight modifications in the arrangement of the foliations of the septa. The British species of Ancyloceras hitherto described have been arranged under Hamites and Scaphites, all of them belonging either to the lower portion of the cretaceous series or the Speeton clay* of Yorkshire. Mons. D’Orbigny, in the ‘ Terrains Crétacés,’ p. 494, mentions one species of this genus as characteristic of the in- ferior oolite of Calvados, but has not yet detected it in any of the superior deposits, until the commencement of the lower por- tion of the cretaceous series, where, in the Neocomian strata, this genus appears to attain its maximum of specific development, * The true position of this deposit is not yet satisfactorily determined, although considered as the equivalent of the Neocomian by some of the French paleontologists, and of the Hilsthon of Hanover by M. Rémer. The Hamites intermedius and Beanii (Phillips) belong to the genus Ancyloceras. 32 Mr. J. Morris on some new species of the genus Ancyloceras. eleven species having been described therefrom, four of which belong to the inferior and seven to the superior stage of this formation, all of them being specifically distinct from those of the British Isles. In England this genus also commences with the inferior oolite, from which two species have been obtained ; it is again found in the Kelloway rock, but attains the full numerical development, as in France, im the lower part of the cretaceous series, and does not reappear in any of the supe- rior deposits. In the ‘Catalogue of British Fossils,’ the genus Crioceras is mentioned as occurrmg in the Kelloway rock of Wilts ; not having, however, at that period any specimens for examination, and having recently entertained some doubts on this point, in consequence of Mons. D’Orbigny stating that this genus 1s peculiar to the cretaceous system*, [ have re-examined the whole subject, and by the inspection of a fine series of specimens kindly placed at my disposal by Mrs. Lowe, Mr. Channing Pearce and Mr. 8. P. Pratt, it would appear, that the specimens generally found in collections from the Kelloway rock, under the name of Crioceras, are only the spiral volutions or chambered portion of Ancyloceras, the produced or hooked parts containing the last chamber being mostly wanting. There appears to be some diffi- culty in distmguishing the genera Ancyloceras and Crioceras when the chambered portion of the former is only preserved, both of them agreeing in having the spiral volutions distinctly separated from each other, and the lobes of the septa bemg formed of “ parties impairest,” whilst in the genus Scaphites, to which Ancyloceras is closely allied, the lobes are formed of “ parties paires ft.” Ancyloceras Calloviensis. (Pl. VI. fig. 3. a—d.) A. testa oblonga, transversim zequaliter costata, costis acutis, latera- liter tuberculatis ; dorsobi tuberculato; anfractibus compressius- culis; apertura ovali. Spire composed of three rather compressed volutions, f. 3 6, each volution havmg about twenty-eight elevated ribs, shghtly inflected posteriorly, and partially interrupted between the dorsal tubercles; in well-preserved specimens there are traces of inter- mediate smaller ribs. The ribs ornamented with two conical tubercles on the dorsal part (f. 3d), and one nearly centrally placed on the internal portion of each side. The last volution produced into a straightish line (f. 3 a), which is recurved at the extremity when in a perfect state. Mouth oval or somewhat hexagonal. The foliations of the * «Tes Crioceras ne paraissent avoir vécu qu’a la période crétacée—infé- rieure. Ils se sont seulement montrés, jusqu’a présent, dans le terrain néo- comien et dans le gault.’-—Terr. Crétacés, p. 458. + Terr. Crét., pp. 457, 492. t Ibid. p. 518. Mr. J. Morris on some new species of the genus Ancyloceras. 33 septa appear to be more simple than in the cretaceous species, the superior lateral lobe is a little longer than the dorsal one, the in- ferior lateral lobe being nearly equal in length with the superior these however vary slightly, according to the period of growth. To Mrs. Lowe of Chippenham we were indebted for our know- ledge of this interesting species, by whom it was obtained from the Kelloway rock near that town, during the progress of the works for the Great Western Railway. The figures are executed from specimens in the collections of C. Pearce and 8. P. Pratt, Esqrs. Ancyloceras costatus. (Pl. VI. fig. 4. a, 6.) A. testa elongata, transversim oblique costata, costis approximatis obtusis, per dorsum interruptis; dorso rotundato ; apertura ovali. On the produced part of this shell the ribs are simple, obtuse, broader than the imtervening suleations, and increasing slightly in thickness from the ventral to the dorsal margin, where they are interrupted by a smooth space along the median line of the back. The spiral volutions have not yet been discovered, and the foliations of the septa are not shown in the specimen figured. This species bears some resemblance to the A. furcatus (WOrb.) in the abrupt termination of the coste on the dorsal margin, but the ribs are of greater relative thickness and not furcate as in that species. From the inferior oolite near Bridport, in the collection of Channing Pearce, Esq. Aneyloceras Waltoni. (P\. V1. fig. 5. a, b, ce.) A. testa elliptica, transversim equaliter costata, costis subacutis ; anfractibus rotundatis; apertura ovali. The surface of this shell is covered with a regular series of somewhat acute ribs, which are slightly arched on the ventral portion and are interrupted on the dorsal margin, where they ter- minate with a bluntish tubercle. The superior lateral lobe is as long as the dorsal one, the inferior lateral lobe is as wide and even longer than the superior one. From the inferior oolite near Bridport, in the collection of W. Walton, Esq. These speci- mens so closely resemble a species obtained by Mr. Bunbury from the inferior oolite of Calvados, that I feel some difficulty in assigning to it a specific name, in consequence of Mons. d’Or- bigny stating that one species only, the Ancyloceras annulatus, is found in that deposit, of which I have not seen either a figure or description. Should it, however, prove to be a distinct species, I have proposed the name of A. Waltoni, as a tribute of respect to a gentleman who has assiduously cultivated the study of the oolitic fossils. Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Vol. xv. D 34 Mr. A. White on some new Homopterous Insects. Distribution of the genus Ancyloceras. IN ENGLAND. IN FRANCE. Lower Greensand. Neocomian superior. A. gigas. A. brevis. A. grandis. A. Duvalianus. A. Hillsii. A. fureatus. A. Matheronianus. Speeton Clay. A. Renauxianus. A. Beanii. A. simplex. A. intermedius. A. varians. A.? Phillipsii. Neocomian inferior. Kelloway Roek. A. cinctus. A. Calloviensis eI: ; ; A. pulchellus. Inferior Oolite. A. Puzosianus. — A. costatus, Inferior Oolite. A. Waltoni. > . annulatus. V.—Descriptions of a new Genus and some new Species of Ho- mopterous Insects from the East in the Collection of the British Museum. By Avam Wuirz, Assistant Zool. Dep. Brit. Mus. Ancyra, White. A new genus seemingly allied to Eurymela, from which it may be at once distinguished by the shape of its head, which has not the dilated cheeks (see magnified fig. of face), so prominent a character in the New Holland genus. I can detect in Ancyra no stemmata. The antenne are situated close under the eyes. Hem- elytra finely veined, with a notch on the lower margin ; at the end they are rounded and have a sort of knob, from which, in the male, proceeds a longish narrow appendage, widest at the end, and somewhat resembling the feathers on the head of Pteroglossus ulocomus. Wings somewhat falcated, especially at the ends, which are pointed and hooked. The legs are much dilated and com- pressed throughout ; hind legs very long, with four spines on the outer edge of tibia. Body at the end covered with a somewhat waxy down-like secretion. The species (Ancyra appendiculata) is of a rich deep brown colour ; the hemelytra above are brown, spotted at the base with Face magnified. Ancyra appendiculata. white, and have two widish powdery bands of white ; the hem- elytra beneath are of a mahogany-red colour ; the wings are of a Mr. A, White on some new Homopterous Insects. 35 deep brown, almost black on the edge ; between the wings there is a red-coloured space; body beneath yellow; legs black; in the female the wings are more powdery than in the male. Length 4} lines ; expanse of wings, exclusive of appendages, 1 inch. Hab. Moulmein. The sketch, kindly made for me by Mr. Humphries, will show the appearance of the insect better than any description. With reference to the genus Eurymela, I may mention that Mr. Har- rington of Bath informed me that in New Holland the different species are named “ manna-flies.” They bore into the green bark of the gum-trees (Hucalypti), the sap exudes, dries and falls to the ground, sometimes in great quantities. This gum-tree “manna” is very sweet to the taste. Cercopis Proserpina—Head and thorax above of a yellowish orange colour ; scutellum black, elytra black ; inner margin, outer margin at the base, and veins in the middle of the same yellowish orange colour as is the thorax; under side of body and femora black; tibize and tarsi yellowish; end of hemelytra yellow. Length 11 lines. Hab. Philippine Islands. This and the five following species were collected by Mr. Cu- ming, and are measured from the apex of the head to the tip of the wings. Cercopis Theora.—Black ; head, thorax above, broad inter- rupted basal band of hemelytra, tip and small marginal spot be- hind the middle, tarsi, end of tibiz and the tip of abdomen of an olivaceous yellow. Length 11 lines. Very near C. Urvillei, Ser- ville, Guérin’s Icon. pl. 59. f. 8. Perhaps the male of a Cercopis near one described by Fabri- cius under the name of C. nigripennis, which has the tip and a narrow portion of the margin of the hemelytra yellow, the rest being black ; in this the whole of the tibiz are yellow. Hab. Philippine Islands. Cercopis Charon.—Of a deep black, the thorax in some speci- mens with a deep blue tinge. Legs and margins of abdominal segments of a reddish yellow. Length 10 lines. Hab. Philippine Islands. Cercopis perspicillaris—Of a reddish yellow colour, a trans- verse black line between the eyes, two longitudinal black lines on the thorax near the margin. Hemelytra with two black spots at the base, a broad transverse black band sinuated behind, and two black spots near the apex ; body beneath black, the edges of the segments narrowly margined with reddish. Length about 8 lines. Hab. Philippine Islands. Cercopis canthomelena.—Y ellow ; four black spots across the hemelytra, two on each, one near the scutellum, the other in the D2 36 Mr. A. White on some new Homopterous Insects. middle ; a transverse black band, broadest externally, extends across the middle of the hemelytra, and has two yellow spots in it behind ; sometimes there are three, in which case the central one is very small. Apex of hemelytra of a reddish brown. Length 74 Imes. Hab. Philippine Islands. A species near C. spectabilis, Burmeister (‘ Noy. Act. Phys. Med. Nat. Cur,’ vol. xvi. supp. p.304. t.41. f. 8.), of which it may possibly be an extreme variety. Cercopis mactans.—Cheeks and space between the eyes black ; thorax with two broad longitudinal dorsal black bands not reaching to the anterior margin ; sides of scutellum black, hemelytra black ; outer margin yellow from the base to the middle, with a small blackish spot midway ; inner margin at the base yellow, forming a line which extends as far as the end of the scutellum ; behind the scutellum there is a transverse yellow spot common to both hemelytra ; end of hemelytra with three largish yellow spots, one on each margin and another in the middle near the tip. Legs and body beneath yellow ; body in the male spotted with black. Length from 8} to 9 lines. Hab. Philippine Islands. Peciloptera Dianthus.—Pale, the wings of a milky white; hem- elytra somewhat yellowish, especially at the base, rather broadly margined with brownish black, a hook-shaped broadish black lne extending from the base of hemelytra to beyond the middle ; be- tween this and the outer margin there is a semicircular brownish black line attenuated at each end, a yellow point on the g=== shoulder of each hemelytron, & and the posterior margin of (= each at the base narrowly ~* margined with yellow. Head between the eyes with three black lines, the middle one abbreviated. Thorax with at least twelve black spots above and on the sides, placed in three trans- verse rows. First and second pair of legs brownish except at the base, where they are pale. The hemelytra are somewhat longer im proportion than they are in Pwciloptera phalenodes, the head in front is somewhat dilated, and there is a strong keel on each side above the eye. Expanse of hemelytra 1 inch and 11 lines. Hab. India; Java? There is a specimen in the collection of James Wilson, Esq. of Edmburgh. For the sketch I am indebted to the obliging kindness of Mr. Humphries. Peciloptera papilionaria.—Hemelytra light purplish brown, spotted with white in the middle, at the base slightly yellowish Mr. A. White on some new Homopterous Insects. 37 mixed with brown ; the fore margin to beyond the middle is pale, and from the end of the pale part there is an oblique broad bar abruptly broken off before reaching the middle of the hemelytron ; between the end of the bar and the tip of hemelytra there is a narrow white lunule. The wings are of a smoky gray, and slightly iridescent. Thorax yellow, spotted with black. Expanse of hemelytra 1 inch 1 line. Hab. Java. James Wilson, Esq., F.R.S.E.; Stoll, Cigales, t. 7. f. 33? Aphena leucostictica—Hemelytra at the base darkish green, with numerous blackish spots and dots, none on the anterior margin ; end of hemelytra brownish yellow, with two or three mi- nute white spots arranged in two outwardly bending lines. Wings at the base bluish verdigris-green, palest at the end, with a few black spots ; end and margin blackish brown, with several milk- coloured dots. Head pale brown. Thorax with a greenish tinge. Body at the end above verdigris-green; under side and legs blackish. Expanse of hemelytra 1 inch 9 lines. Hab. Philippine Islands ; collected by Mr. Cuming. Aphena delicatula—Hemelytra very pale greenish brown ; basal part with many black spots (at least twenty), six of them on the anterior margin; the end darker brown, beautifully reticu- lated with pale greenish brown ; wings at the base vermilion-red, with largish black spots, irregular on either side (at least seven) ; tip. widely black ; a large acutely-triangular sea-green mark on fore-edge between the red and black parts. Antenne orange. Head and thorax above of a pale brownish colour with a kind of bloom over them. Body and legs blackish brown with a slight bloom. Expanse of hemelytra 1 inch 7} lines. Hab. China (Nankin) ; G. Tradescant Lay, Esq. G. Tradescant Lay, Esq., in a note dated “ British Consulate, Canton, 19th January, 1844,” referring to this insect, says, “The gay Fulgoride were found in a grove not far from Nankin cling- ing to the trunk of a tree. They were however so much on the alert that it was very hard to capture them. I imagine they take their food and their pastime during the night and spend the day in sleep.” Both the above species come near the Aphena variegata of Guérin-Meneyille in his ‘ Iconographie Régne Ani- mal,’t. 5 8. f. 3. 38 Mr. A. White on some new Lamellicern Beetles. VI.—Descriptions of two apparently new Species of Lamellicorn Beetles. By Avam Wurtz, Assistant Zool. Dep. Brit. Mus. Anoplognathus (Calléodes) Grayianus, White. Supra lete metallico-virescens, flavo circumdatus, subtus ferru- gineus metallico-tinctus. Long. lin. 12—13}. Hab. Australia (Sept.?). Mus. Brit. Domino Joanni E. Gray, Musei Britannici Zoologiz custodi inde- fesso, species heec perpulchra dedicata est. In another work, figures of the trophi and a more detailed description of this beautiful subgenus of Anoplognathide will be given ; it is allied to the typical genus, differing in the greater breadth of the thorax, and in the elytra nearly covering the podex ; the whole insect is flatter, more especially on ¢ the sides, and has a more Dytisciform appear- ance even than the genus Repsimus, Macleay, to which at first I thought it belonged. The head is green and punctured, the shield yel- , lowish, the sides rounded and somewhat straight im front, under side of head of a bronzy ferrugimous. Thorax narrower than elytra, sides slightly rounded so as to be almost contimuous with the side line of elytra, pro- jecting behind in the middle and notched over the scutellum, lively glossy green, the sides broadly margimed with yellow. Elytra much depressed, especially on the sides and behind, having a wide but shallow sinus on the side; surface punctured, the punctures generally running in striz, some of the rows placed in slightly grooved lines ; it is of a lively glossy green, the sides broadly margined with yellow. Legs and under side ferruginous ; base of abdominal segments green, as are the tips of the femora and all the tarsi; front edge of tibize of fore-legs without teeth, hinder tibize moderate*, * Through an oversight of the engraver, the tarsi in the above figure are most inaccurately represented. In the British Museum collection are two specimens of the A/ieronyz chlo- rophyllus, Boisd., Faune de l’Océanie, ii. 188, Voy. Astrol. t. 6. f. 18. This insect appears to me to connect the dreodide and Anoplognathide in Bur- meister’s recently published volume of the ‘Handbuch’ (iv.). No notice is taken of this New Zealand form, which is perhaps regarded by the philosophic professor of Halle as belonging to a different family; the generic name stands in preference to Schénherr’s. (See Gen. et Spec. Cure. vil. p. 313.) I may here mention that the male of the Sisyphus Senegalensis, Dej., of which a female only is in the British Museum collection, has the long process attached to the hind-legs, as in the Sisyphus Bowringii from China, described in the last Number of the ‘ Annals.’ Mr. Waterhouse has a male in his col- lection. Mr. Charles Bowring of Queen Square, Westminster, informed me that his brother, John Charles Bowring, Esq., found the Sisyphus named after him to be a very common insect in Hong Kong. o Mr. A. White on some new Lamellicorn Beetles. 39. Africa contains many curious Cefoniade, differing much from each other in the armature of the head of the male. Into none of the many divisions of this section given in the papers of Mac- Leay, Gory and Percheron, Dupont, Hope, Laporte, Schaum, Westwood, Burmeister, or Dr. T. W. Harris of Boston, U.8., does the following insect seem to me admissible, and I accordingly cha- racterize it as anew subgenus. The greatest number of the species of Goliaths are indigenous to W. Africa from Senegal to the Congo. Far up in the interior of 8. Africa Dr. Andrew Smith discovered the beautiful species named after him by MacLeay, and subse- quently in the same region, Mr. Burke, the Earl of Derby’s col- lector, found the Cheirolasia Burket and Ceratorhina Derbiana of Melly, figured and described in that useful Magazine for these “notabiha ” of entomology, the ‘ Arcana Entomologica’ of West- wood; in this work also is described and figured the Amaurodes Passerinii, obtained by Mr. Melly from Mozambique, and now from a part of Africa, which may yet furnish other species, I have an opportunity of describing a species belonging to a small collection made by Dr. Roth, the indefatigable naturalist who accompanied Sir W. C. Harris on his embassy to the Court of Shoa. For permission to do this I am mdebted to Dr. Horsfield of the East India House, and it is after him that I would name this apparently new form of Cetonia. It seems to me to come near Dicronocephalus and Narycius, between which and Mecynorhina it may be placed. To Jnca, the male has a considerable resem- blance at first sight, and the British Museum collection has from W. Africa a form closely resembling this Brazilian genus which was shown to the Secretary of the Entomological Society, who described and figured it in his ‘Arcana.’ Mr. MacLeay indeed regards Inca and Dicronocephalus as somewhat allied, unlike Bur- meister, who places the former nearer Trichius. The species be- low is probably the insect referred to in the appendix of Harris’s ‘ Highlands of Ethiopia,’ vol. ii. p. 411, as “ one notable Jnca, the male of which is armed with a powerful head excrescence, and lives principally on the sap of wounded trees.” Goliathus (CompsocEPHALUS, subg. White). Head of male (figs. 1, 2) with the clypeus elongated and turned up; the clypeus isvery deeply divided as far as the middle(somewhat as in Narycius, Dupont), the two divisions are slightly angulated, and each is distinctly notched at the end: over and in front of the eyes, the sides of the head are elevated, and the antennz spring from a notch under this raised part. In female (fig. 3) the head is quadrangular, the edge of the clypeus in front abrupt, shghtly sinuated in the middle, the sides somewhat dilated. Tho= 40 Mr. A. White on some new Lamellicorn Beetles. rax margined, that of the male slightly quadrate and considerably convex above, the surface irregular, and having two depressions in the middle, the sides slightly sinuated, anterior angle rounded ; in front the thorax is lobed, (a very distant but yet decided ap- proximation to the elongated frontal process on the thorax of Gol. rhinophylius, Wied. (Mycteristes, Laporte) and Phedimus Cumingii, Waterhouse,) the margins on each side of the lobe con- siderably sinuated, and allowing as it were the side of the thorax to be seen; under side of thorax on the side behind much exca- vated for the reception of the femora of anterior legs: this cha- racter is very prominent in the female also, which has the thorax more depressed and very slightly lobed or sinuated in front. In the male the femora of hind-legs fit into the slightly excavated sides of the metathorax. Legs of the male, especially the anterior pair, strong, with six irregular teeth on the tibie, three on external edge and three on internal; in the female the fore-legs are less strong, and the tibiz have three strong teeth on the outside, the interior apical one only being present. Tarsi of fore-legs of male very large and compressed, the terminal joint beneath, at the end projecting, but apparently hardly spmed. Scutellum more pointed in male than in female. Elytra in both sexes ciliated ; lateral margin slightly smuated near the shoulder. Pygidium of male edged with hairs and bluntish, of female more elongated. Other characters might be added, but, with the figures*, I think the above may suffice to separate this Abyssinian Cetonia from any of the described subgenera. G. (Compsocephalus) Horsfieldianus, White (figs. 1, 2, 3). Viridis, thorace, scutelloque ferrugineo-fuscis, thorace viridi margi- * For the sketches of this Goliath I am indebted to the obliging kindness of G. Ford, Esq. The extended legs are shown considerably fore-shortened, and the specimens are represented unset. Mr. C. E. Broome on a new species of Melanogaster. 41 nato, elytris ochracescenti-viridibus, corpore subtus pedibusque metallico-viridibus, rubro-tinctis. Long. d unc. 1], lin. 4; ? une. 1, lin. 3. Hab. Abyssinia. & 2in Mus. “ Hon. E. Ind. Co.”; ?in Mus. Brit. T. Horsfield, M.D. Hoc insectum in honorem Thome Horsfield, M.D., Faunze Floreque Javanice insularumque orientalium aliarum scrutatoris celeberrimi, nominavi. Male.—Head above brown, on under side in some lights of a brilliant deep blue or bluish grecn; the clypeus excavated on under side at base of fork. Thorax and scutellum above of a rich deep rusty brown colour, the former narrowly margined with bright green, growing fainter where the thorax joins the scutel- lum ; sides and under side metallic green. LElytra of a faded yellowish green, the surface dimpled ; on the suture and near the scutellum lively green. Female.—Head and thorax rich rusty brown, posterior half of the latter rather paler. Elytra plainer than in male and of a more lively green with the suture golden ; lateral edge of elytra as in the male, with many light-coloured cilia which extend to the apex ; the shoulders and a spot near the apex brown; under side and legs of a bright coppery red, segments slightly margined with green ; tarsi of all the legs and tibiz of fore-legs brownish. ViI.—Deseription of a new species of Melanogaster. By C. E. Broome, Esq. To Richard Taylor, Esq. Str, May I be permitted through the medium of your Journal to de- dicate to my friend the Rey. M. J. Berkeley, to whose unwearied researches mycology is most deeply indebted, a pretty, new spe- cies of Melanogaster which I have lately met with in this neigh- bourhood? The characters are as follows :— Melanogaster Berkeleianus, n.s. Parvus, globosus, longe radicatus ; peridio sericeo albo, tactu gilvo fusco, intus pallide flavo ; sporis minutis oblongo-ellipticis hyalinis albis, binucleatis. The single specimen hitherto found was about the size of a pea, furnished with a long white root, which, as well as the silky white globose peridium, changed on the touch, or exposure to the air, to a pink-brown; the interior is of a delicate pale yellow, which is permanent ; the texture of the walls of the cells is loosely cellular ; spores elliptic-oblong, hyaline, containing two or some- times three globose nuclei. In the form and colour of the spores this species very much resembles Octaviana aphrodisiaca of Mon- 42. M.A. d’Orbigny on the Distribution of Littoral Mollusca. tagne. Some of the spores appeared to be uniseptate, but this might arise from ocular deception. It grew in a loose soil in a wood composed of hazel, beech and firs, in October last. I am, Sir, your obedient servant, Wraxall, near Bristol, C. E. Broome. 23rd December, 1844. VIIL.—On the Laws which regulate the Geographical Distribution of Littoral Mollusca. By M. Aucrps p’OrRgIeny*. Tue author in the first place urges the importance of investiga- tions on the geographical distribution of the coast mollusca, as applied to general palzeontology. It is, in fact, in the laws which at present regulate the geographical distribution of creatures that we must logically seek by comparison for light upon the suc- cessive animalization on the surface of the globe at all geological periods, in order to substitute well-ascertained facts for doubtful theories. The author selected, as the theatre of his observations, South America, where he resided for eight years. Being at first of opinion, @ priori, that the configuration of that continent, with relation to its latitude, the abrupt or very gradual slopes of its coasts, and the general currents which wash them, must have an immense influence upon this question, he points out particularly the characters which distiguish that part of the world, assisted, for these currents, by M. Duperrey’s important map of the move- ment of the waters, without which he would have been unable to explain the anomaly of some facts. He presents im a table the name and habitat of 362 species of littoral mollusca, which, divided according as they belong to either of the two oceans, give 156 species peculiar to the Atlantic ocean, 205 species peculiar to the Pacific, and a single species common to both seas. He examines separately the local faunas of the Atlantic and of the Pacific. In the first he finds that the Falkland islands have a peculiar fauna, that the fauna of the temperate regions is more numerous than that of the hot regions, and that each of these regions possesses from four to six times more peculiar than common species. The Pacific presented identical results rela- tively to the number of species peculiar and common to the hot and temperate regions; but the currents have there more influ- ence on the partition of the species and on the separation of the local faunas where their action ceases. His observations of the influence due to the orographic confi- guration of the coasts upon the zoological composition of the re- * From the ‘Comptes Rendus,’ Noy. 18th, being an abstract by the author. M. A. d’Orbigny on the Distribution of Littoral Mollusca. 43 spective faunas which inhabit them, led him to the following re- sults :—In ninety-five genera cited, fifty, or much more than half, are found only on one side, whilst forty-five only are common to the two seas. From this he concludes, that the configuration of the two coasts of South America, the one abrupt on the side of the Pacific, the other rising in a gentle acclivity from the Atlan- ‘tic, have a greater influence upon the whole than the parallelism of the zones of latitude which the local faunas of the two oceans traverse equally. In a fourth chapter, devoted to general deductions and con- clusions, the author considers separately the action of the cur- rents, the temperature, and the orographic configuration. The general currents tend, by their incessant action, to diffuse upon all the points where they pass, the mollusca which can bear a great difference of temperature. In fact, in the Atlantic twelve species extend over nineteen degrees, and in the Pacific fifteen species are distributed over twenty-two degrees of latitude, tra- versing several different zones of heat, and cease to exist at the furthest northern limits of the currents, as is seen at Brazil and to the north of Callao (Peru). Thus we must, without any doubt, attribute to the general currents that influence of unequal value which carries the littoral mollusca of the cold regions in the At- lantic as far as the tropic only, and in the Pacific as far as eleven degrees more to the north. The author finds the currents to have two opposite influences : by their continual action they tend evidently to diffuse the litto- ral mollusca beyond their natural limits of latitude ; but when they are distant from the continent, as at the Falklands, when they double a cape advanced toward the pole, as at Cape Horn, or when they abruptly leave the coasts, under the hot regions, as at Payta, they then serve to isolate local faunas. The effect of temperature is to confine species within more or less restricted limits; the proof of which lies in the number of mollusca peculiar to the different zones of heat traversed by the general currents, and above all in the sudden difference which is remarked between the composition of the local faunas of Payta and that of the parts situated to the north of Rio Janeiro. In fact, as soon as the action of the currents ceases to be felt, the temperature at once resumes all its influence, and a fauna pecu- liar to the hot regions begins to appear. The orographic configuration of the coasts is marked by the different zoological forms which are observed between the two oceans: in fact, dependent of the numerical amount of the ge- nera which have been spoken of, it is easy to convince ourselves that the genera which predominate in the Pacific live principally on the rocks, whilst those of the Atlantic, which are wanting on 44 M.A.d’Orbigny on the Distribution of Littoral Mollusca. the southern side, inhabit only the sandy bottoms. It is seen that the difference of orographic configuration of the coasts of the two oceans which wash South America exercises, by these condi- tions of existence more or less favourable which it offers to the littoral mollusca according to their genera, an immense influence upon the zoological composition of the faunas which inhabit them. The author states it as a negative fact, that the greatest afflu- ents, the Plata for example, which at its mouth is 128 kilométres wide, have absolutely no influence upon the composition of the marine faunas of their environs. M. @Orbigny deduces from the facts observed by him the fol- lowing conclusions, which apply immediately to the paleontologic faunas of the tertiary deposits :— 1. The faunas of two neighbouring seas, having an intercom- munication, but separated only by a cape ady anced toward the pole, may be distinct. 2. There may exist, at the same time, by the sole action of the temperature, in the same ocean and on the same continent, di- stinct faunas, according to the different zones of temperature. 3. Under the same zone of temperature, upon coasts in the neighbourhood of one and the same current, the currents may determine particular faunas. 4. A fauna distinct from the fauna of the nearest continent may exist upon an archipelago when the currents isolate it. 5. Distinct faunas, or at least differmg much among them- selves, may exist upon neighbouring coasts, by the sole action of orographic configuration. 6. When the same species are found over an immense extent of latitude, in the same basin, the currents will be the cause of it. 7. The identical species between two adjoming basins indicate direct communications between them. 8. The greatest affluents have absolutely no influence upon the composition of the neighbouring marine faunas ; thus all the deductions which have been drawn from them, in the case of the tertiary basins, become illusory. The author concludes by a final palzontological comparison. He has said that, with the exception of one species common to the two American oceans, all the others were, in the actual fauna, peculiar either to the Atlantic or to the Pacific, and the ensemble of the genera was very different in the two seas. The compari- son of these results with the deductions drawn from the totality of the fossil shells of the lowest tertiary beds of South America, proves that these last, although differmg specifically, are never- theless in the same geographical conditions as the actual fauna. Bibliographical Notices. 45 Might we not conclude from this, that at the epoch when these tertiary beds were formed, the latitude, the currents, and the oro- graphic configuration, had the same influences as at the present day? Thence it may be allowable to imagine that the Cordilleras had, at that geological epoch, sufficient height to form, upon a vast scale, a barrier between the two seas, and that, since that epoch, the south continent has not changed its form. BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICES. Elements of Comparative Anatomy. By Rud. Wagner, M.D. ; trans- lated from the German by Alfred Tulk, M.R.C.S.E. Tue greatest naturalist of modern times was also the highest autho- rity in comparative anatomy ; even as the first and greatest of natu- ralists in ancient times was also well-versed in the internal structure of the animals he classified. Cuvier and Aristotle had alike an intimate conviction of the necessity of comparative anatomy to the accomplishment of the zoologist. But comparative anatomy has still higher tendencies than those it possesses as guiding the zoologist in his arrangements: the form and structure of the living things that people and that have peopled this earth are intimately associated with its history, so that the geologist and paleontologist are scarcely less interested in a knowledge of comparative anatomy than the zoo- logist. More than this: function is identical throughout the animated realm of nature, and the physiologist, and, as a derivative from him, the physician and the surgeon, are all alike interested in possessing a comprehensive knowledge of the organs by which the specific func- tions, whose sum constitutes the life in each particular species of animals, are performed. Hence it comes that comparative anatomy has often been the preparative to the highest eminence ever achieved in the medical profession. We need only quote Mr. John Hunter in proof of the fact. We had been for some time without a good elementary treatise on comparative anatomy in the English language. Strange as it may appear, it must still be allowed that there are certain subjects upon which we do not seem destined ever to possess perfectly satis- factory rudimentary works by native authors: comparative anatomy is one of these. The old standard was Blumenbach, which, trans- lated by Mr. Lawrence, came to a second edition under the revision of Mr. Coulson. ‘Then we had Carus, with the extent of whose suc- cess among us we are unacquainted. Now we have Wagner, a work which we cannot but regard as a great improvement upon all its predecessors. The grand features of the subject are in fact pre- sented in the elements of comparative anatomy with the hand of a master, and the minor details are also there, just to the point that comes short of tediousness. ‘The book is truly excellent, and we recommend all our readers to procure a copy, to interleave it, and have it at hand as the repository of any observations which they themselves may make. 46 Zoological Society. The four parts already published, each complete in itself, comprise the anatomy of Mammalia, Birds, Reptiles and Fishes,—of the ver- tebrate animals therefore, and may be bound separately as a work perfect in itself. One word in reference to the translation : this we find faithful, and, like the original, terse and to the point; admirable for reference upon particular subjects, if less agreeable to read in the way we do a novel. Mr. Tulk is himself an excellent anatomist and naturalist, and deserves the thanks of all true friends of natural hi- story for the pains he has taken in giving them a compendious guide to the very elements of all zoological science. PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES. April 23, 1844.—William Yarrell, Esq., Vice-President, in the Chair. A continuation of Mr. Sylvanus Hanley’s paper on new Telline was read, containing the following descriptions :— Tevuina sincera. Tel. testd 'T. carnarie simillimd, sed majore, latiore, compressd et albidd; striis tenuioribus ; ligamento valde? angusto ; natibus paululim ad latus anticum spectantibus ; margine ventrali tantiim subarcuaio ; dentibus lateralibus conspicuis, sub- equidistantibus. Long. 1°20; lat. 1°40 poll. Hab. ? Mus. Cuming, Metcalfe. Extremely like 7. carnaria, but larger, broader, and more flattened. The oblique striz are minute, and almost entirely disappear in aged specimens. Teviina Senecatensis. Tel. testd T. splendid simillimd, sed striis sulcisqgue exilioribus magisque confertis ; extremitate etiam posiicd, striis arcuatis obliquis in utrdque valvuld, ornatd ; super- Jicie internd purpured, albo posticé biradiatd. Long. 0°80; lat. 1 poll. Hab. Senegal. An extremely common shell, bearing some slight resemblance to carnaria, and has probably been hitherto neglected, from its close approximation to the splendida of Anton. TeELuina 1ncaRNnAta. Tel. testd obovatd, subobliqud, inequilateral, ventricosd, solidd, incarnatd aut albido-rosed, impolitd ; striis ele- vatis concentricis tenuissimis, sirias radiantes elevatas confertis- sime decussantibus ; margine ventrali arcuato, postice sursiim acclwviore ; dorsali anticé declivi et prope nates paululiim incurvato, postice elevatiore subarcuato et subitd declinante ; ligamento infosso ; superficie internd flavescente, margines versus subrosed ; dentibus lateralibus maximis. Long. 0°70; lat. 0°95 poll. Hab. San Nicholas, Zebu; sandy mud, low water. This graceful species is allied in sculpture to the decussata of Lamarck, but the shape and colouring easily distinguish it, In almost every adult specimen the tips of the beaks are chalky white, the umbones yellow, and the ligamental edge rosy. Textuina Lyra. Tel. testd ovali, tenui, compressd, nitidiusculd, Zoological Society. 47 albd, striis concentricis elevatis ornatd, interstitiis levigatis ; mar- gine ventrali ad utramque extremitatem arcuato, medio convexius- culo; dorsali postice altiore, convexo satisque declinante, antice prope lunulam excavatam, aut horizontali aut leviter acclivi ; latere antico paululim longiore, rotundato ; extremitate posticd obtusd ; natibus acutis, prominentibus ; flecurd obsoletd ; dentibus latera- libus distinctis, antico approximato, postico parvo, remotiore. Long. 1°80; lat. 2°60 poll. Hab. 'Tumbez, Peru. This most exquisite shell will probably prove inequivalve, but as I have never met with any but left valves, I can only judge so from analogy. Although very different in shape, its texture and the ex- cavated dorsal areas remind us of Burnetti. The ventral fold is obso- lete, and the situation of the umbonal ridge is indicated by a linear carina, which is only separated from the dorsal edge by a narrow concavity. TELLINA PHILIPPINARUM. Tel. testd ovatd aut subovatd, tenui, subequilaterali, intus extusque candidd, nitidd, concentricé et tenu- issime striatd ; margine ventrali arcuato, postic? sursiim acclivi ; dorsali antico brevi, recto, subdeclivi; latere postico subcunet- Sormi ; ligamento prominulo ; extremitate anticd obtusd ; cardine dente laterali (in junioribus subobsoleto) antico subapproximato. Long. 0°70; lat. 1 poll. Hab. St. Nicholas, isle of Zebu, and Jimmamailan, isle of Negros. This shell, which appears to be common throughout the Philippine Islands, reminds us by its shape of the 7. solidula. It is rather vari- able in its proportions, and but rarely attains the assigned dimen- sions. In aged specimens the vicinity of the umbones is usually of a flesh-colour or tawny orange. Texturna Listert. Tel. testd obovatd, solidd, ventricosd aut sub- ventricosd, equilaterali, glabrd, extus intusque candidd ; margine ventrali medio subrecto ; dorsali antice arcuato paululiimque de- clivi, postice recto, declivi ; latere antico dilatato, obtuse rotundato ; postico obtusissime biangulato ; ligamento magno, infosso ; natibus obtusis ; umbonibus plerumque subplanulatis ; cardine dente late- rali antico subapproximato. Long. 2°3; lat. 3° poll. Hab. Senegal. Mus. Cuming, Hanley. This species appears to be represented in Lister’s ‘ Historia Con- chyliorum,’ plate 288. fig. 235. Although in general shape it is approached by many of its section (Telling with a single lateral tooth), its superior size and solidity render it remarkable. Texuina pumita. Tel. testd T. philippinarum simillimd, sed an- gustiore ; margine ventrali medio subrecto ; dorsali utrinque recto aut subconcavo, antic? paululiim declivi, latere postico cuneiformi ; margine antico recto, verticali. Long. 0°60; lat. 0°90 poll. Hab. Valparaiso; sandy mud, from seven to thirty fathoms. Easily to be confused with 7. philippinarum, but is decidedly nar- rower and the margins less convex. ‘The front dorsal edge, which 48 Zoological Society. is longer and less sloping than in that species, forms an angle with the straight and direct anterior margin. Tevuina Cutter. Tel. testd parvd, ovatd, inequilaterali, tenuius- culd, convead, nitidd, intus extusque aurantio-rosed, levigatd ; margine ventrali antice arcuato, postice sursim acclivi; dorsali antice magis minusve convexo satisque declivi, posticé recto et valde declivi ; latere antico producto, ad extremitatem oblusé rotundato ; postico acuminato ; natibus acutis ; ligamento vix prominulo ; flexurd venirali obsoleta ; cardine dente laterali antico parvo, approzi- mato. Long. 0°35; lat. 0°55 poll. Hab. Cagayan, province of Misamis, Mindanao; twenty-five fa- thoms, sandy mud. This species is closely allied to the tenuis of our own shores, but may be distinguished by its acuminated extremity. In young speci- mens there are indications of concentric striz near the front of the ventral margin. Teviina Corsutorpes. Tel. testd subovali, inequivalvi, solidd, sub- veniricosd, sublevigatd, roseo-incarnatd (intus plerumque aurantio- rubra) ; margine ventrali sinistre valvule, ultra marginem conver- iusculum alterius, prominente ; latere antico breviore, obtus? acumt- nato; extremitate posticd rotundatd; ared dorsali posticd in adultis subplanulatd ; natibus obtusis ; flerurd ventrali distinctd ; cardine dente laterali, parvo, approximato, antico. Var. Testd extus intusque candidd. Long. 0°80; lat. 1:20 poll. Hab. Catbalonga, isle of Samar; ten fathoms, soft mud. The general appearance of this shell gives us the idea of a Corbula. It is covered when fresh with a thin fugacious epidermis, which re- flects the most brilliant prismatic colours. Teviina Cycrapirormis. Tel. testd parvd, rotundato-subtrigond, tenui, ventricosd, intus extusque incarnatd aut pallide rosed, sub- levigatd ; margine ventrali convexo ; dorsali utringue declivi, con- vexiusculo ; latere antico retundato et paulld breviore ; extremitate posticd obtuse subangulatd ; ligamento prominulo ; flexurd costdque umbonali obsoletis ; cardine dente laterali parvo, approximato, an- tico. Long. 0°20; lat. 0°25. Hab. St. Nicholas, Zebu. Not unlike pisiformis, but destitute of oblique striz. Teviina inscutpra. Tel. testd oblongo-elongatd, solidiusculd, com- pressd, equilaterali, extus intusque candidd ; sulcis confertis con- centric? exaratd, striisque tenuissimis radiantibus (presertim pos- tice) decussatd; margine ventrali elongato, subrecto ; dorsali utringue subrecto, subdeclivi; extremitate posticd subbiangulatd ; flecurd ventrali distinctd ; cardine dente laterali quamplurimum approximato, antico. Long. 1; lat. 2 poll. Hab. Chirigui, West Columbia; sandy mud, three fathoms. ‘This unique and elegant shell possesses the shape and general ap- pearance of a Psammobia. The single anterior lateral tooth is so close to the primary ones, that the hinge appears to be composed of Zoological Society. 49 three cardinal teeth in the left valve. Beyond the almost obsolete umbonal ridge the concentric sulci become broken into small scales. The delicate radiating striz are quite obsolete in front. ‘The shell seems slightly inequivalve. Tetuina in#quauis. Tel. testd subovatd, vald? inequilatcrali, solidd, convexd, candidd, tenuiter striatd ; striis supern? obliquis, inferne concentricis, flecuosis ; supra costam umbonalem inconspi- cuam, rugis erectis fleruosis, asperatd ; margine venirali conver- issimo ; dorsali antic? subincurvato et valde declivi, postic? brevi, recto, subdeclivi ; latere antico producto, ad extremitatem attenuato, rotundato ; extremitate posticd obtusd ; natibus acutis ; lunuld di- stinctd ; superficie internd candidd, aut flavescente ; cardine dente laterali magno, subremoto, antico. Long. 0°90; lat. 1:20 poll. Hab. Ceylon. Mus. Cuming. An unique specimen of this curious shell is in the museum of Mr. Cuming, and reminds us in many particulars of the Tellina Gargadia ; but that species is neither so narrow nor so greatly inequilateral, its oblique striz do not extend over the posterior portion of the shell, and its hinge is clearly provided with two lateral teeth. The elevated flexuous wrinkles radiate down the umbonal slope in three distinct lines. Teviina Fetrx. Tel. testd subovali, solidiusculd, valde inequilate- rali, convexiusculd, nitidd, levigatd, intus extusque rosed ; margine ventrali vix conveaxiusculo; dorsali antice vir declivi, convexo, postice valde declivi ; latere postico brevissimo, obtus? subiruncato, inferne subangulato ; extremitate anticd rotundatd ; costa umbonali et flerurd ventrali subobsoletis ; cardine dente laterali magno, approximato, antico. Long. 0°38; lat. 0°80 poll. Hab. Panama; sandy mud, six to ten fathoms. This elegant little shell approximates in form to the British Dona- cina, but differs as well in colouring as in sculpture and teeth. TELLINA coLUMBIENSIS. Tel. testd ellipticd aut oblongo-ellipticd, compressiusculd, subtenui, levigatd, intus extusque albidd, epider- mide tenuissimd, fulvo-cinered indutd ; margine ventrali medio conveviusculo, utringue arcuato; dorsali utrinque convexo, antic? paulld, postice satis declivi; latere antico longiore, rotundato ; extremitate posticd acuminatd ; flerurd subobsoletd ; dentibus pri- mariis minimis, lateralibus nullis. Long. 1°70; iat. 3 poll. Hab. Monte Christi, West Columbia; sandy mud, twelve fathoms. Its more compressed valves and minute teeth will distinguish it from the few species which are allied to it in outline. The hinge- margin is very short and rather broad. ‘The general shape is that of T. Soverbii. Tevumna Sovureyetr. Tel. testd oblongd, tenuiusculd, convexo- depressd, intus extusque albidd, levigatd ; margine ventrali magis minusve convexo ; dorsali antice convexiusculo et subdeclivi, pos- tice subrecto aut subretuso et valdé declivi; flexurd costdque um- bonali distinctis ; ligamento infosso ; natibus acutis ; latere antico Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Vol. xv. E 50 Zoological Society. longiore, rotundato; extremitate posticd subrostratd; dentibus lateralibus nullis. Long. 0°75; lat. 1°25 poll. Hab. St. Nicholas, Zebu; sandy mud at low water. I have named this species in honour of my friend M. Souleyet, whose investigation of the Pteropoda promises to be of high interest to natural science. Tetuina unpuLata. Tel. testd oblongd, tenuissimd, compressd, impolitd, intus extusque albidd, suboblique et concentrice undulata ; margine ventrali convexo; dorsali antice subrecto et vix declivi, postice incurvato, satisque declivi; latere postico brevi, attenuato, rostrato; flexrurd costdque umbonali distinctis; natibus acutis ; dentibus lateralibus nullis. Long. 0°40; lat. 0°80 poll. Hab. St. Elena, West Columbia; sandy mud, six fathoms. The oblique waves are chiefly conspicuous in front of the shell, and become concentric posteriorly. This character is so distinct that the species cannot possibly be confounded with any of this genus. The general shape is that of crucigera; the fold is very distinct and the ligament sunken. TeLiina micans. Tel. testd subovali, tenui, nitidissimd, compressd, nived, levigatd ; margine ventrali convexo ; dorsali antice convex- iusculo, subhorizontali; latere antico longiore, ad extremitatem rotundato aut obtuso ; postico cuneiformi ; flecurd costdque umbo- nali obsoletis ; natibus obtusis ; dentibus lateralibus nullis. Long. 0°50; lat. 1 poll. Hab. Catbalonga, isle of Samar, and Bias, isle of Negros. Bears a close resemblance to the margaritacea of Lamarck, but that species is not devoid of lateral teeth. It is a glassy-looking shell and highly polished; the surface too is sometimes slightly opa- lescent. Trxiurna cuspis. Tel. testd ovatd, solidiusculd, convexd, nitidius- culd, rosed, anticé et inferné substriatdé ; margine ventrali arcuato ; dorsali utringue subdeclivi, antice convexo, postice recto aut subre- tuso ; flexurd costdque umbonali distinctis ; latere antico paululim longiore, rotundato ; postico subacuminato, subrostrato ; dentibus lateralibus nullis. Long. 1°20; lat. 1°85 poll. Hab. ?> Mus. Cuming, Walton, Metcalfe. A beautiful shell, whose general appearance is that of an abbre- viated specimen of the J. depressa of Lamarck, which latter must resume its prior appellation of incarnata, being decidedly the species so designated by Linnzus. «‘ Descriptions of Marginelle collected during the voyage of H.M.S. Sulphur, and from the collection of Mr. Cuming,” by Mr. Hinds. MarGinetyia, Lamarck. Section I. Phenospira. MaRrGINELLA PIPERATA. Mar. testd obovatd, maculis parvis nigris et albidis, interdum longitudinaliter coalitis, confertim ornatd ; spird retuso-conicd, obtusé ; anfractu ultimo rotundate angulato ; Zoological Society. 51 spird lined unicd comitatd ; labro incrassato, extis nigro maculato, intiis levi; columelld quadriplicatd. Axis 9 lin. Hab. Cab. Cuming. Marcinetyua scripta. Mar. testd parvd, retuse ovatd, cinered, lineis nigris longitudinalibus valde angulatis (zic-zac) sparsim maculatis ; spird retusissimd ; labro intis denticulato ; columelld quinqueplicatd, duabus superioribus transversis. Axis 3+ lin. Hab. Straits of Macassar ; in eleven to fifteen fathoms, coarse sand. Cab. Belcher. MareInetia tivipa. Mar. testd ovata, pallide cerulescente, ob- solet? trifasciatd ; spird retusd; labro albido, valde incrassato, intits levi ; columelld lat? callosd, supra spiram ascendente, quadri- plicatd. Axis 64 lin. Hab. Cuba. Cab. Griiner. Shell ovate, dull pale blue, indistinctly banded by a darker colour ; the face covered by a white callosity spreading over the columella, ascending along the spire, and running into the labrum, which is thus thickened even beyond what is usual; the back shouldered and slightly angular. It is to the liberality of M. Griiner that I am indebted for the op- portunity of including this shell in these descriptions. MarcinELta Nopata. Mar. testa elongate ovatd vel subfusiformi, luteo-olivaced, lineis nigris subjlexuosis longitrorsum ornatd, punc- tis concoloribus conspersis ; spird elongatd, inconspicue plico- costatd ; labro incrassato, intis denticulato ; columelld quadripli- catd. Axis 10 lin. Hab. Cape Blanco, west coast of Africa; in from twelve to fifteen fathoms, among sand. Cab. Belcher. With the general aspect and character of M. Cleryii, but somewhat larger, more broadly shouldered, the longitudinal lines studded at intervals with dark spots, and which are somewhat regularly disposed in the transverse direction ; and lastly, the spire is less elongated and furnished with rather indistinct pliciform ribs. MarGIneELLA Musica. Mar. testdé ovatd, cinereo-olivaced, lineis nigris transversim ornatd ; spird retuso-conicd ; labro paululim incrassato, intis levi ; columelld quadriplicatd. Axis 8 lin. Hab. Cape Blanco, west coast of Africa; in thirty-five fathoms, sand. Cab. Belcher. Readily distinguished from any species hitherto recorded by the transverse, somewhat distant, and regularly disposed dark lines. Marcinetta Betcuerst. Mar. testd concinn? ovatd, albd, lineis eleganter punctatis raris, frequentioribus, vel confertis transversim dispositis, interdum albo fasciatd ; spird mediocri, conicd ; labro incrassato, albo, prope medium subdilatato, intis levi; columelld quadriplicatd. Axis 9 lin. E2 ~ 52 Zoological Society. Hab. Cape Blanco, west coast of Africa; in from twelve to fifteen fathoms. Cab. Belcher. This very beautiful species displays considerable variation in the character of its markings. In some individuals the exterior is nearly white, with a few scattered transverse lines, composed of elegant minute dottings, and these are perhaps the older shells; from this they gradually become more and more covered with them, till in some the whole surface is quite darkened. In this latter case irregular lines become conspicuous in the longitudinal direction. In many specimens the transverse lines are separated by intervals, which per- mit the ground-colour of the shell to show through like milk-white bands. The outer lip seems in all cases to retain its uniform white colour, and at its upper part is slightly emarginate, but becomes thickened at and a little beneath the centre. MARGINELLA SAPOTILLA. Mar. testd elongate ovatd, fere subcy- lindraceo-ovatd ; cinered vel glaucescente, concolore ; spird retuso- conicd ; apertura intis fusca ; labro incrassato, recto, albo, postice Sulvo, intis levi ; columelld quadriplicatd. Axis 11 lin. Hab. Panama; in from five to thirteen fathoms, sandy mud. Cab. Belcher et Cuming. The American analogue of MW. cerulescens, or more correctly M. prunum, than which it is of smaller size, more cylindrical in shape, whence result its straight outer lip, less fullness and roundness of the shoulders, but without any disposition to that obscure banding which is visible in some specimens of M.prunum. Both species present a rich brown colour within the aperture, and in general appearance they are remarkably alike. MareineLua constricta. Mar. testd albidd, obscure trifasciatd ; spird retuse conicd ; anfractu ultimo prope medium coarctato ; labro incrassato, medio incurvato, intis levi, superné ad spiram adscen- dente ; columella quadriplicatd. Axis 8 lin. Hab. ? Cab. Cuming. MarGInELLA Nivosa. Mar. testd ovatd, cinereo-fuscd ; maculis lacteis laceratis super lineas longitudinales dispositis ; spird retusd ; labro subrecto, incrassato, albo, ad spiram adscendente, intis infra medium leviter denticulato ; columelld quadriplicatd. Axis 9 lin. Hab. ? Cab. Cuming. A full-shaped oval shell of a fawn colour, with longitudinal lines, as if marking the periods of growth, on which are aggregated small irregular milk-white spots ; these are generally clustered on the lines, but a few occupy the intervals between them. ‘The outer lip is of an uniform white, and beneath its middle are a few rather indistinct denticulations ; above it ascends to the spire, which it renders cal- lous on that side. Within it is of a pale fawn-colour. MARGINELLA PRUINOSA. Mar. testd ovatd, coarctatd, albidd, obso- leté trifasciatd, maculis parvis lacteis conspersd ; spird conico- i Zoological Society. 53 retusd, subcallosd; labro incrassato, paululim incurvato, intis leviter denticulato; aperturd angustd ; columella quadriplicatd. Axis. 6 lin. Hab. West Indies. Cab. Cuming. In some respects similar to the foregoing, but, in the place of its full rounded form, this is contracted towards the middle of the body- whorl. ‘The fasciation is constant on all the specimens, but always very faint and indistinct, and the small milk-white spots are scattered with little regularity over the surface. Mareinevxa austrauis. Mar. testd retus? ovatd, albidd vel pal- lidé corned ; spird conico-retusd ; labro incrassato, pone albido, intis levi; columelld quadriplicatd, versus basin albo fasciatd. Axis 34 lin. Hab. North-west coast of Australia; in coral sand at low water. Mr. Dring, R.N. Cab. Cuming. The characters of this little shell are quite unobtrusive, if we ex- cept the white base of the columella; and this may serve to distinguish it from any species hitherto on record. Marcinetra virrea. Mar. testd coniformi, hyalind, nitidd ; spird valde retusd ; labro paululim incrassato et reflexo, intis levi ; columelld plicis quatuor gracilibus. Axis 3 lin. Hab. West coast of Africa. Cab. Belcher. Mareinetzia Fusirormis. Mar. testd fusiformi, albidd vel pallide corned ; spird elatd, obtusd ; anfractu ultimo gradatim attenuato ; labro paululiim incrassato, intis levi ; aperturd lineari ; columella quadriplicatd. Axis 3 lin. Hab. Straits of Malacca; in seventeen fathoms, mud. Cab. Belcher. This species departs so far from the usual outline of the genus as to become decidedly fusiform. The recent shell is most probably of a delicate horn-colour, though the prevailing number of our speci- mens are white, shining and glossy, and, there seems little doubt, have lost their original colour. The following species belongs to a section of this genus, which might with much propriety be separated as a subgeneric group, under the name of Volvarina. They are all delicate and rather thin shells, with an apparent spire, the labrum never varixed, and usually not even thickened, with a sharp edge, always bent in on the aperture. The columellar folds are nearly constantly four in number, slender, and more or less oblique. M. avena, Valenciennes, is a typical spe- cies. MARGINELLA NITIDA (Vozvarina). Mar. testa elongate ovata, Suscd, politd, nitidd, concolore ; spird conicd, obtusd ; labro tenui, acuto, inflexo, pallido ; columella quadriplicatd. Axis 4 lin. Hab. Cab. Cuming. 54 Zoological Society. Section II. Cryptospira. MArRGINELLA TRicINcTA. Mar. testd obeso-ovatd, cinereo-cerules- cente, fusco trifasciatd, labro incrassato, luteo, intis levi; colu- melld sexplicatd, ad basin albd ; plicis tribus superioribus trans- versis, supremd paululim obsoletd. Axis 11 lin. Hab. Straits of Macassar ; in eleven fathoms, coarse sand. Cab. Belcher. ManrGinELLA BLANDA. Mar. testd ovatd, tenui, sardonychid, obso- lete fasciatd ; spird viv occultd, pallidd ; labro subincrassato et subreflexo, intis levi; columella albidd, sexplicatd, plicis superi- oribus evanidis. Axis 9 lin. Hab. Cape Blanco, west coast of Africa; in twelve to fifteen fathoms. MarGIneLia impricata. Mar. testd ovatd, albidd, maculis rufis quadratis prope medium unifasciatd, aliter punctis transversis or- dinate vestitd ; apice puncticulato ; labro reflero medio et cum basi columelle ustulato ; columella subcallosd, quadriplicatd. Axis 5 lin. Hab. Acapulco. Col. Moffat. Cab. Cuming. In one specimen the tessellated band which encircles the body- whorl is broken up iuto a number of small spots and punctations, so that though these markings present usually a nearly square shape, they are most probably disposed to vary. The shell in some respects approaches M. interrupta. MarGIneLLA MuRALIS. Mar. testd elongate ovatd, fere subcylin- draced, lacted, nitidd ; maculis pallidé rufis quadratis transversis ornatd, interdum albo marginatis, majoribus per series tres dispo- sitis; labro vie incrassato, subinflexo, intiis sulcato ; columelld plicis tribus inferioribus distinctis, obliquis, alteris superioribus obsoletis transversis. Axis 54 lin. Hab. ? Cab. Cuming. This is a remarkably pretty glittering species, and the specific name seems justified by the appearance of the pale red regularly- disposed square markings, which resemble the extremities of the bricks in a wall. The labrum is not merely toothed within, but di- stinctly suleate. It approaches M. Kiener’s M. maculosa, but the ornation is quite of a different character, and it has no angular ele- vation on the body-whorl. Mareinetia sacirrata. Mar. testd retuso-ovatd, pallidd, lineis rufis sagittatis transversis, alteris longitudinalibus confluentibus, ornatd ; apice puncticulato ; labro subinflexo, intis levi ; columella vie quadriplicatd. Axis 5 lin. Hab. Brazils : Humphreys. Cab. Cuming. Shell shortened, ovate, the ornation consisting of reddish brown, transverse, arrow-headed markings, disposed in regular series and connected by waved longitudinal lines. The labrum is not the least — Zoological Society. 55 thickened, and slightly inflexed, and the superior fold of the columella is scarcely distinguishable. May 14.—Rev. John Kirby in the Chair. The conclusion of the paper by Dr. Falconer and Capain Cautley on the Gigantic Fossil Tortoise of India was read :— **On a former meeting we went through the anatomical characters presented by the remains of the Colossochelys Atlas. Commencing with the plastron, we traced the modifications of form through the costal elements of the carapace and the dorsal vertebre, all of which bear the closest resemblance to the ordinary type of the Chersite Che- lonians, or true land tortoises. A like result followed the examina- tion of the extremities, which, as exhibited in the remains of the humerus, femur and ungueal phalanges, were seen to be constructed exactly on the plan of Testudo, with columnar legs and truncated club-shaped feet, as in the proboscidean Pachydermata. The same direction of affinity was observed throughout the conformation of the head. The only portions of the skeleton from which more or less direct evidence was not derived, were the neck and tail vertebra, of which there were no specimens in the collection. The general re- sult of the examination showed that the Colossochelys Atlas was strictly a land tortoise in every part of its bony frame; and the im- pressions of the horny scutes proved the like in regard to the arrange- ment of its dermal integument. “The principal distinctive characters were found in the sternum, which is enormously thickened at its anterior extremity, along the united portion of the episternal bones, and contracted into a narrow neck, so that the width of the combined episternals does not much exceed their thickness : this thickened portion bears on its under side a deep massive cuneiform keel, which terminates upon the commence- ment of the entosternal piece. There is more or less thickening of this part in all the species of Testudo, and the amount of it is very variable in different individuals of the same species; but there is nothing approaching the same degree of contraction in reference to the thickness, nor aught like a developed keel, in any of the existing land tortoises which we have either had an opportunity of examining, or seen described in systematic works on the tribe. The keel in the fossil is feebly shown in the young animal, but strongly marked in the adult. Conceiving that generic distinctions are only legitimate in the case of well-defined modifications affecting some of the leading characters in the organization of an animal, we do not consider our- selves warranted in attaching a higher systematic importance to the Colossochelys than as a subgenus of Testudo, which may technically be defined thus (the distinction resting mainly on the form of the sternum) :— Subgen. CoLossocHEtys. Testa solida, immobilis, sterno antic? in collum vald? incrassatum, subtis carind crassd cuneiformi instructum, angustato. Testudo terrestris, statura et mole ingenti (inde nomen kodoaads et yédus) 56 Zoological Society. sui tribus prodigium! Olim in Indiz orientalis provinciis sep- tentrionalibus degebat. : ** Colossochelys Atlas.—The first fossil remains of this colossal tor- toise were discovered by us in 1835 in the tertiary strata of the Se- walik Hills, or Sub-Himalayahs skirting the southern foot of the great Himalayah chain. They were found associated with the remains of four extinct species of Mastodon and Elephant, species of Rhinoceros, Hippopotamus, Horse, Anoplotherium, Camel, Giraffe, Sivatherium, and a vast number of other Mammalia, including four or five species of Quadrumana. The Sewalik fauna included also a great number of reptilian forms, such as crocodiles and land and freshwater tortoises. Some of the crocodiles belong to extinct species, but others appear to be absolutely identical with species now living in the rivers of India: we allude in particular to the Crocodilus longirostris, from the existing forms of which we have been unable to detect any dif- ference in heads dug out of the Sewalik Hills. The same result applies to the existing Hmys tectum, now a common species found in all parts of India. A very perfect fossil specimen, presenting the greater part of the evidence of the dermal scutes, is undistin- guishable from the living forms, not varying more from these than they do among each other. Prof. Thomas Bell, the highest living authority on the family, after a rigid examination, confirms the result at which we had arrived, that there are no characters shown by the fossil to justify its separation from the living Hmys tectum. There are other cases which appear to yield similar results, but the evidence has not yet been sufficiently examined to justify a confident affir- mation of the identity at present. «The remains of the Colossochelys were collected during a period of eight or nine years along a range of eighty miles of hilly country : they belong in consequence to a great number of different animals, varying in size and age. From the circumstances under which they are met with, in crushed fragments, contained in elevated strata which have undergone great disturbance, there is little room for hope that a perfect shell, or anything approaching a complete skeleton, will ever be found in the Sewalik Hills. It is to be mentioned, however, that remains of many of the animals associated with the Colossochelys in the Sewalik Hills have been discovered along the banks of the Irrawaddi in Ava, and in Perim Island in the Gulf of Cambay, show- ing that the same extinct fauna was formerly spread over the whole continent of India. “This is not the place to enter upon the geological question of the age of the Sewalik strata ; suffice it to say, that the general bear- ing of the evidence is that they belong to the newer tertiary period. But another question arises: ‘ Are there any indications as to when this gigantic tortoise became extinct? or are there grounds for entertaining the opinion that it may have descended to the human period?” Any d-priori improbability, that an animal so hugely disproportionate to existing species should have lived down to be a contemporary with man, is destroyed by the fact that other species of Chelonians which were coeval with the Colossochelys in the same Zoological Society. 57 fauna, have reached to the present time; and what is true in this respect of one species in a tribe, may be equally true of every other placed under the same circumstances. We have as yet no di- rect evidence to the point, from remains dug out of recent alluvial deposits; nor is there any historical testimony confirming it; but there are traditions connected with the cosmogonic speculations of almost all Eastern nations having reference to a tortoise of such gi- gantic size, as to be associated in their fabulous accounts with the elephant. Was this tortoise a mere creature of the imagination, or was the idea of it drawn from a reality, like the Colossochelys ? “Without attempting to follow the tortoise tradition through all its ramifications, we may allude to the interesting fact of its exist- ence even among the natives of America. The Iroquois Indians believed that there were originally, before the creation of the globe, six male beings in the air, but subject to mortality. There was no female among them to perpetuate their race ; but learning that there was a being of this sort in heaven, one of them undertook the dan- gerous task of carrying her away. A bird (like the Garida of Vishnoo or the Eagle of Jupiter) became the vehicle. He seduced the female by flattery and presents : she was turned out of heaven by the supreme deity, but was fortunately received upon the back of a tortoise, when the otter (an important agent in all the traditions of the American Indians) and the fishes disturbed the mud at the bottom of the ocean, and drawing it up round the tortoise formed a small island, which increasing gradually became the earth. We may trace this tradition to an Eastern source, from the circumstance that the female is said to haye had two sons, one of whom slew the other; after which she had several children, from whom sprung the human race. “In this fable we have no comparative data as to the size of the tortoise, but in the Pythagorean cosmogony the infant world is repre- sented as having been placed on the back of an elephant, which was sustained on a huge tortoise. It is in the Hindoo accounts, however, that we find the fable most circumstantially told, and especially in what relates to the second Avatar of Vishnoo, when the ocean was churned by means of the mountain Mundar placed on the back of the king of the tortoises, and the serpent Asokee used for the churning- rope. Vishnoo was made to assume the form of the tortoise and sustain the created world on his back to make it stable. So com- pletely has this fable been impressed on the faith of the country, that the Hindoos to this day even believe that the world rests on the back of a tortoise. Sir William Jones gives the following as a translation from the great lyric poet Jyadeva: ‘The earth stands firm on thy immensely broad back, which grows larger from the callus occasioned by bearing that vast burden. O Cesava! assuming the body of a tor- toise, be victorious! Oh! Hurry, Lord of the Universe!’ “The next occasion in Indian mythology where the tortoise figures prominently is in the narratives of the feats of the bird-demigod ‘ Garda,’ the carrier of Vishnoo. After stating the circumstances of his birth, and the disputes between his mother Vinita and ‘ Kudroo,’ 58 Zoological Society. the mother of the serpent, it is mentioned that he was sent on an expedition to bring ‘Chundra’ the moon, from whom the serpents were to derive the water of immortality. While pursuing his journey, amidst strange adventures, Gariida met his father Kishgiifa, who directed him to ‘ appease his hunger at a certain lake, where an ele- phant and tortoise were fighting. The body of the tortoise was eighty miles long—the elephant’s 160. Gartida with one claw seized the elephant—with the other the tortoise, and perched with them on a tree 800 miles high.’ He is then, after sundry adventures, stated to have fled to a mountain on an uninhabited country, and finished his repast on the tortoise and elephant. “In these three instances, taken from Pythagoras and the Hindoo mythology, we have reference to a gigantic form of tortoise, com- parable in size with the elephant. Hence the question arises, are we to consider the idea as a mere fiction of the imagination, like the Minotaur and the chimera, the griffin, the dragon, and the cartazo- non, &c., or as founded on some justifying reality? The Greek and Persian monsters are composed of fanciful and wild combinations of different portions of known animals into impossible forms, and, as Cuvier fitly remarks, they are merely the progeny of uncurbed imagi- nation ; but in the Indian cosmogonic forms we may trace an image of congruity through the cloud of exaggeration with which they are invested. We have the elephant, then as at present, the largest of land animals, a fit supporter of the infant world; in the serpent Asokee, used at the churning of the ocean, we may trace a represen- tative of the gigantic Indian python; and in the bird-god Garuda, with all his attributes, we may detect the gigantic crane of India (Ciconia gigantea) as supplying the origin. In like manner, the Colossochelys would supply a consistent representative of the tortoise that sustained the elephant and the world together. But if we are to suppose that the mythological notion of the tortoise was derived, as a symbol of strength, from some one of those small species which are now known to exist in India, this congruity of ideas, this har- mony of representation would be at once violated ; it would be as legi- timate to talk of a rat or a mouse contending with an elephant, as of any known Indian tortoise to do the same in the case of the fable of Garuda. The fancy would scout the image as incongruous, and the weight even of mythology would not be strong enough to enforce it on the faith of the most superstitious epoch of the human race. «But the indications of mythological tradition are in every case vague and uncertain, and in the present instance we would not lay undue weight on the tendencies of such as concern the tortoise. We have entered so much at length on them on this occasion, from the important bearing which the point has on a very remarkable matter of early belief entertained by a large portion of the human race. The result at which we have arrived is, that there are fair grounds for entertaining the belief as probable that the Colossochelys Atlas may have lived down to an early period of the human epoch and become extinct since :—Ist, from the fact that other Chelonian species and Zoological Society. 59 crocodiles, contemporaries of the Colossochelys in the Sewalik fauna, have survived ; 2nd, from the indications of mythology in regard to a gigantic species of tortoise in India. ** Some of the bones were analysed with great care by Mr. Mid- dleton, and yielded a large proportion of fluorine, the constituents being,— Phosphate of lime .......... 64°95 Carbonate of lime ....-..... 22°36 Fluoride of calctum ..,..... 11°68 Oxide of iron .... inne 1600 A trace of chloride of soda. -——- 99:99 “‘ Other Sewalik fossil bones were at the same time subjected to analysis, such as the Mastodon elephantoides, Camelus sivalensis, Horse, Ruminants, &c., and the whole of them yielded similar results, with a proportion of fluoride of calcium varying from 9 to 11 per cent. This is much above the usual quantity found in fossil bones ; the utmost that has been met with having been in bones of the Anoplo- therium from the Paris basin, 14 per cent.” May 28.—William Horton Lloyd, Esq., in the Chair. The following extracts were read from a letter from Robert Tem- pleton, Esq., M.D., Corr. Mem., Royal Artillery, Colombo, Ceylon :— «You will be glad to learn that I yesterday heard of a new mon- key, which I imagine, from the description, must belong to the same genus as the Wanderoo. Every day brings some novelty to my no- tice, but I regret to say that although I have many promises from officers at out-stations, I do not receive specimens as fast as I could wish. “You may announce to the Society that I had an accouchement in my house of a Loris, the affair occupying about half an hour, at the end of which a little naked object was fully in the world, about two inches long, like a young mouse, perfectly without covering, a large head, attenuate body, and excessively slender legs; the face and eyes were proportionally much smaller than in the older animal. It clung to the mother so tenaciously, that I believe it would have almost parted with its legs rather than let go its hold. The mother died on the following night and the young one immediately after, so that I had little time for observing them. You will perceive from the half-finished sketch I enclose that it is not at all entitled to the usual appellation of dog-like, which has been derived I presume from the drawings having hitherto been made from stuffed specimens. ** The loss of the ‘ Memnon’ has been a matter of serious concern to me, as she carried a paper which cost much trouble, and of which I foolishly destroyed the copy; unfortunately, since that time I have had neither leisure nor specimens from which to work out another. In the meantime I wish you to inform the Society that there is found in the alpine regions of Ceylon during the rainy season enormous worms, reaching from twenty to forty inches in length, and about 60 Zoological Society. an inch or 14 inch in thickness. From the size and colour I have adopted the name of MreGascoLEx CHZRULEUS. «* The body is composed of 270 rings, the sexual organs occupying the 16th, 17th and 18th; between this part and the head it is some- what ventricose, but at the 17th ring there is a decided narrowing. Each ring is dilated in the middle of its length into a ridge, which carries on it, except in the mesial lne of the back, minute conical mammille, 100 in number, each surmounted with a minute bristle, arched backwards; the dermoid covering is striated in opposite di- rections diagonally, to admit of the contractions of the muscles be- neath ; dorsally the depressed parts of the rings are deep bright blue, which becomes gradually narrowed as it descends the sides, and ter- minates abruptly, leaving the inferior parts orange-yellow, but the absolute ventral part is pure yellow. «« The intestinal canal is very large, extending to within an eighth of an inch of the surface, and supported on all sides by a series of membranous partitions, attached externally to the edge of each ring. The walls of the intestine are composed of strong but fine membrane, which is separable into layers, but is without any distinct appearance of fibres; exterior to this are the muscular bundles, which serve for the progressive movements of the animal ; they are compound, whitish, shining fibres, collected into longitudinal fasciculi, separated by tolerably strong cellular membrane, and are deficient, as far as I am aware, only in one position. “In all works which I have examined it is stated (I think origi- nally by Sir Everard Home) that the respiration of this tribe is car- ried on through a system of pores on the sides of the animal, as in the leech. This is a complete mistake; the facts are as follows :— Along the middle line of the back, as I have before noticed, the mamumillary projections are deficient for a space about one-tenth of an inch broad, and in the interval between each ring in this situation is a small transverse narrow ridge, in the centre of which, and occu- pying its whole breadth, is the orifice of the respiratory apparatus, a narrow oval; they are first visible in the interval between the 14th and 15th ring, and terminate between the 17th and 18th from the tail, being most developed at half the length of the animal, or rather a little nearer the tail. The artery runs along the whole back of the worm, sending off lateral branches at the position of the septa, and at the place where the respiratory orifices open externally it forms the inferior boundary of a little quadrangular space, shut up on all sides by cellular membrane, so as to present the appearance of a little sac like a reticule, with a rectangular bottom; the sides of this space are formed as follows: the muscle becomes deficient there, taking a new attachment, and having a new origin beyond the orifice, the profile being arched rather abruptly, and thus we have an ante- rior and posterior wall; the lateral are formed by the muscular bun- dles of either side, and the shape must necessarily be more or less quadrangular, in fact nearly square: the membrane forming the im- mediate walls of the sac is so fine and so loose that I failed in all attempts to trace its form inside, but I satisfied myself of there being Zoological Society. 61 a distinct cavity, by introducing from the outside a small blunted wire, with which I gently pressed the sides; it seemed however not so extensive anteriorly, posteriorly, and at the angles, as I should have supposed from the form of the more solid supports outside. “The rest of the anatomy of this animal I must leave until I can procure more specimens and have more leisure. *‘ When I first got the Megascoler I was sure I had obtained an animal which would break down the old division of Abranches seti- geres and A. sans soies, for the bristles are so minute that I did not in the first instance perceive them. As to its being a true Lumbricus there could be no doubt. I was much gratified when I discovered that the separation of the tribes, founded on a character which in- dicates their respective terrestrial and aquatic habits, was correct, and gave due credit to its proposer.” ** Monograph of the genus Myadora, a small group of Acephalous Mollusks of the family Myaria,” by Lovell Reeve, Esq. Genus Myapora, Gray. Testa trigono-ovata, inequivalvis, valvd sinistrd plus minusve con- cavd, dextrd pland, rard concaviusculd ; inequilateralis, latere postico rotundato, antico leviter fleruoso, coarctato, infern? ple- rumque truncato, depressione plano-concava sub umbones. Cardo: dentibus in valvd dextrad duobus lateralibus, elongatis, rudibus, ab umbone divergentibus, quorum posticus planus, subobsoletus ; invalvd sinistrd projecturis sulcatis duabus lateralibus, dentes recipientibus. Ligamentum internum in foved trigond centrali inter dentes inser- tum, appendice testaced concavd sep? interne protectum. Valve intus margaritacee, pallii impressione musculari anticé sinuatd. The genus Myadora, introduced by Mr. Gray in his account of the ‘Shells of Molluscous Animals,’ in the ‘ Synopsis of the Contents of the British Museum,’ is one that cannot fail to be appreciated ; nothing indeed can more fully demonstrate the necessity for a new generic allotment of certain species, than the circumstance of their having been transported at different times from one genus to another by the same author*. The Myadore partake of the characters of Anatina and Pandora, and as they have been referred at times to both of those genera, it is important to describe with some minuteness the differences which entitle them to generic distinction. In Anatina the hinge is com- * “In an Appendix to a Catalogue of Shells collected in the Australian and Polynesian group, by Mr. S. Stutchbury,” says Sowerby, in his account of the genus Pandora, ‘Species Conchyliorum,’ Part 1, “I have described, under the name of Pandora brevis, a shell (Myadora brevis, nobis) which Iam now convinced is rather an Anatina, inasmuch as its flat valve is destitute of the blunt tooth which characterizes the Pandore@; it differs also from them in having a sinus in the muscular impression of the mantle, and in being possessed of a small testaceous appendage attached to the ligament.” This shell it will be seen however has not the spoon-shaped processes of Anatina. 62 Zoological Society. posed of two hollow spoon-shaped processes, containing the liga- ment, protected in some species by a moveable testaceous clavicle, which crosses the dorsal axis of the shell on the posterior side, as in the Anatina truncata, for example, a species now commonly obtained with the accessory hinge-piece complete. In Pandora, which is too flat and compressed a shell to admit any structure like the spoon-shaped processes of Anatina, the ligament is lodged in a cicatrix, protected on the posterior side by a single central oblong tooth in the right valve only ; the clavicle is dispensed with, but the loss is in a degree supplied by a thickening and folding over of the dorsal margin. In Myadora, which being a thicker shell requires a hinge of more solid structure, the peculiarities above noted in Anatina and Pandora, the clavicle of the former, the folded margin of the latter, are united in the following modified condition. The dorsal margin of the right valve of Myadora becomes consolidated into a tooth-like ledge or projection, diverging from, on each side, the umbo, fitting into grooved projections of similar construction in the left valve; and by the di- verging of these tooth-like projections a compact triangular cavity is obtained for the insertion of the ligament, which in some species is walled in, as it were, internally, not laterally as in Anatina, by a moveable testaceous clavicle forming an angle with the diverging ledges. The clavicles of Anatina and Myadora, it may be observed, are very differently situated with respect to the ligament, the one being a side appendage, extending across the dorsal axis of the shell; the other an internal appendage, parallel as it were to the dorsal axis. Of the following ten species, which I propose to refer to this genus, the grand type, Myadora striata, is an inhabitant of Port Nicholson, New Zealand, and the remainder are for the most part collected by Mr. Cuming in the Philippine Islands. 1. Myapora crassa. Anatina crassa, Stutchbury, Zool. Journ. vol. v. p. 100; Tab. Supp. xlii. f. 5 and 6. Conch. Iconica, Myadora, pl. 1. f. 1. Hab. ? This short rounded species is the only one at present known in which the right valve is concave. 2. Myapora tricona. Myad. testd trigond, valde plano-depressd, usque marginem concentrice striatd, striis prominentibus, quasi carinulatis, prope marginem anticam undatis ; umbonibus acutis- simé mucronato-elevatis. Conch. Iconica, Myadora, pl. 1. f. 2. Hab. Catanauan, province of Tayabas, island of Luzon. Four odd valves only of this interesting little species were collected by Mr. Cuming at the above-mentioned locality. 3. Myapora prana. Myad. testd trigono-oblongd, antice subtrun.- catd, planissimd, concentrice striata, striis subdistantibus, valve sinistre prominentioribus. Conch. Iconica, Myadora, pl. 1. f. 3. a and 6. Zoological Society. 63 Hab. Baclayon, island of Bohol, Philippines (found in sandy mud at the depth of seventeen fathoms) ; Cuming. This species is chiefly distinguished from its congeners, the Mya- dore tincta and trigona, by its more oblong shape. 4. Myapora ovata. Myad. testd ovatd, subtriangulari, valvd sinistrd ventricoso-concavd, dextrd leviter converd, concentric? striatd, striis elevatis, prope marginem anticam subobsoletis, valve dextre numerosis, confertis, sinistre prominentibus, subdistantibus, umbonibus depresso-incurvis. Conch. Iconica, Myadora, pl. 1. f. 4. Hab. San Nicolas, island of Zebu, Philippines (found in sandy mud at the depth of six fathoms) ; Cuming. This species exhibits a greater disparity in the sculpture of the valves than any other, the striz of the right valve being very fine and close-set, whilst those of the left are almost keel-like and compara- tively distant. 5. Myapora tincta. Myad. testa trigond, antic? subtruncatd, usque marginem concentric? striatd, striis elevatis, prominentibus ; Suscescente tinctd. Conch. Iconica, Myadora, pl. 1. f. 5. Hab, Island of Ticao, Philippines (found in coral sand at the depth of six fathoms); Cuming. The Myadora tincta scarcely differs from the Myadora plana, ex- cept in being of a less oblong and more triangular form. 6. Myapora striata, Gray, MSS. British Museum; Pandora striata, Deshayes. Conch. Iconica, Myadora, pl. 1. f. 6. a, b, and c. Hab. Port Nicholson, New Zealand ; Swainson. This is the grand type of the genus, and of much larger size than any other species. 7. Myapora erevis. Anatina brevis, Stutchbury, Zool. Journ. vol. v. p. 99; Tab. Supp. xliii. f. 1 and 2. Conch. Iconica, Myadora, pl. 1. f. 7. This is a very interesting form, and the striz of the left valve are peculiarly wrinkled. 8. Myapora ostonca. Myad. testa trigono-oblongd, antic latis- sim? truncatd, concentrice striatd, striis elevatis, regularibus, prope marginem anticam angulatis. Conch, Iconica, Myadora, pl. 1. f. 8. Hab. Island of Mindoro, Philippines ; Cuming. The anterior side of this species is the most broadly truncated of any. 9. Myapora curvata. Myad. testd curvato-oblongd, valvd dextrd convexiusculd, antice subindistincté fleruoso-costatd, concentric striatd, striis elevatis, angustis, regularibus. Conch. Iconica, Myadora, pl. 1. f. 9. Hab. Island of Corrigidor, Philippines ; Cuming. This species differs also in form rather than in variety of sculpture. 64. Botanical Society of Edinburgh. 10. Myapora Panvora#rormis. Anatina Pandoreformis, Stutch- bury, Zool. Journ. vol. v. p. 99; Tab. Supp. xliii. f. 3 and 4. Conch. Iconica, Myadora, pl. 1. f. 10. The Myadore striata, brevis, and Pandoreformis are the only spe- cies of the genus at present known to have the clavicle. The Secretary called the attention of the Meeting to a specimen of the Two-toed Sloth, Bradypus didactylus, which was now in the Gardens, and requested Mr. Ball, Secretary to the Royal Zoological Society of Ireland, to communicate such particulars connected with the habits and manners of this curious animal as had fallen under his observation. Mr. Ball regretted that it was out of his power to state the exact locality from which the animal had been obtained ; however, he had reason to believe that it was brought from Demerara. Its general food was sea-biscuit and water; of fruit it partook sparingly, but he had observed it pick the young buds of the haw- thorn flowers and eat them with great avidity. While in the Zoological Gardens at Dublin its favourite position was where it was supported partly by the branch to which it clung, and partly by an adjoining branch on which its back could rest. In lapping water, the great length to which its tongue was pro- truded was very remarkable, thereby showing its affinity to the other Edentata of South America. BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH. This Society held its first meeting for the session on Thursday the 12th of December 1844, Dr. Seller in the Chair. Numerous donations to the library and museum were announced, particularly from Dr. Fraser, Algoa Bay, eleven volumes of botani- cal works and specimens of Cape woods and plants. From the Rev. J. E. Leefe, the second Fasciculus of his ‘ Salictum Britannicum Ex- siccatum.’ From Dr. Dewar, Dunfermline, plants from the river Congo, &c. From Mr. Charles Lawson, jun., plants from the Rocky Mountains, &c. The thanks of the Society were voted to the re- spective donors. The following communications were read :— 1. “ Notice of the discovery of Alsine stricta in Teesdale,” by Messrs. J. S. Gibson and J.’ Tatham, jun. 2. «On the genus Spirulina,” by Mr. Ralfs. One species only, the S. tenuissima (Kutz.) was described. [This paper will shortly ap- pear in the ‘ Annals,’ and in the forthcoming series of the Society’s Transactions. ] 3. ‘ Notice of the discovery of Cirsium setosum, Bieb.,nearCulross,” by Dr.Dewar. [Notices of the discovery of this and of Alsine stricta have already appeared in the ‘ Annals of Natural History.’] 4. ‘‘ Journal of a Tour through part of the United States and the Canadas”’ (continued), by Mr. James M‘Nab. In the last part of this paper, read before the Society, Mr. M‘Nab Botanical Society of Edinburgh. 65 gave an account of the botanical features of the country in the neigh- bourhood of Stillwater, and concluded with an examination of the woodland grounds in the vicinity of Whitehall; the present portion embraces the journey from the latter place to Montreal. “ The southern extremity of Lake Champlain is winding and nar- row, having considerable tracts of level ground extended on each side. ‘The woods for the first sixteen miles are very various, the principal trees being the wild cherry (Prunus virginiana), elms, wal- nuts, sugar-maple, and the aspen poplar (Populus tremuloides). The rocky grounds overhanging the lake were densely clothed with the Arbor vite. After having fairly entered upon the expanse of the lake, the appearance of the lofty white or Weymouth pines (Pinus Strobus), towering above the deciduous trees, along the rising grounds at the base of the hills, was remarkable; most of them being destitute of branches, which gave them more the appearance of palms than pines. About Essex, half-way along the lake, it widens, and all at once the’ wooded rocky land by the water's edge is changed for a rich champaign. The fields of the different farms being laid off in squares, and each farmstead having a large orchard attached to it, render this tract very interesting. ‘The soil seemed a light-coloured clay, and the wood on the lower grounds was not very plentiful; but the rising grounds behind were closely studded with scraggy pines. “Near the northern extremity the lake contracts: by this time we had entered upon Lower Canada. ‘The country here presented a totally different appearance, owing to the dense dark masses of pines, elms and spruces, which covered a vast extent of the country, and having every here and there, along the edge of the lake, rustic but picturesque log-houses, inhabited by French Canadians, employed in felling the timber, dressing and carrying it to the lake for the pur- pose of being floated down to the harbour at Lapraire, on the St. Lawrence river, for exportation. On reaching St. John’s, the north- ern extremity of Lake Champlain, the forests presented the same appearance as they did when we first entered the lake, with the addi- tion of the balm of Gilead fir, Abies balsamifera : numbers of this tree were seen covering the drier grounds ; the largest observed did not exceed thirty feet in height and four feet in circumference. On the dry surface of these woods, the spice-root, Dalibarda repens, formed exceedingly beautiful tufts, resembling in its ground-clothing pro- pensity the Hpigea repens, as seen in the New Jersey forests. The sugar-maple, Acer saccharinum, is here in greater quantities, and attains a larger size than hitherto noticed, and notwithstanding the great mutilation to which they are yearly subjected in spring, for their sap, which is here extensively used in the manufacture of sugar, appears in the most perfect state of health. ‘“‘At St. John’s we picked in the swampy grounds and in the shal- low water by the edge of the lake, luxuriant flowering specimens of the sweet flag, 4corus Calamus, Iris versicolor and Utricularia vulga- ris. In drier soil, the Eupatorium verticillatum was the chief plant in flower, and covered a great extent of ground. «Passing onwards to Lapraire, the only tree of any interest and Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Vol. xv. F 66 Botanical Society of Edinburgh. deserving of notice was the canoe birch, Betula papyracea. Several compact masses of these trees, evidently of the second growth, oc- cupied the lower grounds ; but from their closeness none had attained a great size. Large trees must exist in the neighbourhood, although we did not fall in with them, as many of the canoes in this district were made from the bark of this tree ; although the greater number were scooped out of the trunks of the fir tribe. “On crossing the St. Lawrence to Montreal, we were much sur- prised to see the great difference which the Canadian winter pro- duces upon the species of ornamental trees: as examples may be mentioned the Ailantus glandulosa, the trees here being quite small and stunted; the osage orange, Maclura aurantiaca, seemed barely alive; mulberries were small and unhealthy; weeping willows are almost always killed in winter, although in the neighbourhood of New York the stem of this tree is seen averaging from eight to fifteen, and sometimes twenty feet in circumference. None of the Catalpa trees and Magnolias, which prove so ornamental in the pleasure- grounds both of New York and Philadelphia, can be made to thrive here, with the exception of Magnolia glauca; and even these are in a very unhealthy condition. The deciduous cypress, Cupressus disti- cha, is also much dwarfed. Evergreens, with the exception of the fir tribe, were rarely to be seen. On visiting the gardens and nur- series in the neighbourhood, we were much gratified at finding them so well managed. On the garden walls we observed healthy trees of peaches, apricots and nectarines, having well-ripened wood, and every appearance of affording plentiful crops. Gooseberries and currants were in great abundance, with high-flavoured fruit, which is seldom to be met with in the gardens of the United States ; apples were plentiful, but pears rather scarce. Vines trained on espaliers had a promising appearance. “In the nursery-grounds the fruit and flower departments seem to receive the most attention. Few of the indigenous plants are cultivated, although considerable quantities of the genera Cypri- pedium, Trillium, Orchis, Habenaria, Goodyera, Calypso, Pagonia and Sarracenia, procured from their native habitats when in flower, lay stored in boxes for sale and barter with the British merchants. «« We next proceeded to the Montreal Mountain, situated to the north-west of the town. A number of fine specimens of the sugar- maple were seen,with a great mixture of shrubby plants. The lime- trees, Tilia americana, had a singular and beautiful effect, from the large size of their foliage; some of the leaves measured thirteen inches long and eleven broad. Very few herbaceous plants were obtained, owing to the penetrating rays of the sun having scorched everything. In very shady places, particularly on the north and east side of the mountain, we procured a few good specimens, in flower, of Orchis macrophylla, Corallorhiza multiflora, Aralia hispida and ra- mosa, Aster acuminata, Aspidium bulbiferum, which, with the Cyperus retro-fractus from the most exposed places, formed the most inter- esting part of our collections. After some difficulty we reached the summit, and the view as seen around was truly grand. We beheld Geological Society. 67 the St. Lawrence winding its way through a vast extent of level country, while in various parts extensive wooded islands were seen obstructing its course. On descending the south side of the moun- tain, which is closely wooded, the thermometer indicated 89° of Fahrenheit. The exertion caused by ascending and descending was severe ; and owing to the parched state of the ground, and the flaccid vegetables with which it was covered, walking was rendered nearly as difficult as over sea-weeds on a rocky shore.” At this meeting the election of office-bearers for the ensuing year took place, when Dr, Douglas Maclagan was chosen President; and Professor Graham, Drs. Lowe, Greville and Seller, Vice-Presidents. GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. Noy. 20, 1844.—A paper was read ‘‘ On the Geology of Gibraltar.”’ By J. Smith, Esq., of Jordan Hill. The great rocky masses terminating Europe on the S.W. and Africa on the N.W., and cut through by the Straits of Gibraltar, con- sist of siliceous sandstones, associated with limestone, chert, shale and coal, all apparently of the oolitic formation. The Gibraltar limestone contains casts of Terebratula fimbria and T. concinna, species found in Britain in the lower oolite. ‘The covering of the older rocks consists of soil, river alluvium, post-tertiary marine sands, and local patches of diluvium. Wherever the covering is removed, the surface of the rock beneath is seen to be water-worn. The rock of Gibraltar is 1470 feet high. ‘The southern extremity is marked by a triple series of terraces and inland cliffs, formed by the sea at former levels. Its northern terminates in a perpendicular cliff. The elevated part is divided into three distinct eminences, the effects of different local upheavals. ‘The northern of these (the rock gun) does not appear to have undergone any derangement in its stratification since its first upheaval, although it must have been subjected to many elevations and depressions of level. Its older beds (those of the limestone) dip west at an angle of 20°, and those formed since the elevation are horizontal, remaining in their natural position. In this state the whole of the rock must have remained for a lengthened period, until a second upheaval broke it across, leaving the northern portion in its original position, but lifting the whole of the southern 20° more, so that its beds, which formerly dipped 20° west, now dip 40°; and the fresh deposits, formerly horizontal, 20°. On these deposits, others, formed after the upheaval, rest unconformably. A third upheaval in the same direction, but still further to the south, lifted the rock there about 20° more, leaving the northern and middle hills in their former position, but inclining the southern 60°. Thus we have four distinct epochs; of the deposits formed during each we have remains, and at Martin’s Cave the whole may be seen in juxtaposition. Immediate- ly under O’Hara’s tower, the highest peak, the inclination of the beds to the west is nearly 80°, and a short way to the south of it, they are vertical. Under this point there is, at the height of about F2 68 Miscellaneous. 50 feet, sloping inwards 11°, beds of sandstone in a sea-worn cave, proving at least one other disturbance in addition. Subsequent to these great disturbing changes, there occurred a series of elevations and depressions, indicated by mixed beaches and sea-bottoms at dif- ferent levels and by the surface of the rock perforated by Lithodomi and sea-worn to the very summit, indicating that the amount of change of level in these comparatively modern times—for the fossils in these deposits are in every case identical with species now living in the neighbouring seas—exceeded the height of the mountain, or 1470 feet. There are evidences, also, of a series of movements of depression. All these changes must have preceded the historical period, as previous to the last change, Gibraltar must have been an island, of which there is no record; the most ancient accounts de- scribing it as it is now. The upheaving forces must have been deep- seated, as there are no erupted igneous rocks near. MISCELLANEOUS. SUBMARINE EXPLORATIONS BY M. MILNE EDWARDS. M. Mitne Epwarps in a communication to the French Academy states, that having for some time been oceupied in studying the lower marine animals, particularly Zoophytes, Mollusca, Vermes and Crusta- cea, in their living state, on the northern and eastern coasts of France, and being desirous of also entering upon a comparative study of species peculiar to warmer regions, he had visited with this view the shores of the Mediterranean, where their habitats not being rendered access- ible as on the coasts of the Channel and the Atlantic by the alterna- tions of the tide, he had availed himself of the apparatus invented by Colonel Paulin for a course of submarine exploration. He then de- seribes the apparatus, which is a sort of helmet with glass eye- holes, and a flexible tube for a supply of air; and states, that by its aid, in Provence, Italy, Sicily and Algeria, he often explored the habitations of a multitude of these animals, remaining under water more than half an hour, and at a depth of more than seven metres. ‘«‘Explormg by these means,” he adds, “‘ the rocks and the bottom of the port of Milazzo, I procured an immense number of the eggs of mollusks and annelides whose development I wished to study. Besides, I was enabled to catch in the irregularities of the bottom the minutest animals that remain fixed, and cannot be obtained in any other manner. I saw perfectly all that surrounded me, and it was rauscular fatigue alone that hindered me from walking at the bottom of the sea just as 1 could do on the shore. ‘« The questions to which I had especially directed my attention re- late to the embryology of the Annelida and of the Mollusca, to the circulation of the blood in the latter animals, as also in the Crustacea, and to the organization of the Stephanomie, and of the Ciliograde Acalephe in general; but whilst following out these investigations I had occasion to make various observations on subjects of secondary Miscellaneous. 69 interest: thus I have succeeded in tracing the mechanism of the sin- gular motions discovered by M. Sieboldt in the interior of the audi- tory capsule of the Mollusca; I have convinced myself in the most positive manner of the existence of hermaphrodism in the Anatife, a fact which had been rendered doubtful by the observations of Mr. Goodsir on the alleged males of the Balani. I have observed that in the Haliotides the sexes are separated as in the Patelle, and that consequently it is at present less possible than ever in my opinion to admit as the basis of classification of the Gasteropod Mollusca, the distinction of these animals into monececious, hermaphrodite, and dicecious. I have discovered a new fact which shows how little physiological importance should be attached to the colour of the blood, so constant in the Vertebrata, in the inferior animals, a con- clusion which already resulted from my observations on the Vermes. I have found in fact, in the neighbourhood of Palermo, an Ascidia with red blood. I shall in conclusion notice another zoological fact which of itself is of no importance, but will furnish a further proof of the errors which might be committed by placing too much con- fidence in the invariability of the relations which appear to exist be- tween the organization of the lower animals and their external cha- racters. M. Savigny, in showing how much the internal structure of the compound Ascidie differs from those of the Halcyons and other polypes with which they had up to that time been confounded, pointed out the existence of six tentacula in the one and of eight in the others, as being the external character the most fit to distinguish them without the aid of the scalpel; and in truth never more than six tentacula had hitherto been found round the mouth of the com- pound Ascidie, while the Halcyons and other zoophytes constructed after the same type, always present eight; but this empirical cha- racter now loses its entire value, for I have found in the Mediterra- nean a compound Ascidia having eight of these appendages.” The author promises to give an account in a future communica- tion of his observations on the development of the Annelida. From the Comptes Rendus for Nov. 25, 1844. OBSERVATIONS ON SOME POLYPES. Dr. Reid has detailed several new observations he has made upon certain polypes when carefully examined by the microscope : he men- tions some appendages to the polypidom in the Cellularia scruposa and Cellularia reptans which had not been previously described. At the anterior part of the outer side of each cell in the Cedlularia scru- posa, and immediately in front of the tooth-like process there attached, are two pretty long spines and a rounded process, which tapers slightly from its fixed to its free extremity. This rounded process is open at the top, and is hollow in dead specimens: but when alive it is full of a contractile substance. In this contractile substance the end of a hair-like curved filament, about the length of the cell, is immersed. ‘This hair-like filament is moved about by the contractile substance attached to it, generally in jerks after intervals of repose, and in its movements sweeps the anterior and posterior surfaces of 70 Miscellaneous. the cell to which it is fixed. These movements continue for a considerable time after the animal inhabiting the cell has been dead. A hollow rounded process, with a hair-like curved and moveable fila- ment projecting from it, is also fixed upon the corresponding part of each cell of the Cellularia reptans. ‘These moveable hair-like fila- ments are analogous to the moveable bird-head process attached to each of the cells of Flustra avicularis.—Proceedings of the St. Andrews’ Lit. and Phil. Soc., Nov. 1844. FOOD OF THE AUSTRALIAN NATIVES. Mr. Hodgkinson, in his ‘Australia, from Port Macquarie to More- ton Bay, with Description of the Natives, their Manners and Customs,’ &c., gives a somewhat elaborate account of Australian field-sports, and of the Aborigines. On the immediate banks of the MacLeay river, he says, there are no fewer than six distinet tribes; besides several others near the sources of the river among the mountains. All these tribes are able to get an abundance of food with very little trouble, and add the reptile kingdom to the ordinary sources :— « All the larger varieties of snakes are eaten by them, but they will never touch one that has been killed by a white man. Guanas, and a short thick kind of lizard called the dew-lizard, are also much relished by them. However repugnant the idea of eating reptiles seems to us, it is from a real liking for their flesh that the Australian savages eat them, and not from the great scarcity of better food ; for I have on two or three occasions known them, when employed by me in assisting at the cattle-musters, pulling maize, &c., and well- fed on bread and beef, carefully preserve any snake they chanced to kill, and cook and eat it at the next fire. Induced by curiosity, I have on several occasions tasted the flesh of every one of the reptiles just mentioned, and although nothing but the most extreme hunger could make me conquer my aversion so as to dine on them, I must nevertheless own, that not one of them possessed any disagreeable taste. The flesh of the black snake in particular was rich and juicy, somewhat resembling in flavour the flesh of a sucking-pig, whilst that of the guana was whiter and drier, and more approximated to fowl. Besides, these savages are not the only race of men who eat reptiles, for the common water-snake of England (Natrix torquata) is eaten in several parts of the continent of Europe; and every one knows that the guana of the West Indies (a much more hideous ani- mal, by-the-by, than the guana of Australia) is considered very gocd eating by the planters in some of the islands.” MR. SCHOMBURGK’S COLLECTIONS IN GUIANA. It appears from the report of the Chev. Schomburgk, read at a recent meeting of the Geographical Society, that notwithstanding the great difficulty of conveying collections of natural history over such a country as that traversed by him, and the frequent loss of objects collected with great pains, he has deposited in the British Meteorological Observations. 71 Museum 2500 specimens of dried plants, 100 specimens of woods, dried fruits, a flower and young leaf of the Victoria regalis, and se- veral other botanical specimens preserved in spirits, a collection of bird-skins, upwards of 100 specimens of fishes in spirits, a geological collection, and an ethnological collection. The Royal College of Surgeons has been presented with some skulls, a perfect skeleton, and a number of plaster casts. ‘The model-room of the Admiralty has received a collection of woods ; the Royal Garden at Kew several living plants; and presents of curiosities from Guiana have been made to different scientific societies and institutions. METEOROLOGICAL OBSERVATIONS FOR NOV. 1844. Chiswick. Nov. 1. Overcast: boisterous, 2. Constant heavy rain : boisterous at night. 3. Cloudyand fine. 4, 5. Cloudy. 6. Overcast. 7. Rain: cloudy. 8. Overcast: heavy rain at night. 9. Hazy clouds: fine: clear. 10. Clear and fine: rain. 11, Densely clouded: fine. 12. Rain: drizzly : boisterous, with rain at night. 13. Heavyrain. 14, Rain. 15. Cloudy. 16. Hazy: clear. 17. Foggy. 18, 19. Overcast, 20. Hazy: clear and fine. 21. Foggy throughout. 22. Hazy. 23. Foggy. 24. Hazy: cloudy. 25. Cloudyand fine. 26. Clear and frosty. 27. Sharp frost: foggy: clear and frosty at night. 28. Foggy: cloudy. 29, Easterly haze: foggy. 30. Overcast.—Mean temperature of the month 0°85 above the average. Boston.—Nov. 1. Cloudy. 2. Stormy: rain p.m. $3. Rain: rain early a.m. : raine.M. 4. Rain: rain early a.m.: showery afterwards. 5. Cloudy: rain early Aa.M.: showery afterwards. 6. Rain: rainearly ,.M.: rain a.m.ande.m, 7. Fine. 8. Cloudy: rain e.m. 9. Cloudy. 10. Fine:rain p.m. 11. Fine: rain early a.m. 12. Cloudy: raine.m. 13. Cloudy: raina.m.andr.m. 14. Fine. 15. Cloudy: rainearly a.m. 16. Fine. 17—20. Cloudy. 21. Fine. 22. Cloudy : first ice thismorning. 23. Cloudy. 24. Cloudy : total eclipse of the moon visible 11 Pp. 25. Cloudy. 26,27. Fine. 28—30. Cloudy. Sandwick Manse, Orkney.—Nov. 1. Cloudy. 2. Damp. 3. Bright: clear. 4—7. Fine. 8. Showers. 9—I11. Rain. 12. Cloudy. 13. Frost: fine: cloudy. 14. Frost: fine: cloudy: frost. 15. Rain. 16. Rain: drizzle. 17, 18. Cloudy. 19. Bright: hazy. 20. Showers. 21. Bright: cloudy. 22. Bright: clear: aurora. 23. Bright: clear. 24. Clear. 25. Cloudy. 26. Bright: rain. 27. Cloudy: damp. 28. Cloudy: clear. 29. Rain: clear. 30. Bright: clear. Applegarth Manse, Dumfries-shire—Nov. 1. Fair: wind high. 2. Very slight shower. 3. Very slight shower: clear. 4, 5. Fair, but threatening. 6. Cloudy and damp. 7. Fair and fine. 8. Dull a.m.: rain. 9. Fair, but dull. 10, 11. Cloudy a.m.: raine.m. 12. Rain. 13, Fair and mild. 14. Heavy rain: flood. 15. Fair andfine. 16. Fairand fine, though cloudy. 17. Damp: slight shower. 18. Rain p.m. 19. Fair and fine. 20. Fair and fine: frost a.m. : fog. 21. Fair and fine: frost. 22. Slightrain. 23. Fair, butdull. 24. Fair: frost. 25. Fair: slight frost a.m. 26. Fair, but cloudy. 27. Cloudy a.m.: rain p.m. 28. Fair, but dull. 29. Shower. 30. Fine: frost a.m. Mean temperature of the month ..........seseeeee.ee 43°°6 Mean temperature of Nov. 1843 ........sseeeeeees 41 °7 Mean temperature of Nov. for twenty years ...... 89 °9 Mean temperature of spring-water ..............s00 47 ‘0 Mean temperature of ditto Nov. 1843... 44 ‘2 | SZ-E 8S-1 \OV-€ 90€ OV-EV IL-EP 9.68 Z-8h E-EP |€9-98 |€9-0 |18L-62 |19L-62 | 199-62) 196-62 LE-6 | LIL-60) 128-6 “Uva | j i= 27 oie Mee ‘ass | ‘os |uea| ‘ou | iP | Eb |fze| Ph) oF] of | OF |8I-0€ |60.08 | O1-0€ | 60-08 | 6L-6z | £L0-06|660-08 | “of LI. STO) """"/""""""| ‘as | tas | wmyeo| *e | Sh | Gb | €h| gh! sb} LE | PH | LO.0€ | Z0-0F | 00-08 | 06-62 | 69-66 | 896.62/8£0-08 | “6 sreseeleeeresiersseslereres] sacs | cass | unjwa| ‘as | foh | 6b | Shi f6P| 9f| gf | PV | 68-62 | LS-6z | 08-62 | 08-62 | €L-6z | 986-62 011-08 | “gz QE. (came "= oa avge ll “Qaga} CuTeO!|| TAS 19 | 67 | bY! OS) ZE| €% | OV | ZL-6% | ZL.6% | 06.6% | 66.62 | $6.62 LET-OF 9zE.0F ‘LB [eck seeresierrees! sas lrosou we | ‘Ms | of | Sb | Pe| for) Z| 2s | SP |%-6% |96-6% | 00.0€ | 20-08 | $8.62 | 1ZZ-0£ 960-0 | ‘9% rrrseeieeseretrseeeierees) as | cu jwmyeo| cu | Gh) €b | iz) 1V| LE} 6% | SP | 96-60 | £6.60 | 86-62 | 06-62 | 19.60 | £86.62, 001.08 | “Sz stesseess) cass | cass ujeo| ‘ou | op | €b | LO ph) ah} 1€ | Ph | 986s |£6.62 | 68-60 | 76.60 | 89-62 | LP6-62 1£0-0€ | “~ZO rereecieevere) cag | ss |wywo| ‘a | If | €7 | PE|¥Sh| OP) gz | SP | 96-62 | 08.62 | 00-0€ | 16-62 | GL-62 | PZI-0 OFI-0F | “Ez "ee Bp. [rer **"| cass | ross uo! “m | € | T€h | of! sh) PE} GE | SP | ZO.0€ |S1-0F | 20.08 | VI-0€ | 18.6% | Sgl.0f9Fz.08 | ‘zz *ereeeivereeeioesees) ZO. | "Mm | cass urea) ‘ms | Lp | LV | GE| gh G.6E| o€ | 67 | 0Z-0€ |8I-0£ | 02-08 | 02-08 | 88-62 | 16Z-0£/POE-08 | “12 reveesiereres] om lemss | cm | ms | Lp | Lb | gh| ZS| 6P| O€ | 69 .| L6-6% |£L-6% | OI-0€ | 98-62 | 09-62% | L1T-0€|P0t-08 | ‘oz | Lb | SS |96-6% | 98.6% | 88-6% | F6-6% | 89-62 | Ch1-0£/L21-08 | “61 | “AAs avi e1G| gh| 1S | SS -|9L-6% | 98.6% | 06-6% | 00-0 | SL-6% | 8L1-0£,8S2-0£ | *gI rereeeiersers oMSM | MSS |e | “MS | OG | Of | fev |ifG| S| FP | OS |S9-6Z | 06.6% | GL-0€ | OL-0€ | GL-6% | 08Z-08 962-08 | “LI C sereejeerers) "aS | “mss wupwo| “as | OG | £P | TL) €S| LV] EF | 09 | 68:62 | 06.62 | 70.08 L6-62 | 89-6% | 161-08\LE-08| “OL | fo. on taism jms | om | “ms | 09 | LP | for eS} So} Sb | 69 | LP-6% | £60 | GL-6% | $S-6% | 0S-6% | SZ0-0£/8L0-08 | “St Po |Sl- | ‘Mu | ‘ou wywo) ms | GSE | Of | 16E\Fgh| EF] 6b | GS | 80-08 | L6.6z.| L662 | 06-62 | $9.6% | Z10-08 601-08 | “PI go. |g: | *@ | “ms ,wywo| ‘ms | T2146) LE | 66) 19; 0G} LE | LG | €9-6z | 8P-62 | 9-62 | 0€-62 | 60.62 | 905-62 828-62 | “ET yrreerigg. | ‘aud |) vas | wyeo| «ms | $6€.) oF | PE\ FPP] EV] gv | 8S | €E-6% | SE-6% | 81-62 | €2-60 | €0.6z | LIV-6Z,£0S-62| ‘a1 6P- (91. "U9 | mu wyeo m | oF | Ih | Of) oF G.zh| LE | OG |£2%-6z |£0-66 91-66 | 00-62 | ZL-8z | LL1-62/S6P-62 | “11 sadescieeseer! AS | “ASS | WUTBO | covecclesever! vecees | errcg ul[vo a rin = x S x ie.2) = s+ wo S = = n ° Ye) =) Ya) esac 22 ‘u jwyeo| “mM | zp | Cb | Fer! 199-87) SE | 99 | £2%-6% |ZE-6Z | 06-82 | L8-8% | 09-82 | LV6- gz LLo- 62! °6 | *@ | tau | wyeo | ‘as Ge} %0S| gf! zp | LS |SP-6a |99-6z | F6-8% | 12-62 | £8.82 | LE6-87,960-62 GL. |90- |°""""' | ‘au |wyeo| ‘es | $0p | 6E | S| gh] gf| PW 1S |S9-6% |69-6% | VE-62 | PE-6% | S0-6% | P9E-6Z/LLE-62 rereeeieeroes) TH. [rreeeel cereee | com | peo | “ms | 1p | T6€ | 1h] oF] EV| O€ | Eh | £1-6z |SL-6Z | €z-62 | LE-62 | S8-8% | 2S%-62,9L2-62 ocelot ce OMsGOr ie sr wiereUll.! UTD) |) Bec of | ise | oF | fst) SPV! PE | 67 | PL-60 | 69-62 | OF-6% | €£-6% | Z8-8% | SL1-63,912-66 reeverleseere] Gg. reeee*] cou | tu | cou | tau | ob | for | ge|fsr| Pr] Lo | gh | 99-62 |6L-6z | 0-62 | 09-68 | 96-83 | $12-60)1LE-6z . |r| casa | ‘ou | tas | ou | gf | fph | abl igh| oh) Le | SP | 6.6% | 10-0€ | 29-62 | GS-62 | 80-6% | 81£-6z\78E-6z OG eee ele Ove ie 280) | <0 7) ‘a | fer | fer | iv Sl¥! pr) Le | LV | 66-62 | £6-62 | 0S-6z | OF-62 | 16:8% | 611-62;S1%.6z ina eas eo e. ia8s,"| 8 “as oO GV | SP! Pl S6PS-Lv| of | OG | 06-62% | 68-62% | ZV-6% | SS-6Z | 82-62 | SV%-6Z/E19-62| “CE cs) n wh w= =) = ISHS KH Se a a 3 p ae 2 2 ‘urd | ‘ure “urd “ue ; ; ‘ : Big ecei meee ey gle | ol ae | ee. | Ee he leer ere | | ees | une | “xen | “AON = i= = 5 i = 5 5 {8 £6 6 6 tor eo == Ol a ae 33 cA Sal Fg ie cae : in pa ‘PrBI 3 et oe 4 aS at = = — = or << a a =<. Coe a ay ee solom | g ml Bie o2 3 B= | :yormpur “aa1ys she *yormpur Bg Ris | 8 E aoe 7 ae icrinsey ated 5 5 YOIMstyD Una ted ‘orrys-saryuing | * 2 “OIMSIyO ay EASY alas Se at = ida a aia oe eee eens Coe Pere : ES Sessa = o. i=] “ure “put, . ; wy | PUrM | IOJIULOWIIU, IOJoMOAe = |‘oua | ‘mu |wyeo| ‘s | tip | ab | gf) Lel hb! SE | PS | £%-6G | €2-6% | 96-86 | 96-8 | SL-8z | 616-82,761-62 | ‘or "RANNU(C) ‘asunpyy younpungy 7 “uoysno[y *¢d “soy ayy fq. pup Sau1Hs- caraway ‘osunyyr ypuvdonddy 70 ) “equaq “MA “soy aye hq ‘NOLSOG Ae CV hk MULT Os ANITA Ee fan ERS ULES eX cnn A a AAG Gdn sdb Denne he Re ears ties ee Aah Tet SS, ea trae ay ee ee eee ey. VE Oe art oe ae, ST. ee THE ANNALS AND MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY. No. 96. FEBRUARY 1845. _——_—_—_—_- -——-_ —_ —- 1X.—Description of some Animals found amongst the Gulf-weed. By Harry D. 8, Goopsir, M.W.S. [With a Plate. ] Tue animals described in the following communication are chiefly Mollusca and Crustacea, and were all found attached to the Gulf-weed, Fucus natans. I am indebted to my friend Professor Edward Forbes of King’s College, London, and Mr. A. G. Melville, Assistant Demonstrator of Anatomy in the University of Edinburgh, for the opportunity thus afforded me of examining the creatures found in such a ha- bitat. The contents of the bottle received from Prof. E. Forbes were taken between the parallels of 25° and 36° north, and in about 40° west long. ; and the specimens received from Mr. Mel- ville were all taken about 40° north lat. during the course of one day’s sailing. It will be observed that the animals from both of the above districts are generically and in most instances specifi- cally similar. Nautilograpsus minutus, Kdwards. PI. VII. fig. 1. Inter-orbital space slightly hollowed in the mesial line, serrated very minutely, the teeth being only seen with a magnifier. In- ternal orbital angles rounded, external projecting forward in the form of spines and very acute ; lateral edge of the carapace armed with a single blunt tooth shortly behind the external orbital angle. Description —The whole body of a straw-yellow, with shades of a reddish blue colour on the carapace ; tips of the eyes black. Carapace almost square, the anterior or inter-orbital space projecting, the posterior part of the lateral edges contracting shghtly, the latero-posterior edges of considerable length, and the posterior hardly so extended as the anterior. Dorsal sur- face of the carapace shining, slightly convex, and with the sculp- turing hardly perceptible, but very delicately grooved transversely Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Vol. xv, G 74. Mr. H. D. Goodsir on some Animals with punctured lines running almost parallel to one another. Ambulatory legs of considerable length ; the anterior pair large, the arm extending beyond the lateral edge of the carapace, and having its internal edge very much depressed and thinned, at the anterior angle of which are several strong spines; the remainmg legs are all depressed, with the edges of the last three jomts armed with long, thick-set haus, and especially the superior edges. The internal antennze consist of four segments, the last being multiarticulate, and a strong articulated spine arises from the imternal edge of the third articulation near its distal extre- mity. The external pair of antenne arise from the internal angles of the orbit, are multiarticulate and very minute. The ex- ternal foot-jaws are large, but have their internal edges so formed as to leave a lozenge-shaped space between them. The abdo- men in the male of this species is narrow and of a triangular shape ; that of the female large, rounded, and covering almost all the lower surface of the body. It appears to have been found im great numbers both by Mr. Williams and Mr. Melville. 2. Hippolyte ensiferus. Pl. VII. fig. 2. H. with one short tooth projecting forwards from the base of the rostrum; rostrum slightly curved upward with four or five spies at the tip, the third of which from the dorsum is longest. Peduncular scale of external antennz not so long as the rostrum almost by one-third. External foot-jaws not so long as the peduncle of the external antennz ; with the terminal jomt flattened, serrated at the apex and on its internal edge. Description.—The whole animal about 1 inch in length, of an ochrey yellow colour except the tips of the eyes, which are black. The internal antenne with the peduncle 3-jointed ; the scale of the external pair very thin and narrowed at the tip, which is also bifurcated. The external foot-jaws have the external edge of the last jomt smooth and rather thickened. The first pair of thoracic legs are short, thick, smooth and didactyle; those of the second pair are long, filiform, spined, and also didactyle ; the third arti- culation is very slender. The last three pairs of legs are much longer than any of the preceding, filiform and spined. The mid- dle plate of the tail not so long as the second, armed with two pairs of spines at the tip. Found in considerable abundance between the parallels of 25° and 30° north, and 4° west long., by Mr. Wiliams. Almost every specimen infested with Bopyrus squallarum. 3. Palemon natator. Pl. VII. fig. 3. P. with the rostrum lanceform, having cleven or twelve large distinct spines on its superior edge, and two small rather indi- found amongst the Gulf-weed. 75 stinct ones on its inferior edge near the tip. Two spines on each side of the carapace near or on the anterior edge. Middle plate of the tail with three obsolete spines on each side and two long spines from the extremity. Description —The whole animal of a yellow colour ; rather more than an inch in length and very robust. Rostrum about the same length as the peduncular scales of external antennz, lanceolate, being rounded and narrowed at the base and dilated near the extremity before ending in a point. The peduncular portion of the superior antennz 4-jointed, the basal joint being large and hollowed out superiorly for the reception of the eyes ; each of the segments of the peduncle end externally and ante- riorly in a spe which projects forwards and outwards. The outermost of the three terminal filaments is the thickest. The peduncular scale of the external antennz does not terminate in a point, but is obliquely truncated ; the terminal filament is longer than those of the superior antenne. First pair of legs very slender, reaching a little beyond the peduncle of external antennz, didactyle. Second pair much stronger, and although the first four joints are delicate, the hand is large and ovate, didactyle ; claws slender and almost straight. The last pair of legs slender. 4. Amphitée pelagica. P\. VII. fig. 4. A. with peduncle of superior antennz about half the length of the inferior antenne, being almost the same length as the first three jomts of the peduncle of the lower antenne. First pair of legs small, second pair with the wrist very much enlarged, and the claw sickle-shaped and moveable, inferior edge having a small tooth with a slight notch on either side of it near the distal ex- tremity ; claw as long as the wrist and tapering very gradually to a point. 5. Bopyrus squillarum. PI. VII. figs. 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11. B. with posterior edge of last abdominal segment perfect. Description—Male minute, about 1 line in length or hardly so long, near. Head small, and about half as long as its greatest breadth. First thoracic joint larger than any of the succeeding. Ambulatory legs very short and chelate. Female broad, flat- tened and pyriform, very much contracted posteriorly and dilated anteriorly. Young almost globular. From beneath carapace of Hippolyte ensiferus. 6. Anatifa sulcata. Pl. VII. fig. 13. The peduncle of this Anatifa is so short as not to be seen without separating the animal from its attachment. The shape is triangular, and the peduncular extremity of the animal is G2 76 On some Animals found amongst the Gulf-weed. slightly concave, with the posterior edges of the latero-peduncu- lar divisions serrated ; the posterior and abdominal angle of this part of the shell is curvated and pointed, and its external sur- face is deeply sulcated, the sulci all radiatmg from the posterior abdominal angle to the dorsal edge of the division, where they form small but very distinct serrations. Dorsal division of the shell smooth, extending almost the whole length of the dorsum, and reflected upon the posterior dorsal angles of the latero-pe- duncular division. A small obsolete tooth may be observed upon the dorsal edge near its anterior extremity. The antero-lateral are much smaller than the peduncular divisions of the shell, and are also sulcated, the sulci radiating from the anterior point to- wards the abdominal edge : the ridges formed by these sulci are armed in both divisions with minute teeth, the pomts of which in the peduncular portion all project towards the dorsum, those in the anterior towards the abdomen. Attached to a portion of Fucus natans. The species now described differs im some points from the figure given by Quoy and Gaimard im the ‘ Voyage de l’Astro- labe,’ which beautiful work I have been able to see through the kindness of Mr. Grut; I thought it unnecessary however to give another specific name. Several specimens of Scyllea pelagica were in the bottle, and the spawn (Pl. VII. fig. 14) of this animal was attached in several places to the Fucus in rather irregular coils; the central extre- mity adhered to a stem of the Fucus, the succeeding parts sur- rounding it in coils, the external extremity being attached im the same manner as the central one. EXPLANATION OF PLATE VII. Fig. 1. Nautilograpsus minutus, nat. size. Fig. 2. Hippolyte ensiferus, mag. three times. Fig. 3. Palemon natator, mag. twice. Fig. 4. Amphilée pelagica, enlarged. Fig. 5. Bopyrus squillarum, female, magnified. Fig. 6. , young. Fig. 7. —_—__—_-, male. Fig. 8. The abdominal surface of the head of male Bopyrus. Fig. 9. One of the ambulatory legs of male Bopyrus. Fig. 10. One of the ambulatory legs of female. Fig. 11. Last abdominal segment of female Bopyrus, showing the entire segment. Fig. 12. Drawing of an ovum, a cluster of which were attached to the Fucus. Fig. 18. Anatifa sulcata, magnified, attached to a portion of the Gulf-weed. Fig. 14. Spawn of Scyllea pelagica. Messrs. Hancock and Embleton on the Anatomy of Kolis. 77 X.—On the Anatomy of Eolis, a genus of Mollusks of the order Nudibranchiata. By AtBany Hancock and Dennis Em- BLETON, M.D., F.R.C.S.E., Lecturer on Anatomy and Phy- siology in the Neweastle-upon-Tyne School of Medicine. [Concluded from p. 10.] The esophagus, P\. 1. figs. 4c, 6 and 8 4, Pl. II. fig. 9, and Pl. III. figs. 1, 2 and 4c, passes from the posterior dorsal aspect of the buccal mass, and is a much-constricted canal. It is short, longitudinally plicated, and usually bent into the form of an S$, so that the apparatus of the mouth can be advanced with facility. It is generally colourless, but in E. coronata and two or three other species it is of a deep rosy hue, appearing as a stain of that colour, immediately behind the dorsal tentacles. It consists of lon- gitudinal and circular fibres, the former of which have been no- ticed in the description of the muscles of the buccal mass. The plicee seem to be formed by the lining membrane, which we take to be a mucous one, and by the muscular coat. The stomach, P\. 11. fig.9, and Pl. ILI. figs. 1,2 and 4d, through- out the entire group is a large pyriform pouch which hes diagonally in the body, the lower end approaching the left side; it is continued in the form of a wide, tapering canal, Pl. II. fig. 9, and Pl. III. figs. 1, 2 and 4g, along the median line immediately below the dorsal skin, and terminates near the posterior extremity of the body ina blind sac. From the pouch and its continuation branches are given off in pairs, not however in perfect symmetrical order, but always more or less alternating. These branches give off smaller tubes which are continued into the branchial papille. From the upper surface of the posterior extremity of the stomach, just where it is continued into the great central canal, is given off a short intestine, PI. I. fig. 9, and Pl. III. figs. 1, 2 and 4 e, which passes backwards, outwards and to the right side, then running for a short distance along the side, turns outwards and upwards and ends abruptly in a nipple-like anus f, generally concealed among the branchial papillee. In E. papillosa, P\. 11. fig. 9, the anus is situate immediately behind the ninth row of papille, and the intestine is considerably dilated a little before its termination: this dilatation is not so conspicuous in other species. In £. coronata, PI. III. fig. 1, the anus is placed amidst the papillz in the second clump and close behind the fourth row, and in #. olivacea, PI. III. fig. 2, the nipple is seen about midway between the third and fourth rows. In E. despecta, Johnst., Pl. III. fig. 4, it is between the first and second branches. This portion of the digestive apparatus, 7. e. the intestine and 78 Messrs. Hancock and Embleton on the Anatomy of Eolis. the anus, appears to have been entirely overlooked by M. de Qua- trefages in his Eolidina paradoxum, in which he says there is a very small anus at the termination of the central channel. In all the species we have examined we have not been able to detect such an orifice, but have found the true anus and intestine as above described in at least fifteen examples of the Holidine. The stomach, Pl. III. fig. 7, is composed of three coats, a mu- cous, a muscular, and an external one, which we suppose to be serous. The immer surface of the bulb, of the great central channel, and of the primary and secondary branches, is beset with fine numerous longitudinal rugz or plice, that appear to be formed by projections of the muscular coat covered over by the mucous membrane. In specimens that have been some time im spirits, the mucous coat presents merely a minutely granular ap- pearance ; but we have every reason to think that in the living state it is lmed with a layer of ciliated epithelium. The mus- cular coat consists of minute flattened fibres, passmg in nearly all directions, the longitudinal and transverse fibres bemg most distinct. The serous coat appears to be of more homogeneous texture than the others, and much thinner. In E. papillosa, P\. I. fig. 9, the branches forming the ante- rior pair arise from about the middle of the dorsal surface of the gastric pouch, and are the only ones which come off anterior to the intestine ; they soon bifureate, the anterior portion is subdi- vided into four branches, the posterior is continued on without further division ; the second pair have their origin in the upper posterior surface of the stomach, and bifurcate like the first pair ; the anterior portion remains undivided, the posterior bifurcates : the two anterior pairs of branches however are not always sym- metrical, as will be observed by referring to the diagram ; indeed we have scarcely seen them alike in any two individuals. The remaining four pairs of branches arise from the central canal, and simply bifurcate. These branches at their origin are all pointed more or less backward ; after their bifurcation they in- cline obliquely forward along the side of the body, lying nearly parallel to each other. From the whole of these branches con- stricted ducts lead into the interior of the branchial papille. In this species there are from twelve to twenty of these ducts given off from each row or branch. In E. coronata, Pl. III. fig. 1, the ramifications of this curious digestive apparatus are somewhat modified. The anterior pair arise from the superior aspect of the lower extremity of the sto- machal bulb, close in frent of the origin of the intestine, and each trunk passing forward gives off seven branches, the poste- rior of which is the largest and supplies about seven papille. There are five or six other pairs, all of which originate in the Messrs. Hancock and Embleton on the Anatomy of Kolis. 79 great central trunk, and divide in the same way as the anterior pair, but the branches diminish in number and in size towards the posterior extremity of the body. It may be remarked, that the first and second pairs of branches in this and in most other species are more widely separated than the rest, and in the in- terval the heart is usually placed. Another modification is seen in E. olivacea, Pl. III. fig. 2; in this species there are six pairs of branches, all of which are sim- ple except the first or anterior pair ; these arise as usual from the stomach, and are each divided into three branches. In £. de- specta, Pl. ILI. fig. 4, the arrangement is still more simplified : after the branches of the first pair come off in the ordinary way from the stomach and pass on undivided, each to a single pa- pilla, the central trunk passes to its termination in a zigzag di- rection, giving off a branch at each angle to a large clavate pa- pilla. There are in all four of these papillz on each side ; they are not in pairs however, but alternate. Other slight variations might be cited, but the above are the chief modifications, and are perhaps sufficient to show to what extent the digestive system varies im the genus Eolis. We have searched in vain for the lateral vessel described by M. de Quatrefages, and have little hesitation in pronouncing its non-existence in the genus. We have seen several species with the ramifications coloured, and in none of them have we observed the slightest indications of such a vessel. In dissecting E. pa- pillosa we made every endeavour to detect it, but without success ; and in a small specimen of that species we have since seen the very terminations of the branches, and are quite satisfied that they are isolated : the branches mostly ended in free blind sacs of va- riable length ; others had their ends prolonged, bent outwards and received into small papille, which seemed to be in process of de- velopment ; hence we inferred, that the glandular apparatus in the interior of the papille was formed originally from the free ends of the branches from the stomach. We are also of opimion that when the animal is mature, the ends of all the branches will be found to enter papille. We have observed the termination of branches in papillz m a species which had their minute ramifi- cations coloured: this species belongs to that portion of the ge- nus of which £. coronata is the type. It is therefore probable that M. de Quatrefages has been deceived by the doubling of the skin at the sides of the body, caused by the pressure necessarily used during the mode of investigation adopted by that gentle- man: we have seen under such circumstances what might be readily mistaken for a vessel. The prolongations of the branches from the gastric cavity that are continued into the papille are considerably modified in form 80 Messrs. Hancock and Embleton on the Anatomy of Kolis. in the various species, and from the variety and brilliancy of their colouring form the chief attraction of these very elegant animals. These prolongations appear on a superficial examination to be ceca, but when investigated under favourable circumstances and with a lens, they are found to be tubes with more or less compli- cated follicular walls, Pl. LV. fig. 9a: the upper extremity of the tube, where the follicular structure ceases, becomes suddenly deli- cate, transparent and minute, fig. 9d, and is continued on to com- municate with a minute ovate vesicle, fig. 9 ce, which les within the extreme apex of the papilla, and opens externally by a minute circular foramen, fig. 9d: the inner surface of the follicular or glandular part, which we take to be the liver, is lined with a gra- nular matter. The simplest form of this peculiar organ is met with in Z. con- cinna, P|. 1V. fig. 1. In this species it is a mere dilated tube with its wall slightly waved, and having the imner surface sprinkled with darkish granules. In E. Farrani, fig. 2, it still maintains a considerable simplicity of structure, but becomes decidedly sac- culated, and with some degree of regularity. The complexity of this organ is however much increased in E. olivacea, fig. 3, in which it is deeply and regularly produced into follicles or saceuli, which are much and variously puckered ; but m £. papillosa, fig. 4, it appears to atta its highest development. The central channel is somewhat tortuous, and gives off on all sides variously sized, regularly shaped blind sacs, which are crowded with little compound follicles. The whole of the inner surface of this com- plicated biliary organ is lined with a thickish layer of what ap- pears to be a granular substance through an ordimary magnifier, but which on examination with the microscope is found to be composed of large irregular vesicles or globules, Pl. V. fig. 7, disposed without any manifest arrangement, and filled with nu- merous granules. These last when submitted to a still higher magnifying power are seen to be transparent, rounded, and of various sizes, and nucleated, fig. 8. The larger bodies or glo- bules have a diameter of ;;';5th of an inch. The largest of the granules measure about 5,5,th of an inch in diameter. The compound follicular nature of this gland is best observed in the living papilla fresh plucked from the animal, and submitted to a slight action of the compressor. In papille that have been some time in spirits the gland is somewhat contracted, its divi- sions approximated, and thus a more uniform surface of follicles is presented. In describmg this gland or liver M. de Quatrefages has the following passage: ‘ Mais les ceecums qui partent des branches de Vintestin pour pénétrer dans les cirrhes s’entourent, en en- trant dans leur cavité d’une espéce de fourreau irrégulier formé Messrs. Hancock and Embleton on the Anatomy of Kolis. 81 @une substance granuleuse bien moins transparente que le reste des tissus. I] m’a semblé reconnaitre en outre l’existence de trés petits orifices s’ouvrant dans Vintérieur du cecum.” Now in the numerous species we have examined, we have seen nothing to war- rant the idea here laid down. From our statement above it will be seen, first, that we believe these prolongations of the branches of the digestive cavity not to be cca, and secondly, that they are not simple tubes having a granular substance coating them, but we find that the walls of the tubes are more or less bulged or thrust outwards into the form of simple or compound follicles, and that the walls are /ined throughout by the granular matter we have already described; in fact, that each papilla contains a perfect gland of distinctly follicular type. Pl. 1V. fig. 5. shows a lon- gitudinal, and Pl. IV. fig. 7. a cross section of a papilla of EL. pa- pillosa ; a in each represents the great central channel from which on all sides branch off large canals that end in small imperforate diverticula. The whole internal surface of this compound gland is furnished with minute vibratile cilia, as likewise the small canal that leads to the oval vesicle ; the cilia do not appear to be continued into the vesicle. We have however seen, on examining these parts under pressure, small granules which had accidentally passed into the tube, driven by the ciliary motion into the vesicle. Having described the glandular apparatus, we now pass on to the vesicle at the extremity of the papilla. This vesicle is of an ovoid form ; its long diameter in the largest specimens measures about zaoths of an inch, its narrow end lyimg within the very apex of the papilla; both ends are perforated ; the narrow end opens ex- ternally through a round aperture in the skin covering the apex of the papilla, the opposite extremity communicates with the gland by means of the slender tube, of variable length, which has already been noticed. The walls of the vesicle, which are seen of an opake white in those species which have transparent skin, is fused with the inte- gument of the papilla round the external orifice ; and below this stout muscular bands, Pl. IV. fig. 9 e, attach the vesicle to the skin, so that during the contractions of the papilla the vesicle is held secure in its position. In E. papillosa the wall of the vesicle, Pl. V. fig. 12, consists throughout of a strong thick layer of finely interwoven circular muscular fibres. The contents appear to be arranged in longitudinal masses, as represented in the longitu- dinal section, Pl. V. fig. 1, which in a cross section, Pl. IV. fig. 8, have a triangular outline, the apices not quite reaching the axis of the vesicle. There is therefore a free space corresponding to the long axis. If we take out a portion of the contents of the vesicle and place it under the Zth-inch object-glass of the micro- 82 Messrs. Hancock and Embleton on the Anatomy of Eolis. scope, we find it to consist of numerous transparent, long, narrow, slightly bent, elliptical bodies, Pl. V. fig. 11, having a double longitudinal faint marking extending from one end nearly to the other; and globules of various sizes, Pl. IV. fig. 6, contaiming either one nucleus or several small granules in their interior. These are imbedded and adhere to a tenacious, obscurely granular mucus-like matter. The largest elliptical bodies measure in length toaths of an inch, the smallest soooth of an inch. The largest globules have a diameter of s3lgpth of an inch. On placing a papilla recently severed from the living E. papillosa in a compressor, and establishing a slight degree of pressure, there were observed to be ejected at intervals from the terminal ori- fice, little transparent ellipsoidal membranous bags, Pl. V. fig. 9, containing half a dozen or more of the elongated bodies already spoken of. Immediately after expulsion most of these bags burst, and the contained bodies becoming scattered, each shot forth from the end that first appeared a slender hair-like filament, fig. 10 aa, with astonishing velocity to a length far exceeding the diameter of the field of the microscope. Other bags did not become rup- tured till a second or two after thei expulsion ; from these the filaments proceeded very slowly and in a perfectly regular serpen- tine line, so that their advance could be followed by moving the stage of the microscope, and was observed to resemble closely the progression of many small Annelida. These filaments becoming stationary retained a serpentine form, fig. 10 4 4; other filaments were minutely spirally twisted at their junction with the elliptical body, fig. 10 ce. The faint double lme seen im the interior of the elliptical body we suppose to be the part that contains the filament. The elliptical bodies pressed out from papillee which had been in spirits were never observed to emit filaments ; we presume therefore that this phenomenon is a vital manifestation. These bodies we find to differ in form in different species : thus in E. coronata, Pl. V. figs. 2 and 3, they are slightly bent, but shorter and thicker than in H. papillosa, and enlarged at their posterior extremity ; they are provided with a similar filament at one end. The bags, fig. 6, contain a considerable number of these, and also numerous other bodies of much larger size, of elliptical form, flattened and transparent, but having in their interior a peculiar marking which is repr esented in fig.5. In #. olwacea the bodies with filaments, fig. 4, are rather stouter, but strongly resemble those of E. coronata. On several occasions we have witnessed the expulsion of these bodies from the living animal, which at the time was suffering slight pressure, so slight indeed that the animal was able to move Messrs. Hancock and Embleton on the Anatomy of Kolis. 83 its papillz, and in one instance an E. Drummondi crawled from one side of the compressor to the other. The expulsion was ef- fected by the walls of the vesicle, and recurred at intervals ; small masses of the bodies were ejected with considerable force, and to some distance. We do not feel ourselves at present in a position to decide upon the true nature of these bodies, but we may say that they resemble Spermatozoa more than anything else ; we may add, that we have obtained bodies to all appearance Spermatozoa from the genital organs of EL. papillosa, which dif- fered only from those obtained from the papille in being more rounded as to their bodies, and altogether mnferior in size. They are shown in Pl. V. fig. 13, as seen under deficient magnifying ower. We shall now revert to the follicular gland of the papilla. We think there can be no doubt of its being a secreting organ pour- ing its secretion into the digestive cavity, and we agree with M. de Quatrefages in the opinion that the entire series of these glands represents the liver, which in the Mollusca is characteris- tically large, but in the Kolidine has disappeared from the abdo- minal cavity. The central canal of the gland opens inferiorly by a short duct, Pl. IV. figs. 2, 3, 4a, into one of the ramifications of the digestive cavity, and superiorly by the delicate canal before described into the ovate vesicle. We have no doubt that by the lower opening the secretion of the gland finds its way into the gastric ramifications ; but as to the nature of the communication or connexion between the gland and the ovate vesicle, we confess our entire ignorance. To give a general idea of the digestive apparatus, we should say that the compound follicles of the papille represent the liver ; the small tubes leading from them are their ducts, by which their secretion is carried into the gastric organ consisting of the pyri- form pouch, the great central canal, and their main branches. In some species however the structure and functions of the se- veral parts seem somewhat modified. In E. despecta the central canal, all the ramifications and the glands of the papille are co- loured and granulated alike ; it is therefore probable that the whole of these parts perform the same function. The stomach and intestine are the only parts that are transparent in this re- markable species. In E. gracilis, E. rufibranchialis, E. Northum- brica and others, either the extremity of the great central canal or the ends of the lateral ramifications are slightly coloured like the glands of the papille. * This view of the matter is somewhat corroborated by what is observed to take place during digestion. The food enters the stomachal bulb in large masses, and is there broken up and mixed 81 Messrs. Hancock and Embleton on the Anatomy of Eolis. with the fluids of the digestive cavity. In this state it is driven throughout the alimentary system by the alternate contractions of the pyriform pouch and the great trunks leading from it. These contractions are only of a nature to produce an oscillatory motion which serves to promote that imtimate mixture of the ali- mentary matters with the hepatic and other secretions neces- sary to the process of digestion. We have watched this action with great care in E. coronata, and have observed on several occasions in individuals that were free and moving about at pleasure, and in which the action of the parts was natural, currents passing rapidly backwards and for- wards through the stomach, and larger ramifications obeying the various contractions of the parts, and holding in suspension large, crude, irregular particles varying in size and shape. We had the satisfaction also to see more than one individual take its food, which we have found to be always of an animal nature, and could perceive the lumps as they were lopped off by the jaws pass along the cesophagus and enter the stomach. We have hkewise fre- quently seen the track of the ¢rwe intestine marked out by the dark colour of the feces it contained, and have witnessed also the expulsion of the same from the anus. M. de Quatrefages supposes that the refined products of di- gestion pass into the branchial ceca as he terms them, and also into the ovoid vesicle, though in the latter he has seen no float- ing corpuscles. Through the walls of the ceca, and especially through those of the vesicle, he believes that the chyle for the support of the body transudes. Again, he makes the branchial ceca surrounded by a granular mass performing the office of liver, thus cumulating in the same organ function upon function. We have already stated that we agree with M. de Quatrefages in taking the glands of the papillz, as we term them, to represent the liver, and we now subjoin, that we see no reason to believe them to be also the organs by means of which the chyle is con- veyed from the digestive to the circulatory system. We have our- selves seen crude particles of the alimentary matters mixed with regular corpuscles pass into the glands of the papill, and on one occasion even a large angular fragment was forced through the narrow duct at the base of a gland, entering its cavity and after- wards passing out again. But in all these cases, our specimens, as well as those of M. de Quatrefages, were suffering considerably from the action of the compressor, and consequently the fluids of the stomach and other parts may have been forced into unnatural channels. We do not put much faith m examinations conducted in this way, and indeed the only satisfactory method of investi- gating this subject is to watch the progress of digestion when the Messrs. Hancock and Embleton on the Anatomy of Kolis. 85 animal is moving freely about ; and until this be done, all theo- rizing appears to us idle, and likely to lead to error and confu- sion. Salivary glands.—These in Eolis are very small and difficult to detect; they lie concealed between the corneous plates and the muscular mass of the cheek, as previously noticed. On removing either of the corneous plates in E. papillosa, the gland will be found lying exposed in a depression on the wpper third of the external surface of the cheek-mass, corresponding to about the centre of the corneous plate, Pl. III. fig. 6 a. The gland is composed of a small cluster of roundish, yellow, irregular folli- cles, fig. 5, and frequently a little way in advance of this there is a smaller one made up of two or three follicles. The two parts are connected by a long slender duct, which passing backwards opens into the mouth at the commencement of the cesophagus. We have likewise detected this gland in E. coronata. This gland differs conspicuously in size, position and character from the same organ in Kolidina, figured and described by M. de Quatrefages. All we can say is, that in our researches we have observed nothing like the representation given by him of the salivary glands of that species. It is certainly not likely that in animals so closely allied these organs should be so widely different. We would suggest therefore the possibility of that naturalist having mistaken some portion of the generative organs for them. We are inclined to do this the more since he has entirely mis- understood the sexual apparatus, and figured and described only a small portion of it, and since we have sometimes observed, when examining these animals in the compressor, portions of that ap- paratus not altogether unlike M. de Quatrefages’ figure of the salivary glands of Kolidina paradoxum. Since writing the above, we have had much satisfaction in gathering from the Observations of M. Souleyet on the Gaste- ropod Mollusca, forming the proposed order Phlebenterata of M. de Quatrefages, translated in the November Number of the ‘An- nals,’ that, our views have been almost altogether verified. With respect however to the anatomy of the gland of the pa- pill, M. Souleyet appears to adopt the opinion of M. de Qua- trefages, who states that the prolongation of the digestive cavity into the papilla is coated with a granular layer—the liver. We have shown above that this view is inaccurate, and in confirma- tion of this we may as well state, that on the papille being sub- jected to pressure, the granular structure of the gland invariably becomes ruptured internally; but if the view taken by these gentlemen be correct, we should apprehend that the rupture would take place externally into the vascular canal surrounding the gland. 86 Messrs. Hancock and Embleton on the Anatomy of EKolis. EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.’ Puate I. All the anatomical figures in this plate are from E. papillosa. Fig. 1. Fig. 2. Fig. 3. Fig. 4. Fig. 5. Fig. 6. Eolis papillosa, Johnst., a little above natural size. E. corenata, Forbes, nearly double naturai size. E. olivacea, Alder and Hancock, four times natural size. Section of the lips with buccal mass attached: a, outer lip; b, inner lip ; c, cesophagus; d, corneous plates of buccal mass; ¢, channel of mouth ; f, circular belt of muscle at the attachment of outer lip ; gg, muscles passing from the circular belt to foot and skin of head ; h, muscular bands passing from circular belt to posterior margin of horny plates ; 2, foot. Vertical section of buccal mass, showing the muscles of the tongue, the external layer being removed: a, muscle which assists in ro- tating tongue forwards, arising from upper margin of horny plate, and passing downwards to inferior surface of 6, muscle which ro- tates the tongue backwards, being inserted by its ends into the posterior end of tongue and into the inferior extremity of cutting blades e; c, muscle attached to both ends of tongue, which it will approximate ; it will also assist @ in rotating the tongue forwards ; d, strong layer of short transverse muscles which bind together the external layers of muscle, and form a fulcrum for the semicircular rotators; f, esophagus ; g, corneous plates ; h, ridge of the tongue ; i, cutting-jaws ; &, the hinge or fulcrum of horny plates; 7, anterior extremity of muscular cheek-mass. Nearly vertical section of buccal mass: a, horny plate ; a', cutting- edge; b, inner lip; c, hinge or fulcrum ; c’, transverse muscles that close the jaws; d, transverse muscles that open the jaws; e, inferior transverse muscles that assist in closing the jaws; f, wedge-shaped mass of tongue, supporting spiny ridge and showing the two ex- ternal layers of muscles ; g, muscular cheek-mass ; /, fold of lining membrane of mouth; 77, outer lip; 4%, circular muscular belt at base of outer lip ; 7, cesophagus. Fig. 7. Upper aspect of buccal mass: a a, corneous plates ; 6, muscular bands Fig. 8. Fig. 9. on the external surface; c, cesophagus; d, transverse muscles be- fore fulcrum ; e, transverse muscles behind fulcrum; the dark line between the two sets of muscles indicates fulcrum ; ff, muscles arising from upper part of horny plates, and passing down behind mass of tongue marked a in fig. 5. View of cavity of buccal mass from above, the fulcrum being divided, and the horny plates aa drawn apart ; a’ a’, cutting-edges of jaws ; b, inner lip; ¢, spiny ridge of tongue; d, wedge-shaped muscular mass of ditto; e, muscular cheek-mass; f, flat upper border of ditto; g, anterior attachment of ditto to cutting-jaws ; h, folds of lining membrane of mouth; 2, fulcrum of horny plates; 4, ante- rior and posterior transverse muscles ; /, oesophagus. Upper aspect of buccal mass with superficial muscles removed : a a, corneous plates; b, triangular process forming fulerum ; ¢, cut- ting-edges of horny plates; d, ridge dividing surface of fulcrum into anterior and posterior parts; e, muscle of left side which passes down to be attached below to tongue-mass, fig. 7 ff; f, thin layer of muscular fibres which pass from edge of horny plate, con- verging to form longitudinal fibres for cesophagus, g. Fig. 10. Lateral aspect of buccal mass obliquely viewed, with part of the muscles removed : a, exposed surface of corneous plates; 6, poste- Messrs. Hancock and Embleton on the Anatomy of Holis. 87 rior transverse muscles to open jaws; ¢, anterior ditto to close jaws; d, inferior ditto to close jaws. Fig. 11. Same view as fig. 10: a, corneous plates; 5, muscles of inner lip ; c, inner lip. Puate II, All the anatomical figures in this plate are from EZ. papillosa unless other- wise stated. Fig. 1. Two views of transversely arched plates from ridge of tongue, mag- nified, to show the spines. Fig. 2. Anterior aspect of buccal mass, with lips and lateral muscles re- moved: a, cutting-edges of jaws; b, superior anterior transverse muscles; ¢, inferior ditto; d, tongue appearing between cutting- blades. Fig. 3. Lateral view of buccal mass of £. coronata. Fig. 4. Muscular cheek-masses inclosing a, the tongue; the horny plates have been removed ; 4, flat upper free border of masses; c, ante- rior pointed extremity of muscular masses attached to lower end of cutting-blades ; d, cesophagus. Fig. 5. External lateral view of horny plate, all muscles removed : a, ridge giving origin to muscles of inner lip; c, portion of same giving origin to muscles of outer lip ; 6, cutting-blade. Fig. 6. Same view of horny plate of Z. coronata. Fig. 7. Interior view of horny plate of Z. papillosa: a, fulcrum or hinge ; b, cutting-blade; c, line dividing the origin of the anterior and posterior superior transverse muscles. . Front view of horny plates of EZ. coronata. . Digestive apparatus of £. papillosa, the glands of the papille re- moved: a, buccal mass; 6 4, corneous plates of same ; c, cesopha- gus; d, bulb of stomach ; e, true intestine ; /, anus; g, great central canal leading from stomach and ending posteriorly in a blind sac ; h, a primary branch from digestive cavity ; 2, secondary branches ; k, ducts from glands of papille. Fig. 10. Teeth of EZ. nana. Fig. 11. Spiny ridge of tongue of £. alba. Fig. 12. Upper aspect of three plates of same. Fig. 13. Portion of spiny ridge of E. olivacea. Fig. 14. Upper aspect of two plates of same. Prate III. Fig. 1. Digestive apparatus of EZ. coronata ; the letters correspond to those of fig. 9, Pl. II. . Digestive apparatus of LZ. olivacea ; letters as above. . Upper aspect of two plates of spiny ridge of tongue of EZ. nana. . Digestive apparatus of Z. despecta; letters as in fig. 9, Pl. II. . Salivary gland and duct of Z. papillosa, highly magnified. . Lateral view of buccal cavity and cheek-mass of £. papillosa, one horny plate removed: a, salivary gland; 6, horny plate; c, part of cheek-mass attached to horny plate; d, flattened upper border of cheek-mass; e, anterior extremity of cheek-mass passing to its attachment to inferior points of cutting-blades; f, free part of ex- ternal surface of cheek-mass. Fig. 7. Stomach of £. papillosa laid open, showing rugze of internal sur- face of bulb, central canal, primary and secondary branches. Prats IV. Fig. 1. Papilla with gland of £. concinna. Fig. Fig. © Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. Fig. D Or Co bo 88 Messrs. Hancock and Embleton on the Anatomy of Kolis. Fig. 2. Papilla with gland of E. Farrani. Fig. 3. Ditto ditto of £. olivacea. Fig. 4. Ditto ditto of £. papillosa. Fig. 5. Longitudinal section of papilla of Z. papillosa, showing interior of gland, &c.: a, great central channel; 8, diverticula therefrom. Fig. 6. Globules from ovate vesicle, highly magnified. Fig. 7. Transverse section of gland of papilla of E. papillosa: a, great cen- tral vessel; 5, diverticula from it. Fig. 8. Transverse section of ovate vesicle. Fig. 9. Highly magnified representation of a papilla of Z. papillosa: a, the gland ; 4, fine vessel leading from gland to ovate vesicle ¢ ; d, ori- fice at apex of papilla; e, muscles attaching vesicle to wall of pa- pilla; ff, external wall of space in which the blood circulates in contact with the external surface of the gland; g g, muscular bands inclosing cellular spaces between ff and the skin of the papilla; h, skin of papilla ; 2, vibratile cilia on external surface of ditto ; kkk, circular and longitudinal muscular fibres of skin. Puate V. Fig. 1. Longitudinal section of ovate vesicle. Figs. 2 and 3. Spermatozoid bodies from ovate vesicle of EZ. coronata. Fig. 4. Spermatozoid bodies from ovate vesicle of E. olivacea. Fig. 5. Elliptical bodies inclosed in bags or utriculi with the spermatozoid bodies of /. coronata. Fig. 6. Utriculus or bag from ovate vesicle of E. coronata, containing ‘the two kinds of bodies mentioned under fig. 5. Fig. 7. Vesicles or globules containing granules from the gland of papilla of E. papillosa. Fig. 8. The granules more highly magnified. Fig. 9. Utriculi from ovate vesicle of Z. papillosa, containing the sperma- tozoid bodies. Figs. 10 and 11. Spermatozoid bodies from same: aaaa, bb, cc, different appearances presented by the filaments or tails of the spermatozoid bodies of E. papillosa. Fig. 12. Part of a transverse section of the wall of ovate vesicle of E. papil- losa, showing the interlacing muscular fibres. Fig. 138. Spermatozoa from generative organs of E. papillosa. Fig. 14. Anterior view of Eolis papillosa from spirits: ¢, cutting-jaws; 6, inner lip; d, folds of lining membrane, &c. of channel of mouth ; e, outer lips; f, fold of integument external to outer lips; g, labial tentacles; /, dorsal tentacles; 2, anterior margin of foot. Fig. 15. Inferior view of head of £olis olivacea in its natural state. The letters in this fig. as far as they go are as in fig. 14, Fig. 16. General view of viscera, &c. of Eolis papillosa from above, the dersal skin alone having been removed: a, buccal mass ; b, cere- bral ganglia with the nerves passing off from them; c, ganglia at the base of dorsal tentacles, supposed to be olfactory ; d, cesophagus ; e, stomachal bulb; f, great central canal; ggg, primary and se- condary branches from ditto; , true intestine; 7, anus; 4, por- tions of male generative organs; /, ovarium ; m, ventricle of heart, with aorta passing forwards from it; , auricle of heart. Mr. R. B. Hinds on Geographic Botany. 89 X1.— Memoirs on Geographic Botany. By Ricnarnp Brinsiey Hinps, Surgeon, R.N., F.R. Coll. Surg. [Continued from p.30.]} Ir it has been ever the reader’s fortune to traverse an extensive ocean, he must have felt at the end of the voyage that all his previous ideas respecting space had undergone a considerable modification. During the voyage he has often gone on deck to view the vessel hastening through the water, and to gaze on the unchanging horizon ; day after day he beholds the vessel hurrying on, but the scene ar ound remains the same. As his observations extend, he compares the velocity of his ship and the unchange- able nature of the scene, till he becomes insensibly impressed with the extent and vastness of the surface over which he has travelled. He has had a practical proof of a circumstance, which it is very true his reason might have partially displayed to him, but it has made a much firmer impression on his mind than any effort of mtelligence could have produced, and the importance is proportionately increased. In fact, he concludes his voyage with his ideas of space greatly enlarged, and the world he inhabits seems to him larger than he ever thought it was before. A very similar feeling possesses the traveller as he penetrates an extensive forest. Every morning he commences his journey, patiently pursuing the winding pathways through interminable multitudes of trees and shrubs, till, when evening arrives, he is hardly less fatigued with the monotony of the scene than with the exertions of the day. His feelings are the same as those at sea,—he is surprised at the interminable character of the scene, and his ideas of space are measured by a greater standard. He wonders at the vast multitudes of vegetable beings ; whence they could possibly have drawn nourishment to rear such solid struc- tures ; he speculates on their age, and lastly on their use. In both cases the ideas of space are the same, but they have received an impulse from the novelty of the scene; perhaps assisted also by the perfect stillness which reigns so completely i in deep forests, and during the heat of the day the silence is more painful than on the wide ocean. The chief difference between the two is, that one is a sea of waters, the other a sea of trees. The reader who has confined his travels to his own country, I would recommend to open a map of the two Americas. Let him trace them throughout from north to south, and he will scarcely find a spot which does not support a vegetation of some kind or other; the deserts and ungenial spots bemg few and limited. A great part is covered with forest-trees of unequalled growth, and where a smaller vegetation prevails, the number of individuals is greater than ever. It is not merely the tropic regions which Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Vol. xv. H «90 Mr. R. B. Hinds on Geographic Botany. are prolific; the temperate regions have also their dense and gloomy forests ; in fact it is beyond all human possibility to form any numerical estimate of the amount of the vegetable kingdom ; it would be like counting the sands of the Gr eat Sahara. Let the imagination picture all “it can of multitude, space, and prolific mcrease, and some conception may be conveyed to the mind. Every botanical region of the globe possesses a flora having features which proclaim relations with other regions; these vary according to the nature of the relationship and the circum- stances under which the respective floras exist. The value of the points of connexion fluctuates as the comparisons are drawn from groups of plants umted by general characters, or from others less common and more intimately connected with their existence. The modes of relation are three in number, corresponding in a general manner with the three assemblages of vegetable forms known as families, genera, and species. By the families are esta- blished the most distant and general resemblances, constituting analogy ; by the genera a closer approximation, or affinity ; and by the species the most perfect accordance of characters, or identity. Generally these modes of resemblance comeide with the paral- lel groups ; but there are instances of analogy and affinity, which must be admitted as such, and yet are not so closely limited. As an instance of this kind, as regards analogy, may be men- tioned the existence of Ficoidee chiefly in South Africa, and of Cactee almost entirely in the two Americas. The analogical re- semblance arises from the great succulence met with im these two families, together with a certain correspondence in their organic structure. A further illustration occws in the alpine flora of the Canaries and Mount Etna; in the former Semper- vivum has numerous species, and not one is indigenous to the latter, where Sedum is nearly equally abundant. Whilst then it is admitted that there is some difficulty in fixmg the precise limitation of these terms, they may be considered, as a rule, to display the comcidence expressed above. Whenever an analogy exists, it by no means follows that there should be a further connexion by affinity or identity, for the na- ture of the analogical resemblance does not require this. On the other hand, when there is an affinity between two regions, it presupposes also an analogy ; and when the relation is so timate as to establish an identity, there is necessarily both an analogy and an affinity. The sources of analogy being derived from natural families, and the latter as we have seen usually widely diffused, they are abundant in all vegetable regions, founded on latitude, which approach each other. In the tropical regions throughout, there is a great similarity in the families, those: existing In one or more being often common to the others. In the subtropic and other Mr. R. B. Hinds on Geographic Botany. 91 regions it is the same, from the general similarity of controlling circumstances, Sometimes an analogy will be established be- tween two regions not parallel, when external circumstances are peculiar : the temperate (Iroquois) region of North America presents some analogous features to the subtropic portion of Europe ; the tropics also establish an analogy with temperate and subtropic Europe and America, by the latter possessing indige- nous species of Palme and Cinchonacee, these families being chiefly tropical. Between corresponding regions in the north and south hemispheres the analogy is also great, since under similar circumstances we everywhere find a similar assemblage of plants. When tracing affinity, a closer view of vegetable organization is required, since its existence is drawn from genera. Generally it is found to follow analogy in similar regions; thus we find it strongly developed in parallel regions in the same hemisphere, and in analogous regions in different hemispheres. The latter offer some highly interesting comparisons, as also do the resem- blances of affinity between regions which are not parallel. Punica granatum, originally indigenous on the northern shore of Africa, though since spread over the warmer portions of the globe, acknowledges a congener from Guiana, P. nana; the lated being an inhabitant of the European subtropic region, the latter of the American north tropic. In this instance the value of the relation is increased, smce none are found elsewhere and the means of affinity are few, Punica having but two species. Nowhere is affinity so admirably maintained as between different mountain ranges, the resemblances in their different alpine floras being so extensive and so similar in widely-spread ranges. The genera existing on one of these is frequently repeated by kindred species on others, whilst the whole contents of a zone will bear a close comparison with those of a similar zone elsewhere. Alpine vegetation, alw. ays fascinating, is again linked by interesting affi- nities with various regions : “if on elevations within the tropics, the zones passed through in ascent will respectively resemble the subtropic, temperate, ‘and arctic regions. Draba has several species in the mountains of Mexico, connecting the flora with the temperate regions of Europe and Asia where the species are abundant. In the relation of identity we possess the closest resemblance in the productions: as the word implies, it consists in the co- existence of some of exactly the same forms in different regions, some of the species of one being indigenous to another. Between parallel regions the identity is of course greatest, but the different parallel regions vary in the intensity of this character. From ob- servations on a great number of species, the average of duplicates H 2 92 Mr. R. B. Hinds on Geographic Botany. in the six great divisions or provinces is 1 in 825, and the amount fluctuates in different countries on both sides of this estimate, ac- cording to physical circumstances. Within parallel tropical regions the amount is smallest, and increases as we advance towards the north, through the subtropic and temperate regions, till the max- imum is attained in the arctic. This progressive increase in the northern hemisphere is no doubt due to the configuration of the land, the large continental masses here closely approximating, and forming almost a continuous surface about the arctic circle, assisted also by the great similarity of climate. In the southern hemisphere there is precisely an opposite distribution of land and water, the continents gradually growing narrower towards the south, and yielding to the ocean of waters, which at the ant- arctic circle is scarcely broken by land. Of 233 species col- lected in Kotzebue’s Sound one half are found in Europe, whilst a similar proportion crosses Behring’s Straits, and are repeated in Siberia. Though the affinity between similar regions in the two hemispheres, or between distant mountain chains, is strongly characterized, the relations of identity are extremely slight ; in the latter particularly so, where it is rare to meet with species identically the same as those of the plains. It is by these three methods of relation that the flora of one region or country is to be compared with another, and an ana- lysis established, conclusive and satisfactory, whence its import- ance as an isolated flora, or compared with others, is ascertaimed. Alpine vegetation judged by these characters loses some of its importance, its relation being chiefly that of affinity, the species belonging to genera whose maximum exists near the level of the sea; hence peculiar groups, as genera and families, are very rarely limited to them. ‘The features of the vegetation of the lowlands are repeated in accordance with controlling circum- stances, marked and peculiar characters being seldom met with. To illustrate more fully these different relations, we will sketch an outline of the flora of the Sandwich islands, which, from their solitary situation in a wide ocean, are well adapted for this pur- ose. These islands, eleven in number, including two which are scarcely more than rocks, stretch obliquely across a point inter- sected by 21° N.L. and 157° W.L. They are distant 2900 miles from America, 3500 from Asia, and nearly the same from the most projecting part of New Holland. Numerous islands mtervene be- tween the two latter of these continents, but those towards the Sandwich islands are mostly small and unimportant. The climate is extremely equable and not disagreeably warm; in 1888 the mean temperature was 77°, and the range of the thermometer from 85° to 66°, being nineteen degrees. Much rain falls in some of the Mr. R. B. Hinds on Geographic Botany. 93 deeper valleys, but varies greatly in quantity in different situations and different islands. On the plain on which the capital is built, twenty-one inches fell in the above year ; but this is considerably less than what falls more towards the interior of the island, and on the elevated parts. The surface is very irregular, has but little level land, and consists chiefly of mountain ranges of moderate height, intersected by numerous deep and fertile valleys ; the superficies of the whole is about 7000 square miles. The soil, resulting from the decomposition of several varieties of lava, is very fruit- ful, but requires much water ; supplied with plenty of the latter, its productiveness is wnlimited. Their geographical position bestows on them a tropical flora, whilst the irregularities of surface ensure variety. For the present, however, we are confined to the plains. Cinchonacee, Guttifere, Sapindacee, arborescent Euphorbiaceae, tree-ferns, and a solitary representative of Palme, omitting the cocoa-nut, with other families equally tropical, but not quite so abundant, stamp its general features. The relations of the flora to the American and Asiatic tropic are so nicely balanced, that it 1s difficult to decide of which it most partakes; the sources of analogy are perhaps most numerous with the Asiatic. With more distant regions it has also relations through some members of Cruciferae, Saxi- fragee and Umbellifere, families abounding in temperate regions, and presenting an analogy the tropics do not often display. Each of these families is but feebly represented: Crucifere has two species of genera belonging to the European temperate region, hence an affinity with that portion of the globe: this is further supported by an umbelliferous plant, Hydrocotyle interrupta, which is regarded in the islands as originally a native plant, and is also widely diffused elsewhere: the genus supplies another affinity to temperate regions, whilst the species acknowledges an identity with several others. The saxifrageous plant, Broussaisia arguta, supplies an analogy alone; the genus and species are found only in the Sandwich islands. Like other islands they have a multitude of ferns. An analogy, stronger than usually prevails in tropical countries, is established with subtropical re- gions through shrubby Composite, Labiate, and some others. The affinities are numerous, and very equally distributed be- tween New Holland, Asia and ‘America: In common with Asia are the genera Cy yrtandra, Santalum, and Eleocarpus ; with Ame- rica, Clusia, Brunellia, and Heliotropium ; and with New Holland, Metrosideros, Cyathodes, Pittosporum, and Exocarpus. Few of their species are the same, the relations ceasing chiefly with the genus. The repetition of species indigenous elsewhere is also consider- able: taking one hundred and sixty-five of the phenogamous, 94 Mr. R. B. Hinds on Geographic Botany. fourteen were found to be American, twelve Asiatic, thirteen common with New Holland, twenty with the other Polynesian islands, and thirteen with Europe. Some of the ferns are Ame- rican, a few Asiatic. Of the whole flora, about a moiety of the species are found beyond the islands. Much of the vegetation is thus identical with other countries, but is distributed among them with surprising impartiality. The grounds on which its peculiarities rest, and on which its individuality as an independent flora depends, may be briefly hinted. The islands are without any plants which are hkely to confer on them an exclusive natural family. Cyrtandracee and Scevolee they possess in comparatively greater imtensity than others. Their only considerable genus is Kadua; it has eight or nine species. There are besides a few other genera limited to the islands, but they have chiefly a solitary species each, rarely as many as two or three. About one half the species as yet known are confined to their own shores, but as a further acquaint- ance is gained with the flora, this number will be most probably increased. Those extensive compact forests of bulky and lofty trees, which it is customary to find in tropical countries, have no existence in the Sandwich islands. Their trees are not usually of large growth, and they crowd up the sheltered and moist val- leys. The plains are comparatively bare or only thmly wooded, the trees preferring the precipitous sides of the mountains. Nor has the vegetation that variety of shades of green to be expected ; the leaves are of a dull lurid colour, generally they are small in size, and more or less entire. The flowers are equally inconspi- cuous for size, and do not possess much richness of colours: the xanthic varieties greatly prevail, often rendered dull by a greenish hue. Leguminose are said to be proportionately rare in the Polynesian islands; in this group they are far from abundant. As far as is yet known, no Orchidacee are indigenous, a circum- stance the more remarkable, since they are not uncommon in the Society islands. We look in vain to these islands for evidence of the migration of their flora. Though their own proper vegetation is below the average, and is mixed largely with species common to other lands, the number still remains sufficiently great to place any ideas of its individuality beyond a doubt. They must be regarded as possessing an original vegetation, which, whilst it has received species from other countries, has sent occasionally some of its members abroad to colonize the coral islands as they gradually emerge from the ocean. In all probability, the solitary species of Kadua found on Romanzoff island has wandered from its na- tive soil; and Chamisso collected fifty-two species on the Radack chain, a third of which are found on the Sandwich islands. Mr. R. B. Hinds on Geographic Botany. 95 The part which vegetation performs in the economy of nature is in every way capable of exciting our admiration at the harmony and mutual dependence existing among the several kingdoms. In the connexion of the latter with each other, it is not easy to discover a point where it can be said these cease or begin. We learn that a portion of the earth became dry land, and was thus prepared for the clothing of vegetation with which it was imme- diately invested. The heavenly bodies were rolled into their sta- tions, and that variety of light and temperature required by plants was bestowed on them. The vegetable kingdom left in this con- dition would have flourished in boundless luxuriance, but without any very apparent use, and another host of organized beings was soon added, to keep its vigour in check, and to derive nutriment from it. Among the countless myriads of animals now called into existence, it is impossible to say how far they depress the exube- rance; the multitudes of insects constantly feeding on the foliage, the flocks of birds always on the search for seeds, and the herbaceous animals tearing the branches from the trees and the roots from the soil, must cause vast quantities to disappear. Even with all these, however, a very slight impression can ever be made, and a limit to.its excess is derived from the property of all plants to run through a certain course and then die. Plants, like all organized beings, have a determinate period to their existence. This varies greatly; some scarcely survive be- yond a few hours, others a few months, and some extend through many years, even through ages, each in its existence performing an assigned set of functions. Every species is endued with a certain period of vitality which it receives from its organization. Among trees, the ash and the elder do not attain the longevity of the oak. Individuals, besides the specific attributes conferred on them, are liable to casualties which may extend or contract their duration. Among the natural causes are, the varying influence of climate within the range of their growth, situation, whether in the interior or margins of forests, and certain injuries to which they are exposed from animals. The removal of plants from one climate to another is capable of converting annuals into biennials and the reverse, and cultivation will sensibly protract the life of others. The larger vegetation when assembled in masses will be observed to carry with it certain appearances indicative of age, and in this state of things climate seems the chief agent. Two spots on the same latitude, and with coeval forests, may in one have every appearance of great age and longevity, and in the other all the signs of youth and vigour. Dissolution at length overtakes all organized beings, the prin- ciple of life is withdrawn, and they are resolved into their consti- tuents. With the removal of life organization ceases, chemical 96 Mr. R. B. Hinds on Geographic Botany. affinities assume activity, and the inorganic kingdom claims the rest: this is now the magazine whence future plants are to draw their food, and derive vigour to pursue their functions. With regard to the chemical effects it is capable of producing, these are perhaps but slight. Vegetation has a salutary mfluence over the atmosphere by the removal of carbon; this agency is confined to the green organs, those parts coloured giving it out, but not in the same proportion. A positive prejudicial action is sometimes exerted over the health of man: the rank luxuriance of the vegetation of warm climates, where there is abundant moisture, creates a malarious atmosphere which fully balances its otherwise good effects. It cannot be concealed that some countries are so extremely fatal to human hfe, as to make them almost uninhabitable. When the vegetation of an unhealthy spot is removed, and the soil exposed for a time to the sun’s heat, it becomes comparatively healthy, as has been the case at Sierra Leone. Man has without doubt been powerfully affected by the nature of the vegetation. It is so often combined with climate that it is not easy to estimate the power of each separately, and yet there is a wide difference between the herbivorous man of the South who scarcely ever touches animal food, and the carnivorous being of the North, whose frame requires the stimulus of a large pro- portion of meat. The Indian of the Pampas lives on horse-flesh, and sometimes beef; his disposition is as untameable as his food is gross. The Hindoo is usually content with vegetable food, and presents in every respect a strong contrast of character. The pastoral habits of the tribes of Asia Minor, the adjacent countries, and of some portions of North America, are forced on them by the nature of the vegetation. To prevent the chances of starva- tion for themselves and their flocks and herds, they traverse the plains in pursuit of vegetation. But how much does this imply ! every circumstance around them must be adapted to their migra- tory habits—limited personal property, hardihood, patient en- durance, skilfulness in resources, and a recklessness which emi- nently fits them for the vicissitudes of their checkered life. We shall now conclude by referring briefly to some of those external characters of vegetation which contribute towards its physiognomy. The surface of the globe presents a great diversity in its fea- tures, attributable to the extremely irregular physical distribu- tion of its parts, and its unequal exposure to the heavenly bodies, especially the sun. Throughout the kingdoms of nature this variety is distinctly marked, and the general impression conveyed is so universally acknowledged, that any person, totally unac- quainted with the principles of natural history, feels no hesitation Mr. R. B. Hinds on Geographic Botany. 97 in pointing out the native country of any quadruped, bird, or insect, with distinctive general characters. With plants it is the same ; only a little closer observation is required, since they do not fix themselves so firmly in the mind as the animal kingdom. Still a well-informed person will form a correct judgement of the part of the globe whence many of the plants im a collection of exotics may have been obtained; he will easily separate the plants of the tropics from those of colder regions, and not un- likely will discriminate between the plants of different continents in the same parallels. The varieties which are thus so generally evident become multiplied in the eyes of a botanist after a little examination, and he can trace certain points of distinction and resemblance, which render them highly mteresting and often important to our subject. In the vegetable kingdom, the peculiar organization which gives rise to this diversity of appearance in different regions does not originate in those characters which are taken for the purposes of classification, but is due to others of a more general kind, and which we shall attempt to explain. It depends also on a more extensive view of the flora, influenced by the method of grouping, the general outlines of individuals, and their shades of colour. The impressions conveyed by these constitute what has been termed the physiognomy of vegetation ; expressive of its powers of giving a bias to a scene or landscape. It must be con- fessed, that though the eye catches any peculiarities, and can convey to the mind a correct impression of the same, it is often extremely difficult to express them in language, and in fact they are so deficient of positive characters, that any words we have cannot express them. Who is there that would pretend to de- scribe in language the exact grouping of a mass of clouds, or give a shape to the waves of the ocean, or to the foam they dash from their crests? The painter however can do this ; he can closely represent the clouds and waves, whilst he also can express on canvas the physiognomy of a landscape. If we turn to the rural scenes of our best artists, what delight do they convey from their correctness, and from portraying to us so exactly what we may every day see in nature! How faithful are the landscapes of Titian and Claude Lorraine, and how happily have they caught and expressed the outlines and groupings of vegetation! Not merely have artists succeeded in representing a particular land- scape, but certain species of trees and shrubswith such correctness, that they are evident on the slightest inspection. But it must be acknowledged, that while the artist does seize many of these features with his brush, which the naturalist is unable to describe with his pen, the former is enabled to select his subjects from the 98 Mr. R. B. Hinds on Geographic Botany. whole vegetable world, whilst every plant claims equally the atten- tion of the latter. It may be interesting to mention a difficulty of this kind which I experienced ; and I shall give it in the same words I used at the time, when a luxuriant tropic vegetation was before me, and the impressions were fresh on the mind. After some experience among tropical vegetation, the duties of my profession removed me to high northern latitudes, and I thought a return to the tropics a particularly favourable opportunity of seizing the more prominent features, without the mind being induced to picture too freely from the novelty of the subject. A portion of my remarks was as follows :—‘ After looking on the vegetation of high lati- tudes for some months past, I felt more alive on our return to the tropics to the characteristic features of their vegetation. It is very plain that this has peculiarities easily distinguishable by the eye, but which it has puzzled me to find adequate language to express. The most prominent circumstance is its superior denseness, added to which there is, when lookmg on distant masses, a roundness and fullness of outline not shared with floras of other regions. Of course I now speak only of its pictorial characters as seen from a distance, and the general features it is capable of giving to a landscape. What are generally called tropical views contain some near representation of particular ob- jects, as palms, tree-ferns, &c., and form no part of what I wish to express. I expected to find a greater richness of colourmg, but I do not discover that the tropical forests surpass in the least the rich deep-green fir-forests of North-west America illumined by a mid-day sun. The only ground of surpassing excellence is the occasional variety of tints, and the green generally presents that shade which artists obtain by a greater admixture of yellow.” Perhaps it is owing to the variety in the shades of green, in plants of different latitudes and places, that artists have sue- ceeded so well in representing them. Every region wil offer some difference in this, to some extent confined to itself. The deep-green forests of the North are peculiar to them; those of the tropics have a yellower or more autumnal tint ; in the sub- tropic regions the shade of colour of the leaves is of an olive-green; maritime vegetation also has its glaucous hue. Physiologists have attempted to account for these different tints: Mustel, Chevreul, and Senebier represent that, though carbon is apparently black, on examination it will really be found to be blue. The latter also maintains that the vegetable tissue is not exactly white, but of a pale yellow; hence, as in similar cases, it 1s easy to comprehend how the mixture of the blue and the yellow produces the green. To support this opinion, he cites the green which is obtamed by Mr. R. B. Hinds on Geographic Botany. 99 mixing together China ink and gamboge, and that by varying the proportions, all the shades of green are produced which are found in the foliaceous organs of plants. DeCandolle adds, that though this explanation is somewhat mechanical, it is very likely to be correct. The Chinese, with that practical application of facts to pur- poses of utility which so pre-eminently distinguishes them as a nation, have availed themselves of some of these features in their landscape gardening. ‘To convey the appearance of distance, trees of the loftiest and largest growth with foliage of the deepest green are selected for the foreground. Others of smaller stature and more subdued shades are placed in the distance ; whilst to vary the surface and increase the apparent extent, groups of suitable trees, selected also with a due regard to the influence of the seasons, are judiciously scattered about. To aid the effects produced by vegetation, representations of old ruins, receding walls, and time-worn rock-work, are all made available. All the species which enter into the flora of a country do not equally assist to give a certain physiognomy ; and they will vary considerably among themselves as to their power of doing so. Trees and shrubs from their size will surpass herbaceous plants, whilst these also will excel each other according to any pecu- liarities of organization they may possess. The prevalence of certain families in particular regions will often be highly charac- teristic : none would feel at a loss when surrounded by Crucifere and Umbellifere ; or when traversing a plain covered with Eri- cace@, a grove of Chamerops palmetto, or a thicket of Melastoma. When plants become gregarious, especially those of larger growth, they deeply impress features on the scenery around them. An impression of this kind is also lable to occur from an opposite cause. Supposing in a forest where the trees possess a similar aspect and manner of growth, there occur one or two, or more individuals of a totally different character; these latter will obtain a prominence which is not due to them from their num- bers, but from their peculiarities. A circumstance of this kind strongly impressed me in the Brazilian forest, when encountering a few individuals of Araucaria braziliensis in the midst of trees not distinguished for their physiognomy. To obtain some numerical value for those plants which appeared to give a character, | assembled a number of different species in Devonshire, and after carefully examining them, and making the freest allowances, I came to the conclusion that in 100 species, forty-eight might be considered as contributing to the physio- gnomy of the flora, and fifty-two were too insignificant to assist in this. It occurred to me to repeat the observation within the tropics, where I found the numbers very similar, though the pro- 100 Mr. R. B. Hinds on Geographic Botany. portions were reversed: in 100 species they were respectively fifty-three and forty-seven. The general contour of the stems of trees, with the mode of division of their ramifications, often present peculiarities. In tem- perate regions there are many trees thus distinguished, as the species of Quercus, Populus and Salix, to which may be added Pinus and Cupressus, which are so eminently expressive in a land- scape. Omitting the more tropical forms, as palms, huge her- baceous Hndogene, and others which are equally unique, this region contains trees of singular habits of growth. It would be difficult to fix on the most marked. Some might select many of the species of Ficus, and pomt out the complex appearance of their main stems, the immense horizontal extension of their branches, with the great proportionate lowness of the whole tree; and what seems more curious than all, the immense number of smaller stems in every stage of development, some just pro- truding from the horizontal branches, others pendent midway between the canopy and the soil, displaying on each thick rounded extremity an enormous spongiole; many too have reached the soil, and having attained strength and size, act as columns to support the whole structure. The tropical forest abounds with these in every variety of growth and apparent distortion. Again, there is the gigantic Bombazx ceiba: the trunk of this tree re- sembles a cone greatly elongated, and stretching above the sum- mits of all the other trees, whilst from its base spread huge processes diverging on all sides, and taking a powerful hold of the earth; where these are lost in the trunk it is of great girth, and continues upwards gradually diminishing im size, and some- times enlarging for a space, till high in the air it sends forth its branches, chiefly in a horizontal direction. The greater part of the year these are destitute of leaves, and support a number of pendent pods, filled with the silky threads surrounding the seeds. Humboldt speaks of a forest of Cactus, not mere herbaceous plants, but tall trees with stems yielding wood suitable for do- mestic purposes. Equally characteristic and far more beautiful is a forest consisting of bamboos. There is one kind of palm which must present a strange appearance to the botanist, accustomed to regard the straight naked stems of this tribe: this is the dourn palm (Cucifera thebaica) of Egypt and Abyssinia, whose trunk is branched in a dichotomous manner. I should perhaps hardly appreciate the novel feature this must present to the traveller, had I not seen in Mexico a tall full-grown palmetto, forked at about the middle of its length, and remember the mo- mentary surprise I felt at the circumstance. Subsequently, in New Ireland, I twice noticed this circumstance in a Cycas. Leaves are characteristic from several circumstances :— Mr. R. B. Hinds on Geographic Botany. 10] 1. They vary greatly in their size or dimensions.—The largest leaves are found among Endogene, where they are frequently distinguished for their extent of surface. Aquatic plants have often large leaves. Among terrestrial plants, some of the species of Magnoliacee, Melastomacee and Solanee are remarkable. Lappa glabra, Heracleum spondylium, and Panax horridum have large leaves for high latitudes. Within the tropics a great num- ber of the leaves of shrubs and trees are compound, and very frequently composed of a multitude of small leaflets, which give a most pleasing appearance ; the numerous species of Mimosa and Acacia usually possess them. In others these organs hardly deserve the name of leaves: in Erica they are much contracted, and in Pinus and Abies more resemble petioles destitute of lamine, being in fact needle-shaped. In Tamariscinee, Casua- rina and Ephedra, the leaves are reduced to scales or mere points. 2. The outline, or method in which they are separated into lobes or divisions.—Very striking is the appearance of that useful tree the Artocarpus incisa, with its large leaves divided into deep and numerous lacinize. Clustered as this tree is in groves around the habitations of the natives, it conveys an aspect to the scenery strictly Polynesian. As further instances may be mentioned the species of Platanus, some Sterculie, and the characteristic Carica papaya. 3. As to consistence.—The leaves of herbaceous plants, espe- cially those of the wet season of warm climates, are frequently very soft and flaccid, and filled with a quantity of aqueous juice. Evergreen trees have their leaves chiefly of a tough and leathery consistence; many of the trees and shrubs bearing this kind of leaves are natives of subtropical regions, as the evergreen oaks, many Phillyree, and Olea europea. In some the mesophyll is more than usually developed, as in Hoya carnosa; and in the members of Crassulacee and Ficoidee it is carried to excess in their shapeless and succulent leaves. 4. It would be difficult to describe the numerous shades of green, though, when masses of vegetation are contrasted, they are thrown out and become prominent. During the vigour of yege- tation other shades are occasionally developed. In some species of Fuchsia, Begonia and Amaranthus, the leaves possess a very decided pink. Some have a silvery hue on their under surface, though this appearance may be sometimes dependent on the presence of hairs. It is chiefly in the autumn that leaves take on their different colours, and which are often excessively varied ; but as vitality is then ceasing, these appearances are rather attendant on disorganization. 5. As to the direction of their surfaces.—It is usual with ex- 162 Mr. R. B, Hinds on Geographic Botany. ogenous plants to have their leaves horizontal, thus forming a right angle with the stem, or with their points inclining towards the horizon. Some depart from this, as the Salix babylonica, and the weeping variety of Fraxinus excelsior. In endogenous plants, on the contrary, the leaves generally tend towards a vertical po- sition, which perhaps their weight prevents them from attaming ; so that it is customary to find them forming an angle of 45° with the horizon. The mixture of the large herbaceous Endogene with a vegetation chiefly exogenous, conveys a remarkable character to the physiognomy. Besides the peculiar features offered by leaves, there are others which will be occasionally prominent. They may be found in the unusual development, or some idiosyncrasy, of the various organs, and are perhaps only discoverable in particular instances. Sometimes the inflorescence is the source ; at others the flowers, fruit, or floral appendages. Very different is the appearance of the trees of some species of Cassia laden with their long slender black pods and light pale foliage, from a grove of Hibiscus and Psidium in the Pacific, or of Melastoma in the Brazils. A general impression is conveyed by the prevalence of certain colours in flowers ; in some situations nothing but yellow flowers are seen, In others only white or blue, till the repetition is almost tiring. The varieties of colours, being dependent on the presence of heat and light, alter with the latitude ; hence a relation between the two can be established. For the same reason there will exist a similar relation with the seasons of the year. Colours have been arranged by Schubler and Funk under two series which they have called oxidized and deoxidized ; but DeCandolle pro- posed to call them respectively xanthic and cyanic, from the ge- neral prevalence of the coloursin each. This arrangement * ap- pears to have been chosen with considerable happiness, since most flowers range themselves under one or the other, and it affords a basis by which colours can be compared and their re- lative importance ascertaed. There is one variety of coloration which they take no notice of further than to give their reasons for not assigning it a place in their series, and this is white. The reasons seem good and philosophical in theory, but in practice it will sometimes be impossible to assign every white flower to some particular colour, as is recommended; I shall therefore venture to use it as a colour for the present, according to general opinion. White or pale-coloured flowers prevail over all others ; they are * These series are developed in their ‘ Untersuchungen iiber die Farben der Bluthen,’ 1825. Some details may be met with in DeCandolle’s ‘ Phy- siologie Végétale,’ tom. ii. pp. 901-924, and in the Library of Useful Know- ledge, Botany, pt. 4. pp. 120-124, by Dr. Lindley. Mr. R. B. Hinds on Geographic Botany. 103 abundant in all latitudes particularly high ; among the plants of the spring they are more numerous than those of the autumn. Though common in the tropics they are rarer than m northern latitudes, and are more frequent im alpine situations than in the plains. The xanthic series of colours are most numerous in situ- ations exposed to the heat and brilliancy of the sun’s rays ; hence their comparative abundance within the tropics in the autumn, and in the plains over the mountains. This latter circumstance seems to have been noticed by the inhabitants of Peru, for we are told that in referring to the colours of the flowers, it is com- mon for them to say, Oro en /a costa, plata en la sierra (gold on the coast, silver in the mountains) ; im the truth of which they are borne out by nature. Yellow is frequent in some natural families, as Composite, where it very generally prevails. Though flowers of the cyanic series are plentifully mixed with the xanthie, their preponderance is in other latitudes or different seasons. Some of the intense blues and violets delight in the clear skies of subtropic regions, whence might be inferred a partiality to a clear transparent atmosphere over one, though warmer, yet often teem- ing with aqueous vapour. Myrtaceae, essentially a tropical family, has not a single blue flower. Fruits, coloured branches or stems, the internal woody structure, can all be ranged under these two heads; thus the number of xanthic woods within the tropics is considerable. I could not neglect the opportunities which have occurred to me to obtain some statistical details respecting the colours of flowers, and a portion of my observations are subjoined in the Table. Central |Sandwich PRESS Califor-| New |Hong Kong, | Colours. America, | Islands, L. 37° N|_ nia, Guinea, China, L. 10° N.|L, 21° N. L. 25° N.| L. 3° S.| L. 22° N. January.) June. July. Noy. | August.} February. RR aetna th vec ctasnledeae sce: Lod bers ee 1 | Greenish-blue ... LE EMNIO eS yccejace eps 1 2 8 5 1 2 cree Wirnlet=DilGe sce scslasadacess 2 4 5 Z 2 BM AOIOY, pad ccxcavens 1 1 1 3 1 1 Violet-red ...... 10 7 12 12 7 8 Redes ik 2 1 kde Te AR 3 . (Orange-red ...... 1 1 +E | Orange.........+- 4 A Wea 4 3 4 = 4 Orange-yellow...| 5 3 4 3 | 6 5 | 5S | Yellow ........0.0. 14 12 6 11 7 11 Yellow-green ...| 4 10 BOs etiaay Me Ay W hikos.52.03 8 7 11 6 15 10 | —le S07 50-150; | 20. | WS@r |. 50e | ~ | | 104 On the Preservation of Objects of Natural History. Or— Cyanic. Xanthic. White. Central America .........00- DOS cen seed -OOb« coeceatne 8 Sandwich Islands............ 12. Seccccute 84 Dei esa seer 7 PNIASHKA icncacaccacseveccteces QO ictcosbece TO cowenctae 1l Galiforniale.s.cceccssccascet DO”. Seckeedes PO ase cses 6 New? Guin ba.ct tececcdeseteecs UD AGE aoe DOM es Bees: 15 Honp Rong pc5.c..5 sete eu ES.) waneeecas PE er 10 In a practical view these colours may be regarded under the three heads of cyanic, xanthic, and white or blanched. The last will be found to bear an unusual proportion in New Guinea, even among its autumn flora, and at a season when the xanthic series 1s predominant ; and this is also important at Hong Kong, but there the month of the year must be taken into considera- tion. In the high latitude of Alashka, as might be expected, the blanched flowers are numerous, and the cyanic series prevails, though in the midst of summer. In California the superiority of the cyanic series over the xanthic is worthy of remark, consi- dering the time of the year, the brilliancy of the atmosphere, its general dryness, and the exposed character of the vegetation ; and still more, as some limited observations made two degrees to the south give an excess to the xanthic series. In Central America January is a month of the dry season and the xanthic colours prevail ; and the same occurs at the Sandwich islands, notwith- standing the general tameness of the flowers of their flora. XII.— On the Preservation of Objects of Natural History for the Microscope. By the Rev. M. J. BerKetey. To Richard Taylor, Esq. My DEAR Sir, King’s Cliffe, Dec. 28, 1844. I wap an opportunity a few days since of mspecting Mr. Thwaites’ collection of Algze at Bristol, and as his mode of preparing the specimens is not perhaps generally known, and as regards utility, is far superior to any other I have seen, I think it may not be disagreeable to some of your readers to have a short notice of it in your Journal. The distinguishing peculiarity of the collection is, that the specimens are ready mounted for the microscope, and preserved in a liquid which retains all their characters perfectly, so that at a moment’s notice any species is ready for inspection m as great perfection as when it was first gathered ; and if any un- usual structure occur, the portion of the plant may be set up and re-examined at pleasure, a pomt which was impossible in many cases before. The value of this method will at once be appre- ciated by all practical algologists, who know that scarcely any On the Preservation of Objects of Natural History. 105 tribe of plants suffers so much by drying as Algz, especially the freshwater Alge. The complicated endochrome, for instance, of Zygnema and allied genera is entirely destroyed by drying; whereas by Mr. Thwaites’ method every peculiarity of structure is admirably preserved, even to the cytoblasts which occur in some species. The method is simple and requires only a little delicacy of ma- nipulation, which indeed may be said of all microscopical prepa- rations. Slips of plate glass of a size convenient for the micro- scope are the best recipient for the specimens. On the centre of these a little square area is insulated with gold size, which must be laid on of greater or less thickness, so as to build up a little wall according to the thickness of the specimen to be mounted. Anumber of these should be prepared ready for use. A solution is then to be made consisting of 1 part alcohol, 14 parts water, and to be accurately saturated with creasote. This should then be filtered through prepared chalk, and the solution allowed to stand for a month in case any precipitate should form ; it must then be decanted for use and kept in a stoppered bottle, and the small portion wanted from time to time should be passed through a piece of linen to prevent any impurity from spoiling the clearness of the preparation. When then it is requisite to mount a specimen, a drop or two of the fluid is placed in the insulated area, the edge having been first lightly retouched with gold size and the specimen floated in the fluid, care being taken to remove all air-globules ; a slip of tale, or, what is better, microscopic glass,a little exceeding the size of the area, is then dropped upon it and pressed gently upon the size, by which means the specimen is hermetically sealed ; a coat or two of gold size is then put round the edges for greater security, and when the whole is perfectly dry, a coat of sealing-wax varnish. Care of course must be taken that the glass, especially that which covers the specimen, is perfectly clean. The slips are all made precisely of the same size, and are placed vertically in little drawers, on the sides of which grooves are made for their recep- tion. A box of the size of a common writing-desk will hold about 250 specimens. Mr. Thwaites finds this solution answer best for freshwater Algz ; for marine Algz he uses generally Goadby’s solution, the formula for which is given in the ‘ Microscopical Journal’ for 1842, p.183. It consists of A ounces of bay salt, 2 ounces of alum, 4 grains of corrosive sublimate, 2 quarts of boiling water. Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Vol. xv. I 106 Prof. Lindley on new Orchidaceous Plants. This does not answer however for freshwater Alge. Some of the specimens of marine Algze, mounted in Goadby’s solution, such as Codium tomentosum, Helminthocladia vermicularis, &e., are adiuni- rable. This method of preparing Aleve certainly requires some little expenditure of care and patience, but it will be found so satisfac- tory in its results as amply to compensate any additional pains ; and when once the requisite arrangements have been made, the trouble in the case of individual specimens from time to time will not be found so great as might be expected. It may be remarked that the method is equally applicable to other microscopical objects, and especially to those of vegetable physiology. I am, my dear Sir, faithfully yours, M. J. BerKeey. XITL.— cD D S © roo) = N sttsesleceeesleeeseeleosees| omg | ey | uvo| ‘au | If | PP | f€%/ 7S) Of) VE enue Li.0€ GO.0€ | $0.08 68:60 | IZL-O€/9VT-08 | “1 »D < 4 | ! S = = “ul d “ure ‘urd ‘ure ; s ue 77) o} p g (oon MN seis) Pio = = lon] 5 7 ul xz ae BSlae | Pl eleolee| | we | Be) Be |B |e lee) 6 | %6 6 cele |e ee a geld | 212 |28| 22) 2 | ez |- as | eS =) ° =a 3 an ° BS. Fi . 49 . _ 3°: ————— =O | oo, 5 Be | OS | § BS yor purg aarys ag : younpurg ; + 28 pos es © bs om ao i : oy ‘KaUyIO -saryuing | * * YOIMSIYD *‘KOUIO OL YSs-sa Lund, | younsiyo i = = ms ¥ i= the ep “FS. To Eee -- - ———- ale o€ = Dn gets! “DUA “A9jIUMLOWIOY T, *1OJIULOIVE Be "KANWUG) ‘asunpyy younpung yD : Russelliana. a . Weigelliana, Z. B. a6: ic } S. Weigelliana, Forb. OT. S alba 79. 58. 2 ae 80. 59. st fs, Crowiana, 60. 83 61. 2. 5. ni ; a S. caprea. are nitens 65. 85. S. tetrapla. 63. S. caprea (androgyna). 86. S. fusca, repens. 66. S. caprea (sphacelata). 87. S. f. prostrata. 67. S. hirta. 88. S. f. ascendens. 68. 89. S. f. argentea. 69. aie ompee 90. S. arenaria. 70abe ee ee vAle Many of these plants are identified with those of Koch by the in- spection of authentic specimens, but we are sorry not to see more observations upon the rank as species or varieties which the several plants are entitled to claim. The valuable synoptical table given with the former fasciculus is not continued in that before us; for this however there is one consolation, namely, that the author states his intention of preparing a third fasciculus in which it will be con- tained. We take the present opportunity of publishing some valuable notes upon Mr. Leefe’s Fasc. I. with which we have been favoured by M. W. Sonder, the distinguished botanist of Hamburg. Salictum Britannicum, Fasc. I. 1. Salix pentandra, L.! 2. S. pentandra, L.! 3. S. amygdalina = S. amygdalina 8, Koch! 4—8. S. amygdalina, Koch ! 9. S. undulata, Hhrh.! 10—13. S. purpurea, Z., et var. 14. S. Lambertiana = S. purpurea, var. 15, 16. S. rubra, Sm.—15 varietas. 17—24. Omnes S. viminalis, Z.! Amenta mascula S. Smithiane ab iis S. viminalis valde diversa sunt. 25, 26. S. Smithiana = S. Smithiana, Koch, et S. lanceolata, Fries ! 27,28. S. Smithiana ?=S,. Smithiana, Koch, et S. lanceolata, Fries. 29. S. Smithiana ? Ramulos juniores a S. Smithiana distinguere nequeo. 30. S. rugosa, Sm., est S. Smithiana, Koch, 2. glabrata, Sonder, quz in ripa Albis prope Hamburg non rara. Royal Society. 277 31—33. S. rugosa est S. Smithiana, Koch. 34. S. rugosa? var. stipularis = S. holosericea, Willd. Mihi gratis- sima est; plantam foemineam antea nondum vidi. 35. S. ferruginea, And., folia—S. holosericea, Willd., valde similis, sed incompleta. 36. S. ferruginea var. = Quoad folia et amenta valde affinis S. Smithiane, Koch, sed tamen distincta videtur. Ab icone in Eng. Bot. Suppl. t. 2665. preter squamas rotundatas non di- stinguenda. 37. S. acuminata = An revera S. acuminata, Sm.? que ad sectio- nem &. viminalis pertinet ? Amenta desunt. An forsan varietas S. cinerez ? 388—42. Omnes forme et varietates S. cineree, L. 43. Salix—an S. aquatica? Longe diversa, est sine dubio forma S. laurine, Sm., confer amenta. Eandem plantam ex hort. bot. Berolinensi, et ex Silesia possideo. 44. S. oleifolia, Sm. ? = Pro var. S. cinereze, L., habeo, sed amenta non vidi. 45. S. aurita, L. = Forma sylvatica apud nos frequens. 46, 47. S. aurita, L.! 48, 49. S. reticulata et S. herbacea. W. Sonper. Hamburg, March 19, 1844. Mr. Van Voorst has just published a very useful “ Catalogue of British Vertebiated Animals, the names derived from Bell’s British Quadrupeds and Reptiles and Yarrell’s British Birds and Fishes: so printed as to be available for Labels.” The label consists of the English and Latin names and a reference to the volume and page of the excellent works above-mentioned. PREPARING FOR PUBLICATION. A History of Infusoria, Living and Fossil: arranged according to “ Die Infusionsthierchen” of C. G. Ehrenberg. By Andrew Pritchard, M.R.1. Microscopic Illustrations of Living Objects, with Researches concerning the Methods of Constructing Microscopes, and Instructions for using them. To which is added, a Supplement on the Verification of Mi- croscopic Phenomena, and an Exact Method of Testing Microscopes. By C. R. Goring, M.D. By Andrew Pritchard, M.R.I. Third Edition. PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES. ROYAL SOCIETY. March 21, 1844.—“ A description of certain Belemnites, pre- served, with a great proportion of their soft parts, in the Oxford clay at Christian Malford, Wilts.” By Richard Owen, Esq., F.R.S., &c., 278 Royal Society. Hunterian Professor of Anatomy and Physiology in the Royal Col- lege of Surgeons. The author describes, in the present paper, specimens of Belemnite, discovered in the Oxford-clay at Christian Malford, Wilts, and which are remarkable for the preservation of many of the soft parts of the animal. After alluding to the various opinions promulgated by different authors respecting the nature and affinities of this ex- tinct animal, he adverts more especially to the discovery of the ink- bag of the Belemnite, which was published in the Zoological 'Trans- actions, vol. ii., and in the Cyclopedia of Anatomy and Physiology (Art. Cephalopoda). This discovery led him, on the strength of deductions from the physiological relations of this organ, to re- move the Belemnite from the Polythalamacea of De Blainville, and place it in the higher order of the naked Cephalopods. The structure of the shell is next discussed, and the spathose dart, or guard, is proved to be the result of original organization, both by its microscopic structure and by the fact that the chambers of the phragmocone have not been infiltrated by mineral substance in any of the specimens described: the name phragmocone being applied to the chambered and siphonated conical division of the compound shell of the Belemnite; and the term alveolus being restricted, in the present paper, to the socket or cavity at the base of the guard, in which the phragmocone is lodged. A detailed description is given of the sheath of the phragmocone and of the structure of the cham- bers. The state of preservation of the present specimens has enabled the author to describe the form and extent of the mantle—its con- tinuation over the exterior of the shell, and the arrangement of its muscular fibres. The animal is provided with two lateral fins of a semi-oval figure, which are attached to the middle of the mantle, in advance of the spathose dart. The muscular fibres of the fins, the infundibulum and its muscles are next described ; and also the head, the eyes, which are large and sessile, and the cephalic arms, which are eight in number; together with traces of two slender superadded tentacula. The ordinary arms are furnished with a double alternate row of sharp horny hooks, as in some existing species of Onychoteuthis, but the arms are relatively longer. ‘Their muscular structure is traced in the fossil specimens, and compared with that in the recent Decapoda. The ultimate, or primitive fibres of the muscles of the Belemnite agree in size with those inthe Onychoteuthis ; but the character of the transverse striz, which is feebly developed in the primitive muscular fibre of the Ce- phalopods, is not preserved in the fossil. Of the interior organs of the Belemnite, besides the ink-bag and duct, which had been be- fore discovered by Drs. Buckland and Agassiz, the remains of the horny lining of the gizzard are preserved in the present fossils. Thus the deduction that the higher, or dibranchiate type of Ce- phalopodal organization is necessarily associated with the presence of the atramental apparatus, is established by the demonstration, in these fossil Belemnites, of a fleshy mantle, inclosing the shell, and provided with a pair of muscular fins, of large and sessile eyes, and of few, but large and complex cephalic arms. Royal Society. 279 The author concludes by pointing out the more immediate affini- ties of the Belemnites, and showing that it combines characteristics which are now divided amongst distinct genera: as, for example, first, a complex internal shell, divisible into the same principal parts as that of the Sepia, but one of which has, secondly, the same essen- tial chambered structure as the shell of the Spirula; thirdly, unci- nated cephalic arms, as in the Onychoteuthis; and lastly, an ad- vanced position of rounded fins, as in the Spirula and Lossia. The paper is illustrated by drawings of the specimens described, with microscopic views of the shell and muscular tissue, and a re- storation of the Belemnite according to the data afforded by the pre- sent fossils. June 20.—“On the Structure of the Ultimate Fibril of the Muscle of Animal Life.” By Erasmus Wilson, Esq., Lecturer on Anatomy and Physiology in the Middlesex Hospital; ina Letter addressed to Peter Mark Roget, M.D., Sec. R.S. Communicated by Dr. Roget. By resorting to peculiar methods of manipulation, and employing a microscope of more than ordinary power, the author, with the assistance of Mr. Lealand, has succeeded in discovering the real structure of the ultimate muscular fibril, in a specimen taken from the arm of a strong healthy man immediately after its amputation. He finds each fibril to be composed of minute cells, disposed in a linear series, flattened at their surfaces of apposition, and so com- pressed in the longitudinal direction as to leave no marginal in- dentation on the surface; thus constituting a uniform cylinder, divided into minute subdivisions by transverse septa, which are formed by the adherent surfaces of contiguous cells. ‘The diameter of the fibril, in the state of relaxation, is the 20,000th part of an inch. The cells are filled with a transparent substance, to which the author gives the name of Myoline, and which differs in its re- fractive density in different cells. In four consecutive cells the myoline is of greater density than in the four succeeding cells, and this alternation is repeated throughout the whole course of the fibril. In consequence of all the fibrils composing the ultimate fasciculus having the same structure, and the cells, which are in lateral juxta- position, containing myoline of the same density, they act similarly on light, and the whole presents, to the eye of the microscopic ob- server, a succession of striz or bands, dark and luminous alternately, and transverse to the direction of the fasciculus; an appearance which has been noticed by preceding observers, but of which the cause had not hitherto been ascertained. A dark stria may occa- sionally appear as a luminous one, and vice versd, when viewed by light transmitted at different degrees of obliquity. The structure here described, the author remarks, reduces the muscular fibre to the simple type of organization exhibited in the combination of a series of cells, associating it with other tissues of cell formation, and will probably, he thinks, open new sources of explanation of the immediate agency of muscular action, a power hitherto’involved in the deepest mystery. “On the Reproduction of lost parts in Myriapoda and Insecta.” 280 Royal Society. By George Newport, Esq., F.R-C.S., President of the Entomo- logical Society of London, and Corresponding Member of the Phi- lomathic Society of Paris. Communicated by P. M. Roget, M.D., Sec. R.S. It has long been known that the limbs of Crustacea and Arach- nida, accidentally lost or designedly removed, are, in course of time, replaced by the growth of new limbs; and the same power of re- production has been stated to have been observed in the Phasme, insects which undergo neither metamorphosis nor any change of habits. But whether such a power exists in those insects, such as the Lepidoptera, which undergo a complete metamorphosis, changing not only their form, but also their food and mode of life, in passing from the larva to the adult state, has been considered as very doubt- ful. ‘The instances in which the reproduction of lost parts appeared to have occurred in some of the Myriapoda, were attributed to im- perfect or arrested development. With a view to determine these unsettled points, the author commenced, in the summer of 1841 and 1842, a series of direct experiments on this subject in the Myri- apoda; and in the present summer he has extended them to the Lepidoptera. The results of his labours are given in the present memoir. In some specimens of Iulus, from which he had removed the an- tenn and some of the legs, the lost organs were found to be com- pletely reproduced after the next change of integument; differing from the original organs only in their smaller size, and the incom- plete development of some of their minuter parts. Thesame results followed from similar experiments made on the Lithobris during the earlier periods cf its growth. One individual of this genus, which had already acquired the tenth pair of legs, was by accident deprived of the eighth, ninth and tenth pair; at the next change of skin it not only developed two additional pair of legs, but also reproduced the three pair which had been lost. Some time after this it again lost one of the legs of the twelfth pair; a loss which was repaired at the next change by the growth of a new leg, while those pre- viously reproduced acquired an increase of size. The first observation which led the author to believe that true in- sects might possess the power of reproducing lost parts, was that of a specimen of Phasma in the collection at the British Museum, in which the right anterior leg had evidently been reproduced. He then instituted a series of experiments on the larva of the Vanessa urtice, or common nettle butterfly, which belongs to the order Lepidoptera, and undergoes complete metamorphosis. He removed some of the true legs of the larva, sometimes in their tibial portion, and sometimes at their base: in the first case, parts similar to those removed were invariably reproduced in different states of develop- ment, and in the latter, entire new limbs were formed ; in some in- stances, at the second change of the larva, when it passed into the pupa state; but in two or three instances no reproduction took place. At first view, this difference in the results might appear to favour the opinion that this reproduction of limbs depends on the Royal Society. 281 existence of parts especially adapted to perform this function, and which, in those experiments that had failed to exhibit the phano- menon, had been themselves removed. But the author found that in every instance of the mutilations thus practised, the perfect in- sect possessed a coxa, or basilar part of the limb; and this was the case even in those in which a new organ was not reproduced. From this fact, taken in conjunction with the formation of new entire limbs in the Iulidw after the removal of every portion of the previous ones, the author infers that the power of reproduction resides in the whole of the organized tissues. The author found that each newly produced limb is, in every case, composed of all its essential parts, namely coxa, femur, tibia, tarsus and claw; but its development is scarcely ever entirely nor- mal, being either deficient in some of the tarsal joints, or irregular in the development of its armature. The following are the general conclusions which the author de- duces from his investigations. Slight wounds in the larva of insects always heal, except when the viscera have protruded, or excessive hemorrhage has occurred: severe wounds, such as those attending the excision of a limb, also frequently heal. It is when the wound is in the line of action of the principal muscles of the body that pro- trusion of the viscera takes place. For the healing of wounds, the first requisite is the arrest of the hemorrhage ; and this is effected, as in the higher animals, by the coagulation of the blood, and the formation of a clot; and then a complete union of the separated parts takes place beneath the eschar formed by the clot. After this union, the reparation of the injury is commenced by a development, from the injured surface, of parts corresponding to those that had been removed. For the production of a new limb, one change of skin, at least, is necessary. The healing of the wound after the removal of a part, and the subsequent reproduction, although they do not prevent, yet certainly retard the natural changes. Lastly, the author has established the fact, that reproduction of lost parts takes place in metabolic as well as in the ametabolic articulata. Feb. 6th and 13th, 1845.—“On the Structure and Development of the Blood.—First Series. The development of the Blood-Cor- puscle in Insects and other Invertebrata, and its comparison with that of Maa and the Vertebrata.” By George Newport, Esq., F.R.C.S., President of the Entomological Society, &e. Communicated by P. M. Roget, M.D., Sec. R.S. The author commences his paper by remarking, that he was led to the present inquiry by some curious facts relating to the blood of insects, which attracted his notice while engaged on the last paper he presented to the Royal Society, on the reproduction of lost parts in insects and Myriapoda. Some of these facts lie is desirous of making known at once to the Society, preparatory to his offering them more extended researches on the blood of the Invertebrata, and its comparison with that of the higher animals. The chief purpose of the author in the present paper, is to show the analogy which exists between the different corpuscles in the Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Vol. xv. X 282 Royal Society. blood of insects and of the Vertebrata, to trace the changes which the former undergo as compared with those of the latter, and to show that in development and function they are analegous to secre- ting cells. In pursuance of this object, he premises a brief notice of what little was already known respecting the corpuscle in the Articulata, and of the different descriptions given of it by Carus, Spence, Wag- ner, Bowerbank, Edwards, Baly and some later observers, all of whom have described it differently, one only, Mr. Bowerbank, ha- ving correctly indicated its form. He then proceeds to state, that while engaged on other observa- tions in June last, he found that the oat-shaped corpuscles which are so abundant in the caterpillar state of the insect, almost entirely dis- appear before the insect has arrived at the perfect, or butterfly state, in which, a few days after the insect is fully developed, scarcely a single oat-shaped corpuscle is to be found; but that in the place of these, there are numerous very minute rounded bodies, spherules, and also many flattened, obtusely oval or barrel-shaped, double con- cave discs. Both these forms of corpuscle have molecular move- ments, which are most energetic in the spherules. He next makes some general observations on the composition of the blood of the Invertebrata, and questions the accuracy of Profes- sor Wagner's view in regarding the blood of these animals as analo- gous only to the chyle of the Vertebrata, at the same time stating his belief that it is not only analogous to true blood, but that it un- dergoes a continued succession of changes through the agency of the corpuscles. These minute bodies first derive nourishment, and the means of growth and increase from the fluid portion of the bload, and afterwards, when they have become fully developed, undergo dissolution, and help to supply the waste of the fluid that has been expended on the nourishment of the different structures, leaving other little bodies, which also undergo development, to assist in the further elaboration of this fluid. He states also, that the develop- ment of these latter bodies appears to have a certain relation to the type of each particular class of animals; and remarks that in the Vertebrata the size of the corpuscle is perhaps in a ratio inverse to that of the activity and extent of the function of respiration. The author states that he has been led to these views, which ap- pear to him to apply to animals generally, by an examination of the corpuscles, and by watching the changes which take place in the blood in lepidopterous insects, and he points out their accordance with those of Wagner, Henle, and Wharton Jones, with regard to the function of the corpuscles; but proposes to give the details on which his own view respecting the size of the corpuscle is founded on a future occasion. He then enters more particularly on the consideration of the forms of corpuscle in the blood in the Articulata, which he marks as four ; although, he observes, these are in reality only so many stages of development of one ultimate structure. These forms are,—/irst, the molecules, which he regards as comparable to the molecules observed Royal Society. 283 in the chyle of Vertebrata by Mr. Gulliver; secondly, the nucleated or oat-shaped corpuscle, which he believes with Waguer are analo- gous to the white or chyle corpuscles of Vertebrata; thirdly, the spherules, ov minute rounded bodies developed from the oat-shaped corpuscle, and which he believes are analogous to the free nucleoli of Valentin, and probably to the very minute white, opake granules constantly observed in the blood of Vertebrata; and lastly, the dises, which are further developments of the spherules, and analogous to the true red blood-dises of the higher animals, and which, as he states in a subsequent part of his paper, in his examination of the blood of the human foetus, he believes that he has also traced from the white, opake granules or spherules. The author then proceeds to describe these forms of the cerpuscle in insects more minutely, and enters into considerable detail with reference to the oat-shaped corpuscle, tracing it from its earliest distinct form, before any nucleus is perceptible in it; and shows that the nucleoli which constitute this body are gradually increased in number, until the corpuscle has attained its full size, when it first changes its form and becomes shorter, then rounded, and afterwards entirely breaks up and liberates the nucleoli that have been deve- loped within it. This change of form he shows always takes place very rapidly in all the oat-shaped corpuscles, large and small, when out of the body, and to this circumstance he attributes the diversity in the descriptions that have been given by various observers of the form of the corpuscle. He shows also, that, with reference to the function of this body, the corpuscles are usually found in greatest number during the act of breaking up, immediately before the larva is preparing to change its skin, at which time the blood is extremely coagulable ; and that there are fewest corpuscles, or that there is the greatest number of small corpuscles of this kind, soon after the cater- pillar has again begun to feed. When the insect has assumed the pupa state, nearly the whole of these corpuscles are broken up. The greatest abundance of them are found in the act of changing on the third or fourth day of the pupa, after which the number of these corpuscles is gradually lessened, until, when the insect has entered the perfect state, very few remain. When the change to the perfect insect occurs, there is another opportunity of watching the function of this corpuscle. When the wings are being expanded and still soft, a few oat-shaped corpuscles circulate through them; but as the wings become consolidated, these corpuscles appear to be arrested, and break down in the circulatory passages, supplying directly the material for the consolidation of these structures, as appears to be shown in the entire arrest of circulation in these parts, and by the granular remains of the corpuscles which may be seen by transmitted light in a wing completely denuded of its scales on the upper and under surfaces. The spherules and dises of the perfect lepidop- terous insect are then noticed, and some peculiar clavate or fiddle- shaped bodies, which appear to be the transition forms between spherules and discs, are pointed out as occurring in the blood of one of the night moths, Xylophasia polyodon, and also in the butterfly X 2 284 Linnean Society. soon after it has left the pupa state. These facts are regarded as proofs, by direct observation, of the function of the corpuscle, and of its analogy, both in function and development, to the secreting cells of glands. In the second division of his paper, the author draws some com- parisons between the blood-corpuscles of insects and the Vertebrata, and gives the details of a series of observations on the blood of a human fcetus that was born alive at the end of the sixth month. The blood of the parent, and of the placenta, was examined, and also of different parts of the body of the foetus a few hours after death. The general results observed were, that the blood of the parent contained a very large quantity of white chyle corpuscles, and was extremely coagulable: the blood of the placenta contained, beside an abundance of chyle corpuscles, red blood-dises of ex- tremely variable sizes, the largest being one-third or one-fourth larger than those of the mother, and the smallest scarcely more than one-fourth as large as the largest. There were also an immense abundance of molecules and nucleoli, from which latter the red blood- discs appeared to be developed. ‘The blood of the vein and lungs presented a similar irregular condition as to size of the corpuscles, while that of the left auricle of the heart, aorta and arteries of the cord was more uniform in its character. From these observations the author concludes, that the blood of the Vertebrata is analogous in its mode of development to that of the insects and other Inverte- brata, and that the red blood-discs are the ultimate developments of the opake white granules or nucleoli of the blood. LINNZZ AN SOCIETY. December 17, 1844.—R. Brown, Esq., V.P., in the Chair. Dr. Lankester, F.L.S., exhibited a specimen of an Agaric in which gills were developed on a portion of the surface of the pileus, directly over the stipes, resulting apparently from an extension of the growth of the stipes, and a rupture of the external membrane of the pileus, throwing up the internal or gill-producing membrane. Read, ‘‘ Additional Remarks on the Spongilla fluviatilis.” By John Hogg, Esq., M.A., F.R.S., F.L.S. &e. In this paper Mr. Hogg commences by claiming a priority to M. Laurent in the discovery of the locomotive germ-like bodies of Spon- gilla, and in comparing them with the spontaneously moving spo- rules of Ectosperma clavata of Unger. In proof of this priority he refers to his memoir, published in 1840, in the eighteenth volume of the Society’s Transactions, in the first part of which, read before the Society on the 18th of December 1838, those bodies are described as having been observed by him in August 1838, and are compared with the locomotive sporules of the Hctosperma. An abstract of this part of Mr. Hogg’s memoir appeared in the ‘ Proceedings’ of the So- ciety at the beginning of 1839, and was reprinted in the number of the ‘ Annals of Natural History’ for March 1839. Of these several publications Mr. Hogg states that no notice is taken by M. Laurent Linnean Society. 285 in his recent work entitled ‘Recherches sur l'Hydre et I’ Eponge d’Eau douce,’ Paris 1844, in which the discovery of the locomotive germs of the freshwater sponge is apparently claimed by the author as his own. Mr. Hogg then proceeds to remark on the discrepancies of authors with regard to the existence of cilia on these bodies, and on the spores of the Ectosperma. He accounts for his having overlooked them in the Spongilla, on the supposition that the germs which he observed under a very high power of the compound microscope had reached the period when, as M. Laurent states, “ils perdent leurs cils pour toujours,” and notices that it appears, from M. Thuret’s recent observations, that the same circumstance occurs in the spores of the Ectosperma. This resorption or disappearance of the cilia after a certain period will readily account for the denial of their ex- istence by practised microscopical observers. The existence of cilia subservient to locomotion is far from deter- mining, in Mr. Hogg’s opinion, the question of the animal nature of the bodies to which they belong, although the zoocarpic theory, which he regards as most improbable, appears to be still gaining ground. He believes the motive power of the cilia of the sporules of Spongilla and the Alge, as also of the Sea-Sponges, to be depen- dent on some peculiar organization not connected (as in the loco- motive gemmules of a zoophyte) with any muscular apparatus; un- less indeed, as he has before suggested, mere endosmosis and exos- mosis should be found sufficient to produce it. For these and other reasons which are detailed in his paper, Mr. Hogg still believes both the River and Sea-Sponges to be vegetable productions, and thinks that “ until they shall be discovered to pos- sess a stomach or a gastric sac, no zoologist can possibly consider them to belong to the Animal Kingdom.” January 21, 1845.—R. Brown, Esq., V.P., in the Chair. A Note was read, addressed to the Secretary, by John Curtis, Esq., F.L.S. &c., containing the description of a cocoon of the Emperor Moth (Saturnia Pavonia-minor), which on being longitudinally divided was found to have internally, in place of the chrysalis, a series of cells so analogous to those represented by Mr. Curtis in the nine- teenth volume of the Society’s ‘ Transactions,’ plate xxxi. fig. 5, as to leave no doubt on his mind that the woolly masses there exhibited are the cocoons of some large South American Bombyz, and that the substance of the caterpillar has been converted into cells by the larva of the Tenthredinidous insect. But although the theory of the nest there figured having been constructed by an insect of that family is thus set aside as erroneous, it is only to make evident a still greater anomaly in its economy, viz. that its larve are parasitic. In the present instance Mr. Curtis was unable, after the most rigid scrutiny, to find any vestige of a perfect insect. A dried and broken maggot was all that could be perceived, and its fragments on being put to- gether bore more resemblance to the larve of the Ichneumonidae than to those of the Tenthredinide. 286 Zoological Society. Mr. Curtis states that the cells most analogous to these are those formed by the Microgaster alvearia, which are as regular as those of a honey-comb, and adds that it appears from a notice in the ‘ Trans- actions of the Entomological Society,’ vol. iii. p. 35, that the pupze of the Eggar-moths are also infested by parasitic Ichneumonide. A sketch of the cocoon of the Emperor Moth and of the cells formed by its parasitic inhabitants accompanied the note. Read also, ‘‘Some Notes on the Natural History of Norfolk Island,” extracted from the papers of Capt. Alexander Maconochie, R.N., late Lieutenant-Governor of the island. ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY. August 13, 1844.—Professor Owen, V.P., in the Chair. The following notes from Sir Robert Heron, on the Jerboas in his collection, were read :— «June 14th, 1844.—The Jerboas were received into this mena- gerie in June 1843. They are in a box full of cotton: the box is in a room five and a half feet by four and a half, floored with wood, and warmed by a flue which has always been heated at night; the room opens into a pen secured with wire, nine and a half feet by eight and ahalf. They have been offered many kinds of food, but eat only wheat and lettuce ; they have never been seen to drink, but from the water diminishing and their parting with a considerable quantity of urine, we have no doubt of the fact. On the 14th of May last they produced two young ones; on the 12th inst. these young ones are still blind and unable to walk, also nearly naked, but they are grown and appear to be healthy: it is intended to make a pit in their abode about two feet square, filled with earth, where they may burrow. « June 29.—It was not till their fifth week that the young Jer- boas appeared to have the use either of their eyes or limbs; they had still little fur, but were a good deal grown. Now, being forty-six days old, they are about three-quarters grown, are well-clothed and active; they have been seen to eat corn, and are apparently quite established. A second box has been put into their chamber, and last night all four had removed into it. They have never been seen to drink, but it is thought they do so, as the water is sometimes di- minished. « July 20.—The young Jerboas are now exactly like the old ones.” «Description of the Felis Melanura,” by R. Ball, Esq., Secretary to the Royal Zoological Society of Ireland. “ Felis melanura, n. s. ?—Size larger than the Margay, but propor- tionately slighter ; on the fore-toes are longitudinal black stripes, on the hind-toes spots. Three irregular narrow stripes of white on the sides, connected by anastomosing branches, divide the coloured part into island-like irregular spaces, which are black on the edges, shading into fulvous in the centre ; these island-like spaces are spotted with black. The tail nearly touches the ground, is pointed and black, save at the under part near the anus, where it is marked with Zoological Society. 287 a little white, and shows as it were an imperfect attempt at annula- tion. ‘The back is black, with a bright fulvous fleur-de-lis sort of marking on the neck; a narrow band of fulvous crosses below the scapule, from which run at right angles down the back to the rump two indistinct stripes of the same colour, about haif an inch apart ; the inside of the ears is fulvous, the outside black, with a white spot on each; the belly white, beautifully but irregularly spotted with black ; a very distinct black band crosses the chest ; a white spot on the lower eyelid and another longer on the upper; the cheeks are ful- vous, striped with black ; the forehead is fulvous, ornamented with black, two stripes of which run up the forehead from the eyes, parallel to each other; they are connected together above : immediately over the eyes are four longitudinal spots ; above these may be traced three more irregular, and over these three, two, the three sets of spots being as it were ranged in ranks. The fulvous colour is chiefly con- fined to the fore-part of the animal. It was presented to the Royal Zoological Society of Ireland in the beginning of 1843 by Paymaster J. M‘Creagh, of the 32nd Regiment. The foregoing description was taken in January 1844, and the animal was presented to the London Zoological Society in May 1844: when first obtained its colouring was very indistinct and confused; since the description was written some trifling change has taken place, particularly in the extension of the white on the tail, which makes the name not quite so applicable as it was.” Mr. Prichard read his paper ‘On the Crania of the Laplanders and Finlanders, with observations on the differences they presented from other European races.” *« Little has hitherto been done to elucidate the physical characters of the Ugrian or Ugorian races, under which term late writers have comprised the Finns and Lappes, the Magyars or Hungarians, and several nations of Siberia*. “This is owing to the fact that but few specimens of the skulls of these nations exist in any of the collections in Europe, and few and by no means perfect descriptions of them have been published. Blumenbach has given in his ‘ Decades Craniorum’ a representation of the skull of a Lappe, and he describes it as approaching altogether to the Mongolian variety. Dr. Hueck gives an account of the ap- pearance and general physical characters of the Esthonian Finns, and sums up his observations by pointing out some very considerable differences which he finds between theiu and the Mongolian form ; in fact he says that he can discover nothing common to the Mongo- lian and Esthonian skulls, except a certain squareness of figure, which is not constant. ** From these statements we should be led to suppose that there is a great difference between the skulls of the Finns and Lappes, and we should be inclined to adopt the opinion maintained by Lehrberg, that they are two separate and distinct races, his argument being * Der Ugrische Volkstamm von F. H. Miiller. 288 Zoological Society. founded upon the moral as well as the physical diversities between them*, ** On the other hand, the history of the people, and especially the great similarity of their languages, go far to prove a near relationship between the Finnish and Lappish nations; nor is a greater or less degree of civilization to be looked upon as a proof of diversity of origin, although it may be the cause of all the moral, and possibly of the physical differences also, which exist between the Finns and Lappes. “From this uncertainty it becomes much more important to ascer- tain, by the examination of their skulls, what the physical character- istics of each nation are, and whether they exhibit any points of resemblance which may confirm the supposition that there is affinity between them, or whether, on the contrary, a sufficient degree of dissimilarity can be made out, from an accurate examination, to en- title us to set them down as separate races, and to class them with different grand divisions of the human species; whether, in short, these differences, if any such are found, are more than can be ac- counted for by the diversity of climate and modes of life which are well known long to have existed between them. ‘The examination of these skulls for the purpose of furnishing an accurate description of their appearance is interesting in another point of view. In Scandinavia and in Denmark there are numerous tumuli which contain osteological remains of former inhabitants, and it is a disputed point whether they are the remains of a Finnish ab- original stock or of Cimbrian or some unknown race, since they differ from the old German remains. Now if we could establish a correct notion of the Finnish description of skull, we should have no diffi- culty in deciding whether the remains before mentioned belonged to this stock. ** Having four specimens of these skulls, two of Finns and two of Laplanders, which my father has received through the kindness of Dr. Ilmoni and Mr. Daniel Wheeler, of Bristol, I have an opportunity of examining their peculiarities and of comparing them with each other and with the skulls of other Europeans, Chinese, American Indian, and the Esquimaux, the latter of which is a most remarkable specimen of the pyramidal and broad-faced skull. “Upon taking a general view of these skulls, there are no remark- able features which strike us so forcibly as those which we see in the conformation of the Esquimaux. In fact, the only point worthy of notice here, before we commence the particular description, is a de- gree of general breadth in the face superior to that which is seen in the European generally, which gives to the whole an appearance of squareness when the lower jaw is attached, and causes the actual shortness of the face, which is remarkable in these skulls, to become still more apparent. The general resemblance between the Finnish * Lehrberg, iiber die Wohnsitte der Jemen, ein Beitrag zur Geschichte Neu-Finnlands, in Untersuchungen zur Erlaiiterung der alten Geschichte Russlands. Zoological Society. 289 skulls and those of the Lappes is as strong as between four average European crania, even belonging to the same nation, and altogether their contour decidedly approaches what Blumenbach calls the Mon- golian form of skull, the head appearing, as it has been noticed by an ocular observer, ‘ of the shape of a pent-house.’ “It will be found, however, that it is more especially in a close and minute examination that differences are seen to exist between the Lappes and Finns, on the one hand, and the European skulls on the other. “« Viewed from above and behind, there is a slight difference obser- vable between the Finn and the Lappe : the posterior part of the Lappe is larger than the anterior, while the form of the Finn is more regu- lar and rounded ; that is, the line between the parietal protuberances exceeds the transverse diameter of the forehead more in the Lappe than in the Finn. I find, however, that there is equal difference in this respect between two European skulls even of the same nation. Again, from the same point of view the skulls of the Lappes present a central eminence or ridge, upon looking at the outline of the fore- head (being the line of junction of the two halves of the frontal bone), which is much less marked, in fact scarcely discernible in the Finn, and altogether absent in the European, being on the contrary very strikingly prominent in the Esquimaux. Examined anteriorly, how- ever, a general view of these skulls gives us exactly opposite results ; for the sagittal suture, which is now the median line, and the con- tinuation backwards of the frontal suture of early life, upon looking at the outline or horizon of the skull, is seen to project decidedly more in the Finn than in the Lappe; in both more than in other Europeans. Hence we may fairly lay down, that the skulls of the Finns and Lappes have (as far only as the vault of the cranium, ex- clusive of any effect produced by the width of the face, allows us to conclude, ) more tendency to the pyramidal form than the European, but less than the Esquimaux. « Examining these skulls anteriorly, taking into consideration the face, the triangular form is very evident, partly in consequence of the fact above mentioned respecting the vault of the cranium, and partly in consequence of the great width between the external sur- faces of the malar bones, which in actual measurement in the two Lappes and the two Finns exceeds the length of the same diameter in other Europeans by at least half an inch, and in one case by nearly an inch, being equal to the same diameter in the Esquimaux ; in the latter, however, which exhibits the pyramidal shape in a remarkable degree, the form is owing as much to the shape of the forehead as to the lateral projection of the anterior roots of the zygomatic pro- cesses. This width across the face is, as has been correctly observed by Dr. Hueck, not owing to the increased breadth or altered shape in the malar bone, so much as to the altered width and direction of the malar process of the superior maxillary bone. «The outline of the external surface of this bone, viewed from a point exactly in front of the skull; that is to say, the line which runs from the furthest molar tooth that is visible from this point to 290 Zoological Society. the suture connecting the malar and superior maxillary bones, is, in the generality of European crania, either vertical, or sometimes even inclined inwards and upwards in the first part of its course, after- wards turning outwards to form the commencement of the zygoma. In the Esquimaux this line runs obliquely upwards and outwards, at an angle of 45° from its commencement; and in the skulls of the Finns and Lappes it is intermediate to the two directions, being however still inclined outwards. This obliquity is also decidedly more marked in the Finns than in the Lappes. ‘Upon this the anterior view, more of the lateral aspect of the lower jaw is seen than is ordinarily observed, in consequence partly of the greater distance between the condyles, which will be again noticed in the examination of the base of the skull, and partly from the fact that the angles project more in a lateral direction, the entire bone being apparently more developed than in other Europeans. ** With respect to some more minute points regarding these skulls, the superciliary ridges are well-marked, the ossa nasi, and the ascend- ing processes of the superior maxillary bones present a flatter and broader anterior surface than the European, and the cavities and fora- mina are well-marked. [In all these four skulls the supraorbital opening for the frontal nerve and artery is a complete foramen upon the left side, and merely a notch upon the right. ] «In consequence of the greater width of the superior maxillary bone, the shape of the circumference of the orbit is not so round as in the generality of European skulls, where the external inferior angle is the lowest, but it is square, with the angles rounded; and for the same reason the space for the antrum is increased, while the depth of the infraorbital or canine fossa is very materially decreased : in one of the Finnish skulls this surface, from the inferior edge of the orbit to the alveolar processes, is almost plane. There is nothing remarkable in the nasal aperture. The shape of the orbit differs materially from that of the Esquimaux, where it is almost round, and from that in the skull of an Indian of the Sioux tribe, where it much resembles the European. «The distance from the inferior edge of the nasal aperture, that is, from the anterior nasal spine to the margin of the alveolar process, is in every specimen of these skulls of the Finns and Lappes decidedly less than in any other European with which I have compared them. The teeth are much ground. «A lateral view of these crania shows that the forehead is some- what more receding than in the generality of Europeans, although the difference is not great, probably not more than is frequently seen be- tween two specimens of the same tribe. «The general shape of the head resembles that of the European anteriorly, but the posterior part does not project so much. ‘There is a marked difference between the posterior projection of the Finns and Lappes and that of the Esquimaux, the latter being much more prominent. «‘ The line which represents the outline of the ossa nasi, &c., 7. e. the profile of the face of the skull, presents much less marked irregulari- Zoological Society. 291 ties than the European in general. ‘Thus although, as I have before observed, the superciliary ridges are well-marked, the frontal bone does not overhang the ossa nasi, as in the latter, where a decided angle is formed. In the Esquimaux the line from the forehead to the nose is nearly straight, and in the skulls of an Indian of the Sioux tribe and a Chitamache Indian the curve is very regular and open. The junction of the nose and forehead in the Lappes and Finns is therefore more angular than either of the three last-mentioned crania, but much less so than the European. “Upon this the side view another remarkable fact is observed. The occipital bone being not so much developed downwards as in other Europeans (we observed just now that it had less posterior projection also), and the posterior edge of the lower jaw, from the condyle to the angle, being longer than in the latter, upon placing the skull upon a table or any plane horizontal surface, the inferior maxilla merely touches it by its angle, not resting upon the base of the jaw, as we observe in the English, Irish, ancient Irish (cast), Sioux, Italian and Mulatto skulls. The only ones which have this character in common with the Lappes and Finns are the Negro and the skull of a Hindu. «The angle of the lower jaw is certainly more obtuse, seen upon comparing skulls in which the molar teeth remain perfect. In the form and direction of the coronoid process there seems to be no great difference. «‘The temporal fosse are well-marked, and in one of the Finnish skulls the anterior inferior angles of the parietal bones are connected to the great wings of the sphenoid by means of an os wormianum upon either side. ‘This is not unfrequentiy the case in other crania. *« The general shortness of the face which has been observed to exist in these skulls, is more plainly seen by viewing them from the side, when we find that the inferior edge of the malar bone is very little higher than the edge of the alveolar process. This is owing not so much to the want of development downwards of these processes, although I have already noticed the shortness of the space between the nose and the mouth, but to the great breadth (from above down- wards) of the malar bone, measured from its free inferior border to its junction with the external orbital process of the frontal bone; and it is a remarkable fact, that this measurement, in all the speci- mens of the skulls of Finns and Lappes, considerably exceeds that of any of the other specimens of European nations, and is equal to that of the Esquimaux and American skulls. The breadth of this surface of the malar bone in one Finn much exceeds that of any which I have had an opportunity of measuring. “Thus the shortness of the face is more apparent upon the lateral view of the cranium, in consequence of the additional width of the malar bone. “The general shape of the basis cranii presents nothing very stri- king, with the exception of the zygomatic arches. The foramen magnum is of a more oval form than usual, and there appears to be scarcely as great a development of the occipital bone. This agrees 292 Zoological Society. with what we observed when considering the lateral aspect of these skulls, and with what has previously been noticed by Dr. Hueck re- specting the space for the cerebellum, which, upon an examination of the interior of the cranium, is said to be small, in consequence of the slight concavity of the inferior occipital fossa. The condyles of the occipital bone are remarkably large, being, in three out of four of these skulls, an inch in the long axis, and in one of them (the Finn) longer. They are not unusually broad. This is not the case in any other European cranium which I have examined, but is seen in the Hindu, Chitamache Indian, and to a certain extent in the Esquimaux. There must doubtless have been a much greater freedom of motion backwards and forwards in these joints than is usually the case. «The zygomatic arches, which are best seen at the base, are much more curved than in the other Europeans, slightly less so than in the Esquimaux ; and the anterior projection of the alveolar processes beyond the anterior termination of the zygoma is also intermediate between the European and the Esquimaux. «The glenoid cavities are flatter, more widely separated, and not so well-defined as in the European generally, and a difference corre- sponding to this is seen in the lower jaw, where the condyles, besides being more widely separated from one another, are also more rounded in form, allowing of a greater degree of lateral motion. In corre- spondence with this fact we also find that the pterygoid processes of the sphenoid bone, especially the external plates, are widened and enlarged, extending farther outwards, affording a greater space for the attachment of the pterygoid muscles, whose duty it is to perform the lateral or grinding motion in mastication. I mentioned above the corresponding fact of the teeth being much worn down. «The ridges for the attachment of the muscles on the palate bone are well-marked, and viewed from below it is seen that the alveolar processes do not project so much from the horizontal part of the palate; that is, that the entire hard palate presents a general curve throughout, instead of being at first plane with a sudden bend, or almost an angle, which is seen at the point where the alveolar pro- cesses are given off in the generality of European skulls. ** These skulls of the Finns and Lappes are very solid and heavy. ** Although this description of the Finnish skulls corresponds in very many respects with that given by Dr. Hueck, yet the examination leads us to an exactly opposite conclusion, viz. that there are very many points in common between the Finn and the races characterized by the pyramidal-shaped skull, and the conclusion with regard to the Lappe corresponds to that which was published by Professor Blu- menbach. Weare hence able to lay down, that there is no important difference between the skulls of the Finns and Lappes, but that, on the contrary, there is a very great resemblance between them; that altogether they are more nearly allied to the Hyperborean form than to the European ; and that if any difference does exist between them, it is that the Finns approach more nearly to this conformation of skull than the Lappes.” Miscellaneous. 293 MISCELLANEOUS. On the Metamorphoses of the Strepsiptera. By Dr. S1zsoxp of Erlangen. Tue species on which Dr. Siebold has made his observations are Stylops Melitta, and Xenos Rossii and Sphecidarum. The diminutive, parasitic Strepsiptera, the giant of which scarcely exceeds one-fourth of an inch in length, are of especial interest to this Society. Discovered and first described by our venerable friend Mr. Kirby, we have adopted the Stylops as our emblem; any elu- cidation of its heretofore obscure natural history must therefore be of particular interest to us. ‘This has been supplied by Dr. Siebold, who now shows that the Strepsiptera undergo a singular metamor- phosis ; that the males and females differ from each other, the me- tamorphosis of the males being complete, they alone being furnished with wings: the females, on the contrary, have neither legs, wings, nor eyes, and greatly resemble larvee. ‘These females are viviparous, and never quit the bodies of the Hymenoptera in which they live as para- sites. The young Strepsiptera, at the moment that they burst the eggs in which they are developed, within the body of the parent, have six legs, and are furnished with organs of manducation. ‘These are the diminutive objects described in Mr. Westwood’s paper, in a former volume of our Transactions, as the parasites of Stylops; and as such they were regarded at first by Klug and also by Dr. Siebold. These little hexapodous larve infest the surface of the abdomen of bees, within which their parent-mothers live and die. In this way the young Stylops is carried into the nests of the Hymenoptera, and escaping on the bodies of the larve, penetrate their soft skins, and become parasites on them as their parents have been in the bodies of the female bees. ‘These larve shed their skins, become apodal, and move very slowly. ‘They have then a distinct mouth and jaws, and a simple cecal intestine, but no anal aperture. The body is formed of nine segments, of which the first is the largest, and may be considered as a cephalothorax. In this state the males are easily distinguished from the females. The cephalothorax of the male larva is conical and arched, and the last segment of the body is straight and pointed. In the females the cephalothorax is trun- cated or rounded in front, and flattened, or scale-like, m the rest of its extent, and the terminal segment of the body is large and rounded.—From the Anniversary Address delivered at the Entomolo- gical Society, Feb. 10, 1845, by the President, G. Newport, F.R.C.S. Description of a new species of Nymphon. By H. D. Goopnsir, Esq. Nymphon giganteum.— With the palpi twice as long as the rostrum, and the last two joints of equal length; with the pincers of the man- dibles very long, slender and linear; and with the oviferous legs longer than the first four joints of the ambulatory legs. Description —The whole animal of a straw-colour, except the 294. Miscellaneous. proximal extremities of the joints of the legs, which are pink-co- loured. ‘I'wo joints of the mandibles somewhat long and rather powerful: the pincers are weak, slender, and almost linear. The palpi are larger than the mandibles, five-jointed, slender, and the first or proximal joint is about one-sixth the length of the second ; the second rather longer than the third and clavate ; the fourth and fifth equal, which last is ovate and slender. The rostrum is hardly so long as the first joint of the mandibles, and is almost linear, ha- ving a very slight dilatation about the middle. It is concealed alto- gether on each side by the mandibles and palpi, and very sliyhtly superiorly by the mandibles alone. The first segment of the body is much larger than any of the following, and is very much dilated an- teriorly, for the attachment of the organs just described ; posteriorly it is also dilated, and gives attachment on either side to the oviferous legs, and dorsally to the occeliferous tubercle, which is erect and truncated. The oviferous legs are very strong, and have the two middle joints robust and short; the distal joints are hispid. The ambulatory legs are long and slender ; the two tarsal joints of equal length, claw strong. Span of the legs 6 inches. The above-described Nymphon is very similar in its characters to Nymphon Johnstoni. 'The forms, however, of the mandibles, palpi and oviferous legs are very different and sufficiently strong to justify the formation of a new species. Taken in the sea at Embleton.—From the Proceedings of the Ber- wickshire Naturalist’s Club, vol. ii. No. xii. DESTRUCTION OF THE ORANGE-TREES IN THE AZORES. So complete have been the ravages of the Coccus of the orange- trees, that one of the Azores, the island of Fayal, lost its entire pro- duce from this cause alone. The usual exportation of fruit from Fayal has been 12,000 chests annually, but in 1843 not a single chest was exported. This injury has already extended to St. Michael’s, and is still continuing; and the inhabitants of the whole of that group of volcanic islands, depending almost entirely on the produce of their orange-groves, and despairing of retrieving their prospects, are fast turning their attention to the cultivation of other objects of com- merce. This amount of injury to a whole population by a diminutive and apparently contemptible insect has been the result of but three years. The effects of this insect on a single article of luxury may fairly be adduced to show that entomological inquiries are deserving of full attention. The orange trade between this country and the Azores gives employment to upwards of 200 sail of vessels; and, as I am credibly informed, the orange trade alone returns to the re- venue of this country an import duty of more than £50,000 per year. M‘Culloch, in his ‘ Dictionary of Commerce’ (1844), has shown that the amount of duty paid by the orange and lemon trade, on an average of three years, ending with and including the year 1842, was #70,833 per year. The number of boxes of fruit, imported for home consumption, on which this duty was levied, amounted to 334,070, Meteorological Observations. 295 » and the estimated number of the fruit at 217,172, 363! The support of the numerous families, the fortunes of the merchants engaged in this commerce, and even the revenue of this country, and the wealth, ay, and even the very existence of a whole population, are thus directly affected by the operations of a diminutive insect.—From the Anniversary Address delivered at the Entomological Society, Feb. 10, 1845, by the President, G. Newport, F.R.CS. METEOROLOGICAL OBSERVATIONS FOR FEB. 1845. Chiswick.— February 1. Sharp frost: snow-showers at night. 2. Clear and frosty: cloudy: clear and frosty. 3. Hazy and drizzly. 4. Overcast: cloudy : frosty. 5. Overcast: fine: clear. 6. Clear throughout: sharp frost at night. 7. Frosty: overcast: clear andfrosty. 8. Overcast: frosty. 9. Clear and frosty : fine: slight frost. 10. Overcast: snowing. 11. Frosty: most intense frost at night, the lowest being 35° below the freezing-point. 12. Intense frost, only 4° above zero at 8 A.m.: dry air and frosty: bright sun: severe frost at night. 13, Overcast : snowing: sleet and rain, 14. Thawing: clear and fine: overcast. 15. Clear and frosty. 16. Fine: densely overcast: frosty. 17. Foggy: fine: clear and frosty. 18. Foggy: hazy clouds. 19. Overcast: clear: frosty. 20, 21. Clear and frosty throughout. 22. Snow-showers: foggy. 23. Snow: rain. 24. Cloudy and cold. 25. Frosty: fine: rain. 26. Clear: fine: densely over- cast. 27, 28. Overcast.— Mean temperature of the month 8° below the average. Boston.—Feb, 1. Cloudy: snow a.m. and p.m. 2. Fine. 3. Cloudy: rain A.M. and p.m. 4. Cloudy. 5. Fine: stormy night. 6. Windy. 7. Fine. 8. Cloudy. 9. Fine. 10. Snow. 11,12. Fine. 13. Cloudy: rain and snow A.M. 14, 15. Fine. 16. Cloudy: rain early a.m. 17,18. Fine. 19. Cloudy. 20. Fine. 21. Foggy. 22. Cloudy. 23. Snow: rainy.m. 24. Cloudy. 25. Fine: rainr.m. 26. Fine. 27. Cloudy. 28. Fine. The above you will find a very cold month; I think you will find nothing like it since February 1838. Sandwick Manse, Orkney.—Feb. 1. Frost: cloudy. 2. Rain. 9%. Bright: cloudy. 4. Cloudy: sleet-showers. 5. Snow-showers, 6. Snow-showers : snow-drift. 7. Snow-showers. 8. Snow-showers: clear. 9, 10. Thaw: cloudy : drops. 11. Clear: showers. 12. Cloudy: showers. 13. Showers. 14. Snow: cloudy. 15. Showers: cloudy. 16. Fog: cloudy. 17. Bright: clear: fine. 18, 19. Fine: cloudy. 20. Showers. 21. Showers: clear: fine. 22. Showers : snow-showers. 23. Showers. 24, Cloudy: clear: aurora. 25. Clear: cloudy. 26. Cloudy: clear: frost. 27. Bright: cloudy. 28. Cloudy: clear. Applegarth Manse, Dumfries-shire.—Feb. 1. Frost. 2. Severe frost: rain p.m. 3. Fine thaw. 4. Frost: thaw ym. 5. Thaw a.m.: frost p.m. 6. Frost: clear and fine. 7,8. Hard frost. 9. Snow. 10. Slight thaw. 11. Snow-showers. 12. Frost AM.: rain p.m. 13. Heavy rain. 14. Frost: shower: snow and hail. 15. Frost: thaw p.m. 16,17. Fine. 18. Fine spring day. 19. Frost: fine. 20. Slight frost: fine. 21. Fine: no frost. 22. Slight frost: snow. 23. Slight frost: fine. 24. Frost: rain p.m. 25. Fresh: fine. 26. Frost a.m.: fine. 27. Frost. 28. Frost: fine. Mean temperature of the month .......s.seeseeeeeeee 34°°5 Mean temperature of Feb. 1844 —......seseeesenees S259 Mean temperature of Feb. for twenty years ...... 36 °0 | OUT 6.0 £6-0 95:6 reegeeleeeeee sees! egg | eau “"g seveee 0£-0 teen el ewweee oe) ‘ou wea 60. eeeces Vz. eeesee ul ‘ou we wewewel ttt ewe ersees QZ. °as "MU ules eeeeee teeeee co. ereeee eeeeee “u "Mm co. [teeret|te"""| OT. ‘ou ‘ou | wye veveaaleeeseeleoeses) OT, 9 ‘9 | wyeo br) ‘Ss | Wye. The a “MUM | “ASS | UTD relgg.g [tty tttt| “mss ‘s | urpeo GriOtC corer] ceeere | eas | mTED sterbe] serene | cage | CITED apes sseeee! ass | cau | w[e9 Vo. See eel terrae 10- ‘as "M wed 80- seeeee CG tenes "MU "MU w[eo ge. eeeeee "MS "MS ‘od | wyRo I jn 9 "as R0- |Z8-0 i) "Ss seeeeeleeenee|es sees! eggs ‘a | ufeo rege | tes) egg [eau | unpeo weecatelecceclscereslevesee| 0g ‘ou | wiyeo ttteeeleeereelterees eeeeee! oc lemuM | “MU QZ- eee ee Tee eee ‘u “M uw[vo jecaieinis Cz. ce “M "Ms | WI[vO QL. [retereter| OL. | cau | ca | weo | OZ. eee e el teeta we weeeee “M ‘ouu we. teveeslececrelecrerslertees! og “mu | UIyvo Bol.S) a} Fi Fo|.2] w earls |] 8 a Bow | og B q2(Foeleidg|/s2 | >| 56 Ou |* = s ° Om * Oo 5 ce Me i te piled “Urey *pulMm *KANMUC) ‘asunpy younpung 7H “uosno]D *- ‘Ady 247 Lg pup {aAUIHS-saTUIW cL] “WBA A 29 fuopuoT «van LE-9€ 99-9€ 6-82 1-17 |P-18 ‘a9 | ¢6¢ | $9€ | cel oF | FE) 62 | SV | 88-6%| 96-62! 08-62 | 08-62 | L9-6% |L16-6z |££6-62| * ‘ms | Of | 396] €€| OF GSE! SE | OG | Z0-08| Z0-0£| F8-6z | £8-62 | 69-62 |816-62 |SP6.6%| “Lz ‘mu | GE | $6e | S08) 6h | OF| GE | ZS | 98-6z| $9-6%) 99.62 | OF-62 | PZ-6% |PZ9-62 |89L-62| -9z s cf | 6% |%€| sb | gz| LE | 6V | OL-6%| 10-08} 8-62 | 06.62 | 28-62 |706-62 911-08 | “cz ‘mu | o€ | €€ |492! PF! EE!) gz | Bh | 00-08} LL-63| S8.6% | 6F-62 | 62-62 |S99-62 |810-0£| “Fz ‘ms | of | gf | Of gE (¢.zE| I€ | PP | Bv-6z| HP-6z| 0€-6z | 67-62 | £9-6% |LLE-6z |LoV.6z| “Ez i) ce | ge! ie! oF | re] 1€ | LE | 99-6) 99-62] 0€.6z | O£.62 | 61-62 |LEP-6z 990-62! *zzO ‘as | PE! gf | SE! oF | Of! oz | FF | £9-64| EL-60| £9.62 | VL-62 | 09-62 |LSL-62 976-62) “12 ‘as | 6€! IV | IE] SV G-Le| 2 | LE | 64:64| gl-62| 98-62 | 26-62 | 98-62 |620-0€ |FOL-0£| ‘oz i) Iv | $6€ | Gz| ov | PE! OT | GE | 16-62] 66-62| L6-6z | 86-62 | 64-62 |£90-0€ |6E1-0£| “61 ‘as | 3eh | £1P | Eh] SP | o€| 12 | IV | 86-6z| L8-62| 96-62 | 18-62 | 21-62 |L00-0£ |1Z0-0€ | *gI ‘ | tp | eb |Sse| br | o€| % | FV | 08-62) 12-62] 08-62 | £L-62 | 79-64 |PH6-6z |656-62| “LI ‘au'| Iv | oF |&E| Sh | PE) se | IP | GL-6z| 02-62) 91-62 | 9L-62 | 89-62 |1S8-62 |106.62| ‘OL ‘mu | 29€ | 6€ | gz! EF G-€€| CE | Sh | L8-6z| 08-62} 08-62 | Z8-6Z | 29-62 |9L8-62 |996-62| “ST ‘ms | of | See | of fer | Se| Le | SP | 08-62! 99-62) SL.6z | 19-62 | OF-6% 969-62 |96L-6z| “FI C ‘us | 1b | $40 | ge! Sb | o€| ce | gf | Gz-6z| g£-62| 0-62 | L9.62 | 8-62 |SSL-62 |8E2-0£ | “EI “ms | £6€ | S6€ | o2 SSE | Sa| ot ze | 94-62) So-0€| 66-6Z | Z1-0€ | 11-0€ |O0V-0€ |60P-0€ | ‘aI se) ©} 6€ | gz| €€} gz} £o | PE | S0-0€| 98-62%] G0-0€ | Z8-6Z | £L-62 088-62 |91z-0£ | “TT ‘as | SCE | ge | of] Le | 6z| Ze | SE | 19-64] 09-62] LP-6z | 09-62% | £5-6% 679-62 |LSL-62| ‘Or ‘as | $GE | $e | gz/ ce | 6%) Lo | 9E | ¥S-6%| Lo-60| 89-62 | GL-62 | 62-62% |P£6.62 |€60-0€ | *6 ‘ou | o€ | tz | Fa! Ph IS-9z| SI | SE | $6-6%| 90-08 | 06-62 | 76-6 | 08-62 |€S0-0€ |S90-08 | *g ‘u | hz | 621 12| bE |¢-Le| LI | 8€ | 80-0€| 60-08} £6-62 | £6-62 | L9-6% |096-62 |696.62 | *L ‘u lz | lo | 62| Le | wf! 6L | EF | 11-08} 20-08} 96-62 | £8.62 | 09-66 |198-62 |0F6-62| ‘9 @ ‘mau | ze} ze | of! br! o£] 1€ | BF | LL-6z| £L-60} OL.6z | L8-6% | $9-62 |1L8-62 |L10-0€ | °S u | ob | SP | 92) 1 | SE| G2 | EF | LL-6z| $6.62) 16.62 | 60-08 | £8-6% [000-08 |POL-08 | “ ‘mu | 2E | ob | o£! LF | 9€| PE | EF | BI-0€| 6-6%) 00-08 | 9L-6% | 99.6% £48.62 |2L6-62| “E ‘au | oF | 2b lot! LE | 1€| 10 | OF | 04-62} L9-6%| 08-62 | 68-62 | 1L-6% |298-62 |786-62 | *% ‘au | %¢z | SE | oz| 9€ | of! Lo | 8E | 88-6%] 26-62) 88-62 | SL-62 | LS-6% |LPL-62 |P28-62 | “I | a kos to eur ur ‘urd “ule : y i -¢ Ee Ee e ey 2e ey | = ee | ¥6. 6 6 ey ua | “xe agar (a ee oe snes |. = AP | Waki’ [-wmung | PF | memo | Wsnmgr [ewarsuuna| 7F | seam [ee : ueee See ee S aaa . = “I9JIWOW IY YT, *LOJIULOIV | = 2 aq ‘sup yunaaddp yo ‘aequa * Ay *Aeyy ay7 &9 {NoLsog ‘MOIMSIHY Jv Ajar0g pounynaysopy ay, fo Uapsvy ayy yo uosdwoy y, “Ay fig apo suoypasasg¢ jvo1d0j040a;a yy THE ANNALS AND MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY. No. 99. MAY 1845. XLI.—Description of a new genus of Calcareous Sponge. By J. S. Bowersank, F.R.S., L.S. &e. [ With a Plate.} DuNSTERVILLIA. Gen. Char.—Sponge calcareous, outer surface arranged in poly- gonal plates or compartments. Body composed of simple, straight, angulated canals radiating from the central axis of the sponge. D. elegans.—Sponge sessile, sacculate, compressed ; ventral ori- fice single, terminal, surrounded by a single or double fringe of erect, simple, ashestiform spicula. External oscula indi- stinet. Spicula of the body simple-double-pointed and tri- radiate. This interesting little sponge was attached to the stem of a new species of Corallina, which I received among a valuable col- lection of Sponges, Zoophytes and Fuci from my kind and libe- ral friend Mr. George Dunsterville, surgeon of Port Elizabeth, Al- goa Bay, after whom I have named it in acknowledgement of the repeated contributions which he has made to our knowledge of the marine natural history of that part of the world. It was found on the beach at Cape Receif, about ten miles from the town. This smgular sponge would naturally fall under Dr. Fleming’s Grantia, if we were to confine ourselves to the brief description which he has given of that genus ; and even under the enlarged generic character given by Dr. Johnston in his ‘ History of the British Sponges,’ there is but a very slight distinction between them. But however well the material may accord with that of Grantia, the structural peculiarities are so strikingly distinct from any species of that genus with which I am acquainted, that I have ventured to make it the type of a new family ; and I have been the more inclined to do so, as, although I know of no recent analogue, yet there is one in the fossil state which is found in Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Vol. xv. tf 298 Mr. J.S8. Bowerbank on a new genus of Calcareous Sponge. one of our oldest geological strata, to which I believe I shall hereafter prove it to be very closely allied. I possess but two specimens of the recent species ; one of them is attached by a broad base to the stem of a Corallina, the other was found detached, but appears to have been based in a similar manner; so far therefore as I can judge from this limited num- ber, the sponge is a sessile species. Plate XVII. figs. 1 and 2. represent them of the natural size. Both of them present the same compressed character, the elon- gated one to a greater extent of the two; and this compression, it is evident from the mode of disposition and the proportions of the radiating canals, is natural, and not the effect of collapse from drying. The ventral orifice in the larger specimen is nearly closed, and in the smaller one entirely so, by a thick fringe of long, attenuated, asbestiform spicula, which converge towards a point opposite the centre of the orifice ; surrounding the base of this terminal frmge there is a second thin fringe of similar spicula based upon a rmg slightly raised from the surface of the sponge. The latter radiate at nearly right angles from the surface of the animal; but as these appendages have evidently suffered much from mutilation, it may be that the second one is but the outer portion of one mass of spicula surrounding the great excurrent orifice. The external surface of the sponge is composed of polygonal plates or compartments, usually four-, five- or six-sided, as repre- sented by Plate XVII. fig. 3. with a power of forty-five hnear, and also by fig. 4. with a linear power of nmety-four. In many parts of the surface they present the appearance of a quincuncial arrangement. Upon examining a section of one of these plates or compart- ments made at right angles to the natural surfaces, the outer portion was found to be composed of a layer of minute, simple- double-pointed spicula, with their axes at right angles to the outer surface of the plate ; and immediately beneath these there is a mass of large triradiate spicula, many of which have one ray much exceeding in length either of the other two ; and this occurs more especially when they are in the neighbourhood of the under surface of the layer of simple spicula, and in these cases the long ray is usually imbedded amid the simple spicula of the outer layer. Plate XVII. fig. 7. represents a portion of a section of one of the plates, viewed by transmitted light, with a power of 150 linear. Beneath each of these plates or compartments there is a single large angulated canal, usually four-sided, which passes in a straight line towards the central axis of the sponge. The parietes of these canals are composed of interlacing triradiate spicula, two of the Mr. J. S. Bowerbank on a new genus of Calcareous Sponge. 299 rays of each spiculum being disposed at right angles to the long axis of the canal, while the third projects into it in a diagonal direction towards the outer surface of the sponge. This arrange- ment presents one of the most delicate and beautiful interlace- ments of spicula that I have ever observed. Plate XVII. fig. 6. represents a view of four of the cells by the aid of a Lieberkuhn and a power of 100 linear. The large angulated canals terminate on the inner surface of the sponge with open mouths, which are nearly circular and some- what less in diameter than the cells, the diminution of the aper- tures being produced by a greater accumulation and a closer dis- position of the triradiate spicula. Plate XVII. fig. 5. represents a view of a portion of the inner surface of the longer of the two specimens by the aid of a Lieberkuhn and a power of 100 linear, and figs. 8, 9, and 10. represent simple and triradiate spicula of the outer surface of the sponge by transmitted light and a power of 150 linear. I could not detect the passages by which the incurrent streams of water pass. In most of the plates or compartments near the base of the outer surface of the smaller sponge there was a cen- tral depression, but I could find no perforations. The greater number of the plates in the larger specimen were convex to a considerable extent. When a piece of the sponge was placed in dilute hydrochloric acid it efferyesced and the spicula dissolved rapidly, leaving a small mass of animal matter, from which numerous portions of minute vessels projected. Professor Phillips in his ‘ Figures and Descriptions of the Pa- leozoic Fossils of Cornwall, Devon and West Somerset,’ describes and figures from Sir H. de la Beche’s paper in the ‘ Transactions of the Geological Society,’ vol. ui. pl. 20, a fossil, Spheronites tessellatus, the outer surface of which has a tessellated structure very similar in appearance to Dunstervillia elegans. The Professor and other authors have evidently felt much doubt as to the na- ture of this apparently anomalous fossil, and under this feeling he concludes his observations by saying, “ Meantime I wish to include it in the group to which it bears the most obvious ex- ternal resemblance, and therefore propose to name it for provi- sional reference Spheronites tessellatus.” The great similarity which exists between this fossil and Dun- stervillia struck me forcibly immediately I saw the latter. The external appearance of the plates or compartments in the fossil is precisely that of the recent sponge, and like it, they vary in ha- ving from four to six angles. In one specimen, which exhibits a very complete view of the interior of the fossil, and for the loan of which I am indebted to my friend Dr. Battersby of Torquay, Y3 300 Mr. J.S. Bowerbank on a new genus of Calcareous Sponge. the analogy is still further completed, and the distinction between it and any known crinoidal or echinodermal form is strongly portrayed. If it were a member of either of these two families, it would exhibit on their internal surfaces the same form and number of angles as they do at the external ones ; but this is not the case with the fossil, the inner surface of which presents no appearance whatever of tessellated structure; but in place of it there is a series of raised lines or ridges running longitudinally, and corresponding in their width and direction with the lines of angular compartments on the exterior. The spaces formed by these parallel lines are again divided, most frequently at right angles, by a number of short raised lines, so that the interior sur- face is covered with numerous, oblong, square, or occasionally triangular sunken areas, presenting exactly the appearance that we should have, supposing that the series of fragile cells, equi- valent to those in the recent Dunstervillia, to be broken away down to their bases, on the inner surface of the outer coat of the sponge. The microscopical examination of both the outer and imner sur- faces of the fossil also strongly favours the idea of its spongeous origin. While the surrounding matrix is solid and erystalline, the fossil is exceedingly porous. From the regularity of its strue- ture and the character of its interspaces, it presents strong traces of the original organic arrangement of its parts, and like its re- cent type, the outer surface of the plates is very much more close and even in texture than they are immediately beneath ; and these appearances are not peculiar to the specimen belonging to my friend Dr. Battersby, but they exist also in an equal degree in a second specimen presented to me by that gentleman. EXPLANATION OF PLATE XVII. DUNSTERVILLIA ELEGANS. Figs. 1 & 2. The sponges of their natural size. Fig. 3. The specimen represented by fig. 1. viewed by direct light with a power of 45 linear. Fig. 4. A few of the quadrangular and pentangular plates of the same spe- cimen as seen with a power of 94 linear, Fig. 5. A view of the terminations of some of the large angulated canals at the inner surface of the sponge with a power of 100 linear. Fig. 6. A portion of a section of the sponge at right angles to the natural surfaces, exhibiting the form and disposition of the angulated ca- nals, seen with a Lieberkuhn and a power of 100 linear. Fig. 7. A portion of a section of one of the plates seen by transmitted light with a power of 150 linear. Figs. 8& 9. Triradiate spicula magnified 150 linear. Fig. 10. One of the simple-double-pointed spicula magnified 150 linear. Mr. J, S. Bowerbank on the Cocoon of a Leech. 301 XLIT.—On the Structure of the Cocoon of a Leech. By J.S. BowerBank, F.R.S., L.S. &e. (With a Plate.) Ar the first view, I believed that the very curious body which is the subject of the present communication was one of the singular aberrant forms of that exceedingly variable tribe the Spongiade, and until I received a note from Professor Henslow, kindly in- timating the probability that I had fallen into an error in thus designating it, I entertaimed not the slightest doubt of its being one of the numerous odd forms that abound among the sponge tribe, and especially so from the remarkably abundant and de- ceptive sponge-like tissue with which the body of the cocoon is enveloped. The distinct coriaceous body with its mammullated terminations, so unlike the great mass of the Spongiade, would naturally have made it the type of a new genus, and as such I had described it. I am therefore the more anxious that this error should be repaired as completely as possible, and to prevent the chance of its recur- rence, I have thought it advisable to describe the structure and peculiarities of this curious little body, although other cocoons somewhat similar have already been to a certain extent made known to the scientific world through the works of Dr. James Rawlins Johnson on the Medical Leech, and of Dr. Noble. The first of Dr. Johnson’s memoirs was published in the year 1816, and the second in 1825, and that of Dr. Noble in the year. 1822. In the latter treatise of Dr. Johnson we have engravings of! the co- coon of the medicinal leech from drawings by Mr. Clift, and. also from a cocoon sent to the author by Dr. Noble ; and in a subse- quent portion of the work we have the cocoons of Hirudo vulgaris figured and described ; but in neither of these can we recognise the distinct and smgular sponge-like fibrous envelopment of the species I am about to describe, and the cocoon of the latter spe- cies especially appears from the figures to be completely destitute of any such appendage. It is therefore probable that the subject of the present memoir is the cocoon of Hirudo sanguisuga, the common horse leech, an animal which differs very considerably both in structure and habit from the before-named species ; or it is a species, the cocoon of which has not hitherto been described. Dr. Noble designates the cocoon which was the subject of his observations as being of the size and figure of that of the silk- worm, and as having the same appearance and density as a piece of fine sponge, but although the description in the latter respect agrees with the one I have to describe, the figure of it in Dr. John- son’s work is evidently that of a different species. 302 Mr. J. S. Bowerbank on the Structure The one which I am about to describe was found in a large muddy ditch, which is on the left hand of the foot-path from Tenby to Pimally, South Wales. It is of an oval form, and rarely exceeds half an inch in length from one extremity of the fibre to the other, and the central case is about four lines long. The fibres are of a greenish amber colour, the case partaking of the same hue, but much deepened by its greater degree of density. Pl. XVIII. fig. 2. represents a specimen of rather more than the average size. When carefully denuded of the surrounding fibre, the case is found to be divided into numerous nearly equal-sized polygonal areas, which are most frequently five- or six-sided. These are produced by a raised network of fibrous structure, partly imbedded in the surface. From the angles of these reti- culations the surrounding open fibrous structure springs, which preserves the same form of reticulation as that of the parent sur- face. Pl. XVIII. fig. 1. represents the same specimen as figure 2, but magnified ten diameters. The case has frequently a deep sinus which extends entirely across it, causing it to assume very much the same form as a short, swollen grain of wheat, as represented by figure 4; and under these circumstances the mamme are found opposed to each other in the direction of, what is then, the short axis of the case, and are situated just without the outer edge of the smus. When there is no depression of this body, the mamme are found op- posed to each other at the ends of the cocoon, as represented by Pl. XVIII. fig. 3. The sinus is produced by a partial state of collapse of the body of the cocoon, caused apparently by the gradual dimimution of its gelatinous contents. The cocoon in almost every specimen that I have opened was found to contain a dense opaline gelatinous matter. When re- moved it readily separates in water into flaky masses, which, when viewed by transmitted light with a power of 500 linear, appeared to be composed of exceedingly minute granules. Upon carefully examining the gelatinous contents of several specimens which I cpened, I found in two of them small vesi- cular bodies, which have every appearance of being the eggs or embryos of the animal. In the gelatmous matter of one speci- men [ found ten of these bodies, and in another six of them, ap- parently im different stages of development. They are usually pyriform, and have frequently a deposit of minute, dark, granu- lated matter towards the smaller end. In both cases in which these bodies occurred, they were found in greater quantities at one end of the cocoon than at the other. Pl. XVIII. fig. 7. represents one of the best-developed of these embryos by transmitted light and a power of 300 linear. The network which covers the outer sur- of the Cocoon of a Leech. 303 face of the body of the cocoon and bounds the deeply sunken areas of its interstices rises from its surface in the form of a sharp edge, and as the free fibres are given off at the angles where the imbedded fibres meet, they naturally at this pomt assume the form of a three-winged fibre, and this form they maintain throughout the whole of their length, as represented by Pl. XVIII. fig. 8. with a linear power of 94. Every one is familiar with the horny cases surrounding the ova of certain fishes, and of the finely-spun horny threads with which they are fixed to the stems of Gorgonias and other bodies ; but m these cases the fibre is simple and cylindrical, as might naturally be expected, while in the fibrous tissue of this singular cocoon it is three-winged, and anastomoses as regularly and as beautifully as the fibres of the horny sponges of commerce. How the animal produces this beautiful and complex structure, is a question which it will be exceedingly interesting hereafter to solve. The coriaceous substance of the body is of about the thickness of a stout sheet of writing-paper, the centres of the areas being much thinner than the other parts. When a section of one of its thickest portions at right angles to its outer surface was examined by transmitted light with a power of 94:linear, it appeared to be composed of four or five layers of nearly equal thickness, as re- presented by Pl. XVIII. fig. 10. When the exterior surface was examined under similar circumstances with a power of 1000 linear, numerous cytoblastic vesicles were observed irregularly dispersed over its surface, but without the appearance of nuclei; but, on the contrary, when the inner swrface was thus examined, it was seen to be nearly uniformly covered with well-defined nucleated cytoblasts, the nuclei in many cases being angular, as represented with a power of 1000 linear by Pl. XVIII. fig. 9. From the la- minated structure exhibited in figure 10, it is probable that the production of tessellated cellular tissue is not continuous, but that it occurs at intervals, and is produced by a series of efforts, in a similar manner to that in which the successive layers of cartila- ginous substance are produced by Helix aspersa when about to ex- tend the lip of its shell in the spring of the year. But there is an essential difference in the circumstances of the two cases. In the shell the cytoblasts are developed and their peculiar office performed while in contact with the living body whence they ema- nate, while in the cocoon this cannot well be the case, as the ani- mal immediately separates itself from it. Their presence and de- velopment therefore appear to indicate that vitality to a certain degree remains in the horny substance of the cocoon, and which vitality may probably continue in action until the proper office of the cocoon has been attained. Dr. Johnson, in treating of Hirudo vulgaris, describes the singular mode of the production of the co- 304 Mr. J. 8. Bowerbank on the Cocoon of a Leech. coon of that species in this manner. When the animal is about to produce one of these bodies, it is observed to be greatly con- tracted both above and below the uterus, a distension then takes place between these constrictions, and a surrounding membranous structure is thrown off which becomes of a milky white colour ; into this the animal forces with some effort the whole contents of the uterus. This done, it elongates the anterior portion of the body, and withdraws its head as from a eollar. After the animal has firmly fixed it to some substance, it fashions it with its mouth until it presents an oval form. This description enables us m some measure to account for the mammeform appendages of the horny case of the species under consideration, and which differs somewhat in the structure of these parts from all the cocoons described by Dr. Johnson, m which, instead of the protuberant mamme, we find simply cir- cular orifices ; but it does not in any shape enlighten us upon the mode of the construction of the extraordinary and complex spon- geous tissue which surrounds our species of cocoon. The mammeeform ends of the cocoon are of an oval form, and project in about an equal degree beyond the inner and outer sur- faces previously to their becoming perforated, and the length of the oval is somewhat increased by a considerable thickening of the substance of the body immediately surrounding them. The communication between the inner and outer surfaces appears to be effected in a very singular manner. In one case where I made a section of one of these organs at right angles to the natural surfaces of the body, it appeared perfectly solid; in another a small cavity only existed near the mner surface of the ease ; but in a third specimen the appearance presented was of an exceed- imgly singular description. The outer end of this organ had a small irregular perforation which led into an ovoid cavity imme- diately beneath, and the long axis of which was in a diagonal direction as regards the axis of the body of the cocoon, and the inner surface of this cavity appeared to be furnished with three or four ribs, as represented by Pl. XVIII. fig. 5. with a power of 94 linear, and Pl. XVIII. fig. 6. with a power of 160 lmear. Upon opening the cocoon I found that the opposite end of the mamma had disappeared, and in lieu of solid substance there was a large dome-shaped cavity, the top of which was separated from the inner end of the ovoid cavity in the external end by a very thin layer of horny structure ; and indeed at one spot there were appearances as if a minute communication existed between them, but from the oblique position of the ovoid cavity I could not de- termine this with certainty. The other extremity of the cocoon did not exhibit precisely the same appearances ; im this case the entrance to the ovoid cavity was much larger on the outer surface, Dr. Bell Salter on three new species of Rubus. 305 while on the inner one the entrance to the large cavity was closed by an apparently stout membrane. In other specimens which I examined, sometimes neither of the mamme were perforated ; at others one would be slightly open, while the opposite one was entirely closed. Whether the curious conformation of these parts is the result of accident occurring at the moment of the withdrawal of the leech from the young and tender cocoon, or whether it arises from a vital action inherent in this body and essential to the opening of this organ and the con- sequent liberation of the young contained within it, it is difficult to conjecture ; but I am inclined to believe in the latter idea, and more especially so, as in by far the greater number that I have examined no perforation existed, although, from Dr. Johnson’s account of other species, this is evidently the point at which the young effect their liberation. XLITI.— Description of three new species of Rubus. By T. Betz Satter, M.D., F.LS. 1, Rubus tenuis. Caule procumbente, tereti, subglauco aculeis zqualibus, foliis ternatis, rarius quinatis, supra subglabris, subtus pubescentibus ; foliolis obovato-acuminatis, duplo serratis ; latera- libus extrorsum lobatis ; panicula decomposita, rarius cymosa ; calycibus pubescentibus, lanceolatis acuminatis, fructui adpressis ; fructu parvo, nigro, drupeolis paucis, magnis composito. Var. 3. ferox, aculeis crebris, uncinatis. Syn. Rubus affinis 6. W. et N. Rubi Germ. p.3. tab. 3b. Rubi cesii et R. corylifolii pars auct. var. Hab. in variis locis in Britannia australi. Var. (3. hab. ad “ Apes Down” in Insula Vecte. The habit of this bramble comes so near to that of Rubus ce- sius, that there can be little doubt it may be often overlooked as being the ordimary dewberry ; it is however readily distinguished from that species by the absence of glands generally, and by the absence of both glands and hairs from the growing shoot, and also by the berry being black instead of blue as in the true R. cesius ; the calyx embraces it precisely as in that species, but the sepals are rather more broadly lanceolate. The flavour of the fruit differs considerably, that of R. tenuis, though acid like that of R. cesius, not having the peculiarly grateful lemon flavour of that species. Rubus affinis (W. et N.) is described in the ‘ Rubi Germanici’ as having the calyx reflexed, yet one of the varieties is figured with the calyx embracing the fruit. As this is the principal character which distinguishes the present species from R. affinis, 1 can entertain no doubt that the variety (8.) there figured is in fact the one now described as a distinct species. It holds a near affinity both with R. cesius and R. affinis, but having 306 Dr. Bell Salter on three new species of Rubus. closely observed it for many years, I am satisfied of its distinct- ness, and have no doubt that the characters now given will be found sufficient for it to be readily known. I have already found it in Dorsetshire, Wiltshire and Hampshire, including the Isle of Wight. Var. 8. is a somewhat stouter plant, and very much more prickly. It appears to be far less common, being hitherto only observed in the Isle of Wight, at Apes Down near the Farm. 2. Rubus Borreri. Caule procumbente, tereti, aculeato, pilis paten- tibus hirto; aculeis crebris, longis, tenuibus uncinatis; foliolis quinatis, obovato-cuneatis, supra subglabris, subtus hirtis conco- loribus ; panicula corymbosa, ramis inferioribus longis, decompo- sitis, superioribus brevioribus, flore terminali subsessili; aculeis panicule paucis, pedunculis pubescenti-hirtis ; bracteis lanceolatis, hirtis, inferioribus ternatis aut dentatis, superioribus simplicibus ; calycibus ovato-lanceolatis, longe acuminatis, pubescenti-hirtis, fructum laxe amplectentibus ; fructu nigro, hemispherico, parvis nitidis drupeolis composito. Hab. in Insula Vecte. This species is one most readily distinguished from any other. It is a creeping plant of considerable length. Its nearest affinities are with the A. villicaulis and R. sylvaticus of Weihe and Nees, two forms very rightly considered as mere varieties of the same species by Mr. Babington*: the nature of the hairmess of the stem and the form of the thorns, together with a principal cha- racter of the leaves, which are hairy, yet deep green beneath, as- sociate it very nearly with those forms ; the stem however is both more thorny and more hairy, and the leaves more slender. The characters by which it is distinguished from all to which it is al- lied are to be found in the parts of inflorescence and fructification. The arrangement of the corymbose panicle as described above gives the plant a very remarkable appearance, and at first sight separates it widely from R. villicaulis and its varieties, the pani- cles of which are slender and tapermg. The fruit and calyx pre- sent still better discriminating characters. The hemispherical form of the fruit and the clasping calyx distinguish it entirely from all the other species allied to it. The fruit is of a remarkably bright jetty appearance when ripe, but prior to that it has a peculiar opake flesh tint ; this last cha- racter was pointed out to me by my friend Mr. Borrer, who was with me on the third occasion of my observing this plant. In acknowledgement of his successful labours in this genus, and of his assistance in discriminating the present species, I have adopted for it his name. * Manual of British Botany, p. 95. Dr. Bell Salter on three new species of Rubus. 307 Except in a few spots in the Isle of Wight, I have never yet noticed this species. 3. Rubus Babingtonii. Caule arcuato, tereti, sulcato, hispido ex aculeis, et aciculis crebris in setas ineuntibus, sparsim glanduloso ; foliis ternatis, rarius quinatis ; foliolis supra glabris, subtus parce pubescentibus, rhomboido-cordatis, cuspidatis, duplo et inzequaliter mucronato- et crenato-serratis ; stipulis linearibus, pubescentibus ; panicula foliosa, multum ramosa, versus terram ut surculo induta, supra tomentosa, aculeata, setosa; foliis panicule ternatis vel sim- plicibus, ineequaliter mucronato-crenatis ; bracteis foliaceis, late lanceolatis, pilosis glandulosis ; calycibus lanceolatis cuspidatis, pilosis. Hab. ad Selborne prope Week-hill. This is one of the most remarkable of the genus which I have yet met with. It is a bramble of extraordinary size, and I regret not having measured a growing shoot, that I might give its di- mensions ; the panicle is more than 2 feet in length. It isa matter of difficulty to settle with which of our previous species it would most naturally be grouped. Its prickly inflorescence, acecompa- nied with glands, would associate it with the Koehleri group, while the very tomentose clothing of this part would more nearly associate it with R. leucostachys, from which however the presence of glands at once separates it. The hispid shoot however is that which best marks its true affinity, which must, I conclude, be with the Rudis group, from all of which however it is distin- guished by the leaves, though slightly pubescent, being green beneath, and ternate instead of quinate. The peculiar margin of the leaves, which are mucronato-crenate, or as Mr. Babington* more minutely specifies it, “ serrato-apiculate towards the base, and higher up crenato-dentato-apiculate,” at once distinguishes it, not only from the jagged-leaved species of the Rudis group, but from all other of our fruticose Rubi, while the existence of ternate leaves on a bramble of such dimensions adds to the peculiarity of its appearance. The shoot, though described above as sulcate, is not angular, the margins of the grooves being rounded. Not- withstanding the size of the panicle, the fruit itself is remarkably small. I have named this species after my friend Mr. Charles C. Ba- bington, the learned author of the ‘ Manual of British Botany,’ in acknowledgement not only of his assistance in discriminating its characters, but of his successful labours, as well in this as in so many other difficult genera, and indeed im the whole British flora. * In a letter to the author of these remarks. 308 Mr. W.Thompson’s Contributions to the Fauna of Ireland, XLIV.— Additions to the Fauna of Ireland, including descriptions of some apparently new species of Invertebrata. By WiLL1aM Tuompson, Pres. Nat. Hist. and Phil. Society of Belfast. [With a Plate. ] Species thus marked t before the names were indicated mostly by a ge- neric name only, in my Report on the Invertebrate Fauna of Ireland, pub- lished in the Reports of the British Association for the Advancement of Science for 1843: those unmarked are subsequent additions. Birps. Vultur fulvus, Linn., Gyps vulgaris, Savigny. Late in the autumn of 1843 Mr. Yarrell favoured me with the in- formation that he had received a letter from Admiral Bowles, written from the south of Ireland, in which this gentleman mentioned having lately seen a living vulture at Castle Martyr, the seat of the Earl of Shannon, and which was said to have been captured in the county of Cork. The attention of Mr. R. Ball being called to the circum- stance, he made inquiry of Lord Shannon, who replied, that the bird was purchased by his steward for 2s. 6d. from a peasant, who stated that he caught it on the sea-shore in that neighbourhood; its plu- mage was in good order. His lordship politely offered the bird to Mr. Ball for the collection in the Garden of the Zoological Society, Dublin, but before arrangements were completed for its transmission it died. The specimen was, by the directions of Lord Shannon, care- fully preserved and stuffed and placed at the disposal of Mr. Ball, who has added it to the collection in Trinity College, Dublin. It is in adult plumage. Although we cannot tell whether this bird may not have escaped from some vessel, still it need not excite surprise if the Vultur fulvus should wander to this island, inhabiting as it does (according to Temminck) the mountains of the north of Europe, the Alps? and Pyrenees. Another species of European vulture, the Cathartes per- cnopterus, was once shot in Somersetshire*. Flat-billed Sandpiper, Tringa platyrhyncha, Temm.; Gould, Birds of Europe, “part 17”; Yarrell, Brit. Birds, vol. ii. p- 638. Of this Tringa only one specimen is recorded as met with in * Pycnonotus chrysorrheus, Swainson.—At the meeting of the British Association held at Cork in 1843, I exhibited at the Natural History Section an example of this African species sent for inspection from the collection of native birds, or those killed in Ireland, belonging to Dr. Burkitt of Water- ford. The following particulars respecting the bird, though mentioned at the meeting, have not been published. Dr. Burkitt “purchased it from a country-lad who brought it into Waterford in January 1838 with a number of blackbirds [ Turdus merula] and snipes, and who thought it was a hen blackbird : he shot it at Mount Beresford, three and a half miles from Water- ford.” There can therefore be no doubt of the specimen having been killed in this country. with descriptions of some new species of Invertebrata. 3809 Great Britain. It was noticed by Mr. Hoy in the first volume of Charlesworth’s ‘ Magazine of Natural History’ as having been “shot on the 25th of May 1836, on the muddy flats of Breydon Broad, Nor- folk, in company with some dunlins and ring plover.” In a locality of a similar nature—the oozy banks of Belfast bay—a Tringa platy- rhyncha was killed on the 4th of October 1844, at the same shot from a swivel-gun with eleven golden plover and seven or eight dunlins, It is a male bird, and larger than the English specimen, but of about equal size with that described by Temminck. It is as fol- lows * :— in. lin. Length (stuffed specimen) ......cccssscecsecceaceesescsssstereseere @-)L0 of wing from carpus to end of quills .....+eeeseesereeeees 4 34 GUAT ig Seahstddacaatenn acne sesh andepeeeGaernatbashosst tbe Osea of middle toe and nail ..sreccecerescocerenverers Ssdpe nce 0 10 ob Tad toe AUG Nall, 17. p.wetenesedocessncanadeene ne valact = Orr — of bill from forehead to point......ccceceseeseeeeeeeeeeeees roy or Breadth of bill at base (now dried up) .......seseseeeeceeeesecees 0° 23 Height of bill from base of upper to that of lower mandible... O 4 Wibia Gare‘of feathets for about 12.4 aa NR, At 0} 4 Temminck’s descriptions (vol. ii. p. 616. 2nd edit.) of the plumage of the young bird before its first moult and of the nuptial garb show singularly little difference in a species belonging to this family, and Mr. Yarrell having both the old bird in its breeding plumage and the young bird of the year before him, remarks that ‘‘ the young bird so closely resembles the parent in its plumage at this season that it is unnecessary to describe it.” My specimen agrees with the descrip- tions of these authors, excepting in what the ornithologist will be prepared to expect of a bird killed in the month of October—that the rufous tints throughout the plumage (margining the feathers, &c.) have all but disappeared, and are replaced by white. ‘The winter plumage I have not seen described, but fortunately the pre- sence of a few winter feathers on the back and wings of the present specimen sufficiently indicate that a change from black to gray, ana- logous to the seasonal change which takes place in the dunlin, like- wise occurs in this species. The hue of these feathers however resembles more the pretty gray colour of the phalarope than the pale brownish gray of the dunlin—or purre, as it has been termed in winter garb. The broad bill and the peculiar marking of the head are the most obvious distinctive characters of this species. The dimensions of the bill have already been given: the plumage of the head may be thus described—from base of upper mandible to top of head a narrow blackish brown band, which broadens towards the hinder part of the head ; on either side of this from the bill to the upper part of the eye, and continued over it is a white streak, bounded by a dark * The taxidermist noted the specimen before being skinned to be in length 62 inches, breadth 13 inches; weight 1 oz. 44 drachms. 310 Mr. W. Thompson’s Contributions to the Fauna of Ireland, brown band, which reaches from the side of the bill to the eye; throat white. This is avery interesting species to the ornithologist from the cir- cumstance of its presenting the characters of different genera. Its general aspect—body plumage, delicate tarsi and feet—is that of a Tringa, but in the form of the head, breadth between the eyes and broad base of bill we are reminded of the genus Scolopag, or true snipes, as we likewise are in the brown and white banding of the head, in which latter respect it likewise resembles the whimbrel (Numenius pheopus). The very small rudimentary membrane be- tween the base of the middle and outer toe, mentioned by Temminck as the chief character on which it has been raised to the rank of a genus by MM. Koch and Naumann, is a most trivial distinction, it being in the least degree only more developed than in the Tringa va- riabilis and T. subarquata. Except in the head and bill, the whole bird is in form and plumage an ordinary-looking Tringa. In the continental countries south of our latitude in which this species has been met with, it is considered very rare, nor was it known to be otherwise in the north of Europe until Mr. Dann lately visited Norway and Lapland for the purpose of studying the birds which frequent those countries in the breeding season. In some places he found this Tringa to be by no means uncommon, and to Mr. Yarrell’s beautiful work on ‘ British Birds’ (vol. ii. p. 638) he contributed a full and admirable account of its habits, which were before unknown—the figure of the bird in this work is most charac- teristic. Temminck mentions specimens having been sent from Borneo, Sumatra and Timor. American Wigeon, Mareca Americana, Wilson (sp.), Amer. Ornit. vol. i. p. 109. pl. 69. Jardine’s edit.; Yarrell, Brit. Birds, vol. i. p. 196. Towards the end of February 1844, Henry Bell, an intelligent man of middle age, who since he could carry a gun has been a wildfowl- (and more especially a wigeon-) shooter in Belfast bay, and for the last eight or nine winters has given up his whole time to the pursuit, earning by it his livelihood, visited Strangford lough ‘ pro- fessionally ”’ with his punt and swivel-gun. Hearing on a dark night the call of wigeon*, he fired towards the place whence the sound proceeded, and picked up a single bird, which differed in plumage from any he had ever seen. Its form at once marked this bird to his eye as a wigeon of some kind, but in a state of plumage un- like that of the common species of either sex at any age: of this he was a good judge from many hundreds having passed through his hands, and from his being very observant of the species of birds and the changes of plumage through which they pass. He de- scribed it as a wigeon in the plumage of a teal. The large markings * According to Wilson’s description of the call of the American wigeon, it is very like that of the European species, with descriptions of some new species of Invertebrata. 311 on the lower part of the sides of the neck and on the breast were, instead of being roundish as in the teal, somewhat of a semicircular form, and varied in size from ‘‘ one half to nearly the whole size of a man’s finger-nail.” Like the old male wigeon it was whitish, but of a purer colour, on the top of the head, and like it had the white marking on the wing, both characters denoting an old male bird of its species. On the figures of the American wigeon in the works of Wilson (Jardine’s edit.) and Yarrell being shown to the shooter, he felt confident that his bird was of the same species, the former repre- senting its plumage the better of the two, and the latter its form, as the neck was thicker than that of the common wigeon. Although he thus noted the bird particularly, and with another shooter who accompanied him to Strangford, held a kind of inquest on its species, it was unfortunately sold with his other wildfowl, as from having seen singular varieties of birds in the hands of bird-pre- servers, he thought this might be a remarkable state of plumage of the common wigeon :—of a second species he had not at that time heard. He is certain of having killed other birds of the same species in Belfast bay, but never any so far advanced towards adult male plumage. Placing entire reliance on the discrimination and ac- curacy of Bell, ] have not hesitated to add this bird to our fauna, although other naturalists may not be inclined on such testimony to admit its claim to be so recorded. To the same shooter we are indebted for the specimen of Tringa platyrhyncha just noticed ; he at once perceived that it was distinct from the dunlins killed at the same time, and preserved it accord- ingly. FIsHEs. Ray’s Sea Bream, Brama Ratt, Cuv. and Val. To Dr. R. J. Burkitt of Waterford we are indebted for the posi- tive addition of this species to our fauna, this gentleman having lately contributed a native specimen to Mr. R. Ball for the Museum of Trinity College, Dublin. The fish (of which a large and correct drawing has been sent me) was taken at Tramore in the month of October 1843. It is the first certain instance known to me of its occurrence on our coast. Mr. Yarrell* gives it from M‘Skimmin’s ‘List of the Fishes of Carrickfergus,’ but as remarked in my Report on the Vertebrata of Ireland, ‘‘ the propriety of the application of the name to this species is doubtful.” All that is said of it by M‘Skimmin is, ‘ Sparus Raii; hen-fish, a choice fish; rare.” The term hen-fish is applied by our fishermen to one or two other spe- cies of somewhat rare occurrence. Mo.uvusca. Doris obvelata, Johnst., Annals of Nat. Hist. vol. i. p. 52. pl. 2. fig. 4—7 (not of Miller). In July last Mr. Hyndman procured a specimen of this Doris on * Brit. Fishes, vol. i. p. 134, 2nd edit, 312 Mr. W. Thompson’s Contributions to the Fauna of Ireland, Fuci at Skerries, Dublin coast. On its being submitted to the in- spection of Mr. Alder, by whom the original specimen described by Dr. Johnston was discovered in Berwick bay, he remarked, that the species ‘‘ appears to be pretty generally diffused, but nowhere com- ” mon.” He had obtained it last summer in Rothesay bay. +Doris Ulidiana, Thompson. On the 17th of February 1840, I procured three specimens of this Doris among oysters brought to Belfast market from the neighbour- ing coast of Down or Antrim, and after noting their general appear- ance, colour, &c., set them apart as species unknown at least to the British fauna. Mr. Alder having some time ago expressed a wish to see my collection of Nudibranchiate Mollusca, it was placed in his hands, and on this species coming under examination it was consi- dered by him and Mr. Hancock to be new, and a description of it drawn up for their own use was kindly communicated to me. This is as follows ;—within parentheses are my notes on the colour of the living Doris. Doris Ulidiana.—* Length, from spirits, $ inch, breadth i inch; ovate-oblong, rather straight at the sides, depressed [of a uniform pale yellow, the intestines appearing through the skin of a dark co- lour]. Cloak not extending much beyond the foot, rough with spi- cula, and covered with large, unequal, obtuse tubercles, the spicula collected in bundles in the tubercles and radiating at their base. Tentacula [long and whitish], lamellated, without sheaths; the edges of the apertures plain. Branchiz consisting of eleven [beau- tifully white] pinnated plumes, set in a semicircle round the anus. Foot rather broad. Veil above the mouth semicircular.” On being put in diluted spirits of wine, the tentacula were en- tirely withdrawn, and the branchial processes lost their beauty by discoloration, which changed them to the same hue as that of the body. On comparing these specimens at the time they were procured withthe most nearly allied species in my possession, the Doris mu- ricata, Miller (Zool. Dan.), they were noted down as being cer- tainly distinct from it :—in being of a more elongate shape, in ha- ving the tubercles differently formed, and, in proportion to the dimen- sions of the body, their being not more than half the size of those of D. muricata. Messrs. Alder and Hancock made the following com- parative observations : ‘‘ Comparing your D. muricata [a species they had not seen before] with our D. aspera and your D. Ulidiana, we come to the conclusion, so far as we can judge from specimens in spirits, that these three are distinct, though nearly allied species. D. Ulidiana differs from D. muricata in its much larger size, and longer and more depressed form. ‘The tubercles appear to be more depressed, and the branchial plumes larger. From D. aspera it dif- fers also in size and shape; in having larger tubercles, the cloak narrower, and the foot broader.”’ with descriptions of some new species of Invertebrata. 318 Polycera punctilucens, D’Orbigny, Guérin, Mag. Zool. 1887, p.7. pl. 106. Professor Allman obtained this Polycera in a pool at Courtmasherry harbour, county Cork, in the month of August last. ‘I'he species was originally described from specimens taken on the coast of France ; it has not yet been procured on that of Great Britain. The speci- men was submitted to the judgement of Messrs. Alder and Hancock, and will be fully noticed in their forthcoming work on the British Nudibranchiate Mollusca. Eolis violacea, Alder and Hancock, Ann. Nat. Hist. vol. xiii. p- 166 (March 1844). Mr. Hyndman, when dredging on the 26th of August last off Castle Chichester, Belfast bay, in 6 to 10 fathoms water, captured a speci- men of this very beautiful Molis. It was brought to me alive, and immediately afterwards despatched by post ina phial of sea-water to Newcastle for Mr. Alder’s examination in a living state, but on reaching its destination was unfortunately dead. Mr. Alder re- marked that it was a very fine example of his F#. violacea, which was described from a Cullercoats specimen smaller and less perfect than this had been. Aplysia nexa, Thompson. Plate XIX. fig. 8. Animal elongate, deep carmine-red, mantle bordered with black. Length 1 inch ; much elongated ; foot very narrow; two black eyes anterior to, but a little distant from the base of the dorsal ten- tacula. Colour deep carmine-red, occasionally with a few minute white spots; mantle and anterior tentacula bordered with black, dorsal tentacula tipped with black. Shell ? The specimen of this Aplysia was dredged on the 26th of August 1844, off Castle Chichester, Belfast bay, by Mr. Hyndman—depth 6 to 10 fathoms. The characters which this beautiful little Ap/ysia has in common with A. depilans need not be given. Whether we consider it di- stinct from, or a mere variety of that species, it differs from it in being of a more elongate form, in colour, and in having the mantle, &c. bordered with black. From a single example only I should not venture to describe it as a distinct species, but on sending my spe- cimen (its characters being first noted down) alive in sea-water to Newcastle-upon-Tyne for Mr. Alder’s examination, he replied, that an Aplysia similar in form and colour had been taken by him at Torbay in Devonshire about two years before, but not having had much opportunity of studying the genus, he felt uncertain whether it should be considered a variety of an A. depilans or a distinct spe- cies. Neither do I feel certain on this point until an equally small A. depilans be had for comparison, but it seems to me better to describe and figure the form in question and leave the matter of species for Z Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Vol. xv. 314 Mr. W. Thompson’s Contributions to the Fauna of Ireland, future decision than to be altogether silent on the subject. A co- loured drawing of Mr. Alder’s specimen being kindly transmitted to me, it was found to represent mine exactly, except in the very trivial difference of having a few minute white spots on the sides instead of being of a uniform colour. Specimens of A. depilans, which I have often taken (but never of so small a size), differ in being occasionally spotted as well as plain. But I have never met with this species of the same form as 4. neva, of its fine deep-red colour, nor having any black border to the mantle, &c.; nor has Dr. J. L. Drummond ever done so, though great numbers came under his examination when dredging at Donaghadee, on the coast of Down, in the summer of 1843. Hab. Torbay, England; Belfast bay, Ireland. Acteon viridis, Mont. (sp.), Quatrefages, Ann. Sci. Nat., March 1844. Aplysia viridis, Mont., Linn. Trans. vol. vii. With a letter, dated from Glandore House (county Cork), Aug. 23, 1844, Professor Allman sent me a small phial containing speci- mens of this 4cteon, remarking that he had just taken it there in con- siderable numbers. He subsequently, at the meeting of the British Association at York, gave an admirable account of the anatomy of the species, illustrated by drawings of remarkable beauty, executed by his sister, Miss Allman. In consequence of the Acteon being thus brought forward, this brief note might be cancelled ; but as the spe- cies had previously a place in my ‘ Additions,” it is retained with this explanation. About the same time the Rev. Mr. Landsborough informed me that he had taken this species on the coast of Arran, Frith of Clyde. + Bulla producta, Brown, Ilus. Conch. p. 57. pl. 19. figs. 15, 16; 2nd edit.—pl. 38. f.15, 16; 1st edit. Among shell-sand collected at Bundoran, on the western coast, by Mrs. W. J. Hancock in 1840, and sent to Mr. Hyndman, was a spe- cimen of this Bulla. Capt. Brown notices it merely as ‘found at Dunbar by General Bingham.” Utriculus, genus, Brown, Illus. Conch. pp. 58, 59, pl. 19; 2nd edit.—pl. 38; 1st edit. Having lately left with Mr. Alder a number of Bulle (obtained with the last species at Bundoran) which he wished to examine critically, he reported on them as follows :—‘‘ On examining the fine suite of Bulla hyalina, I think I make out three of Brown’s species of Utriculus : U. candidus being the full-grown shell; U. pellucidus the half-grown ; and U. minutus the youngest state of B. hyalina. At least these answer very well to his figures and descriptions.” The last two are noticed by Capt. Brown as from Dunbar only, where they were found by General Bingham, as was U. candidus also; but this is mentioned as having been subsequently procured at Holy Island, off the coast of Northumberland, by the author himself. with descriptions of some new species of Invertebrata. 315 Volvaria subcylindrica, Brown, Ilus. Conch. p. 3. pl. 19. figs. 19, 20; 2nd edit.—pl. 38. f. 19, 20; Ist edit. Among the Bundoran shells was one on which Mr. Alder made the following remarks : ‘‘ Capt. Brown’s Volv. subcylindrica agrees with it in outline, but he describes the species as smooth, while this shell has both longitudinal ridges of growth and transverse strie. The latter however are very faint, and in a worn shell neither of them might be visible. I am inclined therefore to consider them the same, but leave it to your own judgement to decide the question.” To the better judgement of Mr. Alder I prefer to leave it ; his know- ledge too of the British marine Mollusca is very complete, whilst mine is very superficial, and must remain so, my eyes being now unable without injury to bear even the lowest magnifying powers. But that my friends kindly “‘ lend me their eyes,” I could not include the minute species. All that Capt. Brown says of the locality of this shell is—* discovered at Dunbar by General Bingham.” Rissoa costulata, Risso, Alder in Ann. Nat. Hist. vol. xii. p. 324. pl. 8. figs. 8, 9, May and June (figures) 1844. When looking over the collection of Mr. Alder in October last, he pointed out a specimen of this shell which had been given him by Dr. Farran of Dublin, who procured it at Roundstone on the Gal- way coast. The specimens described in the ‘ Annals’ were from Torbay, De- vonshire. Rissoa Warreni, Thompson. Plate XIX. fig. 4. On my submitting this species and the following (which I could not find described) to Mr. Alder’s opinion, he believed them to be new, and before returning the specimens, wrote descriptions and made drawings of them for his own guidance. Having offered to copy these for my use if desired, I gladly availed myself of the proffered kindness, feeling well-satisfied that the descriptions would be better than any drawn up by myself, and that the figures would be most faithful. Rissoa Warreni.—« Shell slender, tapering, thin, transparent yel- lowish white, with six much rounded and deeply divided whorls ter- minating in a rather fine point, the nucleus sunk in the apex. Aper- ture oblong-oval : outer lip thin, without rib: inner lip not reflected, but having a deep umbilicus behind it. The shell is slightly wrinkled by the lines of growth, and is delicately striated spirally ; the striz can only be seen with a good magnifier, and are most distinctly ob- servable at the base. There are also some faint indications of small obsolete ribs on the middle whorls. Length two-tenths of an inch ; breadth one-twelfth.”’ Two specimens were found at Portmarnock (Dublin coast) by T. W. Warren, Esq. + Odostomia crassa, Thompson. Plate XIX. fig. 5. Of this shell a single specimen was sent me from Roundstone, Z2 316 Mr. W. Thompson’s Contributions to the Fauna of Ireland, Galway coast, in Oct. 1840, by Wm. M‘Calla. Mr. Alder describes it :— «Shell thick, conical, opake, of a dull dirtyish white, with five flat whorls, the last occupying about two-thirds of the shell. The apex is slightly oblique ; the upper whorls smooth, the last rugose, bulging and rather flattened in the middle, having strong coarse strie crossed by indistinct lines of growth. Aperture ovate, white and polished internally : outer lip thick, acute at the edge : inner lip reflected on the pillar with a deep impression behind it, but no um- bilicus. Tooth strong. Length 1} tenth of an inch; breadth nearly 1 tenth.” +Buccinum Zetlandicum, Forbes, Loudon’s Mag. of Nat. Hist. vol. vii. p. 593. fig. 62. A Buccinum taken on a long line in deep water near Bunowen, county Galway, is considered by Professor Forbes to be his B. Zet- landicum, though differing in its being a thin shell, &c.—he does not now feel certain of this being more than a variety of B. undatum. The specimen is in the collection of Dr. Farran, who states that others were procured by similar means. +Pleurotoma Farrani, Thompson. Plate XIX. fig. 3. Shell fusiform, turreted, with nine volutions (well-marked), and ten prominent ribs (on body whorl) ; closely-set deep strize extending spirally over the whole shell. Length 7 lines ; breadth just above aperture 2 lines; longitudinal ribs very prominent, “‘ not continuous from whorl to whorl,” and slightly angulated at summit; aperture occupying nearly 3 lines in length, elongate ear-shaped, strong rib of body whorl appearing just outside it; canal wide and long, turning a little obliquely to the left ; outer and pillar lip smooth. Colour pale yellowish brown, with numerous darker brown nar- row bands equal in breadth to the lighter coloured space between them, winding spirally round the shell, and giving it when magnified a very handsome appearance ; a single brown band of a much darker hue at the top of each volution. This species comes near P. Smithii, Forbes, ‘ Annals of Nat. Hist.’ vol. v. p. 107. pl. 2. fig. 14. Of this shell, handsome both in form and colour, two specimens were obtained by Dr. Farran on the Irish coast, he thinks at Port- marnock. +Pleurotoma Ulidiana, Thompson. Plate XIX. fig. 2. Shell fusiform, turreted, with eight volutions, eleven ribs (on body whorl) with coarse deep spiral striz. Length 7 lines; breadth just above aperture 2} lines; volutions very slightly ventricose, rather flattened at top, but less so than in P. turricola; ribs strong and coarse, ‘not continuous from whorl to whorl ;”’ coarse cut striz across ribs and furrows ; aperture crescentic; outer lip thin and in form of a bow; pillar-lip somewhat hollowed ; canal very short. Colour uniform dirty brown. with descriptions of some new species of Invertebrata. 3817 This species—coarse in form and sculpture, and plain in colour— closely approximates Pleur. brachystomum, Philippi, Enum. Moll. Sicilia, vol. ii. p. 169. pl. 26. f. 10, from which I could not regard it as distinct but for a single character possessed by that species in raised spiral strie. ‘These are apparent in the profile of the shell as figured by Philippi; they are much more numerous too than the deep strie of Pleur. Ulidiana. Three specimens of this shell were dredged from a depth of about 8 to 10 fathoms by Mr. Hyndman and myself in Oct. 1834 in Strang- ford lough, county Down. +Triton elegans, Thompson. Plate XIX. fig. 1. Shell turreted, somewhat ventricose, about eight volutions, nu- merous prominent ribs crossed by fine raised spiral strize. Length 7 lines ; breadth just above the aperture 34} lines ; ribs on each volution at regular distances from each other, except on the body whorl, where within three lines of the outer lip they cease, and substituted for them is one large varix equidistant between the lip and last rib; number of ribs on body whorl twelve, but this number may rather be individual than specific; ribs not continuous from whorl to whorl; aperture oval; canal oblique, widening gra- dually to base ; outer lip with slightly grooved striz within ; pillar- lip smooth, except at top, where two ridges appear. Colour greenish white with two double spiral lines of yellow, one series above the top of aperture, the other rather below it. This species is more handsomely formed, sculptured and coloured than Triton erinaceus ; its canal is much shorter. I have seen only a single specimen, which was found alive at Portmarnock, on the Dublin coast, by Dr. Farran. +Cardium Lovéni, Thompson. Plate XIX. fig. 7. Shell of a somewhat rounded outline with about thirty ribs, set with small scales ; height and length equal ; colour pure white. Length 33 lines ; breadth 33; very thin and delicate ; ribs rounded, about thirty in number and becoming beautifully fine towards the beak, covered with minute closely-set transverse scales throughout, but which are more numerous on the ribs at each side; furrows about the middle of the valve smooth and shining, narrower than at the sides, where towards the base they are crossed by transverse scales, and towards the apex punctate—near the beaks they appear in the form of a mere linear depression. Colour pure white, with somewhat of a pearly lustre inside and outside. Compared with the British species of Cardium, this comes nearest C. edule, but is more handsome in form, sculpture and colour. It is more rounded (less truncate at the anterior end), has the beaks ter- minating in a finer point, ribs more numerous and with the scales on them more closely set, but less elevated, the furrows narrower. Cardium scabrum, Philippi, Enum. Moll. Siciliz, vol. ii. p. 38. pl. 14, fig. 16, comes so near my shell, that future investigation may 318 Myr. W. Thompson’s Contributions to the Fauna of Ireland, possibly show that they should be brought together: C. scabrum differs from it in having only twenty-six ribs, in the furrows being equal and punctate, and in its exhibiting two obscure violet rays, and having the beaks yellow ; but as my specimens were not seen in a living state, stress need not be laid on the difference of colour. This species was obtained in three localities* nearly about the same time. In October 1841 numbers of it, but mostly broken, were found by Dr. Farran in the stomachs of sole (Solea vulgaris) pur- chased in Dublin market, and taken off our eastern coast; in June 1842 Mr. Hyndman dredged a very few specimens from a depth of 50 fathoms, off the South Rock, coast of Down; and specimens which I have seen in Mr. Cuming’s unequalled collection were sent him by Dr. Lovén in 1842 as a species unknown to him, and which had been obtained on the west coast of Sweden. It is named in honour of this distinguished naturalist. +Amphidesma intermedia, Thompson. Plate XIX. fig. 6. Shell oval-oblong, nearly equilateral, white with prismatic colours. Length 2% lines ; breadth 4 ; thickness 14; beaks almost central ; shell nearly equilateral, rounded at each end, more particularly at the posterior; thin, semi-transparent, glossy, white with prismatic hues. This species is intermediate in form or outline between Amph. pris- maticum and A. Boysii, and also in general characters, but on the whole may perhaps be said to approximate the latter the more nearly ; its form however at once marks it as distinct from A. Boysii, than which it has the beaks more central, is broader and more equilateral, has the apex rather more marked and pointed, and is beautifully iridescent inside and outside—the teeth do not present any marked differential characters. * Should C. seabrum prove identical, in four localities—from Sweden to Sicily—this has been discovered subsequent to the publication of Philippi’s first vol. in 1886, and is for tle first time described in his second vol. which appeared in 1844. +Modiola vestita, Philippi, Enum. Moll. Siciliz, vol. ii. p. 51. tab. 15. fig. 12 (1844). This Modiola is included in my Report on the Invertebrata of Ireland, but without any specific name being applied to it. A reference to the above work as soon as it appeared showed that the Irish shell is the M. vestita, known to Philippi only as found on the shore at Malta. In a letter from Mr. Alder written on the Ist of April 1844, it was men- tioned that among shells lately sent from the Mediterranean to Mr. King, Curator of the Newcastle Museum, were two specimens similar to the Irish shell: they ‘‘ were imbedded in sponge, and one inch and one inch anda quarter respectively in length, and a little thicker from being older shells, but in all other respects the same.” In May last I saw Modiole of this spe- cies from the Mediterranean in Mr. Cuming’s unrivalled collection. The only Irish specimen of this shell yet known was procured some years ago at Youghal by Miss M. Ball. It is described and figured in the second edition of Brown’s ‘ Illustrations,’ p. 132. pl. 37. fig. 36, under the name of Modiola Balli. with descriptions of some new species of Invertebrata. 319 Two examples of this species were dredged from a depth of about 6 fathoms in Strangford lough near Portaferry in August 1837 by Mr. Hyndman and myself; and two more were in like manner pro- cured by us in July 1840 when with Mr. Edward Forbes and Mr. R. Ball dredging in Killery bay on the western coast—depth from 3 to 12 fathoms, Crustacea*. Polybius Henslowii, Leach, Malac. pl. 9. Desmarest, Consid. Crust. p. 100. pl. 7. fig. 1. (copied from Leach). Edwards, Hist. Crust. vol. i. p. 439. A crab of this species was obtained at Crook Haven, county Cork, in August last by Professor Allman, who kiudly sent it tome. It was remarked at the same time by its captor that the species appears to be “‘ eminently natatory,” and that ‘‘ the one taken was swimming with great ease near the surface of the water among shoals of Aca- lephe.” It would appear, from the general work of Milne Edwards on the Crustacea, that this is the only species of its genus known. It was described by Leach from specimens taken on the coast of Devonshire, and is given by M. Edwards as one of the species of La Manche, these being the only localities noticed for it in the two works. Nymphon Johnstoni, Goodsir, Edin. Phil. Journ. January 1842, p- 136. pl. 3. fig. 4. The first specimen of this Nymphon which I have seen was taken by Dr. J. L. Drummond at Macedon point, Belfast bay, upwards of twenty yearsago. From 1834 to the present time I have occasionally procured it on the north-east coast. From the ‘“‘ German Ocean” Mr. Goodsir’s specimens were derived. Nymphon spinosum, Goodsir, Edin. P. J. January 1842, p. 136. pl. 3. fig. 3. Examples of this species have been taken in Belfast bay, &c. No locality is mentioned by Mr. Goodsir, but his specimens are probably from the Firth of Forth. Pasithoe vesiculosa, Goodsir, Edin. P. J. Oct. 1842, p. 365. pl. 6. fig. 17. My specimen of this rare form was dredged at Dalkey island, bay of Dublin, in August 1840: R. Ball, E. Forbes, W.T.: Mr. Goodsir’s was procured in the Firth of Forth. ov Ireneus splendidus, Goodsir, Edin. Phil. Journ. Oct. 1843, p. 339. . 6. fig.1—9. 2 Although this species is unknown to me as Irish, it seems desirable, from its being as yet recorded only as inhabiting a part of the eastern coast of Scotland, to mention, that it frequents the western coast of that country likewise, several specimens having been captured by Mr. Hyndman in a towing-net at the Kyles of Bute in the month of June last. Their green colour especially attracted attention. 320 Mr. W. Thompson’s Contributions to the Fauna of Ireland, My Pasithoe, together with the two species of Nymphon and the Ireneus, have been seen by Mr. Goodsir. Udonella caligorum, Johnston, Loudon’s Mag. Nat. Hist. vol. viii. p- 496. f. 45. Numerous parasites of this species were attached to a Caligus on a gray gurnard (T'rigla Gurnardus), captured on the coast of Down on the 22nd of June last by Mr. Hyndman. ANNELIDA. +Borlasia alba, Thompson. Dec. 18, 1843.—Two worms, apparently of the genus Borlasia (Johnston, Mag. Zool. and Bot. vol. i. p. 536) and of the same spe- cies, were found on the beach a short way northward of Carrickfergus by Mr. Hyndman and myself. They were lurking under stones be- tween tide-marks. The species may be described as new, under the name of Borlasia alba :—of a whitish colour throughout, excepting behind the eyes on each side, where a reddish spot appears; eyes fourteen ; the first four on each side near the margin of the body dis- posed in a line, and at equal distances from each other ; considerably behind them are three at each side disposed in a triangular manner, the base towards the head of the worm: entire length 2 inches when stretched out so that its breadth is 1 line or {5th of an inch. oe The annexed outline shows the position of the 710 9\7 eyes. 1. Reddish spots. Planaria cornuta, Mill. Zool. Dan. vol. i. p. 37. tab. 32. £.5—7; Johnst. Mag. Nat. Hist. vol. v. p. 344, with woodcuts. Aug. 26, 1844.—Mr. Hyndman dredging today off Castle Chi- chester, just within the entrance of Belfast bay, and at a depth of from 6 to 10 fathoms, took three specimens on Laminarie. Although the figures of this Planaria in the works cited differ a good deal, I agree with Dr. Johnston in believing them to represent the same species. The Irish specimens as observed at various times were more round in outline than Dr. Johnston’s figures, and consequently quite different from those of Miiller in that respect. The network of red- dish “‘ vein-like ramifications ” on a cream-coloured ground renders this Planaria viewed as a whole very beautiful : the multitude of dot- like black eyes on a rich white ground too looked very elegant from the contrast of the white to the general reddish hue of the animal. Its progress, as Dr. Johnston remarks, ‘‘ for a worm”? is not slow: the tentacula were always reflected backwards so as not to be visible in a profile view. The species has been already so fully described that further observations are unnecessary. One which I left gliding about in sea-water apparently in perfect health, was when I looked at it again after eighteen hours not only dead, but almost wholly decom- posed, with descriptions of some new species of Invertebrata. 321 Planaria rosea, Mill. Zool. Dan. vol. 11. p. 31. tab. 64. figs. 1, 2. At the same time with Planaria cornuta two specimens of P. rosea were taken. ‘This species has not yet a place in the British fauna, but it was obtained on the coast of Anglesea last autumn by Mr. M‘Andrew and Professor Edward Forbes when dredging there. Miiller’s specimens were from the coast of Norway. EcuHINODERMATA. Holothuria [Cucumaria] inherens, Mill. Zool. Dan. vol. i. p. 35. tab. 31. f. 1—7. An example of this species, about three inches in length, or as represented in the ‘ Zoologia Danica,’ was found by Mrs. W. J. Han- cock, cast on the beach at Balbriggan (county Dublin) after a storm in March 1843. This has not been noticed as a British species. t+Chirodota digitata, Mont. (sp.). Holothuria digitata, Mont. Linn. Trans. vol. xi. p. 22. pl. 4. f.6; Forbes’s Brit. Echino- dermata, p. 239. On the 18th of December 1843, an individual of this species, which had hitherto been obtained only by Montagu in Devonshire, was found lying on the sand between tide-marks near Carrickfergus Castle during a search for natural-history objects by Mr. Hyndman and myself. ACALEPHA. + Velella subemarginata, Thompson. Membranous base oblong, slightly cut round the edge, in length 2 inches 10 lines, breadth | inch 72 lines: crest almost crescentic in form or obscurely pointed at highest part, thick in substance, with a minute vein-like ramification appearing throughout : body proper or skeleton, of a narrow oblong form, rounded at ends, in length 2 inches 4 lines, breadth 10 lines. Colour when recent according to Professor Allman: ‘“ Disc, mar- gin and tentacula fine sky-blue; sail light blue, nearly transparent, margined with delicate violet. Skeleton colourless and transparent.” This species differs from the ordinary Velella of the Irish coast in its greatly superior size, in the margin of the membranous base being slightly emarginate, in the crest being of a much stronger consist- ence and of a more rounded outline. The specimen here described was given to me by Professor All- man, who saw great abundance of them on the shore of Courtma- sherry harbour (county Cork) after a south-westerly gale late in the autumn of 1838 or 1839, but preserved only one. This description of aVe/edla from spirits must necessarily be unsatis- factory, but it seems to me better that a species should, under such circumstances, be noticed than passed over altogether—named it perhaps should not be, but this has already been done in my Report on the Invertebrata of Ireland: the specific name there is given er- roneously marginata, 3822 Mr. Ch. C. Babington on the correct Nomenclature of the ZOoOPHYTA. Cellepora Skenei, Ellis and Solander (sp.) ; Johnst. Brit. Zoop. p- 275. pl. 82. f. 6—8. Among “‘corallines” taken in the trawl-nets in very deep water off the eastern coast of Ireland, and preserved in Miss Ball’s collec- tion, is a specimen of C. Skenei which was pointed out to me by that lady in May last. Dr. Johnston, in his ‘ British Zoophytes,’ p. 276, remarks—‘‘ Notwithstanding the apparent dissimilarity in habit of the three preceding Cellepore [C. Skenei, C. ramulosa and C. pumi- cosa], I cannot but suspect that they are merely different states of the same species, for in these productions the ‘ fronti nulla fides’ receives many an apposite illustration.” This specimen tends to bear out the correctness of the view that the three forms are not speci- fically different : the form C. Skenei is rare ; C. ramulosa not common ; C. pumicosa abundant: this last may perhaps be considered the base of both the others. With this one specimen of C. Skenei, a good deal of C. ramulosa was taken of small size adherent to Sertularia ar- gentea. Retepora cellulosa, Linn. (sp.); Johnston, Brit. Zoop. p. 297, vignette no. 46. p. 283. Professor Allman informs me that he has in his possession a spe- cimen of this Retepora attached to a Pinna obtained by the long-line fishermen in spring last at Cape Clear. Iluanthos Scoticus, Forbes, Ann. Nat. Hist. vol. v. p. 183. pl. 3? A number of specimens of an J/uanthos (and there is little doubt belonging to this species, though from their not having been seen ina living state a note of interrogation is added) were found by Mrs. W. J. Hancock on the beach at Balbriggan, after a storm in March 1843. The only other specimens recorded were taken in four fathoms water at Loch Ryan, south-west of Scotland. XLV.—On the correct Nomenclature of the Lastrea spinosa and L. multiflora of Newman. By Cuarizs C. Basineton, M.A., F.LS., F.G.8. &e.* Lastrea spinosaa—In Newman’s ‘ History of British Ferns’ this name is adopted for the plant usually known in England as Aspidium spinulosum (Sw.), on account of Roth having been the first botanist who, in Mr. Newman’s opinion, properly distin- euished this plant from the fern known in this country by the name of A. dilatatum, and called by Roth Polysticum multiflorum. That Roth deserves the credit of very carefully distinguishing the plants will be allowed by all who read his observations upon them, . * Read before the Botanical Society of Edinburgh, 10th April, 1845. astreea spinosa and Li. multiflora of Newman. 2 Last 1] ltifl Ni 323 but I am not inclined to admit that he was the first who under- stood them. All the older writers who have noticed this plant refer to Weiss, Crypt., who deseribes it most satisfactorily as Polypodium filix- femina, y. spinosa, but states expressly that this and three other varieties are “ unius solummodo speciei notabiliores varietates.” His term spinosa therefore, bemg only employed to designate a variety, has no claim of priority over one used specifically, for it certainly is not imperative, although an excellent practice, to adopt that name for a plant as a species the term by which it was known as a variety. Weiss refers to Miiller’s ‘ Flora Fri- drichsdalia’ for a description and figure of his plant: that de- scription is very short but satisfactory, and the figure (which only represents one pair of pinnee) cannot be doubted. If now we refer to the earliest writers who have used the term spinulosum as applicable to a species, we find Miller employing it* in the ‘ Flora Danica’ in the year 1777, and Retz in his ‘ Flora Scandinavie’ in 1795. The figure in the ‘ Fl. Dan.’ is far from being satisfactory, as indeed is the case with many of the plates in that work, but it, and Miiller’s own figure in his ‘ FI. Fridrich.,’ which is certainly our plant, are quoted as belonging to Asp. spi- nulosum by all the best authorities. There cannot, I think, be any doubt that Miiller, when applying the name of Polyp. spinu- losum to the plate in ‘ Fl. Dan.,’ supposed that the artist intended to represent the unnamed plant noticed by him in his ¢ Fl. Fri- drich.” as Polypodium no. 841. This settles the point as to the priority of the names, for spinosum was not applied to a species until used by Roth in the year 1800. Even if Miiller had been unacquainted with the plant named Polysticum multiflorum by Roth, we should have had quite suffi- cient proof that his Polyp. spinulosum is identical with the Polyst. spinosum of Roth, and also that he well understood the ‘species ; but if we turn to the ‘ Fl. Fridrich.’ we find upon the same plate the representation of another pair of pinnz belonging to his un- named plant Polyp. no. 845, and this is a very good figure of Roth’s Polyst. multiflorum, being indeed referred by him to that species. Miiller’s short description also is satisfactory. It seems then that although Roth may have been the first who “ properly” (that is I presume according to modern ideas) distinguished the species, yet that thirty-three years previously Miiller had sepa- rated them specifically, and described and figured them accord- ing to the modes usually adopted at that date. Miiller having * The assertion that “ spinulosum”’ here is a misprint for Weiss’s term “ spinosum”’ is surely unfounded. Miiller’s name was doubtless suggested by that of Weiss, and substituted, we may well suppose, as agreeing better with the character of the plant. 324 Mr. Ch. C. Babington on the correct Nomenclature of the afterwards given a name to one of them (but still anterior to the publication of Roth’s work) ought not to have his name super- seded, because the artist employed on the ‘ Fl. Dan, was not of a high order of merit, or because he was careless enough to ad- mit the bad figure engraved on tab. 707. to be a representation of his previously unnamed species, and took that opportunity of conferring a name upon it. That Miiller did not confound his own plant (Polyp. no. 841, Fl. Fridrich.) with the P. cristatum (Linn.) will be seen by attending to an observation upon p. 195 of his ‘ Fl. Fridrich.’ which is as follows : “Tria Polypodia, no.841, 844, 845, nullo modo cum Linneanis descriptionibus aut aliorwm satis juste conciliare potui, hinc peritis descriptiones ac figuree fohiolorum traduntur.” Of these plants no. 841. is Polyp..spinu- losum (Miull.) ; no. 844. is Athyrium ovatum (Roth.), A. dentatum (Hoffm.), which seems to form part of the A. molle of Newman ; no. 845. is Polyst. multiflorum (Roth). Thus it appears that Miller had endeavoured to refer his plants to a Linnzean species, but without success, and that succeeding botanists have con- firmed their separation from the plants of Linnzeus. Having done my best to show that spznu/osum is the earliest specific name belonging to Polyst. spmosan of Roth (who indeed quotes both the ¢], Fridrich’ and ‘Fl. Dan,’ in his ‘Tent. Fl. Germ.,’ but, apparently by accident, does not notice the specific name given in the latter, although he had previously quoted it in his ‘ Catalecta,’ pt. 1.), it 1s not. necessary to waste space upon an examination of later descriptions of plants so named, some of which describe the indusium as having a fringe of stalked glands, and therefore probably refer to the Polyst. multiflorum (Roth), and others expressly notice its absence. I find no reference to these glands in the original authorities for Polyp. spinulosum, and do not thmk that there is any P. spznulosum which possesses them, and at the same time is specifically distinct from P. mul- tiflorum (Roth). I possess three continental specimens named Asp. spinulosum, in neither of which are there stalked glands to be found. Two of them are from Prussian Saxony, and the third is from Bitche in Lorrame. There does not seem to be the slight- est reason to doubt these specimens being Polyst. spinosum (Roth) and Polyp. spinulosum (Miull.), and they tend to confirm the opi- nion that the true Asp. spinulosum of Germany is the same as our plant (Lastrea spinosa, Newm.), and that it has not the stalked glands on the edge of the mdusium. The synonyms seem to be as follows :— Polypodium, no. 841, Miill. Fl. Fridrich. 193. tab. 2. fig. 2. (1767). Polyp. filix-foemina, y. spinosa, Weiss, Pl. Crypt. Fl. Gott. 316. 1770). aay Sete Mill. Fl. Dan. 707. (text and probably figure, ) Lastrza spmosa and L. multiflora of Newman. 325 (1777). Retz, Fl. Scand. ed. 2. 250. (1795). Wither. Bot. Arr. ed. 3. iii. 778. (1796). Wahl. Fl. Upsal. 345. (1820). Polyp. multiflorum, . spinosum, Roth, Catalecta Bot. i. 135. (1797). Polysticum spinosum, Roth, Tent. Fl. Germ, iii. 91. (1800). Catal. Bot. ii. 149. (1800). Aspidium dilatatum, (6. spinulosum, Wahl. Fl. Lapp. 282. (1812). Asp. spinulosum, @. Wahl. Fl. Suec. ii. 675. (1826). Nephrodium spinulosum, Kunth, Fl. Berol. ii. 418. (1838). Lastraa spinosa, Newm. in Nat. Alm. for 1844; Hist. of Brit. Ferns, 209. (1844). Lastrea multiflora—aAs to the supposed priority of Roth’s name (Polysticum multiflorum), it may be remarked that Roth having continued to employ his own specific name, given in the ‘ Catalecta,’ is no proof that he “claims for it priority,” as he seems in other cases to prefer his own names to those previously used by Hoffmann without assigning any reason. In the present case he takes no further notice of Hoffmann’s name (Polyp. dila- tatum) than by quoting it as a synonym of his own Polyst. mul- tiflorum. Roth’s ‘ Catalecta Botanica, part 1, appeared in the year 1797, whilst vol. u. of Hoffmann’s ‘ Deutschlands Flora’ (which I have not seen) was published in “1795.” It appears therefore that the claim of priority is in favour of dilatatum, which Roth (Tent. Fl. Germ.) gives as an undoubted synonym of his multiflorum, and also quotes Miiller’s figure in the ‘ F]. Fridrich.,’ to which I have already referred. There does not seem to be sufficient reason for any doubt beimg thrown upon the identity of Hoffmann’s Polyp. dilatatum with Roth’s Polyst. multiflorum ; and if they are identical, Roth’s admirable description is surely not a sufficient reason for adopting a name which has not been used by any botanist (as far as my observation extends) except its author and Mr. Newman, and rejecting one of prior date, and at least as good, which has been correctly employed by many authors. In the first part of his ‘ Catalecta’” Roth did not distinguish this plant from the preceding, but included them both under the name of Polypodium multiflorum. In the second part he sepa- rated them, employing the name of multiflorum for the var. a, and spinosum for the var. 8. of the former part. The ‘ Catalecta,’ part 2, was printed after vol. i. of the ‘Tentamen Fl. Germ.,’ which is quoted in it, and we must refer to the ‘ Tentamen’ for the separation of the synonyms of the respective species, which are mixed together in the ‘Catalecta,’ part 1, but carefully re- ferred to the species to which they belong in the ‘ Tentamen.’ It is unnecessary to go further into an examination of the synonymy of this species, as the whole question turns upon the aboye points. 3826 Mr. B. H. Hodgson on six new species of Nepalese Birds. In conclusion, it may be as well to add, for form’s sake, that I now adopt the old names of spznulosum and dilatatum for these species, from conviction that they have the claim of priority. St. John’s Coll., Cambridge, March 1845. XLVI.—Characters of siz new species of Nepalese Birds. By Brian H. Hopeson, Esq., late British Resident at Nepal. Parus jouchistos.—Back and wing-coverts gray, slightly tinged with olive ; cheeks, breast, abdomen and tail-coverts rufous ; top of the head shining black ; a line from the base of culmen extend- ing over the crown of the head to the nape rufous white ; throat eray; quills and tail blackish brown, margined with gray, and the two outer tail-feathers with white. ¢ Length 44 inches ; bill from gape 4 lmes ; wings 2} inches ; tarsi 9 lines. Parus seriophrys.—Y ellowish olive ; coverts of wings, quills and tail-feathers blackish brown, the former with pale tips, the two latter margined with greenish yellow ; under surface yellowish white ; a spot of bright yellow over each eye. Length 4 inches; bill from gape 4 lines; wigs 23 inches ; tarsi 8 lines. Parus dichrous.—Cinereous ; forehead, cheeks, and throat brownish white ; breast and abdomen pale rufous ; quills and tail- feathers brown, margined with cinereous. Length 42 inches; bill from gape 5 lines; wings 2% inches ; tarsi 9 lines. Oreocincla rostrata.—Upper surface uniform ochraceous brown; beneath ochraceous white, the fore part of neck spotted with black, the feathers of the breast and abdomen margined with black ; a line from the nostrils through each eye white ; under tail-coverts white with dusky edges on the outer sides. Length 11 inches; bill from gape 14 inch ; wings 54 inches ; tarsi 11 inch. Tanthocincla (Trochalopteron) subunicolor—Olivaceous, tinged with rufous on the lower part of the back, some of the feathers of the upper part of the back margined with black ; quills black, basal part of outer webs bright yellow, the other part gray ; tail with middle feathers olivaceous brown, the outer feathers black, tipped with white. Length 81 inches ; bill from gape 9 lines. Leiothrix (Proparus) chrysotis—Cinereous, tinged with olive on the uropygium ; forehead blackish cinereous ; throat silvery eray ; breast and abdomen yellow ; wing-coverts and quills black, the latter margined internally with white, and exteriorly with On some Rarities found on the West Coast of Scotland. 327 orange-yellow ; tail blackish brown, margined exteriorly with yellow. Length 4 inches ; bill from gape 5 lines ; wings 2 inches ; tarsi 9 lines. XLVII.—Notice of some Rarities found on the West Coast of Scotland. By the Rey. Davip LanpssBoroven. In this lazy world a person is often much indebted to the eyes and hands of others in helping him to observe and collect. How helpful might colliers and fishermen be, the former being so often in the bowels of the earth, and the latter by their lines and nets coming so often in contact with the depths of the sea! But they cannw be fashed. From one obliging fisherman in Milport, island of Cumbrae, who has not learned to say “I canna be fashed,” I have got many curiosities. He has sent me at least half a dozen examples of Halichondria infundibuliformis, the funnel-sponge. One of them is figured in Dr. Johnston’s inter- esting ‘ History of British Sponges.’ The last, got a few months ago, is the variety which ranked for a time as a distinct species under the name of H. ventilabra, and is now in the well-stored and liberally-yielding cabinet of Mr. Bean of Scarborough. From the same quarter I got this last summer a piece of iron- stone, which brought up with it some curiosities from the deep sea. It was studded with Crania personata, so firmly cemented to the stone that only the upper valve could be detached. There was on the same stone a specimen of Serpula vitrea of rather rare occurrence. And winding over the surface of the stone, there was something like a flat sea-worm of a flesh-red colour, having at intervals the appearance of round puckered mouths. I thought I had seen its like before, but as I had mislaid the specimen with which I wished to compare it, I sent it to Mr. W. Thompson, Bel- fast, a kind resolver of doubts, who informed me that it was, as I had suspected, Zoanthus Couchii. From the same obliging fisherman I got, this summer, Psolus phantapus, which was new to me; but respecting which I could have no doubt, from its corresponding so well with the figure and description given by Professor Forbes in his ‘ History of British Starfishes,’ &c. On the shore at Ardrossan I found this summer, among some sea-weeds, what was new to me, and I believe is rare, Aplysia punctata. Even Aplysia depilans is rare here. Acteon viridis, Mont. (sp.). In a little rocky pool of sea-water, about halfway betwixt Bro- dick and Corrie, on the Arran shore, I discovered in July 1844 328 Rey. D. Landsborough on some Rarities found an Alga which seemed new to me. I greedily laid hold of it, and found it no easy matter to detach it from the rock to which it firmly adhered. It turned out to be Codium tomentosum—not rare I believe either in England or Ireland, but so rare with us, that the only Scottish specimen I had ever seen, was one given me by my intelligent friend Dr. Curdie (now in the wilds of Austra- lia), which he had got in the island of Gigha, off Cantyre*. On taking it out of the water I observed a greenish gelatinous ani- mal on it; but being taken up with my rare plant, I cast the animal into the pool again. I afterwards saw on the Codiwm two more of the same species, but considerably smaller ; and observing that they were beautifully mottled with azure spots, I deposited them in my vasculum among the branches of Codium. When, on reaching home, I put them into a tumbler of sea-water, I soon saw that I had got a rare and beautiful mollusk, Aplysia, now Acteon viridis, discovered by Col. Montagu on the Devonshire coast, and described by him in the ‘ Transactions ’ of the Linnean Society. Allow me to refer to his description as quoted by my excellent friend Professor Fleming of Aberdeen in his ‘ British Animals,’ a book which ought to be in the hands of every British naturalist. As I kept it for nearly a week in the tumbler, where it seemed to browse with great satisfaction on the delicate woolly beard of the Codium, I had every opportunity of observing it, and I found that it was even more beautiful than from Montagu’s excellent description I could have supposed. Its general colour is green, betwixt grass-green and bottle-green ; but in certain lights it has a considerable shade of rich puce colour of the finest velvet. It is beautifully dotted with azure and with gold. The azure spots are small and numerous on all parts of the body and of the fins, and are precisely of the same brilliant azure as the lines on Pa- tella pellucida. The golden spots were confined to the upper parts of the body; they were few in number, but considerably larger and less regular in form than the azure dots. Two of them for instance were oblong, and extended from the ear-lhke tentacula down to the eyes, which were placed on what we would call the cuff of the neck, as if to keep watch against the enemies from behind, while it was busy feeding on the rich pasture afforded by the Codium. The membrane which acts as fins is of the same colour and substance as the body. When the fins are raised and meet above, they give it the appearance of being gibbous on the back. More generally however they are a little apart from each other, and in * T have since learned from Mr. Thompson of Belfast, that he found se- veral plants of it growing in the greatest perfection in a small rock-pool near Ballantrae (Ayrshire) in the month of August 1839, on the West Coast of Scotland. 529 swimming they extend horizontally from the body, and show, at the base of the neck, betwixt the upper part of the fins, a whitish protuberance bearing some resemblance to the shield on the back of Aplysia depilans. At the base of each fin, and pretty close to the back, there could be seen, when the light was favourable, all along the in- side, a line like the midrib of a leaf; and from this double mid- rib there proceeded at intervals, ves in a slanting direction to the upper margin of each fin ; so that when the two fins were ex- panded, it was like a green-veined leaf. To this appearance it may at times owe its safety by deceiving the eye of prowlers. The description of the mouths given by Montagu suited my specimens, except that in them the margin only of the upper lip was black. The lower lip and part of the throat were quite white, and were the only parts that had none of the azure or golden dots. I may mention in conclusion, that when the animal was held betwixt the eye and the light, the body and the fins seemed full of darkish granules. On mentioning to Mrs. Griffiths (a name dear to naturalists) that I had fallen in with this green beauty, she informed me that it was frequently found in Devonshire on the Codium tomentosum, which seems to be its favourite pasture-ground ; and on which, from similarity of colour, it may often escape detection. Syrinx papillosus, Thomp. In the month of March last, when my daughter Margaret was picking up some Algz on the strand near to Stevenston Burn- foot, she observed on the shore a number of gelatinous creatures, blown up like little bags. Fortunately she brought one of them home with her; and unfortunately she brought but one ; for it turned out to be the rare Syrinx papillosus. I kept it alive for some time and made some observations on it, which I sent, along with its poor remains, to Mr. Thompson. He is a person whom it is a pleasure and a privilege to consult in doubts and difficulties. I shall add the substance of what I wrote to Mr. Thompson respecting Syrinx papillosus. When found it was in the form of a soda-water bottle, about an inch and a half in length, and about Zths of an inch in dia- meter. On being put into sea-w ater, it aeniened very much the appearance of the figure given by Forbes , being nearly 3 inches in length. The concentric strize were rather faint ; but the lon- gitudinal ones looked like ribs, about fifteen in number: and were fully twice as distant from each other as the. concentric ones which they crossed. It soon became flaccid, and contracted to less than half an inch in diameter ; but it firmly adhered to the Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Vol. xv. 2A 330 On some Rarities found on the West Coast of Scotland. glass by the short papille with which its body was covered. Its colour was dirty white clouded with reddish brown. Next day it was blown up again, had become more lively, and twisted itself into various forms. It gave us no reason to think that it had a proboscis. It only once displayed its tentacula, about twelve in number, which were spread back and lay quite flat around the mouth in the form of a little star. While we waited for a more complete manifestation, it died in our hands, so that the figure was taken by my daughter Margaret in very unfavourable cir- cumstances*. The tentacula were broader at the base than they are represented im the figure. When it put out only the tips of them, they appeared round, obtuse, and marked with reddish brown bands, somewhat like the single magnified tentaculum in the figure. When it died it shrunk into very small dimensions. The concentric corrugations, though still famter than the ribs, were more evident than when it was alive. The reticulations as- sumed a beaded aspect, so as to give the body of the creature, in certam lights, a considerable resemblance to a small head of Indian corn. But let me not forget to mention among the memorabilia, a Champagne bottle fished up last summer from the deep sea _be- twixt Bute and Cumbrae! A bottle of Highland whisky could not have been more prized by my friend James M‘Fee the fisherman, nor a bottle of old Falernian more valued by myself. It seemed quite a knowing, far-travelled, aristocratic bottle. Instead of a cork, it “ Had fix’d a scallop on its mouth before.” Its sides were incrusted with Serpula triquetra, and its deep concavity below was inwrought with Serpula tubularia. But what did it contain? Ay, there’s the rub. It would take a wise man to answer that question. I never attempted it. It was full, how- ever, of some white, soft, dense substance. Having by dint of assiduity extracted a little of it, I sent it by post to Dr. Sten- house, a first-rate chemist im Glasgow, begging him to let me know what treasure of the deep this marine vial contained. Ha- ving done it all the honours of his laboratory, and having se- cundum artem analysed the precious contents, he returned for answer that “it was fat of some kind—probably tallow”!!! “‘ Parturiunt montes, nascetur ridiculus mus.” Asterina gibbosa. In August 1844 I had the pleasure of finding Asterina gib- bosa, or the gibbous starlet, in pools of sea-water on the rocky shore of Arran, near to Lamlash. It has been found in several * In consequence of this, the drawing has not been engraved. Mr. J. Walton on the genus Apion. 331 places in England ; and Mr. Thompson, Belfast, has found it all around the coast of Ireland; but the only habitat in Scotland mentioned by Prof. Edward Forbes is the gneiss shore of Ross- shire. I may mention, that about five years ago, I found near the same locality at Clackland Point, a little starfish which was quite new to me, and for which afterwards I repeatedly looked in vain. I found two of them alive, adhering to Halidrys siliquosa, but they were lost by being deposited in a yasculum which had been so injured that it could not be kept closely shut. This star/e¢ was not more than #ths of an inch in length, and little more than $ths in breadth ; and as it had only four rays, and as the angles were not produced, it had quite the appearance of a miniature oblong shield. It was ash-coloured above. It is possible that it might be an abnormal variety of Asterina gibbosa, but this must remain in dubia till it is found by some person with a securer vas- culum. XLVIII.—Notes on the Synonymy of the Genus Apion, with De- scriptions of Six new Species, &c. By Joun Watton, Esq., F.L.S. [Continued from vol, xiii. p. 457.] 37. Apion striatum, Marsh., Kirb., Steph. Manual. — Pisi, Germ., Steph. — atratulum, Germ., Steph., Schonh. Tuts species may be distinguished from the following by having the head rugose-punctate between the eyes, and the vertex with a smooth shining transverse band adjoming the thorax ; this is a con- stant character: the thorax has a distinct dorsal channel. The majority have the elytra obcuneiform and very convex ; these may be regarded as of the normal form ; but many individuals have a tendency to become much shorter, and these varieties have the elytra globose-ovate and subglobose ; others are narrowed poste- riorly and less convex, having the forms oblong-ovate and oblong- oval ; hence the difficulty of identifying species from descriptions. Kirby and Stephens describe this species with the elytra globose ; Germar and Schénherr as obcuneiform: when the extreme forms are contrasted by placing them in juxtaposition, it is difficult to believe that they belong to the same species ; yet in a long series they are closely linked together by a regular transition from one form to another, and by the natural character of the sculpture. Small specimens are sometimes found less than half the magni- tude of others, with intermediate sizes. The characters which commonly distinguish the sexes are not very obvious in this and 2A2 332 Mr. J. Walton on the genus Apion. the following species, and without some practical experience are . rather difficult to determine. I received four insects from Germar with the name Ap. atra- tulum ; these are beyond all doubt the same species as Ap. stria- tum of Marsham and Kirby. Very common almost everywhere on the furze (Ulex ewropeus) from February to November. 38. A. immune, Kirb., Steph., Schonh. — Betule (Chevr. in Litt.), Schonh. This species differs from the preceding in having the head di- stinctly striated between the eyes, the vertex very coarsely punc- tured adjacent to the thorax, the corresponding space in Ap. stri- atum being smooth and shining ; the thorax with a large puncture near the base, before the scutellum, sometimes obsolete or want- ing. The thorax has been described as somewhat globose and punctulated, whereas it is narrow and subcylindrical, laterally a little dilated at the middle, very coarsely and thickly punctured ; the elytra, at the sides, posteriorly much enlarged and rounded, with the apex obtusely rounded, above very convex, and remark- ably gibbous behind the middle. It is a smaller species than the foregoing, and also variable in form and size. M. Chevrolat forwarded to me two insects under the name of Ap. Betule of Schonherr, which are very evidently small varieties of this species. In my former notes on the species of this genus, I have erro- neously referred the present insect to the preceding, as its male ; the possession of an extensive series recently collected in the south of England has enabled me to correct this error, and to point out the specific distinctions of both species. This insect appears to be confined to the south of England and is rather local; I found it plentifully on the broom (Spartiwm Sco- parium) in Charlton sand-pits and in other localities in June and September. 39. A. Sorbi, Herbst, Kirb., Gyll., Germ., Steph., Schonh. Curc. viridescens, Marsh. A. carbonarium, Germ. (¢), Steph. Ill. The male of this species is of smaller size than the female, the eyes are more prominent, the rostrum shorter and stouter, and the elytra black. Gyllenhal first identified the male of this insect, which he com- municated to Kirby; afterwards both authors described the female, and characterized the male ; since which (1817) Germar described and figured an insect under the name of Ap. carbonarium, which he subsequently recorded as the male of Ap. Sorbi*. Stephens in his ‘ I|nstrations’ described an insect under the name of Ap, * Germ. Mag. iii. App. p. 39. Mr. J. Walton on the genus Apion. 333 carbonarium of Germar, which he has sunk in his ‘ Manual’ as a variety of Ap. Sorbi, but with a note of interrogation; and the error has not been corrected, as the name still stands in Curtis’s ‘Guide’ and in Stephens’s ‘ Nomenclature.’ Gyllenhal has erroneously referred the male to Cure. aterrimus of Linnzeus : see notes on Ap. marchicum. This fine species appears to be rare in the south of England. Mr. S. Stevens captured a few specimens of both sexes at Bury- hill near Arundel ; Mr. Wollaston found the female abundantly amongst moss and dead leaves near Cambridge, and what is re- markable, without a single male occurring ; I have also met with the female very plentifully under the same circumstances in woods and hedges near Knaresborough in Yorkshire in June, and both sexes in company in the same neighbourhood on the black thorn (Prunus spinosa) in September. According to my experience, the males of Ap. subulatum are very rarely found with the female, and when they occur together, the number of females is much greater in proportion than the males. It is difficult to assign a cause for these anomalies. 40. A. Ervi, Kirb., Gyll., Germ., Steph., Schonh. — (6) Lathyri, Kirb., Steph. Mr. Kirby confounded the sexes of this insect, and recorded Ap. Lathyri as a distinct species ; Gyllenhal afterwards defined the sexual characters, and cited Ap. Lathyri of Kirby as the male of Ap. Ervi ; British writers have subsequently, upon the author- ity of the latter author, upheld the name ; I have however pub- lished* evidence of their identity which I need not repeat here. This is a common species, widely distributed, and occurs al- most everywhere on the Lathyrus pratensis from June to October. 41, A. punctigerum, Germ., Gyll., Steph., Schonh. — sulcifrons, Kirb., Steph., not Herbst. — punctiger, Payk., Gyll. vol. iii. I have seen a foreign specimen of Ap. sulcifrons of Herbst in the possession of Mr. Waterhouse, which is undoubtedly distinct from the present species, and has not yet been discovered in Britain. I found this insect abundantly in the north, and also near Dover on Vicia sepium, in company with Bruchus seminarius, in June last. , 42. A. Spencii, Kirb., Germ., Steph., Schonh. — (var. 3, y.) foveolatum, Kirb., Steph. — intrusum, Gyll., Steph. — columbinum, Steph., not Germ. The description of Ap. foveolatum by Kirby is taken from a * Ent, Mag. vy. p. 13. Bie Mr. J. Walton on the genus Apion. Swedish insect sent to him by Gyllenhal, which is now in the pos- session of the Entomological Society : no doubt can exist as to - the identity of this insect ; it is pinned with a long fine pin and labelled with Mr. Kirby’s number 27 ; subsequently Gyllenhal described the same species ; and it is very remarkable, that the de- scriptions of the sculpture by these celebrated entomologists are very discrepant. ‘The head between the eyes is described by Kirby as having an impressed fovea, by Gyllenhal as flat, not impressed ; the thorax is defined by the former as deeply punctured, by the latter as obsoletely punctate. I have minutely examined the Swedish insect above-named ; it has the head, between the eyes (when viewed in front), evidently impressed, and the thorax distinctly punctured. It has a very great resemblance in all its essential characters to Ap. Spencii, and as the latter species is extremely variable, I have hitherto regarded it as a male variety, but it appears to have the rostrum a little shorter and rather less bent ; the antenne with their articulations also appear to be rather shorter and a little stouter ; these differences have caused me to hesitate in giving a decided opinion. The British insect variety B, cited by Kirby under the name of Ap. foveolatum with a note of interrogation, “an idem ?” is beyond all doubt a male of Ap. Spencii; and va- riety y. 1s decidedly a female variety of the same species. Gyl- lenhal has referred the first (@.) to his Ap. intrusum, and I have no doubt from his description it is synonymous with Ap. Spencii. Germar has cited both the above varieties of Kirby (8, y.) under his Ap. columbinum, but with a note of interrogation. I possess a foreign example of the latter species from Germar ; it has the habit of a female of Ap. Spencii with a narrow head, but appears to be distinct from that species; it differs in having the head longer and constricted behind the eyes, with a much deeper con- cavity between them, the concavity profoundly sulcate ; the thorax somewhat cylindrical, deeply rugose-punctate ; the elytra longer, less convex, and of an oblong-oval form: I have never seen a British specimen like it. The typical examples of Ap. Spencii (27 2 3), now im the Kir- bian collection, have the head with a distinct cavity or fovea be- tween the eyes; it is very extraordinary that Mr. Kirby in his description should have omitted to notice this important cha- racter. The male has the rostrum rather shorter than that of the female, filiform, and covered with hairs to the apex; in the latter sex the rostrum is rather attenuated before the antenne, and glabrous. Varieties of the female occur with very narrow heads ; and the cavity between the eyes in both sexes is more or less deep ; the foveze on each side of the dorsal channel towards the base are sometimes obsolete or entirely wantmg. When a long series of this species is closely examined, the characters will be found to be extremely variable. ~ Mr. J. Walton on the genus Apion. 335 I have found this insect very abundant near Low Harrowgate, Scarborough, and at other places in Yorkshire, invariably on Vicia Cracca in the month of August ; and also at Lyndhurst. Taken by Mr. S. Stevens near Edgeware, and at Hampstead in July. 43, A. virens, Herbst, Kirb., Germ., Gyll., Steph., Schénh. — marchicum, Kirb. (3), Germ., Steph. — eneocephalum, Gyll. vol. iii. Mr. Kirby suspected that Ap. marchicum was but a sexual ya- riety of Ap. virens; the male has the rostrum distinctly shorter and stouter, with the antennz inserted at the middle ; I have no doubt whatever that the former is the male of the latter. It is rather a common species, and found in the north and south of England on hedge-banks and amongst grass in the spring and autumn. 44, A. Astragali, Payk., Karb., Gyll., Germ., Steph., Schénh. I am indebted to R. N. Greville, Esq., for specimens of this beautiful insect ; they were taken by him near Northampton in June; it inhabits Astragalus glycyphyllus, and is found in June and July. I have frequently examined that plant in the north and south of England, but I never met with the insect ; it appears to be extremely local and periodical in its appearance: Mr. Kirby sought for it year after year, Astragalus glycyphyllus being abun- dant near his residence, but never found it more than once. 45. A. Loti, Kirb., Germ., Steph. — angustatum, Kirb., Gyll., Schénh. — modestum, Germ. — (var.) glabratum (Spence MSS.), Germ., Steph. — (var.) civicum, Mus. Steph. Ap. angustatum was described by Kirby from a Swedish in- sect which is certainly a narrow female variety of Ap. Loti; ex- amples of the latter, which I sent to Schonherr, were named by that author Ap. angustatum ; and specimens previously forwarded to Schénherr by Mr. Waterhouse were returned with the same name. [ likewise sent specimens to Germar ; his note relative to them is as follows: “ Ap. Loti of Kirby (¢) and Ap. angusta- tum (2) are no doubt the same species; until the present time I possessed only one injured specimen, presented to me by Mr. Spence ; my Ap. modestum is identical with Ap. angustatum.” It is upon Mr. Kirby’s authority that I have cited Ap. glabratum as a synonym, from the followmg note in his manuscript book : “ gla- bratum of Spence, var. Apion Loti, K.” This I communicated to Germar in a note under dp. Loti, but he made no observation upon it. I have found this species rather abundant in Yorkshire, at 306 Mr. J. Walton on the genus Apion. Birch Wood, Mickleham, and other places, always upon the Lotus corniculatus, in July. 46. A. afer, Schonh. (1833). — validirostre, Schonh. — puncticolle (Waterh. MSS.), Steph. Manual (1839). I possess eight foreign examples of this species, sent to me by Schénherr, Germar and Chevrolat all under the first name ; I have closely examined and compared these with a long series of eighty-three specimens of Ap. puncticolle, and no doubt exists in my mind that they are identically the same; M. Chevrolat and Mr. Waterhouse agree with me in this opinion. It is an insect that is subject to sexual and mdividual variation, and the va- rieties in a long series gradually pass one into another, so that no separation can be made. According to Germar, Ap. validirostre of Schonherr is the male of this species. I met with a great number of this msect the begining of July amongst grass on hedge-sides near Turner’s Wood, Hamp- stead. 47. A. scutellare, Kirb., Germ., Schonh., Steph. — Kirbii (Leach MSS.), Germ., Steph. I sent specimens of this msect under the name of Ap. Kirbii to Schénherr, who referred them to Ap. scutellare of his work. Kirby origmally characterized it with the latter name, and I re- gret that in strict accordance with the law of priority it cannot be changed. The late Dr. Leach placed in the national cabinet (at what period I have no means of determining) three insects under the name of Ap. Kirbii, which undoubtedly belong to Ap. scutellare. Germar has described* an insect with the name Ap. Kirbii, and added this note: “ According to the description of Ap. scutellare, Mon. 78, we should distinguish this insect as being it, if Dr. Leach had not sent the same as a new species under the above name ; but should this have been done through mistake, this description will at least serve as an addition to that of Kirby.” I have found this imsect very plentiful on the furze (Ulex europeus) near Lyndhurst, and in Windsor Forest in June, and also at Shirley Common in October. On the furze, Ascot Heath, in great abundance in July and August, Mr. 8. Stevens. 48. A. obscurum, Marsh., Kirb., Steph. Two examples of this species were found amongst a parcel of insects given to Mr. Marsham by A. B. Lambert, Esq., one of * Germ. Mag. iii. App. p. 50, 1818. Mr. J. Walton on the genus Apion. 337 which is now in the collection of Mr. Kirby, and the other in that of Mr. Stephens ; these are the only specimens known. 49. A. flavipes, Fab. (1781), Herbst, Kirb., Gyll., Germ., Steph., Schonh. Common on the white or Dutch clover (Trifolium repens), Mr. Kirby. 50. A. nigritarse, Kirb., Germ., Steph., Schonh. — Waterhousei, Schonh. The typical example of the last-named insect being in the ca- binet of Mr. Waterhouse, I have had ample opportunity of exami- ning it; it is doubtless a female variety of the present species, having the tibize obscure testaceous. Found rather abundantly on various plants, which renders its habitat uncertain. 51. A. assimile, Kirb., Germ., Gyll., Steph., Schénh. — (var. b.) flavipes, Gyll. vol. ii. Taken occasionally in profusion from April to October in red clover fields, pastures, meadows, and on hedge-banks, frequently in company with the two following species (Ap. Fagi and Ap. Trifolit). 52. A. Fogi, Linn., Kirb. Curc. Fagi, Mus. Linn. A. apricans, Herbst, Germ., Gyll., Steph., Schénh. — Fagi, Mus. Kirb. — flavifemoratum, Kirb., not Herbst. The law of priority requires that the name given by the illus- trious naturalist should be restored to this species. Mr. Kirby has demonstrated* that the original specimens now preserved in the Linnean museum are “beyond all question ” the true Curc. Fagi of Linneus. I have recently rigorously re- examined and compared these specimens with all the yellow- legged Apions that are liable to be confounded with them, and I can now affirm, without the least hesitation or doubt, that they are two immature males of Ap. apricans of Herbst : the form of the rostrum being nearly straight ; the pale yellow basal joints of the antennz, their shallow subremote punctures on the disc of the thorax, the pallid or pale yellow trochanters and femora, distinguish them from al) the other allied species. Ap. Fagi of Kirby is described by him from the above-named Linnzan examples. There is an insect in the Kirbian collection of Apions with the name “ Fagi” ; it is fastened upon a piece of paper with gum, and compressed to imitate the Linnean speci- * Linn. Trans. ix. p. 41, 338 Mr. J. Walton on the genus Apion. mens ; this I have many times examined, and always with the same result, which is, that it is an immature male of Ap. apricans of Herbst, synonymous with Ap. flavifemoratum of Kirby: the latter author therefore appears to have described the same spe- cies twice ; but I think the circumstance of Linneus having given the habitat in “ Fagi foliis” has had a tendency to bias Mr. Kir- by’s judgement, in considering it distinct from his Ap. flavifemo- ratum: this (with many other species of the genus that I have examined) has ample wings, and the imago is not always found on the same plant that the larva feeds upon, but sometimes on trees—see notes on Ap. Cracce ; it is therefore very probable that Ap. Fagi of Linnzeus was found on a beech-tree. This and the preceding species, from their extreme resemblance to each other, are rather difficult to determine, but a knowledge of their sexual dissimilarities in the form of the rostrum will greatly assist in distinguishing them. Ap. assimile may be known from Ap. Fagi by having the ros- trum in both sexes distinctly more curved, and in the male at- tenuated im front ; whereas the latter species has the rostrum of both sexes filiform, nearly straight, and evidently longest in the female. Ap. assimile has the basal jomts of the antenne dull piceous ; the thorax closely punctulated, with the punctures con- fluent. Ap. Fagi has the basal jomts of the antennz testaceous ; the thorax above more convex, with shallow subremote punctures on the disc ; and it is a larger insect than Ap. assimile. I have foreign specimens of Ap. flavifemoratum of Herbst from Germar, found in Saxony, which is a very distinct species and not hitherto discovered in this country. I have also foreign examples of Ap. apricans of Herbst from Schonherr. I have frequently taken, in the spring and autumn, this and the preceding species together in profusion in red clover fields (Tri- folium pratense) near Mickleham, at Birch Wood, and other localities, also in meadows and pastures where that plant grows. 53. A. Trifolii, Linn. Cure. Trifolii, Mus. Linn. (Syst. Nat. iii. App. p. 224). A. estivum, Germ., Gyll., Steph., Schonh. — (¢) ruficrus, Germ., Schonh. — (var. 3.) flavifemoratum, Kirb. — (var.) Leachii, Steph. I have the pleasure of reviving and re-establishing, by means of the Linnean cabinet, the appropriate name of Linnzus to this species. There is an insect preserved in the Linnzean collection (which it is very remarkable has been overlooked by Marsham and Kirby) that is well secured with gum upon a piece of paper, on which is inscribed “ Trifolii” by Linnzeus’s own hand ; the name Mr. J. Walton on the genus Apion. 339 being written on the same paper which bears the insect, effectually protects it against every casualty : this evidence is so strong and conclusive, that not a shadow of a doubt can now exist as to its identity. Moreover it agrees with his description in all its na- tural characters; but the body is covered beneath with whitish mould, which has been noted by the terms “ abdomen niveum,” when in fact the species has a black, naked body: this error, it is but fair to observe, may well be excused, since, accord- ing to Kirby, Linnzus rarely used a lens. Cure. Trifolii, de- scribed by Marsham (after Limnzeus) as having a white abdomen, has long been immolated by Kirby. Schoénherr has cited Ap. Trifolii of Linnzus as a mere synonym to Ap. Vicie, because the latter species has a white abdomen; but Schduherr has injudi- ciously applied the name to a species with very different cha- racters, namely Ap. Trifolii of Limtz. We are informed by Lin- neeus that his insect inhabits Trifolium montanum ; in England it is found abundantly upon Trifolium pratense. I have many times inspected the type of Cure. Trifolii of Linnzeus, and have not the slightest doubt of its beg a female of Ap. estivum. I sent ex- amples (¢ ?) of this species to Schénherr, who referred them to Ap.estivum of his work. I likewise sent manyspecimens toGermar, who has recorded his opinion of them as follows: “ Ap. estivum : Kirby’s Ap. assimile is identical* ; the first jot of the antennz is more or less red, and sometimes also the second ;” “but Ap. assimile of Gyllenhal is unknown to me.” I cannot concur with Dr. Germar that the British 4p. estivum is identical with Karby’s Ap. assimile, because I think they are furnished with characters sufficiently evident to entitle them to rank as distinct species ; certainly the British Ap. estivum occurs with the basal joints of the antennez more or less piceous, but they are generally black, except the first jomt, which is red at its base. I must here ob- serve, that specimens of Ap. assimile of Kirby, which I sent to Schénherr, were identified by him as 4p. assimile of Gyllenhal. I also forwarded to Germar examples of the same species. I received an insect from Schonherr (symbolized ¢) with the name Ap. ruficrus, referred by him to his work (v. p. 407. 100, Germania). I wrote to Germar for specimens of Ap. estivum; he sent me an example of “ Ap. ruficrus, Germ.” Schonherr now appears to regard Ap. ruficrus as distinct from Ap. estivum, al- though he has previously cited the former name as a synonym to the latter+ ; Germar has recorded that “ Ap. ruficrus may perhaps be only a variety of Ap. estivum ft.” I have very carefully examined the German examples of Ap. ruficrus, and have no doubt they are both males of Ap. Trifolit, * Ent. Zeit., Stettin, no. 1. p.4, 1842. + Syn. Ins. i. p. 281. no. 70. } Germ. Mag. iii. App. p. 39. 340 Mr. J. Walton on the genus Apion. Linn., agreeing with my specimens of the latter in every import- ant character ; they differ however in having some parts of the legs more intensely coloured ; their anterior coxze and trochanters are totally black, and the four posterior femora more or less pi- ceous and inclining to black. The msect received from Schénherr differs from Germar’s in having the intermediate femora testa- ceous : the German specimens appear to have the colour of the legs inclining to black, the British incline more to rufous. On examining a great number of this species, it will be found to have a peculiar tendency to vary extremely in the colour of the legs, and it is impossible to enumerate the shades of difference which arise ; I shall therefore merely give a general description of the range of varieties. The anterior paw of legs have their coxee and trochanters testaceous, with the apex of each, and some- times the base and apex, more or less dusky testaceous, or piceous or black ; the trochanters are not unfrequently wholly piceous or black ; now and then the coxe are black at the base and apex, obscure testaceous in front and piceous black behind, clearly in- dicating a propensity to become entirely black ; the anterior tibiz are frequently piceous, sometimes rufo-testaceous, sometimes black ; occasionally the base and the lower half are black, and between the knees and the middle testaceous ; the four posterior coxee, their trochanters, the joints, the tibize, and all the tarsi, piceous black or black ; all the femora beneath rufous or testa- ceous, now and then inclining to piceous above. Ap. Trifolii may be distinguished from Ap. assimile and Ap. Fagi by having the anterior trochanters pitchy and the four pos- terior black, whereas the two latter species have all the tro- chanters constantly rufous* ; Ap. Trifolit has the rostrum por- rect and very little bent, a good character which will also distin- guish it from Ap. assimile, the latter having the rostrum distinetly curved: these characters, independent of other less striking dif- ferences, are sufficient to discrimimate this species from its con- geners. I met with this insect in considerable numbers with the two preceding in a field of red clover (Trifolium pratense) near Herne Bay in Kent, at the beginning of last June. * Mr. Kirby has very judiciously introduced into his descriptions the co- lour of the coxe and trochanters, and has been followed by Mr. Stephens. It is surprising that Gyllenhal, Germar and Schénherr should have disre- garded the colour of these organs as a subsidiary specific character ; never- theless it is a valuable auxiliary, not only in determining species, but also the sexes: for example, the male of 4p. rufirostre has all the coxe and trochanters yellow, the female has all the coxze black and the trochanters rufous (first noticed by Mr. Spence) ; the male of 4p. difforme has all the trochanters rufous, the female has them deep black ; the male of 4p. flavipes has the anterior coxz rufous, in the female they are always black, Mr. J. Walton on the genus Apion. 54] 54. A. Schoenherri (Waterh. MSS.), Schonh. Black, glabrous and shining. Head short and broad; the frons posteriorly convex and minutely punctured, between the eyes striated, the strize more or less distinct ; rostrum short and stout, attenuated in front and much thickened behind, a little bent, punctulated. Antennz medial, about the length of the rostrum ; the articulations short and robust, entirely black, except the first joint, which is red at its base, and sometimes piceous at its apex. Thorax narrow, oblong, subcylindrical, rather broader than the head, very minutely punctured, the punctures frequently very faintly impressed and indistinct, with a minute fovea before the base, intersected by a faint short line, sometimes scarcely perceptible. Elytra ovate, above very convex, arched, deeply punctate-striate, the striz minutely punctured, the interstices rather broad, flat, and coriaceous. Legs black, with the anterior cox and tro- chanters testaceous, the base and apex of each or only the apex more or less piceous ; occasionally the trochanters are entirely pi- ceous ; the anterior tibize testaceous or fuscous, sometimes testa- ceous in front and piceous behind ; the four posterior coxz black, their trochanters piceous ; all the femora testaceous, now and then rufous. ¢. (Length 1} line.) The female differs in having the head in some examples di- stinctly narrower ; the rostrum longer, slender and filiform ; the antenne inserted behind the middle of the rostrum; the legs more strongly coloured, having the anterior cox, trochanters and tibize piceous. This insect in the order of affinity ranks next to Ap. Trifolii ; the female is very much like the same sex of that species, but di- stinguished chiefly by having the thorax very minutely punctured. One male specimen of this new and very distinct species was first found by Mr. Waterhouse, and he has had the pleasure of naming it in honour of one of the most distinguished and cele- brated entomologists in Europe ; it was described in the work of M. Schonherr by Professor C. H. Boheman from the specimen above-named, and afterwards returned to Mr. Waterhouse ; it appears to be unknown on the continent. I found the female near Scarborough in August 1837, since which a few specimens of both sexes were taken in the same month amongst short grass near Arundel by Mr. S. Stevens and myself. It appears to be not only very rare, but extremely local. 55. A. varipes, Germ., Gyll., Steph., Schonh. — flavifemoratum, var. y. Kirb. — flavipes, var. c. Gyll. vol. ili. This species is nearly related to the four preceding, but it may be readily known from them by its having the rostrum longer 842 Mr. H.E. Strickland on Cyanocitta superciliosa. and much more curved, especially in the female ; the legs longer and distinctly stouter ; with the lower half of all the tibize black, the upper part rufous. This insect is rather local and not frequently found ; I met with it once rather plentifully in a red clover field near Birch Wood, the beginning of June. 56. A. levicolle, Kirb., Germ., Steph., Schénh. Mr. 8. Stevens has found this species common in three localities near Arundel annually, in the month of August ; also near Ryde, Isle of Wight. I met with many specimens on a sand-bank on Windmill Hill, Gravesend, in July: it appears to prefer sandy situations. [To be continued. } XLIX.—Further Notice respecting Cyanocitta superciliosa, a sup- posed new species of Blue Jay. By H. BE. Strickianp, M.A. In the last Number of the ‘ Annals,’ p. 260, I proposed to sepa- rate the Blue Jays of America from Cyanocoraz, under the ge- neric name of Cyanocitta, and I also pointed out a species of the latter group which had been hitherto confounded with the C. ul- tramarina of Mexico. When my paper went to press it happened that I had not then received the March Number of Mr. G. R. Gray’s excellent work the ‘Genera of Birds, which contains a monographic summary of the subfamily Garruline. He there follows precedimg authors in retaming the Blue Jays and the Blue Crows under one genus, Cyanocorazx, of which he enumerates in the whole twenty-one species. There can however be no doubt that these two groups are deserving of generic separation, as they not only differ in many points of structure and of colour, but also in their geographical distribution, Cyanocorax proper inhabiting the warm latitudes of South America, while Cyanocitta ranges from Mexico to the colder parts of the North American con- tient. The latter genus may be thus defined :— Beak moderate, breadth at the base exceeding the height ; up- per mandible depressed at the base, slightly compressed towards the point ; culmen straight for #ths of its length, then gradually curving down ; commissure almost straight till near the apex, then curving downwards ; emargination nearly obsolete, gonys curved upwards, height of each mandible nearly equal. Nostrils covered by recumbent bristly feathers. Frontal feathers not forming a rigid erect crest as in many species of Cyanocoraz. Total length from 10 to 12 inches. Plumage more or less blue, especially on the wings and tail, which are fr requently barred transversely with black. Structure of the feet, wings and tail as in Cyanocoraz. —— ss Se Capt. Portlock on the genus Cardinia. 343 With respect to the species of Cyanocitta which I supposed to be new, and which I denominated C. superciliosa, the synonyms quoted in Mr. Gray’s work under C. ultramarina have induced me to consult the ‘ Zoology of Capt. Beechey’s Voyage,’ and I there find the species in question figured and described by Mr. Vigors under the name of Garrulus californicus. The distinctions between it and C. ultramarina of Mexico (Garrulus sordidus, Swains.) are there correctly pomted out, although all subsequent authors have continued to unite these two species. My proposed specitic name of superciliosa must therefore give way to Mr. Vi- gors’s prior appellation of californica, and the extreme difficulty of obtaining ready access to every zoological work must be my apology for “having added one more to the fen or twelve thousand supertiuous specific synonyms which already exist in ornithology alone. I may add that the “ Pica Siebert” of Wagler is certainly a synonym of C. ultramarina, not a distinct species as Mr, Gray makes it. L.—WNote on Mr. H. E. Strickland’s Paper on the genus Cardinia (Agassiz). By Carr. Porriock, R.E. Corfu, March 11, 1845. Tue paper of Mr. Strickland* contains this passage : “ Some au- thors have been disposed to extend the geological range of this genus, by including in it those species from the coal-measures which Sowerby and most other paleontologists have regarded as true Unionide. Whether Agassiz originally proposed this exten- sion of the genus | am not aware, having never yet been able to meet with his translation of the ‘ Mineral Conchology,’ in which the group is first defined; but in his last work on the subject, the ‘ Etudes critiques sur les Mollusques fossiles, he seems to regard Cardinia as exclusively confined to the lias and lower oolite.” Having before me the German translation by Agassiz of the ‘Mineral Conchology,’ I am enabled to remove this doubt of Mr. Strickland, and to render his history of the new genus Car- dinia complete. To the generic description of the genus Unio (plate 33, Min. Conch.) Sowerby appended this remark : “ Several species of this genus are abundant in the iron-stone bed of Derbyshire, called the mussel-band,” &c. ; and at this passage occurs Agassiz’ first note upon the subject, the words of which are : “ These bivalves from the stone-coal formation which have been classed by Sowerby in the genus Unio are very different from it, as I have satisfied my- * Annals, vol. xiv. p. 100. 344: Capt. Portlock on the genus Cardinia. — self by a careful comparison of the casts of several living species of the genus Unio with the fossil species of the stone-coal. The internal casts of the true Uniones have, like Trigonia, a strong anterior notch, and along the upper margin the impression of the hinge-teeth is distinctly visible. In the fossil casts from the stone- coal there are, on the contrary, two oblique furrows, the one an- terior, the other posterior, which can only have originated from widely separated hinge-teeth. I think that they would be better placed in my genus Cardinia, which I have established from a liassic species of the same type.” Again, under Unio acutus, pl. 38. fig. 5, 6, 7, Sowerby states that he had satisfied himself of the identity of the fossil with the living genus Unio, by comparing a cast of the latter with several fossil casts ; and the note of Agassiz upon this statement is as follows :— “ What Sowerby here states of the generic identity of the so- called Uniones from the stone-coal formation with the species now living in fresh water, merely proves that he recognised in the casts both the principal characteristics of all elongated bivalves provided with oblong hinge-teeth. But he has not thereby taken into ac- count the great difference which the impression itself of these teeth on the casts shows.” In referrmg to Unio crassissimus, U. Listeri and U. hybridus, the first of which is stated by Sowerby to possess peculiarities in the great thickness of its shell and the tile-like structure of its surface, which might perhaps be elevated into generic characters, Agassiz remarks, “These three species belong to my genus Cardinia; see the preceding note, and my ‘ Etudes critiques sur les Mollusques fossiles.’ ” Unio crassiusculus, pl. 185, and U. concinnus, pl. 223, are also referred to Cardinia; but U. Solandri, pl. 517, and the several Uniones figured in pls. 594 and 595, are stated by Agassiz to belong principally to his new genus Pleuromya, for which he, as before, refers the reader to ‘ Etudes critiques sur les Mollusques fossiles.’ From these extracts then it is quite evident that Agassiz did extend his genus Cardinia to the species of the coal as well as to those of the lias, but whether he was correct in so doing can scarcely be determined from the notes in question, as the actual definition of the genus Cardinia is not given in them. ‘This de- ficiency Mr. Strickland can doubtless supply, and by placing the characters of the several genera here alluded to im comparison with each other, determine whether the shells of the coal forma- tion can be classed in the genus Cardinia, or should form the type of another new genus. Capt. Portlock on the Ova of the Large Spotted Dog-fish. 345 LI.—Further Notice respecting the Ova of the Large Spotted Dog- fish (Scyllium Catulus). By Carr. Porriock, R.E. Corfu, March 11, 1815. In my preceding note (p. 261) I have stated the general coinci- dence of the drawing given by Mr. W. Thompson with the speci- mens I had obtained and observed of what I also considered the ova of the large spotted dog-fish, but at that time I had been unable to procure the fish still having the ova in their last state of de- velopment prior to protrusion undisturbed within it. On the 17th of February I was more fortunate, as I obtamed on that day from one of the fishermen a very fine specimen, exhibiting the ova in all states of development, the ovaries being loaded with ova of all sizes, from the most minute up to those of three-quarters of an inch in diameter, the latter being of course few in number, the former abundant. Of the greater, or those equalling and exceed- ing half an inch, there were at least eight, and it is probable more, as the fish had been opened and the ovaries slightly rup- tured before I got it, so that some may have escaped, as they very readily did on my examination. These eggs were spherical, and of a greenish yellow colour: when put into turpentine (as I placed one), or left with the fish in a preservative mixture of cor- rosive sublimate, they became flattened without further injury, nearly to the thickness corresponding to the depth of the horny case, which explains how bodies of such a form and size should subsequently become invested with that covermg. Risso draws a distimetion in this respect between the Seyllium Catulus (his S. stellaris) and the S. Caniculus, stating the former to bear sphe- rical eggs of various magnitudes of a pale yellow colour, and the latter the horny quadrangular eggs, as also S. Artedi (Risso), the black-mouthed dog-fish, and it is therefore probable he only saw the fish immediately after the protrusion of the horny cases from the oviducts. In my specimen they were still in situ, and without removing them I could measure their length and breadth and even depth. The length was in this instance almost exactly that of Mr. Thompson’s specimens, viz. nearly 44 inches, mea- sured to the extreme points, the breadth and depth the same as those I have before stated ; the specimens appearmg to vary in length, but to preserve nearly the same breadth and depth. There can now therefore be no doubt that Mr. Thompson has figured the ova of the great spotted dog-fish, although none of my spe- cimens exhibit so rough a plaiting as his figure exhibits, and the colour when fresh is uniformly a horny yellow, though soon dark- ening when kept exposed. ‘The last specimens I have obtained were fresh from the fish on the 27th of February. P.S. Corfu, March 22.—A specimen of a female was brought Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Vol. xv. 2B 346 Dr. Richardson on Gasterochisma melampus. to me this morning 2] inches long, in which the matured ova can be felt by pressure on the abdomen: I retain it therefore un- injured. This almost brings the time up to the period when I obtained the ova last year, so that it would appear that from January to May, rather than at two distinct periods, these fishes deposit their ova. LII.—Generic Characters of Gasterochisma melampus, a Fish which inhabits Port Nicholson, New Zealand. By Joun Ricu- ARDSON, M.D., F.R.S. &c., Medical Inspector of Naval Hospi- tals at Haslar. Piscis familie Scomberidarum. Corpus valde compressum, clupeiforme. Cauda gracilis sine cari- nis. Venter acutus, alte diflissus et in vagina ejus pinnas ventrales thoracicas magnas recondens. ; Linea lateralis inermis. Pinne pectoris parve. Pinne dorsi contiguee: prima spinis gra- cilibus membrana connexis instructa; secunda pinnaque ani pinnulis spurlis comitate. Pinna caude bifurca. Anus parvus sub finem vagine ventralis latens. Squame tenere satis magne. Pectorale squameum nullum. Dentes parvi setacel. Radii membranz branchiostege arcte quinque. Apertura branchialis ampla. Obs. Species unica adhuc detecta Gasterochisma melampus in Mu- seo Britannico hospitatur et a Domino Gray celeberrimo mihi benigne communicata. Nomen genericum fissuram ventris denotat. BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICES. Recherches sur Embryogénie des Tubulaires, et l Histoire naturelle des différens Genres de cette Famille qui habitent la céte d Ostende. Par P.-J. Van Beneden, Professeur @ l'Université catholique de Louvain. (From the Mémoires de l’Académie Royale de Bruxelles. 4to. Pp.72. Six Plates.) Tuis interesting essay supports the well-earned reputation of its distinguished author. It begins with a lucid and candid review of what had been previously done by other naturalists towards a history of the family ; a doubt of the correctness of some alleged fact being sometimes interposed, but more frequently the comment is made to reconcile observations which at first view are apparently contradictory and subversive of each other. We can do little more than indicate the contents. The first chapter treats of the anatomy of the Tubularie. ‘The tentacula are solid and composed of cells arranged somewhat after the pattern of the cellular tissue of vegetables. ‘They are not organs of prehension as in the Hydre, but are probably subservient to respiration. In the Eudendrium they are the only parts of the polyp which come into Bibliographical Notices. 347 direct contact with the circumfluent water; and when this is at rest, all Tubularie spread wide their tentacular circle. But they are not the sole organs of this function, for we may safely suppose that the water, in penetrating into the common cavity of the polypidom, car- ries with it the necessary oxygen. In these animals in fact the func- tions of respiration and nutrition are so simple, and so intimately blended with the circulation, that we can scarcely use separate terms in defining them. The stomach of every individual polyp communicates with the cavity common to all the polyps of the same polypidom, the line of separation being marked only by a sort of stricture; but in Coryne this is not the case, for the stomach of every individual is isolated and distinct. The circulation of the granulous fluid in the common tube of the polyps, first described by Mr. Lister, Van Beneden is inclined to ascribe to the action of vibratile cilia, which, he admits, he could not detect. The irregularity or inconstancy of this circulation seems to us to be opposed to this explanation ; nor do we perceive any fitting basis on which the cilia can be placed. A portion of the tube of a Eudendrium, some lines in length, being cut away, and consequently open at both ends, preserved its circulating power, the liquid moving in its normal course. Lister says that the current does not penetrate into the body or stomach of the polyp, but Van Beneden has plainly seen it do so. In Coryne and Hydractinia there is no circulation, because of the isolation of the stomach in these genera. The second chapter, and principal part of the paper, describes the “embryogeny.” ‘The origin and development of the reproductive buds and eggs are traced with great minuteness, and illustrated with a series of admirably explanatory figures. There is no distinction of sex in the Tubularie; and nothing analogous to spermatozoa, not- withstanding what has been said to the contrary. ‘The reproductive buds, which originate from the bases of the tentacula, are hollow in the centre in all the genera, and always communicate with the di- gestive cavity. What have been mistaken for females are young in- dividuals, which often contain eggs at an early stage even of their development. The Tubularie are reproduced (1.) by a bud continuous with the animal whence it pullulates ; (2.) by a free or locomotive bud ; (3.) by a simple egg ; (4.) by a compound egg or vitellus ; and (5.) bya free bud and eggs simultaneously. Every species may be reproduced by more than one or two of these modes, but it does not appear that any has been observed to reproduce itself by all of them. The first or gemmiparous reproduction is the simplest. By it the embryo, after having become fixed in a proper site, evolves new in- dividuals, and founds a colony where all are associated together. 2. The free bud originates near the tentacula. It appears at first as a simple tubercle which soon divides successively into several tubu- lar branchlets, in which a circulation goes on as in the main stems. Within the swollen apex of each branchlet a distinct cell soon appears, indicating the commencement of the formation of a new being. ‘This 2B2 348 Bibliographical Notices. cell may be considered as the analogue of the yolk or rather of the ve- sicle of Purkinje or of Wagner. It enlarges rapidly ; and soon there is distinguishable underneath it a membrane which has its inferior surface in contact with the circulating fluid. This membrane is the source of the new polyp, the progress of which onwards from a little cone to the time when it has assumed the form of a Beroé, and is detached from its matrix and floats at freedom in the sea, is most in- terestingly told. Van Beneden has not seen this nomade Beroé refix itself, but he has seen it very soon afterwards ; and its transition from the condition and shape of a medusa to that of its parent polyp ap- pears as an uninterrupted sequence of development. He has never discovered cilia on the young embryo, nor any organs of sense. 3. The development from a simple egg is the mest regular, and the process which approaches nearest to that of the superior animals. 4, The development from a compound or divided yolk is the most remarkable ; but when it is remembered that, in these polyps, every portion of the body can give origin to a new individual, we need be the less surprised to find that the vitellus should have the same qua- lity. At first the process in the primary cell agrees with the other developments, but a time comes when the surface of the vitelline mass assumes an embossed or granular appearance, and instead of a single vitellus there are as many as there are granules. In each of these there is the vesicle of Purkinje, or at least a transparent central vesicle. It seems that the embryos thus formed differ from the others not only in bulk but also in shape, for in Campanularia M. Lovén has seen them, covered with cilia, leave their cell, and move about like infusorial animalcules. 5. This is the union of two of the preceding modes; the forma- tion at one and the same time of a free bud and of a compound vi- tellus organizing itself in the interior of this bud. It is the fact of these buds containing these vitelli that has made them be taken for pregnant females. ‘The eggs here, according to Lovén, are covered with cilia; and when the embryo is born (for we should remember that the polyps are viviparous) it has the aspect of a Planaria,—the planule of Sir J. G. Dalzell. Van Beneden next proceeds to prove, by a comparison of their common resemblances, that the Campanularie and Tubularie are so nearly related that they may almost be considered as members of the same family. Lastly, he reviews the family zoologically, giving its character in detail, and the characters of the genera and species which he has ob- served. This view has been already given in the ‘ Annals.” We need only remark that his Tubularia calamaris is really not the T. ca- lamaris of Pallas or T. indivisa of Linneeus ; and his 7. Dumortierti is a common British species. M. de Blainville is not the first of modern authors who recognised that the Syncoryne ought to be placed near the Tubularie (p.51), as any one may see by referring to Lou- don’s ‘ Magazine of Nat. History,’ vol. v. p.632. We question the validity of the distinction between Syncoryne pusilla and Listerit ; they are both British species, but the latter is the commonest. Van Bibliographical Notices. 349 Beneden’s Eudendrium ramosum appears to us to be different from the species usually so designated, and a new species. The polyp on which Mr. Hassall founds his genus Hchinocorium must, we think, be referred to Van Beneden’s genus Hydractinia, and is perhaps the same as his H. lactea. Such is our hurried notice of this valuable essay, which, it is to be regretted, cannot be procured in a separate form. But we look forward to the time—its object being better understood—when, by means of the Ray Society, essays of this high degree of excellence shall be diffused amongst us widely. Mycologia Britannica, or Specimens of British Fungi. By Ph. B. Ayres, M.D. W. Pamplin, 1844. This is a welcome addition, especially to the admirers of Epiphyl- lous Fungi, to the various collections of Fungi which have been pub- lished in this and other countries. It is not at all probable that Mr. Berkeley’s ‘ British Fungi’ will be continued beyond the Fourth Fas- ciculus ; we shall be rejoiced therefore if the present work should be encouraged sufficiently to ensure its continuance, so that it may take its place. The specimens are neatly prepared and correctly named, and we doubt not that in future numbers they will not be so much con- fined to a single division. Acidium Galiatum, DeC., and 4. Scro- phularie, DeC., are new to our flora, and 4. pallidum, a pretty spe- cies on Galium Aparine, has been hitherto unnoticed. The specimens, fifty in number, are so arranged that they can at pleasure be trans- ferred to the herbarium. PREPARING FOR PUBLICATION, A work to be entitled, Fauna Antiqua Sivalensis, being the Fossil Zoo- logy of the Sewalik Hills, in the North of India. By Hugh Falconer, M.D., F.R.S., F.L.S., F.G.S., and Proby T. Cautley, F.G.S. The object of this publication is to make known, in a connected and complete series, the numerous fossil animals which have been discovered in the North of India, by the authors and other inquirers, during the last twelve years ; and to develope the bearings of these discoveries on the physical and geological history of India during a great part of the tertiary period. In order to secure to science the full advantage of the Sewalik fossil researches, in a suitable form of publication, Her Majesty’s Government and the Honourable Court of Directors of the East India Company have been pleased to accord such an amount of aid in limine as will ensure the successful progress of the work. The work will appear in about Twelve Parts, to be published at intervals of about four months, each containing from twelve to fifteen folio plates, or an equivalent number of a larger size where the nature of the subject may require it. The plates to be accompanied by royal octavo letter-press. 350 Botanical Society of Edinburgh. PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES. BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH. Feb. 18, 1845.—Dr. Douglas Maclagan, President, in the Chair. Dr. Herman Hoffmann, Giessen, was elected a Foreign Member of the Society. Various donations to the Library and Museum were announced, and the following communications were read :— 1. Dr. Seller read a paper entitled ‘‘ Examination of the Views adopted by Liebig on the Nutrition of Plants.” He contrasted Liebig’s view of the mineral nature of the food of plants with that which represents their food as organic. He traced out the consequences deducible from this last hypothesis as affecting not merely the vegetable but the animal kingdom also, the latter being ultimately sustained solely by vegetable substances. He showed that, whereas the view adopted by Liebig nowise restricts the dura- tion of the organized kingdoms, as long as they remain exempt from the influence of destructive agencies from without, the opposite view involves the conclusion, that the whole of organic nature is hastening rapidly to dissolution from inherent causes; and he affirmed, that were certain data somewhat more carefully considered, the period of the final extinction of plants and animals, in accordance with this hypothesis, might be pretty nearly determined. He regarded this question as one not merely of high interest in itself, but as bearing expressly on the solution of the problem, whether the food of plants be organic or mineral. Dr. Seller calculates the annual conversion of the carbon of organie matter into inorganic carbonic acid at not less than 600 millions of tons ; and infers, on the most favourable aspect of the amount of soil over the earth’s surface, that such an annual loss could not be with- stood beyond 6000 years; and, on a less exaggerated assumption of its amount, probably very near the truth, that the waste would ab- sorb the whole of the existing organic matter of the soil in about 740 years. Dr. Seller contends that the truth of these conclusions remains unaltered, even if it be conceded that much of the carbon of plants is drawn, not from the organic matter of the soil but from the inor- ganic carbonic acid of the atmosphere, unless some inorganic source of their hydrogen and oxygen be at the same time admitted. He therefore regards Liebig’s view of the inorganic nature of the food of plants as supported not merely by many special facts—for ex- ample, by the increase of the organic matter of the soil, often ob- served during the growth of plants,—but also by the general view of the earth’s surface just taken, because there is nothing in its aspect to warrant the idea that its means of maintaining the organic king- doms are declining with the rapidity indicated in the statements just made. Dr. Seller next examined Liebig’s views of ammonia; Ist. as the sole source of the nitrogen of plants, and thereby of animals; 2nd, i ee Botanical Society of Edinburgh. 351 as having its exclusive origin from the interior of the earth, and never from the nitrogen of the atmosphere. In regard to these state- ments he made it appear, as there is no evidence of ammonia being thrown forth from the bowels of the earth at all times in quantity proportioned to the waste of it necessarily sustained at the surface by decomposition, as into uncombined hydrogen and nitrogen, that Liebig’s view of ammonia infers the same limitation of the existence of the organic kingdoms to a few thousand years, as is deduced from the hypothesis of organic matter being the food of plants. Here therefore he dissented from Liebig, contending that ammonia must be produced from the nitrogen of the atmosphere*, and showing the probability of what is taught by Professor Johnson, namely, that the nitrogen of nitrates, formed from the atmosphere, is fixed by plants, as well as the nitrogen of ammonia. In conclusion, he reviewed the evidence of potassa, the phosphates and the other saline matters of both organic kingdoms being derived originally from the crumbling of rocks, and dwelt on the retardation of vegetable physiology by the long scepticism of botanists on this head, owing, as he believed, to their distrust in the conclusions of chemistry, and went on to show that chemistry must be the ground- work of vegetable physiology in its present stage, and that the fre- quent changes in the aspect and nomenclature of chemistry did not materially affect the facts which it daily affords for the elucidation of the vegetable ceconomy. 2. A paper by Mr. Ralfs, of Penzance, on the genus Closterium was read. ‘This paper will shortly appear in the ‘ Annals and Magazine of Natural History.’ 3. Mr. M‘Nab read a continuation of his Journal of a Tour through part of the United States and the Canadas. The last portion read before the Society gave an account of the journey from Montreal to Kingston, and concluded with an account of a botanical excursion to the eastward of the latter place :— The woods to the westward of Kingston appeared very dense, chiefly consisting of stately beeches, growing in rich vegetable soil. Several very remarkable plants were observed, and among others the Monotropa uniflora and M. Hypopitys: the former, which is abun- dant in shady beech woods throughout the country, and always grow- ing from amongst leaves, is known to the inhabitants by the name of Indian pipe or bird’s-nest ; the latter is not so plentiful, but found in similar situations. Here also Corallorhiza multiflora and Orcbanche virginica were found, and at one place in a dense thicket the rare and curious Pierospora Andromeda. Near the confines of the woods in drier situations the white and pink varieties of Phryma leptostachya occurred ; and on the dry lime- stone ridges, which prevail in this neighbourhood, large quantities of Triosteum perfoliatum, Gnaphalium margaritaceum, and Botrychium obliquum were found; along the margin of Lake Ontario Serpicola verticillata was noticed, its delicate flowers floating on the surface. * This has been clearly proved by the experiments of Prof. Mulder: see ‘ Chemical Gazette ' for Jan. 1, 1845.—W. F. 392 Botanical Society of Edinburgh. The beech, sugar, maple and white pine, from their quantity and local situation, seem to have been the original inhabitants of this di- strict; and mixed with them, but not so much in groups, were noble specimens of the oak, elm and walnut. The sugar-maples bore evi- dent marks of having been often pierced for their juices. Fringing the edges of some meadow-land in this district, the stag’s-horn su- mach, Rhus elegans, presented a most magnificent appearance from the quantity of scarlet fruit. He was agreeably surprised to see such a variety of native haw- thorns, being convinced of their fitness for forming hedges, so very much wanted in that country, and for which many of the inhabitants expressed a great desire, instead of the unsightly snake fences which at present separate the fields. Apparently they never thought that the indigenous thorns would answer for this purpose, as they talked of importing haws and white-thorns from Britain. Mr. M‘Nab gave instructions to those individuals with whom he had an opportunity of conversing upon the subject, so that they may raise thorns for themselves, as an abundant supply of seeds may be annually procured at no great distance from each settlement. As these instructions may be interesting to others, we here repeat them :— ‘« The fruit should be gathered about the end of October, care being taken to keep the seeds of the luxuriant growing sorts separate from those of the dwarfer kinds. A pit should be prepared about a foot and a half deep, into which the fruit is to be put with a mixture of earth or sand. It should be turned several times during the season, and if dry, a little water may be added; one or two inches of soil being a sufficient covering to ensure the decomposition of the pulp. During the following October a piece of good ground should be pre- pared, and the seed sown as it is taken from the pit, pretty thickly, in driils about a foot distant from each other, or in beds 3 feet wide. In the succeeding spring the plants will begin to appear; at which time, and throughout the season, they must be kept clear of weeds. If properly attended to, the seedlings will attain a height of from 6 to 12 inches the first year. The following spring the strongest plants may be either transplanted into drills, or placed where they are intended to remain as a permanent fence. The smaller ones should be left in the seed drills or beds for another year, when they may be treated in the same manner. In forming a live fence, the ground ought to be prepared as soon as the snow disappears, by _ making a trench about 2 feet broad and a spade in depth. Along the centre of this trench the young plants should be put about 6 or 8 inches apart, and afterwards well-watered and firmly trodden in. Care should be taken to protect the young plants from cattle and clear of weeds. ‘The second year after planting, the thorns should be headed down to within six or ten inches of the ground, and each year after- wards switched up on both sides to a centre ridge, so as to produce the shape generally termed sow-backed; hedges trained in this form being less liable to be destroyed by snow resting upon them than when cut flat at the top.” Botanical Society of Edinburgh. 353 If the method here recommended be properly attended to, Mr. M‘Nab has not the least hesitation in saying that an excellent hedge of native thorns may be acquired in five or six years after planting. At several places he saw the indigenous thorns employed as a fence ; at least they had been planted with that intention, and had attained a considerable height, but from want of proper attention to pruning and weeding, they were so slender that easy access might be obtained between each stem. From such instances of mismanagement, an er- roneous opinion seems generally to prevail that hedges will not suc- ceed in America. ‘‘ But,” he very properly remarked, ‘if newly- planted hedges in Britain were equally neglected, there can be no doubt that they would soon degenerate, and become no better than those which I observed in the United States and the Canadas.” March 13.—Dr. Seller, V.P., in the Chair. Robert Balloch, Esq., Glasgow, was elected a Non-resident Fel- low of the Society. Numerous donations to the Library and Museum were announced, particularly from R. J. Shuttleworth, Esq., Berne, a collection of North American plants, and the 14th Fasciculus of Meisner’s Plan- tarum Vascularum Genera ; from the Imperial Academy, Nature Cu- riosorum of Breslau, the Supplement to vol. xix., and parts Ist and 2nd of vol. xx. of the ‘ Nova Acta’; from Professor Graham, plants collected in Jamaica by Dr. G. M‘Nab; from H. C. Watson, Esq., his Botany of the Azores ; from Mr. William Gardiner, jun., Dundee, Botanical Rambles in Braemar, &c. Dr. Parnell presented a copy of his beautiful work on the Grasses of Britain. The thanks of the Society were voted to the respective donors. The following communications were read :— 1. “On the genus Closterium (continued),” by Mr. J. Ralfs, of Penzance. 2. “On Encyonema prostratum of Kiitzing,” by the same. These papers will appear in the ‘ Annals of Natural History.’ 3. Mr. M‘Nab read a continuation of his Journal of a Tour through part of the United States and Canada. The last portion of this journal read before the Society chiefiy related to the botanical aspect of the country immediately to the westward of Kingston ; the indi- genous thorns and their fitness for forming hedges being particularly described. From Kingston the party crossed Lake Ontario to Ro- chester, situated on the American side, a few miles above the mouth of the Genessee river. Considerable tracts of shallow water extend for some distance on either side of this river, in which the wild rice grew more luxuriantly than had been hitherto observed. Proceed- ing upwards the river becomes narrower but deep, having beautiful banks rising about 150 feet on either side, wooded chiefly with oak, elm, hiccory, beech and birch, interspersed with hemlock spruce, white pine and arbor vite of large size. On the north bank the black snake-root, Actea ramosa, was abundant, its long spikes of white flowers having a singular effect beneath the shade of the trees. It 354 Botanical Society of Edinburgh. was not seen on the south bank, but in its place considerable quan- tities of Gerardia flava and G. quercifolia were noticed, all richly clothed with flowers : here also several extensive groups of buckthorn, Hippophaé canadensis, were observed ; each plant formed a large sil- very-looking bush, and when backed by the dark evergreen trees gave a picturesque effect to the landscape. Crossing Lake Ontario again to Toronto, on the Canada side, a great difference in the vegetation was remarked; here, for the first time in Canada, healthy specimens of weeping willows, locust-trees, and Canadian and Lombardy poplars were met with; and for the first time in the country, a native forest of Pinus resinosa. The trees composing this forest were very tall, but none of the stems which were measured exceeded 2 feet in diameter. Many detached specimens of the black birch or mountain mahogany, Betula lenta, were also seen. It is described by Mr. M‘Nab as a finely-shaped tree with a wide-spreading top, much resembling the beech-trees of Britain ; the stems averaged about 2 feet in diameter. Here also Monarda fistu- losa and Spiranthes tortilis were found ; the latter very sparingly and for the first time. They next directed their attention to the Peninsula of Toronto, lying about 24 miles from the city, across an arm of the lake. The soil is poor and sandy, interspersed with marshes. Several species of trees of dwarfish growth were scattered about, the most remark- able being the rose or conegall willow, Saltz conifera, of which many fine specimens were observed, the branches generally terminating in silvery, cone-like excrescences, supposed to be occasioned by insects ; these, combined with the silvery whiteness of the foliage, gave the plants a remarkable appearance. Several other species of willows were noticed on the sandy plains, but none of them appeared to be infested with insects, although the appearance here described is not peculiar to the above species. The Arbutus uva-ursi covered consi- derable tracts ; the Canadian plant is larger than the British, and even differs slightly from that found in the United States ; it is called by the Indians Sacacomis ; they smoke the leaves, and believe them to possess excellent medicinal properties. Few herbaceous plants were in bloom, with the exception of Rudbeckia hirta, which was in great abundance, although described by American authors as an inhabitant of the Southern States ; and Dracocephalum virginianum, which is by no means an abundant plant in Canada, Niagara Falls being the sta- tion given in botanical books ; but Mr. M‘Nab failed to find it there; it principally inhabits the mountain meadows of Virginia and Caro- lina; Linum virginianum, Cyperus flavescens and C. castaneus ; Silene Antirrhina, Scutellaria parvula and Lathyrus palustris ; on dry loose sand, by the edge of the lake, Huphorbia polygonifolia was abundant, while in marshy places Lobelia Kalmii formed the greatest part of the vegetation, and was profusely covered with its rich blue flowers. Specimens of the most remarkable plants were exhibited to the meeting. cr Zoological Society. 35 ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY. August 13, 1844.—Professor Owen, V.P., in the Chair. “‘ Descriptions of new species of Arca, chiefly collected by H. Cu- ming, Esq. in the Philippine Islands,” by Lovell Reeve, Esq. Arca optusa. Arca testd oblongd, Modioleformi, lateribus obtuso- rotundatis, margine ventrali bysso paululim hiante ; albd, epider- mide nigricante subsquamosd partim indutd ; radiatim striatd, striis elevatis ; umbonibus depressiusculis, approximatis ; ligamenti ared parvd, angustd, profunde declivi. Conch. Icon. Arca, pl. 12. f. 77. Hab. Coast of Japan (found under stones) ; Dr. Siebald. Very like a Modiola in shape, but not the recent analogue of the fossil A. Modioleformis of Deshayes. Arca cunrALis. Arca testd elongato-oblongd, lateribus supern? angulatis, antico brevi, rotundato, postico elongato, angulato, carind ab umbone ad marginem decurrente, margine ventrali bysso hiante ; pallidé fusca, epidermide molli lamellatd indutd ; radiatim striatd, siriis elevatis, fortiter granulosis, ared posticd subindistincte nigri- costatd ; umbonibus subapproximatis, ligamenti ared latiusculd, concavd, sulcis ligamentariis anticis posticisque, subdistantibus. Conch. Icon. Arca, pl. 13. f. 87. Hab. Zanzibar (found under stones at low water) ; Thorn. The sculpture of this species corresponds precisely to that of the Arca mutabilis ; the form of the shell is more depressly elongated, the anterior side is shorter, and there are ligamentary grooves on the posterior part of the cardinal area as well as on the anterior. ARCA TENELLA. Arca testd subcylindraceo-oblongd, Modioleformi, tenui, subpellucidd, lateribus obtuso-rotundatis, margine ventrali vix hiante ; pallide fuscescente, epidermide molli leviter indutd ; radiatim subtilissime striata, striis granulosis ; umbonibus obtusis, anticé incurvis ; ligamenti ared anticé latiusculd, postice lanceolato- acuminata. Conch. Icon. Arca, pl. 14. f. 91. Hab. Island of Burias, Philippines (found under stones at low water) ; Cuming. A delicate light brown shell, beautifully striated, with a soft scat- tered epidermis. ARCA SETIGERA. Arca tesid subquadrato-oblongd, lateribus rotun- datis, postico latiore, margine ventrali bysso vix hiante ; rubido- fusca, epidermide fuscd setigerd indutd ; radiatim subtilissimé striatd, striis elevatis, granulosis ; umbonibus subapprovimatis, antice adjectis ; ligamenti ared angustd, declivi. Conch. Icon. Arca, pl. 14. f. 94. Hab. Zanzibar (found under stones at low water) ; Thorn. This species approaches very closely to Arca lacerata; it appears, however, to be of an uniform smaller size, the posterior side is less expanded, and the bristles are set in single rows. 356 Zoological Society. ARCA VIRESCENS. Arca testd elongatd, lateribus rotundatis, postico leviter angulato, antico subattenuato; viridescente, epidermide tenui, ad aream posticam setosd, indutd; striis elevatis radiatd ; ligamenti ared angustissimd, umbonibus approximatis. Conch. Icon. Arca, pl. 15. f. 97. Hab. Catbalonga, island of Samar, Philippines (found under stones at low water) ; Cuming. A delicate greenish species, in which the epidermis lies on the posterior area in rows of fine bristles. Arca Fascrata. Arca testd oblongd, tenui, compressa, lateribus rotundatis, superné attenuatis ; albidd, fasciis cinereo-purpurascen- tibus indistinctis concentrice tinctd ; epidermide tenui, postice se- tosd, induta; radiatim striata, striis elevatis, irregularibus, striis transversis subtilissimis fimbriato-decussatis ; ligamenti ared an- gustd, profunde declivi ; intus purpurascente. Conch. Icon. Arca, pl. 15. f. 99. Hab. ? This is a remarkably flattened shell, banded and stained with red- dish and ashy purple both inside and outside. Arca Lima. Arca testd elongato-ovatd, lateribus superné angulatis, antico infra rotundato, postico angulato-rotundato, subextenso ; fuscescente, fusco tinctd, postice fusco maculata, epidermide tenui subtilissime setosd indutd, radiatim liratd, liris angustis, numero- sis, confertis, granosis, perpaucis medianis duplicatis ; lateraliter costatd, costis rudibus, subdistantibus, crenato-nodosis ; ligamenti ared angustd. Conch. Icon. Arca, pl. 15. f. 101. Hab. Islands of Burias and Corregidor, Philippines (found under stones at low water); Cuming. The sculpture of this shell is very similar to that of the Arca bul- lata; it is, however, of much finer character, although the shell is more elongated and altogether larger. ARCA OCELLATA. Arca testd elongato-quadratd, lateribus superne angulatis, latere antico brevissimo, infra rotundato, postico elon- gato, infra acuminato, margine ventrali bysso latissime hiante ; albidd, epidermide tenui, subsetosd, indutd ; radiatim striatd, striis subtilissimé crenulatis ; umbonibus remotis ; ligamenti ared latis- simd, rhombo ligamentario peculiariter ocellato. Conch. Icon. Arca, pl. 15. f. 102. Hab. Singapore (found in sandy mud at the depth of seven fa- thoms) ; Cuming. This interesting little species exhibits a character which is quite peculiar to the species. The dark ligamentary space between the umbones is marked with a pair of oblique white oval spots, one on each valve. Arca Donacirormis. Arca tesid sub-Donaciformi, medio leviter coarctatd, latere antico brevissimo, truncato, postico elongato, sub- acuminato ; albidd, epidermide vix nulld, striis transversis et lon- ~ Zoological Society. 357 gitudinalibus elevatis fimbriato-decussatd ; ligamenti ared antic? latiusculd, postice acuminatd ; ligamento brevi, ad posticam aree partem solum adjuncto. Conch. Icon. Arca, pl. 16. f. 104. Hab, Mozambique Channel (found imbedded in madrepore) ; Hankey. The ligament and ligamentary area of this species present exactly the same peculiar structure as those of the Arca pusilla (Byssoarca pusilla, Sowerby, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1833) ; the shell is, however, alto- gether larger, more acuminated posteriorly, and the sculpture is of a smaller pattern. ARCA TENEBRICA. Arca testd oblongo-ovatd, lateribus angulato- rotundatis ; fuscd, epidermide tenui indutd ; radiatim striatd, striis elevatis, numerosis, confertis ; umbonibus albidis, approximatis, antice adjectis ; ligamenti ared angustd, postice lanceolato-acumi- natd. Conch. Icon. Arca, pl. 16. f. 105. Hab. Basey, island of Samar, Philippines (found under stones at low water) ; Cuming. The umbones in this species are very anteriorly situated. Arca BuLLaTA. Arca testd ovato-quadratd, planiusculo-compressd, lateribus superne angulatis, antico infra rotundato, postico angu- lato-extenso ; fuscescente, epidermide tenui, subsetosd, setis in liris longitudinalibus adjectis, indutd ; radiatim costatd, costis nodosis, costis lateralibus grandibus, distantibus, crenato-nodosis ; ligamenti ared angustd, elongatd, declivi. Conch. Icon. Arca, pl. 16. f. 107. Hab. : The nodules of the radiating ribs are arranged in longitudinal rows with so much regularity, that the shell has all the appearance of being cancellated, the effect of which is increased by the bristles of the epidermis being deposited only between the nodules. Arca votucris. Arca testd subquadratd, gibbosd, naviculari, late- ribus superne angulatis, antico infra rotundato, postico angulato, carind acutd ab umbone ad marginem decurrente ; albidd, fusco sparsim tinctd ; striis elevatis longitudinalibus et transversis decus- satd, ared posticali costatd, costis latiusculis, crenatis ; umbonibus mucronatis, incurvatis ; ligamenti ared latissimd, nigro unimaculatd. Conch. Icon. Arca, pl. 16. f. 109. Hab. Island of Burias, Philippines (found under stones at low water) ; Cuming. This species belongs to that division of the genus of which the Arca Noe is the type, and is nearest allied to the Arca imbricata. Arca ca@LaTa. Arca testd ovato-quadratd, subcompressd, latere antico brevissimo, rotundato, postico angulato, margine ventrali bysso hiante ; alba; radiatim costatd, costis liris angustis elevatis eleganter clathratis, interstitiis profunde excavatis, costis medianis duplicatis, lateralibus confertim nodulosis ; umbonibus antic? ad- Jectis ; ligamenti ared angustd, profundé declivi. 398 Zoological Society. Conch. Icon. Arca, pl. 16. f. 110. Hab. ? . The sculpture of this shell is of the most exquisite description, and reminds one forcibly of the delicate embossed carving of the Chinese. Arca cometa. Arca testd elongatd, latere antico brevissimo, at- tenuato, rotundato, postico longissimo, plano-angulato; albidd ; radiatim striatd, striis elevatis, posticis latioribus, prominentibus, dislantioribus, subsquamosis ; umbonibus anticé adjectis ; ligamenti ared angustd. Conch. Icon. Arca, pl. 16. f. 111. Hab. Sorsogon, island of Luzon, Philippines ; Cuming. The posterior strize acquire almost the importance of ribs. ARCA OLIVACEA. Arca testd ovato-quadratd, tenuiculd, suhequi- laterali, lateribus rotundatis ; albida, epidermide olivaceo-fusca tenui corned induid ; subtilissimé radiatim striatd, striis numerosis, confertis ; ligamenti ared mediocri, umbonibus subcentralibus. Conch. Icon. Arca, pl. 16. f. 113. Hab. San Nicolas, island of Zebu (found in sandy mud at the depth of four fathoms) ; Cuming. This shell is not much unlike the Arca lactea in general appear- ance ; it will be found, however, on examination to be a much thinner and more delicate shell, whilst the umbones are sharper and more closely approximated. Arca minuta. Arca testdé orbiculari-ovatd, subequivalvi, lateribus superné angulatis, infra rotundatis ; albidd, subpellucidd, epider- mide tenui molli indutd ; radiatim striatd ; ligamenti ared latius- culd, ligamento parvo, centrali. Conch. Icon. Arca, pl. 17. f. 112. Hab. Philippine Islands (found in coarse sand at the depth of six fathoms) ; Cuming. A very minute species, which cannot be referred to any hitherto described. ARCA NAVICELLA. Arca testd quadrato-elongatd, subcompressd, lateribus superné angulatis, antico infra rotundato, postico angu- lato, carina ab umbone ad marginem decurrente ; radiatim striatd ; albidd, fusco postic? sparsim strigatd ; ligamenti ared elongatd. Conch. Icon. Arca, pl. 17. f. 114. Hab. Calapan, island of Mindoro, Philippines (found in coarse sand at the depth of ten fathoms) ; Cuming. This is a little species of the drca Noe or naviform group. ARCA LATERALIS. Arca testd oblique trapeziformi, lateribus superne angulatis, antico brevissimo, postico latissimo, oblique expanso ; radiatim costatd, costis numerosis, angustis, crenatis, epidermide subpilosd indutd ; ligamenti ared parva. Conch. Icon. Arca, pl. 17. f.115. Hab. Philippine Islands ; Cuming. The peculiarly oblique growth of this species renders it extremely Zoological Society. 359 interesting. The posterior side of the shell is radiated with lines of fine dark hair rising from between the crenulations of about every third rib. Arca symMetTrica. Arca testd subquadratd, gibbosd, lateribus superne acut? angulatis, antico infra rotundato, postico angulato ; viridescente ; striis longitudinalibus et radiantibus crenulato-decus- sata ; ligamenti ared latiusculd, ligamento parvo, centrali. Conch. Icon. Arca, pl. 17. f. 117. Hab. Philippine Islands, bay of Manila; Singapore (found under stones at low water) ; Cuming. The ligament of this species occupies only a very small diamond- shaped space between the umbones. Arca scutrtitis. Arca testd oblongo-quadratd, lateribus superne angulatis, infra obtuso-rotundatis ; albd ; striis longitudinalibus et radiantibus elevatis subtilissime clathratd ; ligamenti ared latius- culd, Conch. Icon. Arca, pl. 17. f. 118. Hab. Baclayon, island of Bohol, Philippines (found in sandy mud at the depth of seventeen fathoms) ; Cuming. The engraved sculpture of this shell is of a more prominent cha- racter than that of the preceding species. Arca zeBuENsiIs. Arca testd subquadratd, gibbosd, lateribus su- perne angulatis, infra oblique rotundatis ; fuscescente, epidermide molli indutd ; radiatim subtilissimé striatd ; ligamenti ared latius- culd, ligamento parvo, centrali. Conch. Icon. Arca, pl. 17. f. 120. Hab. Island of Zebu, Philippines (found under stones at low water) ; Cuming. The ligament, as in the Arca symmetrica, occupies merely a small diamond-shaped space between the umbones. Arca striata. Arca testa subquadrato-oblongd, lateribus obtuse rotundatis ; fuscescente, epidermide molli indutd ; radiatim striatd, striis elevatis, confertis, posticis distantioribus ; ligamenti ared latiusculd, declivi. Conch. Icon. Area, pl. 17. f. 121. Hab. ? This shell approaches very nearly to the Arca lactea, but it is yet distinct; the posterior side is longer, it is a more compressed shell, and the posterior striz are more widely spread. ArcA PULCHELLA. Arca testd ovatd, gibbosd, lateribus superneé attenuatis, antico brevissimo ; alba; laminis longitudinalibus pro- minentibus, pulcherrime fimbriatis, ornatd ; ligamenti ared antice latiusculd ; umbonibus anticis. Conch. Icon. Arca, pl. 17. f. 122. Hab. Algeria. This species is well distinguished from any yet described by the very beautifully fimbriated longitudinal lamine. 360 Zoological Society. August 27.—Richard C. Griffith, Esq., in the Chair. Mr. Fraser read a description of a new species of Crowned Pigeon from New Guinea, now in the Gardens of the Society. In honour of Her Most Gracious Majesty, the Patroness of the Society, he pro- posed the name of Lopuyrus Vicroria*. L. ptilose saturat? ceruleo-grisea ; singulis plumis criste apice barbato ceruleo, albo marginato ; pectore cas- taneo; tectricibus alarum majoribus cinereo-caruleis, castaneo marginatis. The general colour of this species is an intense blue-grey, becoming lighter on the head ; the chest is deep chestnut; the larger wing- coverts are light blue-grey, tipped with dark chestnut; the head is surmounted with a crest, each feather of which is of a similar con- struction as that of Columbus coronatus, but spreading into a spatu- late form at the extremities, of a blue colour, bordered with white ; there is also a dark mark passing through the eye; irides vermilion. In size it is somewhat larger than C. coronatus. Hab. New Guinea. This lovely species is closely allied to C. coronatus, but differs from that bird in having terminal points to the crest-feathers, in the darker colouring, in having chestnut on the breast instead of the back and shoulders, and in having the larger wing-coverts pale blue-grey, ter- minated with chestnut, in the place of white, tipped with chestnut. ‘* Description of new species of Ranella,’”’ by Lovell Reeve, Esq. RANELLA ALBIvARICOSA. tan. testd oblongo-ovatd, depressiusculd, varicibus tuberculis subspinosis prominentibus armatis ; anfractibus leviter angulatis, tuberculis subspinosis infra angulum biseriatim armatis, transversim elevato-striatis, inferne liratis, striis lirisque leviter undulatis, subtilissim? granulatis ; albd, rufescente-fusco tinctd, varicibus niveis ; aperturd oblongo-ovali, utringue canali- culatd, fauce pallid purpurascente ; labro dentato et sulcato. Conch. Icon., Ranella, pl. 1. f. 2. Murex rana, Linneus ; Martini, Conch., vol. iv. pl. 133. £.1270-71. Hab. Ceylon. How comes it to pass that this common and peculiarly character- istic species has escaped the notice of so many good discriminating conchologists who have written on the genus? RAnELLA PusTuLosa. Ran. testd ovatd, subdepressd, ponderosd, castaned; anfractibus pustularum grandium seriebus duabus tri- busve livido-castaneis cingulatis ; varicibus granuloso-liratis ; colu- melld granuloso-rugosd, rugis albidis ; labro planissim? fimbriato, superne sinuato, fusco, radiatim albisulcato. Conch. Icon., Ranella, pl. 3. f.11. Hab. Ascension Island. This shell approximates so closely to the Ranella celata in the * “ Lophyrus, Vieill. (1816); Goura, Steph. (1819); Megapelia, Kaup (1836) ; Ptilophyrus, Swains. (1837).” G. R. Gray’s ‘Genera of Birds.’ Zoological Society. 361 style and character of its sculpture, that a specimen or two of differ- ent ages seem all that is necessary to exhibit a complete specific connection between them ; it has however been demonstrated by the researches of two gentlemen of perhaps the greatest practical expe- rience, Mr. Cuming and Mr. Hinds, that no species of shell common to the western coast of South America has ever been discovered on the coast of Africa. RaNELLA PonDEROSA. Ran. testd acuminato-ovatd, crassd, pon- derosd, varicibus valdé prominentibus ; anfractibus superne leviter angulatis, granulorum seriebus cingulatis, alternis granulis gran- dibus, bipartitis ; rubido-fuscd, lutescente ; columella granulatd et rugosa; canali brevi, subrecurvo ; labro plano-incrassato, granu- lato, superne sinuato. Conch. tem. , Ranella, pl. 8. f. 14. Hab. The Ly aan of this shell approaches very nearly to that of the Ranella celata ; it only requires however a slight examination of the specimens before me in different stages of growth, to see that they are specifically distinct. Rawnevra NoBiLis. Ran. testd oblongo-ovatd, depressd, crassius- culd ; spird acuminatd, varicibus angustis, radiatim stellatis ; an- Sractibus granuloso-liratis, precipue super varices, in medio tuber- culatis, anfractu ultimo tuberculorum seriebus duabus armato ; albidda, fuscescente subtiliter maculosd ; columella fortiter rugosd ; apertura oblongd, utrinque canaliculatd, fauce albd ; labro fortiter rugoso. Conch. Icon., Ranella, pl. 4. f. 16. 1h The form of this noble species is somewhat intermediate between that of the Ranella pulchra, or “‘ Finned Frog,’ and the ordinary type of the genus, the varices exhibiting an indication of that peculiar star-like radiation common to the former, whilst the aperture is of an oblong canaliculated form, with the wrinkled lip and columella of the latter. The sculpture most resembles that of the Renedla fo- liata. Raneiia corracea. Ran. testd oblongo-ovatd, depressiusculd, spird subobtusd, varicibus rotundatis ; anfractibus undique creber- rimé granulatis, transversim costatis, costis latis, interdum subobso- letis,irregulariter tumido-nodosis ; aurantio-fuscescente ; columella sparsim rugosa ; apertura ovatd, utringue leviter sinuatd; labro intus radiatim denticulato. Conch. Icon., Ranella, pl. 6. f. 26. Hab. This interesting species, which Mr. Cuming possesses in different stages of growth, is the shell figured by Mr. G. B. Sowerby, jun., in the ‘ Conchological Illustrations’ as a variety of his Ranella scrobi- culator (Triton scrobiculator, Lamarck and others); I think, how- ever, with M. Deshayes, that it is ‘“‘une coguille qui me parait tou- jours différente ; j’en ai vu plusieurs exemplaires et plusieurs Jigures, Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Vol. xv. 362 Zoological Society. et j'ai observé des différences spécifiques constantes. Cette soi-disant variété a plutét les caractéres des Ranelles que le Scrobiculator propre- ment dit, et c’est sans doute ce qui explique pourquoi un certain nombre de conchyliologues veulent que le Scrobiculator soit une Ranelle. Pour nous, qui en avons vu l’animal, c’est un Triton.” Note in new edition of Lamarck’s Anim. sans vert., vol. ix. p. 626. RaneELia Livipa. Ran. testd ovato-turritd, spird acuminatd ; an- Sractibus superné depressis, ad suturam granulatis, infra levibus, transversim noduloso-liratis, in medio tuberculorum seriebus duabus compressis armatis ; lividd, fuscescente varid ; columella subtiliter rugosd ; aperturd ovatd, utringue sinuatd ; labro denticulato. Conch. Icon., Ranella, pl. 6. f. 28. Ranella granifera, Kiener (not of Lamarck). Hab. Island of Annaa, Pacific Ocean (found on the coral reefs) ; Cuming. I do not see how M. Kiener can identify this tuberculated shell with Lamarck’s description of Ranella granifera. RaneEua piicata. fan. testd oblongd, sub-Muriciformi ; anfrac- tibus rotundatis, scabris, longitudinaliter plicatis, in medio nodu- losis ; livido-olivaced, zond albidd in medio cinctd ; columella levi, canali longiusculo. Conch. Icon., Ranella, pl. 7. f. 33. Hab. ? The plicated growth of this shell is developed with the neatest regularity from the apex to the margin. RANELLA VENusTULA. Ran. testd ovatd, crassiusculd, varicibus valde obliquis ; anfractibus transversim costatis, granulatis et punctatis, superne angulatis, prope suturam corrugatis, ad angu- lum fortiter tuberculatis ; columella excavatd, nigricante-purpured, albigranulosd ; aperturd rotundd, utrinque canaliculatd, fauce roseo-purpured ; labro incrassato, nigro-purpureo. Conch. Icon., Ranella, pl. 7. f. 37. Hab. ? This species is remarkably characterized by its rich dark purple columella granulated with white. RANELLA SIPHONATA. Ran. testd ovatd, crassiusculd, varicibus perspicue canaliculatis ; anfractibus transversim rudé costatis et tuberculatis, undique granulatis et punctatis, prope suturam cor- rugatis ; luteold ; columelld viz rugosd, roseo-purpurascente ; aper- turd rotundd, fauce roseo-purpurascente, utrinque canaliculata, canali supero valdé elato-siphonato. Var. 6. Testd albd aut luteold, nigro-cerulescente fasciata et punc- tatd ; columella albd, aperture fauce albd. Conch. Icon., Ranella, pl. 7. f. 38. Hab. Philippine Islands ; Cuming. I take this. shell to be quite distinct from the dark variety of the Ranella bufonia to which it is allied. RaNELLA TUBEROSISSIMA. Ran. testdé ovatd, varicibus perspicue canaliculatis ; anfractibus transversim rude costatis, dorsim tube- Zoological Society. 363 rosissimis, undique granulatis et punctatis, prope suturam corru- gatis ; albidd, nigro-cerulescente punctatd ; columelld levi, croceéd ; aperturd rotundd, vivide croced, utrinque canaliculatd ; canali supero elato-siphonato, superne intus nigricante tincto ; labro for- titer dentato. Conch. Icon., Ranella, pl. 7. f. 39. Hab. Philippine Islands ; Cuming. An extraordinary humped shell with a yellow mouth. RaNELLA TRIQUETRA. Ran. testd elongato-Muriciformi, varicibus supern® mucronatis ; anfractibus angulatis, ad angulum tubercu- latis, supra levibus, infra obsolete liratis ; livido-olivaced ; colu- melld levi ; canali longiusculo ; aperturd parva ; labro vix denticu- lato. Conch. Icon., Ranella, pl. 7. f. 41. Hab. San Diego, California; Nuttall. Quite distinct in my opinion from the R. Muriciformis, which is a flat pinnated shell. RaNnELta wasTuLA. Ran. testd parvuld, sublanceolatd, depressd, ancipiti ; anfractibus transversim granoso-striatis, lamellis elevatis indistincte diadematis ; castaneo-fuscd ; columella levi; canali brevi, recurvo ; aperturd parvd. Conch. Icon., Ranella, pl. 8. f. 42. Hab. ? This little dark granulated shell, though less pyramidal, is of simi- lar structure to the Ranella anceps. RanELia RoSEA. Ran. testd pyramidali-ovatd, varicibus subobli- quis ; anfractibus superne leviter angulatis, transversim striatis, undique seriatim tuberculato-nodulosis, nodulis ad angulum bipar- titis ; vivide coccineo-rosed, nodulis luteis ; canali breviter recurvo, apertura parva. Conch. Icon., Ranella, pl. 8. f. 46. Hab. Island of Ticao, Philippines ; Cuming. This pretty little species exhibits a very agreeable contrast of co- lour, namely, yellow nodules upon a bright scarlet-rose ground. RaNnELLA cuspipaTa. Ran. testd acuminato-ovatd, crassiusculd, solidd, varicibus obliquis ; anfractibus transversim noduloso-liratis, tuberculis duobus obtusis inter varices ornatis; albidd, luteo- aurantio plus minusve tincta ; columella levi; canali breviusculo, recurvo ; apertura parvd, ovato-rotundatd. Conch. Icon., Ranella, pl. 8. f. 48. Hab. Islands of Capul and Ticao, Philippines ; Cuming. This shell has somewhat the form and general character of the Ranella bitubercularis, though it is of more solid growth and of a pe- culiar orange-yellow colour. “A continuation of a paper by Sylvanus Hanley, Esq., on new species of the genus Tellina, chiefly collected by Hugh Cuming, Esq. in the Philippine Islands and Central America” :— Terirna Ropon. Tel. testd oblonga, tenuissimd, compressiusculd, levi, nitidissimd, rosed, pellucida, valde inequilaterali, utrinque ro- 2C2 364 Hab. Zoological Society. tundatd ; margine ventrali conveviusculo ; dorsali antice vix declivi et convexiusculo, postice subdeclivi ; latere postico brevi, subatte- nuato ; flexurd obsoleta ; dente laterali approwximato, antico. Long. 0°38; lat. 0°83 poll. ? Mus. Cuming. Allied to coccinea, but more elongated and glossy. Tetiina tux. Tel. testd subovali, tenui, pellucidd, compressd, nitidd, aurantid, sublevigatd, inequilaterali ; margine ventrali con- vexiusculo ; dorsali utrinque subdeclivi, antic? convexiusculo, pos- tice brevi et incurvato ; latere postico breviore obtusissime biangu- lato ; extremitate anticd obtuse rotundatd; flecurd nulld ; dente laterali antico, approzximato, distincto. Long. 0°55; lat. 0°80 poll. Hab. Philippines. Mus. Hanley. Two specimens of this rare shell, which possesses the general ap- pearance of 7. psammotella, were selected by me from a large number of T. Philippinarum. TreLurya HILARIS. Tel. testé oblongo-cuneiformi, tenui, compres- Hab. siusculd, inequilaterali, nitidd, levi, rosed, albo biradiatd ; radiis latis, submediis ; margine ventrali conveviusculo ; dorsali anticé declivi, posticé subrecto et valde? declivi ; extremitate lateris antici longioris rotundatd ; extremitate posticd brevi, cuneiformi; flex- urd obsoletd ; dente laterali unico, parvo, subapproximato. Long. 0°37; lat. 0°62 poll. ? Mus. Cuming. Possessing the general contour of T.. tenera, but more elongated and wedge-shaped. The colouring is rich and peculiar, being deep TOSE- colour, adorned with two broad white rays, one leaning forwards and the other with a posterior inclination. I suspect it comes to us from the Philippine Islands. TELLINA JUVENILIS. Tel. testd ovato-subtrigond, tenut, pellucida, nitidd, compressiusculd, rubro-aurantid, levigatd, inequilaterali ; margine ventrali convexo aut convexiusculo; dorsali anticé sub- recto declivi, postice convexe et valde declivi ; latere antico longiore, subattenuato, rotundato; postico brevi et obtuse subcuneiformi ; costd umbonali et flerurd subobsoletis ; dente laterali parvo, an- tico. Long. 0°45; lat. 0°60 poll. Fab. Philippines. Closely resembling the Mediterranean variety of T. tenuis. Teviina vestauis. Tel. testd oblongo-angusta, tenuissimd, convexr- tusculd, nitidd, levi, intus exiusque nived, inequilaterali ; margine ventrali subrecto, paululiim convexiusculo ; dorsali antice minime declivi et paululiim convexiusculo, postice prope ligamentum exca- vato, deinde declivi ; extremitate lateris antici longioris rotundata ; extremitate posticd subemarginatd, subattenuatd, obtuse biangulata ; flecurd obsoleta ; dente laterali antico, approximato. Long. 0°60; lat. 1°13 poll. Hab. Isle of Negros; in coral sand, at seven fathoms: isle of Lu- zon ; in sandy mud, at six fathoms. Closely allied to the Tellinides truncatulus of Sowerby. Zoological Society. 365 Teiuina verNALIS. Tel. testd subovali, tenuissimd, compressius- culd, pellucida, levi, nitidissimd, albido-rosed, valde inequilaterali, utrinque rotundatd ; margine ventrali convexiusculo ; dorsali utrin- que paululim convexiusculo, postice declivi, antice vix minime de- clivi ; latere antico producto, postico brevi ; flexurd obsoletd ; dente laterali minimo, antico, subapproximato. Long. 0°40; lat. 0°63 oll. Hab. Singapore ; soft sandy mud, at seven fathoms. The outline is somewhat similar to 7. /uz, and both the texture and colouring are most delicate. TevLuina srecraBitis. Tel. testd ovato-trapeziformi, subtenui, ven- tricosd, mavime inequilaterali, impolitd, intus extusque albidd, concentrice striata ; striis rugosis, elevatis, tenuibus; margine ven- trali paululim convexo ; dorsali antice convexo et declivi, postice recto aut subincurvato et maximé declivi ; extremitate lateris antici longioris obtusd ; extremitate posticd truncato-cuneiformi, obtuse biangulatd; costd umbonali et flerurd conspicuis; ligamento magno, haud prominente ; dentibus primariis minimis, lateralibus nullis. Long. 2°15; lat. 2°75 poll. Hab. Bay of Manila and island of Siquijor; on coral sand, at low water. Mus. Cuming, Hanley. Allied to the ephippium of Spengler, but easily distinguished by the extreme disparity of its sides. TevLuina Granpis. Tel. testa ovali, subtrigond, solidd, converd, subinequivalvi, levi, subimpolitd, intus extusque albidd, antice ro- tundatd ; margine ventrali convexiusculo ; dorsali utrinque declivi, postice recto aut subrecto, antice vix convexiusculo ; extremitate lateris antiei brevioris obtusd ; flerurd costdque umbonali subobso- letis ; ligamento magno ; dentibus lateralibus nullis. Long. 2°40; lat. 3°30 poll. Hab. Tumbez, Peru. A large species, which assumes the appearance of a Lutraria. An extremely thin greenish ashy epidermis is perceptible near the lower margin. Texiina Brueuiert. Tel. testd rotundato-trigond, solidd, subequi- laterali, convexd, impolitd, intus extusque albidd, sublevigatd, antice obtusa, postice rotundatd; margine ventrali convero aut subarcuato ; dorsali postice elevatiore, valde declivi et paululim convexo, antice arcuato et declivi; natibus prominentibus, antice incumbentibus ; flexurd costdque umbonali obsoleiis; ligamento infosso ; lunuld parvd; dentibus primariis maximis, lateralibus nullis. Long. 1°50; lat. 1°80 poll. Hab. Mlo-Ilo, isle of Panhay ; hard sand. This species is evidently represented at plate 231. figure 2. of the * Encyclopédie Méthodique,’ but as no name accompanies the deline- ation, I have assigned to it its present one, in honour of the illustrious author of the letter-press to that work. TELLINA GuBERNACULUM. Tel. testa subovatd, subinequivalvi, tenui, compressiusculd, levi, extus intusque albidd, valde inequi- 366 Zoological Society. laterali ; margine ventrali convexiusculo, antice sursum acclinante ; dorsali, antice magis minusve convexo et declivi, postice recto brevi, et subito declivi; extremitate lateris antici longioris attenuato- rotundatd ; extremitate posticd brevissimd, truncato-cuneiformi ; flexurd costéque umbonali obsoletis ; ligamento infosso ; dentibus primariis parvis, lateralibus nullis. Long. 1°45; lat. 1°90 poll. Hab. Reai Llejos, Central America; in sandy mud, seven fathoms. Closely allied to the truncata of Jonas, but that species is much thicker and its shorter extremity simply wedge-shaped. Trevtina Formosa. Tel. testa obovatd, convexiusculd, vald? ine- guilaterali, albidd, radiis interruptis roseis, striisque minutis con- fertis obliquis, undique ornatd ; margine ventrali convexo ; dorsal utringue convexiusculo, antice subdeclivi, postice valde declivi ; extremitate lateris antici producti rotundatd, postict brevissimi obtusissime angulatd; flexurd subobsoletd ; dentibus lateralibus nullis. Long. 0°43; lat. 0°55 poll. Hab. Daleguete, Zebu ; sandy mud at ten fathoms. The absence of lateral teeth, the general shape, the brilliant colour- ing and minute oblique striz, unite in rendering this unique shell easily distinguishable from any species of this genus. Teiuna Sou. Tel. testd oblongo-ellipticd, solidiusculd, compressd, nitidad, rubro-aurantid, alterd in valvuld concentricé substriatd, alterd sublevigatd ; margine ventrali convexo, postice sursum ac- clinante ; dorsali utrinque subdeclivi, convexiusculo ; latere antico longiore, ad extremitatem rotundato ; extremitate posticd in juni- oribus subacuminatd, in adultis obtuse angulatd ; natibus planulatis ; ligamento infosso; dente laterali unico, antico, distincto. Long. 2°40; lat. 4°25 poll. Hab. ? Mus. Cuming, Metcalfe. This truly magnificent shell unites the aspect of the acuta of Wood to the brilliant hues of 7. foliacea. The concentric strie are ex- tremely fine and regular, but become stronger and more decided towards the lower margin, where obsolete radiating lines are likewise perceptible. The smoother valve of Mr, Cuming’s superb specimen is rayed with paler streaks, but this is not the case in the few other specimens I have ever beheld of this gorgeous species. The apex is colourless and not rosy as in acuta. Trevuina virco. Tel. testd ovato-oblongd, tenuissimd, planulatd, nitidissimd, nived, pellucidd, striis obliquis flecuosis subremotis in valvuld utrdque ornatd ; margine ventrali convexiusculo ; dorsali antico magis minusve declivi, convexo ; latere postico breviore, sub- cuneiformi ; flecurd costdque umbonali obsoletis ; ligamento satis prominente ; dente laterali antico, parvo, subapproximato. Long. 0°55 ; lat. 0°92 poll. Hab. ? Mus. Cuming. Allied to the Jris of Say, but much larger. The remote oblique strie entirely cease before arriving at the hinder extremity. It is the most pellucid and glassy-looking bivalve I am acquainted with. TELLINA IMBELLIS. Tel, testd ellipticd, inequivalvi, solidiusculd, Zoological Society. 367 extus intusque albidd, nitidd, vald2 inequilaterali ; alterd valvuld levi, complanatd ; alterd convexd et lineis concentricis elevatis, postice striata ; margine ventrali convexo ; dorsali antico convex- iusculo et paululim declivi; extremitate lateris antici longioris rotundatd ; extremitate posticd obtuse angulatd ; ligamento promi- nente; flexurd nulld ; dente laterali antico, minimo, approximato. Long. 0°90; lat. 1°50 poil. Hab. ? Closely resembling a Psammobia, the minute lateral tooth being scarcely visible. Tretia Vattonis. Tel. testd ovato-oblongd, fragili, complanatd, subinequilaterali, nitidissimd, pellucida, rosed, radiis geminis albi- dis postic? ornatd, lineisque minutis concentric? substriatd ; mar- gine ventrali convexiusculo; dorsali antico subdeclivi, convezxo ; extremitate posticd paululim breviore, vir rotundato-angulatd ; flexurd, costdque umbonali, obsoletis ; dente laterali antico, parvo, subapproximato. Long. 0°53; lat. 0°72 poll. Hab. ? Maus. Metcalfe. I have named this shell in honour of W. Walton, Esq., whose rich collection has proved of great service to me in my investigation of the very numerous species of this beautiful genus. It differs from ewilis by the absence of regular suboblique striule and by the hinder extremity not being decidedly wedge-shaped. Texirna Frriempa. Tel. testd ovali, solidiusculd, converd, inequi- laterali, nitidd, albidd (intus candidd), levigaté, utrinque rotun- datd ; margine ventrali convexo ; dorsali antico, subdeclivi, convexo; latere postico plane breviore ; natibus inconspicuis ; flexurd, cos- tdque umbonali, obsoletis ; dentibus primariis minimis, lateralibus nullis. Long. 0°70; lat. 1 poll. Hab. Kamtschatka. Mus. Petit, Hanley. I am indebted to M. Petit de la Saussaye for the possession of this rare species. It is closely allied to the edentula of Sowerby, but the beaks are more prominent in that species, and its posterior ter- mination more angular. TELLINA ELONGATA. Tel. testd oblongo-angustd, subtenui, subven- tricosd, intus extusque albd, laevigata, valde inequilaterali, antice rotundatd ; margine ventrali medio subretuso, anticé sursum accli- nante ; dorsali antice convexiusculo et vix paululiim declivi, posticé producto, recto aut subretuso satisque declivi ; latere postico brevi, truncato-acuminato hiante; ligamento subinfosso; flecurd sub- obsoletd ; dentibus lateralibus nullis. Long. 1:12; lat. 2°20 poll. Hab. Chiquiqui, West Columbia; in sand at three fathoms. The extremely narrow shape, and the peculiarity of its upper and lower edges being almost parallel, separate it from the majority of its section ; it is however closely allied to the succeeding species. Texirna assimiuis. Tel. testd T. elongate simillimd, sed magis ventricosd, et extremitate posticd contortd, subrostratd. Long. 0°45 ; lat. 0°95 poll. Hab. Isle of Luzon; in sandy mud, six fathoms. 368 Zoological Society. TELLINA INORNATA. Tel. testd ovato-oblongd, subtenui, subventri- cosd, impolitd, subequilaterali, sordid? albidd, epidermide tenui et cinered induta, levigatd ; marginis ventralis parte medid recté aut subretusd ; dorsalis parte anticé convexiusculd et paululiim declivi, partie posticd subdeclivi; extremitate anticd rotundatd, posticd attenuato-rotundatd ; fexurd, costdque umbonali, obsoletis ; dentibus lateralibus nullis. Long. 0°82; lat. 1°30. Hab. Conception, Chili; soft mud, six fathoms. A fossil-like shell, which is devoid of striking characteristics, and much resembles an elongated Hdentula. TeLiina cyenus. Tel. testd ovatd aut ovato-oblongd, solidiusculd, subequilaterali, convexd, extus nitidd, intusque candidd, concentric? substriatd ; margine ventrali convevxiusculo ; dorsali antic® sub- recto et paululim declivi, postice recto et valde declivi ; extremi- taie anticad rotundato-oblusd, posticd cuneiformi, subrostratd ; flecura ventrali distinctd ; ligamento infosso; superficie internd submargaritaced ; dentibus lateralibus nullis. Long. 0°40; lat. 0°63 poll. Hab. Bias, isle of Negros; coral sand, seven fathoms. Closely resembling corbuloides in shape, but narrower, possessing distinct concentric striz, and devoid of lateral teeth. Tevurna DomBet. Tel. testd obovatd, inequilaterali, solidd aut solidiusculd, converd aut subventricosd, impolita, levigatd, albidd, natibus roseo tinctis; margine ventrali subrecto; dorsali antice subdeclivi et convexo, postice subrecto satisque declivi ; extremitate anticad rotundatd, posticd brevi, subangulatd ; ligamento infosso ; costa umbonali et flecurd distinctis ; disco interno aurantio-roseo ; dentibus lateralibus nullis. Long. 1°60; lat. 2 poll. Hab. Panama; twelve fathoms, sandy mud. Allied to the wmbonel/a of Lamarck, but with the fold and flexure more distinctly marked. Sept. 10.—William Horton Lloyd, Esq., in the Chair. Continuation of a paper on the new species of the genus Tellina, by Sylvanus Hanley, Esq. :— Teviina Mites. Tel. testd T. cuspidi affini, sed oblongd, rostratd, et magis compressd ; margine antico dorsali vir paululiim declivi ; ventrali convexo ; valvuld alterd lineis elevatis concentricis uadique striatd.. Long. 0°90; lat. 1°88 poll. Hab. >? Mus. Metcalfe. A beautiful shell, which reminds one slightly of the rosea of Spengler, and closely resembles a produced and flattened specimen of Tellina cuspis. Tetiina Litrum. Tel. testd ovato-oblongd, tenuiusculd, subven- tricosd, extus intusque albd, concentrice substriatd ; striis supra costam umbonalem elevatis; margine ventrali subrecto; dorsalt antice subrecto paululimque declivi ; latere antico producto, inferneé lt es Zoological Society. 369 ad extremitatem oblique rotundato ; latere postico, brevi, cunei- formi ; dentibus lateralibus nullis.. Long. 0°50; lat. 0°80 poll. Hab. Isle of Burias, sandy mud, low water; and isle of Negros, coral sand, seven fathoms : Cuming. One of the many species which are destitute of any striking cha- racteristics. Tevurna PLEBEIA. Tel. testd subovatd, converd, levigatd, intus extusque albida, umbonibus hyalinis et rubro-aurantiis ; margine ventrali convexo aut subarcuato ; dorsali, antice prope nates recto et paululiim declivi, postic? recto satisque declivi ; latere antico lon- giore, rotundato ; extremitate posticd obtuse angulatd ; ligamento infosso ; dentibus lateralibus nullis. Long. 1:15; lat. 1°70 poll. Hab. Real Llejos, Central America; sandy mud, seven fathonis. Very closely allied to the umbonella of Lamarck. Tetura Aurora. Tel. testd 'T. Psammotelle simillimd, converiore autem, et umbonibus rubro-aurantiis ; ligamento infosso ; dentibus lateralibus nullis. Long. 0°75 ; lat. 1°23 poll. Hab. Panama; soft sandy mud, ten fathoms: Cuming. Both this and the succeeding species are not unlike Chemnitz’s figure of 7. oblonga, but the description by no means accords. Teviina Lucerna. Tel. testd oblonga, subventricosd, levigatd, albidd, umbonibus aurantiis, antice longiore et rotundatd, postice obtuse cuneiformi ; margine ventrali subrecto ; dorsali, antice pau- lulim et postice satis declivi, utrinque subrecto ; ligamento subin- fosso ; disco interno aurantio ; dentibus lateralibus nullis. Long. 0-90; lat. 1°42 poll. Hab. Isle of Negros and Isle of Misamis ; sandy mud, low water : Isle of Panay, hard sand: Cuming. TELLINA SCALPELLUM. Tel. testd oblongd, tenuissimd, compressd, nitidissima, valde inequilaterali, rosed, pellucidd, sublevigatd ; margine ventrali subrecto ; dorsali antico paululiim declivi et sub- recto; latere postico brevi et obtuse subcunciformi ; extremitate anticd rotundatd ; ligamento parvo, prominulo ; dentibus laterali- bus nullis. Long. 0°25; lat. 0°50 poll. Hab. Isle of Zebu ; sandy mud, low water: Cuming. More produced than in the majority of the smaller species, and of a peculiarly deep rose-colour. Texturna Diana. T. testd T. Galathez simillimd, subovatd autem, punctisque nullis ; margine dorsali etiam utrinque magis declivi, ventrali convexiore, et extremitate posticd magis obtusd. Long. 1:05 ; lat. 1°50 poll. Hab. Java? Mus. Hanley, &c. Tevirma ancitia. Tel. testd oblongo-elongatd, converiusculd, ni- tidissimd, candidd, concentricé substriatd, lineisque obsoletis radi- antibus ornatd ; striolis supra costam umbonalem subobsoletam, remotioribus, distinctis, subimbricatis ; margine ventrali subrecto ; dorsali, antice subdeclivi et convexiusculo, postice subrecto et de- 370 Zoological Society. clivi ; latere antico producto ; postico obtuse cuneiformi ; dentibus lateralibus nullis. Long. 0°45 ; lat. 1 poll. Hab. Lord Hood’s Island, on fine coral-sand : Cuming. Tevurna Hiperna. Tel. testd oblongd, solidd, compressiusculd, valde inequilaterali, subnitidd, candida, levigatd ; margine ventrali subrecto ; dorsali antice convexiusculo et paululim declivi, posticé primum convexo deinde subincurvato ; latere antico producto ; pos- tico brevi, cuneiformi ; ligamento prominulo ; dente laterali antico magno, approximato. Long. 0°45; lat. 0°75 poll. Hab. Panama and Bay of Guayaquil; six to eleven fathoms, in sandy mud: Cuming. Closely allied to T. polita. Textuina Desuayesit. Tel. testd T. Spengleri simillimd, sed al- bido-rosed, et lamellis subremotis concentrice ornatd ; margine etiam ventrali magis convero. Long. 0°60; lat. 1°55 poll. Hab. Red Sea? Mus. Cuming, Deshayes. However closely resembling T. Spengleri, it is nevertheless with facility to be distinguished by its regular (and not oblique) concen- tric lamelle. Texiuina TuLipa. Tel. testd T. Donacine simillimd, sed subequi- laterali, et margine dorsali rosei coloris experte. Long. 0°50; lat. 0°95 poll. Hab. ? Mus. Cuming, Walton. Extremely like T. Donacina, but almost equilateral, and devoid of the short vertical ray at the beaks and the rosy dorsal edges which are characteristic of that species. Trevtina Puaraonts. Tel. testd T. rostratze simillimd, sed solidd, lineisque elevatis concentrice striata ; umbonibus aurantio-roseis ; sinu postico distincto. Long. 1°20; lat. 3°20 poll. Hab. Red Sea. Mus. Metcalfe. This magnificent shell is one of the first fruits of the recent syste- matic investigation of the fauna of the Red Sea. Teiurna spinosa. Tel. testd ovatd, solidiusculd, impolitd, inequi- laterali, convexiusculd, extus intusque albidd, striis minutis con- fertissimis elevatis, concentrice asperatd ; margine ventrali arcuato, postice sursum acclinante ; dorsali postice elevatiore convexo et declivi, antice prope nates acutas subincurvato deinde subrecto et subdeclivi ; latere postico brevi; extremitate anticd rotundatd ; posticd seriebus duabus vel tribus radiantibus spinarum serratd ; lunuld parvd, distinctd ; ligamento infosso ; dente laterali antico subapproximato, postico remoto. Long. 0°60; lat. 0°80 poll. Hab. Isle of Ticao, six fathoms. Mr. Cuming’s unique specimen of this curious shell possesses cha- racters which cannot readily be confounded with any other species. It is to Gargadia, however, that it is most allied. TrELLINA FIMBRIATA. Tel. testd obovato-rotundatd, solidd, converd, candidd, striis concentricis confertissimis lamellosis fimbriatis, et SS eee eer Miscellaneous. 871 lineis radiantibus confertis, decussatd ; margine ventrali arcuato, postice sursum acelinante ; dorsali utrinque convexiusculo, antice subdeclivi, postice valde declivi ; latere antico longiore, rotundato ; extremitate posticd brevi, angulatd ; costd umbonali vald? conspicud ; ligamento infosso ; lunuld distinctd ; dentibus lateralibus subremo- tis, subequidistantibus. Long. 1°25; lat. 1°42 poll. Hab. ? Mus. Cuming. In sculpture not unlike 7. decussata; in form more akin to T. os- tracea. Tevuina sustruncata. Tel. testd obovatd, valde inaquilaterali, albidd, striis lamellosis fimbriatis confertissim2 ornatd ; margine ventrali antic? arcuato, postice subrecto et sursum acelinante ; dorsali utrinque magis minusve convexo, antice declivi, postice maxime declivi; extremitate anticd rotundatd ; latere postico bre- vissimo, subtruncato, angulato ; ligamento infosso ; dentibus late- ralibus subequidistantibus. Long. 0°60; lat. 0°75 poll. Hab. Isle of Bohol; on the reefs, low water. I had almost regarded the first specimen of this rare shell in Mr. Cuming’s collection as a monstrosity, but the examination of another specimen in Sir Edward Belcher’s cabinet has satisfied me that the seemingly diseased and stunted appearance is characteristic and not accidental. TEvLiInA PeRPLEXA. Tel. testd T. ostracex affinis, subovatd autem, striisque ejus concentricis, magis confertis et superne haud lamel- losis ; margine dorsali antico paululim declivi. Long. 1°20; lat. 1°65 poll. Hab. Bay of Manila; sandy mud, six fathoms : Cuming. Rather a solid shell, which is apparently closely allied to the lin- tea of Conrad ; but the curvature of the ligamental margin, as repre- sented in the figure of that shell, by no means agrees with its direc- tion in perpleza. MISCELLANEOUS. ABUNDANT OCCURRENCE OF RARE INFUSORIA IN THE SCALLOP. To the Editors of the Annals of Natural History. GrnTLEMEN,— The discovery some time since of the siliceous shells and cases of animalcules in the stomach of recent Lepades, belonging to many of the genera and some of the species which constitute a large proportion of the miocene tertiary strata of Virginia, was an- nounced in Dr. Mantell’s recent work the ‘ Medals of Creation.’ (See vol. i. p.586.) This fact, so highly interesting in a geological point of view, has since been fully established by many observers; and among others by the Rev. J. B. Reade, who has communicated the result of his examination of the oyster to the Microscopic Society. Having subsequently extended my investigations to the contents of ove Miscellaneous. the digestive sac of other mollusks, it may interest your readers to be informed that the common scallop (Pecten maximus) now in sea- son, and therefore easily obtained, contains a richer assemblage of the most beautiful siliceous carapaces of animalcules than any other of the mollusca hitherto noticed. So abundant and diversified are these forms in the scallop, that a few grains of the undigested contents of the stomach, properly pre- pared and mounted on a glass slide, exhibits many of the species usually found in the Richmond earth, and indeed could not be readily distinguished from a similar preparation of the fossil forms. Another remarkable fact, also noticed in the ‘ Medals’ (see p. 233), that of the occurrence of the mineralized bodies of Polythalamia, is fully confirmed ; and when the eye of the observer becomes accus- tomed to the appearances presented by remains of this kind, they will be found abundantly in most chalk flints.. I discovered one species in an atom of flint, in which the entire body of a Roéalia, except that part of it which occupied the outer cell, is as beautifully preserved as that of an insect in amber. I am, Gentlemen, yours obediently, Hamuin Lex. Chester Square, Pimlico, April 21, 1845. HAMATOCOCCUS SANGUINEUS, AG. In a valuable packet of Algz lately received from Prof. Kutzing, I was rejoiced to find a portion of an authentic specimen of the Alga published under the above name in the ‘ Icones Algarum.’ It belongs to the genus Microcystis of Meneghini, and may vie with any of the curious forms published in his monograph. It proves identical with the Tobermorey plant of Mr. Harvey’s ‘ Manual.’ ‘The Appin plant has quite a different structure, and will be illustrated in Mr. Hassall’s work, which will we hope shortly be published.—M. J. BerKe.ry. Observations on the Formation of Capillaries. By E. A. PLatner. As is well known, Schwann brought forward the view, that the capillaries were developed from cells, the star-shaped appendages of which became elongated. ‘This view was adopted by Schwann from observations on the tails of young tadpoles, in which he found star- shaped cells between the capillaries, and from which he thought that they united to form capillaries. Schwann however never observed the actual formation of capillaries from these cells, nor did it occur to him that these cells are found in tadpoles of all ages, whilst, had his view been correct, they would have been rare or entirely absent in the older ones. During the past summer I have given my atten- tion to this subject, and can now assert most positively, that capil- laries are never formed from the stellar cells. From the examina- tions which I made not only on young tadpoles, but also on young tritons 1—13 centimetre long, capillaries do not appear to be formed independently of the already existing vessels, but each new capillary is a continuation of those already formed, as I subsequently Miscellaneous. 373 found out had been observed by Prevost and Lebert. If the tails of young tritons are observed, capillaries are readily met with, which terminate suddenly and bluntly like a bag. The termination of the vessel is completely closed, and no trace of a continuation can be de- tected. At this spot in several, a very thin long projection may be observed, which imperceptibly disappears, and in others, as if two such projections had united into a common arch; it may likewise be seen how this arch gradually increases in diameter. This arch is undoubtedly a new loop of capillaries. It is at first much too narrow to allow of the passage of blood-corpuscles. A fine granular matter appears moreover to close it, and even to prevent the passage of the liquor sanguinis. ‘The double contour of a separate wall may very soon be perceived in it, especially at the point of its origin, but we never perceive any cells or their nuclei. The nuclei, so distinctly seen in the perfectly developed capillaries, which sometimes project inside, sometimes outside, must consequently belong to a later period ; they cannot be the nuclei of cells from which the capillaries had formed by fusion. Although I have convinced myself of this, 1 am at the same time in doubt, whether the nuclei which occur in the muscular fasciculi and the bundles of cellular tissue, from which, according to Henle, the so- called nucleolal fibres are developed, have not belonged to previously existing cells, and whether these nuclei do not owe their origin rather to a subsequent new production. This subject therefore de- serves further observation.— From Miiller’s Archiv, 1844, Part 5.— J. W.G. REPRODUCTION OF LOST PARTS IN THE ARTICULATA. Amongst the subjects of physiological interest exhibited at our meetings, I may notice an instance of Gynandromorphism in Arctia Caja, by Mr. Evans ; specimens of Cossonus, found in abundance in a recently opened barrow in Lancashire, by the Rev. W. Sibson; the parasitism of Calyoxys conica on Saropoda furcata, by myself; and the abnormal development and deficiency of jomts in both antennze of Otiorhynchus picipes, by Mr. Walton. But that which has ap- peared to me to be of the greatest interest is a subject that has often been before this Society,—the reproduction of lost parts in the Articulata. Ata meeting of this Society in March last, Mr. West- wood exhibited a specimen of Cresus septentrionalis ‘‘ which had one of the hind legs much smaller than the other, and which he regarded as an instance of arrested development,” in accordance with some very decided opinions formerly expressed by him. He also exhibited a large apterous Phasma, which had one of the hind legs smaller than the other; and this he regarded as an instance of reproduction. Both these examples were precisely analogous to the instance of reproduc- tion in Phasma described in Mr. Fortnum’s letter, and mentioned in my Address last year. On exhibiting these specimens Mr. West- wood expressed an opinion that the reproduction of lost parts can take place only in those insects which undergo an incomplete meta- 374 Miscellaneous. morphosis, and have active larvee and pup, similar to the imago. He also announced his belief that those insects which undergo a complete metamorphosis,—as, for instance, the Lepidoptera,—are in- capable of reproducing lost parts. ‘To this very imperfect and par- tial view of a most important subject,—a view so little in accordance with the simple, uniform, and beautiful laws by which nature inva- riably works,—I could not, as your President, afford my assent ; but expressed my decided belief that a reproduction of lost parts may take place in every Order of Insects, and throughout the whole of the Articulata. Unwilling, however, that either opinion should go forth to the world as that of the Entomological Society of London, or of its President, or of its Secretary, unsupported by facts, I availed myself of the earliest opportunity during the past summer of putting these opinions to the test of actual experiment. Several series of experiments were made on Vanessa Urtice and Vanessa Ié with complete success, and the results of these experiments, the perfect insects, with their diminutive and newly-formed limbs, were exhi- bited to the Society at our last October meeting. Some of these specimens are now deposited in the cabinets of the British Museum, and others in the Hunterian Museum of the Royal College of Sur- geons; and the details of the inquiries have been published else- where ; so that this physiological question may now be regarded as completely settled. Experiments similar to my own were also made about the same time by one of our best physiologists, H. D. S. Good- sir, Esq., on the Crustacea. An interesting account of them was given by Mr. Goodsir to this Society when my own specimens of Lepidoptera were exhibited; and it was gratifying to find, that al- though some of the details of experiments on these two Classes of Articulata differed slightly, the great principles in both were pre- cisely the same.—From the Anniversary Address delivered at the Entomological Society, Feb. 10, 1845, by the President, G. Newport, F.R.C.S. Description of anew species of Solarium. “By R. B. Hinps, Esq., R.N. SoLarium FuLietnosum. Sol. testd orbiculato-conicd, levigatd, fuligineo-fusco ornatd ; anfractibus inferioribus levibus, subtumi- dis, superioribus longitrorsum plicatis, ared mediand pallidd, strigis latis obliquis fuscis pictd; ad peripheriam carinatd, supra ared angustd planulatd maculis fuscis quadratis articulatd ; ad basin paulisper tumidd, pallidd, levigatd ; aperturd quadratd ; umbilico patulo, crenis rectis fuscis armato. Diam. 21; umbilic. 5} lin. Hab. ? Mus. Cuming. The only specimen which is known to us is about the size of S. formosum, and is therefore materially smaller than the finer speci- mens of S. perspectivum or S. trochleare. ‘The character of its orna- tion is however so very distinct from either of these, that it would mislead to push the comparison further. The species is perhaps rather thinner and lighter than usual, the inferior whorls and base are some- Meteorological Observations. 375 what more tumid, and at the same time smooth; but the larger whorls are peculiarly decorated on their middle area with broad dark- brown flames, and are oblique as they proceed from the inferior por- tion upwards and forwards towards the left. The crenules are solid, straight, and of a dark-brown colour.—Proc. Zool. Soc. October 8, 1844. METEOROLOGICAL OBSERVATIONS FOR MARCH 1845. Chiswick.—March 1. Dry haze 2. Fine: cloudy. 3. Rain. 4. Sharp frost: cloudy: clear and frosty. 5. Snowing : cloudy and cold: severe frost. 6. Severe frost : cloudy and cold: frosty. 7. Cloudy and cold; frosty. 8. Cloudy and cold: clear and frosty. 9. Coldanddry. 10, Overcast. 11. Fine, with clouds: clear and frosty. 12. Overcast: cloudy: sharp frost. 13. Frosty: cold and dry : severe frost at night. 14. Clear, with severe frost: cloudless, cold and dry. 15. Frosty: clear : cloudy: frosty. 16. Frosty: snowing. 17. Clear and frosty : bright sun: clear and frosty, 18. Clear and frosty: fine: overcast. 19. Over- cast: fine. 20. Clear, cold and dry. 21. Clear: fine: overcast. 22. Overcast: slightrain, 23. Rain. 24. Cloudy: clear and fine. 25, 26. Cloudy and fine. 27. Overcast: boisterous. 28. Rain: boisterous. 29. Clear. 20. Clear : over- cast: showery. 31. Cloudless and fine.—Mean temperature of the month 6° be- low the average ; the coldest March since 1807. Boston. —March 1. Fine. 2. Cloudy: snow early a.m. 3. Snow: large fall ofsnow. 4. Cloudy. 5. Snow. 6,7. Fine. 8. Cloudy. 9. Fine. 10. Cloudy. 11, 12, Fine: snow p.m. 13. Windy. 14,15. Fine, 16. Windy: large fall of snow. 17. Cloudy. 18. Cloudy: snowa.m. 19. Fine: snowr.m. 20,21. Fine. 22. Rain: rain early a.M.: rain a.m. 23. Cloudy: raine.m. 24, Fine: rain early a.m. 25. Cloudy: rain p.m. 26, 27. Fine. 28. Stormy: stormy all day. 29. Windy. 30. Fine. 31. Windy.—Not near so cold a March since March 1837. Sandwick Manse, Orkney.—March 1. Cloudy: rain. 2, Cloudy: rain: clear. 8. Frost: showers. 4. Bright: frost: aurora. 5. Bright: frost: clear. 6—8. Cloudy. 9. Showers. 10. Showers: snow-showers. 11—14. Snow-showers. 15. Snow, deep: snow: clear. 16. Snow: cloudy: thaw. 17. Thaw: clear: frost: clear. 18, Thaw: bright: snow-showers. 19. Snow-drift. 20. Snow: bright: snow: cloudy. 21. Thaw: cloudy: drops. 22. Cloudy: rain. 23, Rain: clear. 24. Clear: aurora. 25. Cloudy: clear. 26. Bright: clear. 27. Bright: rain. 28. Rain: clear. 29. Clear. 30. Cloudy:rain. 31. Bright: cloudy. Applegarth Manse, Dumfries-shire—March 1. Showers of snow. 2. Clear: frost. 3. Dull. 4. Snow-showers, 5, Snow-showers: frosta.m. 6. Frost a.m: slight snow. 7, 8. Slight frost. 9. No frost. 10. Rain pw. 11. Clear: frost a.M. 12. Frosta.m. 13, Frost. 14,15. Frost: snow-showers. 16, 17. Frost. 18, Frost: shower: snow. 19. Frost. 20. Frost: clear. 21. Frost a.m.: thaw: rainr.M. 22. Heavy rain. 23. Finespringday. 24, Fine. 25. Rain: mild: growing. 26—28. Rain, and wind high. 29. Clear and bracing day. 30. Heavy rain and high wind. 31. Fair and fine. Mean temperature of the month ....... Seeeneesee es 36°°3 Mean temperature of March 1844 ..........eceeeees 38 8 Mean temperature of March for twenty-three years 39 ‘O Mean temperature of spring-water .......... Seoces Pes ees Sr OO eS | a es tubal a aed LE8-6% |.99.62 LUE \9S-1 86-1 cost cose lov-g Z-1€ 1-07 9-SE 'oz-g¢ 19-SP |188-6z |L88-6% £9.66 |616-62 |O10-0€ | "Vey . |eererelerceestersees] cag | smse | tan | tN v| zb |gor) s¢'¢.gh| o€ | €9 |00-08 |96-62 | g0-0€ | 00-0€ | 69-62 |IST-0€ Lzz-0€ |) “IE patie ‘asa |'msapa, wTea | “ms oP sep |Spe|sop| ob] o€ | 9S |aL-6z |00-0€ | £F-6z | 00-0€ | 886% |L66-62 €2z-0€ | “of D 6g foie le|muul| mu | om | cau | op | fer | of | $29 /G-Lb| Lo | 89 | 11-08 | 06-62 | 11-0€ | 06-62 | 0S-6% |SE0-0F 012-08 | “6% 6E. [reeset oar el) SA Sl! ean, A Paaae ip | &b |$6h| f6r| oS! LE | gS |£8-6z | 09-82 | 08-62 | 90-64 | $0-.6z GL9-62 £18-62 ‘8% Les" -m lmun| wm | a | ob | bh | PP) 2G! 19] Lb | 09 |60-6z |Sz-68 | 0€-62 | SP.6z | $2.60 |€08-60 |PL8-60 | “Le emits ‘ms | *m juyeo| aa! of | bb |fze/46r!| Sh! vb | BG |S0-6z | PP-6z | 12.62 | 86-6 | 8E-66 (£08-6z 668-64) “9% risceajreagesieeaess ‘mss | ‘m |unyeo| ‘s | of | fh |f0€) Pr) IH] EF | BS | P9-6z |$9-68 | 99.62 | 9L-6z | 09-62 [806-66 ZE0.08| Sz Bann: 06.0 19. oat ar MA “mu | S0P vr |f0€| 2S] S| 62 8S 6:6 | Z6-6G 66.62 | L6-6% | VS-6% |ZZ0-08 |1G1-0€ ‘Ve 9F. |") PL ‘m | ‘ms |uxvo| cas | ob | Sh | Sh) So] 1S] zh | 19 | £8.62 | 09-62 | 88-62 | 88-62 | 89-62 [496-62 LGT-08 ‘€sO EE aie 9 ‘asa |-mu | uea| ms | gb | for |for| 6b /G.cb| eh | 19 | LV-6z |€8-6% | P8-62 | 96-6 | 06-62 |g0£-08 18-08) *c% seseaeleneres eases *s |-ms |myeo| -m | €p | 6€ | €% F€P G-€6| 1€ | OF |09-6% |$8-6z | 86-62 | £1.08 OL-0€ 6LP.0€ S6P.0E | “16 (ag senses sevens “Ul *s juyeo| cou! ze} PE | €3/F1h| Lo! OT | OF |OT-O€ |90-08 |ST-08 L6-66 9L-66 180-0€ PLz.0€ ‘0% Go. Osan SANale cae) aan eee of | 6% |£9a| Seb 9-6 | Sz | bY | L8-6z |78-62 | 28-60 69-62 | 8£-6% 169-62 88:62 ‘61 ge ae aaa ‘muu| -m |ueo| u | 12 | $Ze |fhs\ fer! ze| Le | €b | 1L-6c [89-62 | LS-6z | 09-62 | SP-62 79-67 971-60) *81 Ae, [eesreeioreses wyeo| cu |wuypeo| mu | oe | 6€ |4S% for! gz| 91 | Zh |0L-6z | PL-6z 29-6 | 9-62 | 97-62 OPED OLE 65 ‘LI eA. Ode ‘m |-aual| -a | cau | §G¢) of | 1Z/SPe| of] 61 | PE | 29-62 |£0-08 | 12-62 | 08-62 | 25-62 [008-62 745-62) ‘91 C Go. «| -a5 | -oua| ‘as | a | S61 | foe |41z| PE! 18] 6% | OE | ZI-O€ |90-0€ | G86 | 8L-6% | 05-62 |S0L-60 S7L.62 | “SI saseesleccseeisecreelecsess| eat ‘2 |wyeo| -a | Le | ¥9% | €%| 9£/9-12| gt 9£ £6-6z |06-6% | 0L-6% | 09-62% 8P-66 |PP9-62 189-62 ‘VI ite soscee secceslsocseel our] egg ‘as 9 | Gz Of | a Of). Sal St Gz | 19-6% |¥38-6% | 79-62 | $L.6z £9.6% OvL.6% £6L-66 “EL Lo. ss| eas | -u |upeo| -u | oz! Se | Lol 6€/S.08| 12 | EF | 96-62 | 96-60 8L-6% | £8-66 | $5.60 |182-62 $18.60 “Cl VIL “7 ae saate lets 1¢ | of | o€ for!) FE] Fs | OF |LO-O€ |P1-0€ | 06-62 | 00-08 G9:6% \9£6-6% £16.62 Il ai. (-" #S. |zo. | oun| -u jwyeo| ‘on | 1€}| oF | BE\Feh| S| ce | Sh | ¥z-0F |9z-0€ | c0-08 61-0€ | €8-6% 8S0-0€ 621-08 ‘Ol sivedeeeleceee oes! wa | cau |wupea| ‘au | hh | Sh | SE ob| of| ze | Sh |SE-08 |OP-0€ |9%-6F | Of-0€ | 86-60 [PFI-OF 291-08 | °6 or lof.0 Sata ane eee ip | oF ($e! Lei of | o€ | Ih [OP-0€ | 8-0 |Sz-0F | H1-0F | G8-62 |ZOT-O£ [191-08 | *8 ) vanthe 9 |uyeo| ou | 1p | ap |$1€ Ssh] €%| 92 | GF |BEOE | ZP.O€ | Zz-0€ | V2-0€ | 20-08 Pepe GESOF | *L teseeslecereslserses/svserel sereee | eg | mpea| tou | Fee Le }82e| 96 |¢-4a| €% If | 1P-0€ | 8E-0€ | €z-0€8 2-08 00-08 G0Z-0£ 66-0€ 9 ssssssferserelorseesfoeeeeel gg | ou | ca | cam | of | Gé lfen/#5e| Lo| Et | PE |BE-0£ |ST-OF | O1-0€ | 96-62 | EL.66 |6F6-60 540-08 | °S go. [reese] as | a |umeo| ‘au | 1€| Gf | of| SE] 6a] 61 | SP | S008 | 16.62 | 98-60 | 08-62 [9-66 |006-62 806-62 | ‘P Gz. jeBcoo leery | tes ‘a | $4¢| 6€| LE| FW] 1€| Se | PR | 06-62% 98.6% |S3-62 | 69-6 | 98-66 |SPS-6% 118-6 € Ole [eereti OT. [cms] cou | wea] co ge | eb | of! oF| €€! Se | ah | 22-60 |28-62 | 01-60 | 84-62 09-62 |€98-63 |858-60 | “ pratt each dine soon makes its appearance asa cellular ring aroundthe base of the former.; and lastly, another ring, the rudiment of the prit mine, appears on the outside of the secundine ;-the outer: mem- brane, however, becomes rapidly developed; inclosmg) and. cons cealing the other two. It may be also worthy of notice, that:the oyules. make thei | appearance) while, the, carpel is, stall entirely cellular, there, being no.,trace of any, vascular tissue til a more 392 Mr. J. Walton on the genus Apion. advanced period. The nucleus therefore is not an organ neces- sarily dependent (at least im its earlier stages) on the membranes which surround it, nor developed subsequently to them, as would seem to be implied in the account given of M. Brongniart’s opi- nion, translated from the ‘Comptes Rendus’ (March 1844), and published in a late Number of the ‘ Annals and Magazine of Na- tural History.’ LVI.—Notes on the Synonymy of the Genus Apion, with De- scriptions of Siw new Species, &c. By Joun Watton, Hsq., F.L.S. [Continued from p. 342.] 57. A. difforme, Germ., Curt., Steph., Schonh. — compressicorne, De}. Cat. THE anomalous structure of the antenne and the parts of the legs, which eminently distinguishes the male of this species, is entirely sexual. The female differs in having the rostrum slender and longer; the antennz simple, inserted behind the middle of the rostrum, entirely black ; the legs slender ; the basal joint of the anterior tarsi short and not produced at the apex, the poste- rior tibiee and tarsi much less dilated at their apices ; all the tro- chanters, the tibiz and tarsi of a deep black; the epigastrium simple. The male was originally described by Germar from a specimen sent to him by the late Mr. Haworth; subsequently My. Curtis figured and also described the male ; I succeeded in capturing a great number of both sexes in October 1837, which gave me an opportunity to identify distinctly the female. The female has frequently been mistaken for Ap. Trifoli of Linnzus (Ap. estivum of Germar), but it is mstantly distinguished from that species by having, independently of other characters, the an- terior coxee and trochanters always densely black. This curious species was formerly considered to be very rare, yet of late years it has been found m abundance m many loca- lities in the south of England, but not in the north to my know- ledge ; I found a great number of both sexes near Mickleham in Surrey the lst of October 1837, and again at Hastings in Sep- tember on the Polygonum Hydropiper abundantly. “ Common near Brighton, Arundel, Birch Wood, and other places m the autumn,” Mr. S. Stevens. 58. A. dissimile, Germ., Schonh. Black and shining. Head very broad, the frons posteriorly flat, rugose or rugose-punctate, between the eyes more or less deeply excavated, the excavation with one or more irregular curved ridge or ridges; eyes very prominent ; rostrum moderately long, Mr. J. Walton on the genus Apion. 393 curved, rather stout, dilated on each side at the insertion of the antenn, and gibbous beneath. Antenne medial, black, the basal joint fulvous, longest, considerably dilated at the apex, forming a pyriform club, the second oval, minute, three following exceed- ingly minute, sixth and seventh very long, eighth stout, long- obconic, the remainder forming an elongate club distinctly arti- culated, the twelfth being minute, conic. Thorax subglobose, dilated and rounded at the sides, above very convex, thickly and deeply punctured, the punctures confluent, with a deep dorsal channel. Elytra ovate, shiming blue-black, very convex, punctate-striate, the interstices broad, flat and coriaceous. The mucro of the epigastrium elevated and dilated, armed on each side with an acute tooth. Legs fulvous, robust, with the four posterior coxz, the lower half of all the tibize and the tarsi black ; the anterior tarsi have the basal joint short and stout, armed at the apex within with an acute tooth, the second joint at the base within also armed with an acute tooth, which is parallel to the first ; the four posterior tibize are distinctly stouter than the anterior pair, bent, and each gradually thickened from the base to the apex ; the two first joints of all the tarsi dilated ; the basal joint of the posterior pair parallelogramical ; the three first joints of all the tarsi, especially the posterior pair, concavo-convex, and clothed beneath with a pulvillus. ¢@. (Length 1} line.) The female differs im havmg the head generally narrower, striated between the eyes, the frons posteriorly closely punctu- lated; the rostrum longer, slender and filiform ; the antennze placed behind the middle of the rostrum, the basal joint black or piceous, slender, a little dilated at the apex, the second long- ovate, the six following nearly of equal length, long-obconic ; the legs comparatively slender; the four posterior tibiz as long as the anterior, of equal thickness and nearly straight ; the two first joints of all the tarsi slightly dilated; the anterior tarsi and the mucro of the epigastrium simple. This new and extraordinary species offers another example of anomalous form peculiar to the male in the joints of the antennz and in the construction of the legs. I first received a single ex- ample with the collection of the late Mr. Millard of Bristol, which I sent to Germar as a new species, and he retwmned it labelled “ dissimile 2? 2’? Specimens of both sexes were afterwards found near Arundel in August, and rather plentifully amongst grass in a field adjacent to Birch Wood in September, by Mr. S. Stevens and myself. 59. A. filirostre, Kirb., Steph. — morio, Germ., Schonh. The female of this species has sometimes a broad testaceous ring at the apex of the anterior femora. Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Vol. xv. 2E 394 Mr. J. Walton on the genus Apion. Hitherto this sect has occurred but very sparingly, and may be regarded as somewhat rare; Mr. 8. Stevens found it in the autumn amongst grass in Arundel Park; also at Charlton, Dor- king, and Birch Wood, but rarely ; | cannot recollect having taken it more than once, and then but a few specimens, at Mickleham in Surrey, the beginning of October: it appears to be confined to chalky and sandy districts. 60., A, ebeninum (Gyll. in Litt.), Kirb., Gyll., Germ., Steph., Schonh. — Kunzei, Schonh. I forwarded to Schénherr four specimens of this insect, and he reported of them as follows :—* Ap. ebeninum, Kirby (i. p.288. n. 89.) non idem Ghl.—Kunzei Schh. v. p. 419. n.128. idem spe- cies.” “ Patria Lipsie A. Dom. Kunze.” From this opinion I was induced to think that we had two closely allied species, namely Ap. ebeninum of Gyllenhal and Ap. Kunzei of Schonherr, and that I had mistaken Ap. ebeninwm of Kirby, or that the latter author had described a Swedish species which was unknown as British, and had erroneously placed two mdigenous specimens in his collection as identical therewith. It appears from a catalogue of Swedish insects, dated the 6th of September 1805, in the handwriting of Major Gyllenhal, now in the possession of the Entomological Society, that Mr. Kirby originally received from him an insect with the manuscript name of Ap. ebeninum, which he described under that name, and refers to “ Mus. Dom. Gyl- lenhal,” giving the habitat in “ Suecia. Anglia,” and records the capture of British examples near Great Blakenham in the middle of July 1806, after which he adds an observation, “‘ The male has the rostrum shorter and more robust.” The Swedish typical spe- cimen in Mr. Kirby’s collection, dicated by havmg number 34 fixed to the pin, is unfortunately mutilated ; the head and thorax are wanting ; it is therefore useless for the purposes of comparison and elucidation, but it corroborates the evidence that Mr. Kirby’s description of Ap. ebeninum was drawn from this insect ; there are two Kirbian specimens with the above-named type, one of which has a male symbol fixed to the pin, which is doubtless the specimen characterized above. Gyllenhal subsequently described this species before he had seen Kirby’s description ; but their descriptions of the sculpture do not agree: the part of the head between the eyes is described by Kirby as not bemg very con- spicuously striated, with some of the striz punctulated ; by Gyl- lenhal, the frons between the eyes as bemg very mmutely pune- tured: the thorax is deseribed by the former as distinetly punc- tured with a deep furrow before the scutellum, which in some is very much broader and deeper ; by the latter author, as sparmegly Mr. J. Walton on the genus Apion. 5395 and very finely punctured, with a small round fovea before the scutellum. I forwarded to Germar seven examples of Ap. ebe- ninum of Kirby, and at the same time I solicited him to send me specimens of Ap. Kunzei, as he had recorded in his ‘ Monograph ? that he possessed examples of Ap. ebeninum from Kunze of Leipsic. I received from him two insects named “ Ap. ebeninum of Ger- mar” with the following note: “ Ap. Kunzei, Schonh., is un- known to me ;” the specimens which I forwarded to Germar were taken promiscuously from the same series as those I had pre- viously sent to Schonherr, and were collected in the same locality ; Germar, in prefacing his observations upon the British species of Curculionides, presented to him by me for examination, observes, that “all the species in which we concur are omitted,” and Ap. ebeninum is one of that number. I have now im my possession two insects which were sent to M. Schénherr by Mr. Waterhouse, and returned in October 1837, named Ap. ebeninum. I have been induced to re-examine the insects in Mr. Kirby’s collection with the name of Ap. ebeninum, to examine carefully the specimens of Mr. Waterhouse, and the two insects from Dr. Germar, together with a long series of seventy specimens of my own, found partly in the same locality as those I sent to M. Schon- herr; and after a tedious and minute examination of so many insects, I feel perfectly satisfied they all belong to the same species. This remarkable sect has very little affinity to any other species, except its being of the same genus, and may be distin- guished at first sight by its smgular form and peculiar sculpture ; nevertheless the sculpture, particularly on the thorax, will be found, when critically examined, to vary in many specimens, yet they are so intimately linked together in a long series, that it is impossible to regard them otherwise than as varieties. The majority have the head with three impunctate striz between the eyes, the central stria frequently deeply cut, sometimes faintly marked, occasionally abbreviated, rarely entirely absent, with one or two rows of minute punctures on each side, which are occa- sionally confluent, the vertex smooth ; the greater part have the thorax very minutely punctured, the punctures more or less scat- tered, sometimes distinct, at other times obsolete, uniformly with a fovea near the base before the scutellum, which is invariably intersected either by a dorsal furrow or an impressed line, always commencing at the base, and more or less abbreviated in front, rarely continued to the apex; some have the furrows broad and deep, extending nearly to the apex, almost obliterating the fovez ; these varieties agree with the descriptions of Ap. ebeninum by Kirby, and of Ap. Kunzei of Schénherr : other specimens have a 242 396 Mr. J. Walton on the genus Apion. faintly impressed line terminating just before the fovea, with the latter very distinct ; these agree typically with Ap. ebeninum of Gyllenhal; the elytra are black and shining, the furrows very deep, the interstices narrow and convex, finely coriaceous or nearly smooth, with a tendency in some individuals to become rather broader and less convex. I have no doubt this insect inhabits Lotus major, having many times taken it plentifully from that plant in June and July, in several places in the north and south of England. 61. A. Vicia, Payk., Kirb., Gyll., Germ., Steph., Schonh. — Griesbachii, Steph. Gyllenhal furnished Paykull and Kirby with specimens of this very distinct insect; the characters which distmguish the sexes are analogous to those of Ap. Ervi. Ap. Griesbachii, described by Stephens in his ‘ Illustrations,’ appears to have been sunk in his ‘ Manual,’ on my authority, but with a note of interrogation ; specimens were submitted by Mr. Waterhouse to the inspection of Schénherr, who remarked that they were scarcely sufficiently distinct from Ap. Vicia ; I think there cannot be any doubt of its being a variety of that species. . I found this elegant insect very common in Yorkshire on the Vicia Cracca; but it appears to be rather local m the south; I once found it extremely abundant on the 19th of June at Birch Wood, on the same plant, but never upon any other. 62. A. Ononis, Kirb., Steph. — mecops, Schonh. This species has a considerable affinity in form and sculpture to Ap. pavidum, but it differs in being more thickly clothed with hair, and in having the head distinctly longer ; the vertex punctu- lated; the rostrum thickly covered with hairs to the apex; the antenne inserted before the middle of the rostrum, the basal joints black or piceous, the clava ovate ; the thorax subcylindrical ; and the elytra black (never blue, obscure green or greenish black). The female differs in having the rostrum sparingly covered with hairs to the tip, and the antenne inserted nearer the middle of the rostrum. Specimens of this insect were sent by Mr. Waterhouse and myself to M. Schénherr, which were named Ap. mecops by that author. his species is very abundant in the south of England, and is found upon the rest-harrow (Ononis arvensis) from -June to Qc- tober. It is extremely local in Yorkshire, but very plentiful when found. Mr. J. Walton on the yenus Apion. 397 63. A. pavidum 8, Germ., Schonh. — Ononis, Germ. ? non Kirb. — cinerascens, Germ. * — plumbeum, Schonh. Black, rather broad, thickly clothed with einereous hairs. Head short, subquadrate, the vertex, adjoining the thorax, smooth and shining, the frons flat, posteriorly punctulated, anteriorly di- stinctly striated, the central strize extending to the vertex; ros- trum short, about twice the length of the head, porrect, a littie bent, filiform, the apex smooth and shining ; eyes ciliated beneath. Antenne inserted a little behind the middle of the rostrum, the first and second joint and sometimes the third dull rufous, the clava oblong, acuminated, black and pilose. Thorax as broad as long, subglobose, laterally dilated and rounded, convex above, closely and deeply punctured with a distinct dorsal channel more or less abbreviated in front. Elytra obovate, very convex, pro- foundly punctato-sulcate, the interstices rather broad and flat, transversely rugulose, blue, obscure green or greenish black. Legs very long, black. g. (Length 1 line.) Mr. Waterhouse forwarded a British imsect to M. Schouherr, which was returned with the name of Ap. pavidum of Germar. I possess a foreign specimen from M. Schonherr which is labelled “ Ap. pavidum, G. e Saxon. Schupp,” and I have another speci- men of Ap. pavidum from Dr. Germar. Mr. Curtis has likewise a foreign example of Ap. pavidum from M. Sturm. It is very satisfactory to find four eminent entomologists all concurrmg in one opinion as to the identity of this species ; but it is a curious fact, that the four insects mm question are decidedly all males. M. Chevrolat not having a duplicate specimen of Ap. plumbeum of Schonherr, very liberally sent to me the type of that species for my inspection ; this I find is also a male of Ap. pavidum of Germar. Dr. Germar has sent me four insects with the name of Ap. Ononis, which I have carefully examined : the male agrees in every character with the male of Ap. pavidum; the female differs in having the rostrum longer, before the antennz slightly atte- nuated, glabrous and shining, the antennz placed behind the mid- dle of the rostrum ; these are only sexual dissimilarities, and are common to many other species; in other characters the males and females agree. The four insects under consideration have the sculpture very similar, and approximate rather closely in form to Ap. Ononis of Kirby, but they are sufficiently distinct from that species. See notes on Ap. Ononis. The only British example of this species that I have seen is in * Germ. Mag. iii, App. p. 38. 398 Mr. J. Walton on the genus Apion. the collection of Mr. Waterhouse ; he has no distinct recollection where he found it. 64, A. Waltoni, Steph., Curt. MSS., Schonh. in Litt. — Curtisii, Schonh. This msect approaches very closely to the preceding, but differs chiefly in haying the vertex of the head adjacent to the thorax thickly punctulated, the punctures frequently confluent, the frons minutely punctured, the punctures arranged in rows, sometimes confluent, rarely rugulose-punctate, and im having one fine im- punctate stria in the centre, occasionally indistinct ; the basal joints of the antennze black or inclining to piceous, the clava ovate ; the thorax subcylindrical, shghtly rounded at the sides and rather convex above, with a short dorsal line or a large punc- ture at the base; the legs distinctly shorter. Professor C. H. Boheman, in the celebrated work of Sch6n- herr, has described a species under the name of Ap. Curtisii of Stephens, taken from specimens forwarded by Mr. Waterhouse, and returned to him; these have been placed in my hands for examination, and it is very much to be regretted that they are not the true Ap. Curtisii of Kirby’s MSS., but are undoubtedly the species described by Mr. Stephens under the name of Ap. Waltoni. I sent specimens of this sect to M. Sch6nherr named Ap. pavidum of Germar, citing Ap. Curtisii of Stephens nec Kirby as a synonym, which elicited the following observation : “ Ap.Waltont, Schh., nova spec. forte—Apiont plumbeo proumum —non pavidum, Germ. (vix Curtisi, v. p. 430. n. 163, mihi non ad manum.”) I likewise sent specimens to Dr. Germar ; his opinion of them is as follows: “ dp. Waltoni, Steph., a new species for my collection.” I found this insect rather plentifully on the chalky downs near Brighton in the autumn. Taken by Mr. 8. Stevens near Brighton, Arundel, Bury-hill and Dorking, from June to October ; it ap- pears to be confined to a chalky soil. 65. A. vorax, Herbst, Kirb., Gyll., Germ., Steph., Schonh. Curc. villosulus 2 , Marsh. fuscicornis 8, Marsh. A. pavidum, Mus. Steph. The male differs from the female in being more pubescent, and in having the rostrum shorter, filiform, and covered with hairs ; the antennz and their articulations longer and distinctly stouter, the four or five basal joints rufous; the mesostethium armed where it terminates between the posterior coxze with an acute tooth; the anterior tibize longer, compressed internally and ex- ternally at the base, and in front and behind at the middle; and the basal joint of all the tarsi longer. Mr. J. Walton on the genus Apion. 399 Kirby and Stephens appear to have described the female, and to have ascribed the remarkable subflexuose appearance in the form of the anterior tibize to that sex, but it 1s a character pecu- liar to the male. It is a very active insect and runs with great rapidity. Small varieties of the female occur which have a great resemblance to the same sex of Ap. pavidum. Plentiful near Knaresborough in Yorkshire, in woods and hedges upon various plants, in June and July ; it also occurs not uncommonly in the south, I believe generally in woods. 66. A. Pisi, Megerle, Fab., Germ., Schénh., Steph. Manual. — punetifrons, Kirb., Germ., Steph. — eratum, Steph. Frequently taken in many localities in the north and south of England, and found abundantly in the chalky districts of Kent and Surrey upon Trifolium procumbens and Hedysarum Onobrychis in June. 67. A, Aithiops, Herbst, Germ., Gyll., Schonh. — subsulcatum, Marsh., Kirb., Germ., Steph. — Marchicum, Gyll. vol. iii. — subceruleum, Steph. The sculpture of this very distinct species is subject to varia- tion. Kirby and Stephens describe the head rugulose between the eyes ; the thorax deeply punctured, with a very obsolete dorsal channel; the elytra subsulcate: Gyllenhal describes the frons as obsoletely striated; the thorax closely but obsoletely punctured, with a small obsolete fovea before the scutellum ; the elytra deeply punctate-striate. Kirby has cited the following as varieties :— Var. 8. the elytra sulcate with the interstices convex. Var. y. the thorax without a fossulet or a line. Var. 5. the head with three sulci between the eyes. * Var. B. may be distinct, but it differs in nothing ini the convexity of the interstices of the elytra. “T took 6. upon the bean ; it may be distinet, but it differs i in scarcely any point except the furrows between the eyes. In my series of seventy specimens, the principal part have between the eyes three or four very distinct sulci; some of them are faintly or less deeply carved than in others, but with a lens of a quarter of an inch focus, all have them more or less di- stinct ; the thorax rather closely and deeply punctured, the pune- tures varying in magnitude and depth, but always very distinct, with a striolet or a large puncture before the scutellum, some- times obsolete or wanting ; the elytra elegantly engraved, very deeply and distinctly punctate-sulcate, the sulei catenulate-punc- 400 Mr. J. Walton on the genus Apion. tate, the interstices broad, flat and coriaceous : varieties occur with the interstices more or less convex and transversely rugulose. Specimens of Ap. subsulcatum of Marsham and Kirby sent to Schonherr and Germar were determined by them to be Ap. Aithiops of Herbst. Gyllenhal and Schounherr’s having adopted the latter name upon the authority of Germar, has induced me to follow them. Occasionally found in plenty in many parts of England ; near Dover upon Vicia Sepium in June. 68. A. livescerum 8, Schénh. — translaticium 9 , Schonh. — Hedysari, Walt. MSS. Plumbeous black, glossy, sparingly clothed with fine cinereous hairs. Head subquadrate, the vertex adjoining the thorax smooth, the frons posteriorly shghtly convex, closely punctured, between the eyes commonly flat, sometimes depressed, longitudinally ru- gose-punctate, with one to two impunctate striz more or less di- stinct ; eyes prominent ; rostrum moderately stout, nearly as long as the head and thorax together, curved, a little attenuated im front, rather thickly punctulated throughout, black and slightly glossy. Antenne medial, rather longer than the rostrum, totally black. Thorax very little longer than broad, subcylindrical, broader behind than before, the anterior margin elevated, laterally scarcely dilated, convex above, coarsely and thickly punctured, posteriorly with a deep dorsal channel more or less abbreviated im front, plumbeous black and shining. Scutellum triangular, black. Hlytra long-obovate, the shoulders nearly rectangular, the hu- meral callus elevated, convex above, deeply punctate-sulcate, the interstices flat, transversely rugulose, sometimes coriaceous, green- ish blue, rarely blue or blue-black. Legs moderately long, black. 3. (Length 1;—12 Ime.) The female differs in having the head narrower ; the rostrum longer, slender, filiform and shinmg; the antenne mserted be- hind the middle of the rostrum. : Dr. Germar sent me six insects (¢ 2) with the name of Ap. translaticium of Schénh., remarking that he had received this species from M. Schuppel under that name, and from M. Aubé for Ap. livescerum of Schonh. ; and that Ap. Hedysari of Walton hkewise agreed with them. I received a typical specimen of Ap. livescerum of Schénh. from M. Chevrolat, who informed me that Ap. translaticium was synonymous. I have closely examimed the above-named foreign specimens, and I am convinced they are identical with the British species Ap. Hedysari. Found m abundance im the chalk counties on the common saittoin (i/edysarum Onobrychis) from June to October. Mr. J. Ralfs on the British Desmidiez. 401 69. A. Gyllenhali, Kirb. ?, Gyll., Germ., Steph., Schénh. — unicolor, Kirb. g, Germ., Steph., Schonh. — Aithiops, Gyll. vol. iii. This insect appears to be extremely rare in the south, and very local in the north of England. I once found it abundantly, in company with Ap. Spenci2, in a valley just beyond the White Nab, on the sea-coast south of Scarborough in Yorkshire, upon Vicia Cracca, the beginning of August 1837, which gave me an op- portunity of identifying the sexes of both species beyond all doubt, and the pleasure of supplying many cabinets with speci- mens, since which I have never met with it, nor have I heard of its capture in the south of England. 70. A. Meliloti, Kirb., Germ., Steph., Schonh. — bifoveolatum, Steph. Few cabinets contained this species until I had the pleasure of supplying them. I met with it near Knaresborough in Yorkshire in profusion upon the melilot trefoil (Zrifolium officinale) in Sep- tember ; it occurs very sparingly in the south ; I have occasionally found a few specimens in Charlton sand-pits upon the same plant, and it is the only locality that I am acquainted with in the vici- nity of London. Mr. 8. Stevens has taken it at Bury-hill near Arundel in August, and also at Charlton m June. I have a foreign specimen of Ap. aciculare from Germar, who informs me that it is found in Germany upon Cistus Helianthe- mum, but very rarely ; it has been recorded as British, yet I have never seen an indigenous example. LVIUI.—On the British Desmidiee. By Jonn Raurs, Ksq., M.R.C.S., Penzance*. [ With a Plate.] ScenepesMus, Meyen (AntuRopesmvs, Ehr.). Fronds composed of few (two to ten), cylindrical, fusiform or ob- long cells, arranged in one or two rows. The cells are always entire and mostly fusiform or oblong, al- though in some species the outer ones are lunulate. They are few in number, varying from two to ten, and are placed side by side in one or two rows and united by a hyaline mucus. In this genus the specific characters depend on the number, position and form of the cells. It however seems probable that * Read before the Botanical Society of Edinburgh, June 13, 1844. 402 Mr. J. Ralfs on the British Desmidiex. some writers, by placing too much reliance on the arrangement of the cells, have raised varieties to the rank of species*. Scenedesmus differs from the preceding genera in the very dif- ferent form of its cells, but Pediastrum forms a connecting link between them. As in that genus, the frond in Scenedesmus is composed of several cells, but differently arranged ; and the di- vision into two segments, which, although modified, is still met with in the outer cells of Pediastrum, is entirely absent m Scene- desmus. The endochrome is in general very pale, and starch granules are much less conspicuous than in the other Desmidiece. 1. S. quadricaudatus, Breb. Cells generally four, oblong, rounded at their ends, disposed in a single row; each extremity of the two external ones terminated by a bristle. Breb. Alg. Fal. p. 66; Menegh. Syn. Desmid. in Linnza 1840, p. 206. Arthrodesmus guadricaudatus, Ehr. Infus. p. 150. tab. 10. fig. 16; Pritch. Infus. p- 189. f. External cells with a bristle at each extremity, and one at the centre of the outer margin. y. ecornis, Ehr. All the cells similar and without bristles. Scene- desmus Leibleini, Kutz. Synop. Desmid. in Linnza 1833, p. 607. fig. 98; Menegh. J. c. p. 207. Scenedesmus bijugatus, trijugatus and minor, Kutz. J. c. p. 607. figs. 97 and 99. In pools not uncommon. Storrington Common and Eastbourn, Sussex, and Shoreham, Kent, Mr. Jenner ; Cheshunt, Mr. Hassall; Dolgelley. B. Dolgelley. y. Weston Bogs near Southampton, Mr. Jenner; Bristol, Mr. Thwaites; Dolgelley and Penzance. Fronds composed of from four to eight oblong cells, which are eenerally larger than in any other species of this genus ; they are about three times as long as broad and rounded at their ends; the external ones are usually more turgid, and the bristles at their extremities are directed outwards. The colouring matter is pale with minute scattered granules. In £. the cells are smaller, and the external ones, besides the usual terminal bristles, have another from the centre of the outer margin. The variety y. is described by several authors as a distinct spe- cies, but I agree with Ehrenberg in considering it a state of this * « Distributio cellularum constantissima et characteristica, forma in spe- ciminibus bene evolutis pro unaquaque specie semper eadem.” “Forma cellularum extremarum, a ceteris plerumque diversa, fines frondis indicat, et errores a portiusculis earundem, frequenter oculis occur- santibus, vitat.”—Meneg. Synop. Desmid. p. 206. Mr. J. Ralfs on the British Desmidice. 403 species, from which it only differs in the absence of bristles on the outer cells, Prate XII. fig. 4. Scenedesmus quadricaudatus : b, variety 8; ¢, variety y. ecornis. 2. S. dimorphus, Ktz. Cells acute, four to eight, placed evenly in a single row; the inner cells fusiform, the outer externally lunate. Ktz. l. c. p. 608; Menegh. J. c. p. 208. Arthrodesmus pectinatus, Ehr. Infus. p. 150. tab. 10. fig. 17. Achnanthes dimorpha, 'Turp. (1820). Dolgelley, J. R.; near Bristol, Mr. Thwaites. Fronds very minute, consisting of four to eight cells placed evenly side by side in a single row; the inner cells straight, fu- siform, attenuated and acute at each end, the outer ones externally lunate. The endochrome is pale bluish green. Prate XII. fig. 5. Scenedesmus dimorphus. 3. S. acutus, Meyen. ‘Cells two to six, fusiform, acute at both ends, unequally ventricose, arranged in a double, irregularly alter- nating series.” Menegh. J. c. p. 207; Kutz. /. c. p. 609. fig. 96. Arthrodesmus acutus, Ehr. Infus. p. 150. tab. 10. fig. 19. ¢, d. I notice this species because the Rev. M. J. Berkeley has ga- thered it near King’s Cliffe, and I have occasionally met with specimens at Dolgelley which agree with Ehrenberg’s figures, but as I omitted to draw up a description at the time, I have bor- rowed the specific character from Meneghini. The cells are fusiform, somewhat ventricose m the middle and acute at the ends; they project more or less alternately on each margin, and thus form two irregular series. When there is but little irregularity and the cells are nearly in a single series, this species has some resemblance to S. dimorphus, but in the latter the cells are not ventricose in the middle and are arranged quite eyenly side by side. Prate XII. fig. 6. Scenedesmus acutus. 4. S. triseriatus, Mgh. Cells elliptico-fusiform, eight arranged in two oblique series, in each of which the cells are in close apposition; but the outermost one, which is lunate, is not in contact with any cell of the other series. Menegh. /.c. p. 208. Arthrodesmus acutus, Ehr. Infus. tab. 10. fig. 19. a, b, e (according to Mene- ghini). King’s Cliffe, Rev. M. J. Berkeley; in a cave near Bristol, Mr. Thwaites. In the perfect frond the cells are eight in number, arranged obliquely im two distinct series. Each series has three cells which are fusiform, equal, somewhat ventricose in the middle, acute at 404. Mr. J. Ralfs on the British Desmidiez. the free extremity, and subacute or rounded at the inner one. As the cells are not placed evenly, but each projects beyond its neigh- bour, each row is oblique; their position with respect to each other is such that the immer ends of two cells of the lower le be- tween those of the upper row, whilst that of the third is outside the end of the highest in the upper. Of the two remaining cells, which are lunulate, one is placed beyond the outer cell in each series, and is therefore not in contact with any cell in the other. They however take the same direction as the other cells in the series to which they respectively belong. Meneghini, under his Scenedesmus triseriatus, refers to the figures a, b, e of the Arthrodesmus acutus of Ehrenberg. Mr. Berke- ley is convinced that our plant is represented in fig. 6. In this opinion I fully concur; but I have great doubt whether it be di- stinct from the Scenedesmus obliquus, Kutz., and by Ehrenberg both are considered as states of S. acutus. It however seems di- stinct from the S. acutus, as it has all the cells in a series closely united ; but in all these plants their form is nearly the same, and I have not sufficient experience to decide whether any interme- diate arrangements of them may be found. If distinct from S. obliquus, it must be distinguished by the outer cells being lunulate and the extremities of all more acute, for in Turpin’s figure of the obliquus the cells are arranged in the same manner as in our plant. I strongly suspect that a better acquaintance with them will prove the necessity of uniting these forms. I subjoin the descriptions of both from Meneghini. ‘“‘ §, triseriatus, Mgh., cellulis fusiformibus exilibus octo, apicibus acutis, duobus medianis rectis, ceteris extrorsum lunulatis in seriem triplicem al- ternantibus, quarum mediana a duabus extimis formata.” “ S. obliquus, Kutz., cellulis elliptico-fusiformibus ectonis, extremitatibus rotundatis, in seriem duplicem obliquam dispositis. Kudz. lc. p. 81; Ach- nanthes obliqua, Turp.” Menegh. l. c. p. 208. Prate XII. fig. 7. Scenedesmus triseriatus. 5. S. obtusus, Meyen. Cells three to eight, ovate or oblong, with rounded ends and arranged alternately in two rows. Menegh. /.c. p- 208. Scenedesmus quadralternus, Kutz. l. ec. p. 608. fig. 94. Scenedesmus octalternus, Kutz. 1. c. p. 609. fig. 95. Arthrodesmus acutus, Bailey, American Bacil. fig. 18? In boggy pools, Dolgelley. Fronds minute, composed of from three to eight ovate or ovato- oblong cells, arranged alternately m two rows. The endochrome is very pale green. The specimens I have examined did not agree in every respect with the description and figures of this species, but they probably belonged to it. The cells were ovate, the broad ends of the rows placed alternately, the smaller ends being in different directions ; Mr. J. Ralfs on the British Desmidiece. 405 sometimes the cells seemed only held together by the hyaline matrix, in which state they appear to connect the Desmidica, through Gonidium, Ehr., and Trochiscia, Kutz., with the Ulvacee. The cells of one row are separated by the interposition of the broader ends of the other. Pirate XII. fig. 8. Scenedesmus obtusus. Desmipium*, Ag. (Kutz.) Filaments elongated, triangular or quadrangular, regularly twisted, fragile ; the joints bidentate at the angles. In my former paper on Desmidium 1 removed from that genus all Ehrenberg’s species which do not form a filament, and re- tained in it only those Desmidiee which have elongated jointed filaments. Since its publication, Kutzing, im his ‘ Phycologia Ge- neralis,’ has restricted the genus to the species with triangular filaments, and as this arrangement meets with the approbation of Mr. Berkeley, I am induced, in deference to their joint opinion, to follow it in the present article, with a slight alteration of the character which will enable me to include the plant described below. The transverse view is triangular or quadrangular, and the en- dochrome has in one case three and in the other case four rays ; these are frequently cloven. 1. D. Swarizii, Ag. Filaments triangular, equal, with a single lon- gitudinal, waved, dark line formed by the third angle ; end view triangular with the endochrome three-rayed. Kutz. Phycol. Ge- neralis, p. 165 ; Menegh. Synop. Desmid. in Linnza 1840, p. 203 ; Ralfs in Annals of Nat. Hist. vol. xi. p. 375. pl. 8. fig. 3. I have only to add to my former notice of this plant, that it has since been gathered near Cheshunt by Mr. Hassall, and in many stations in Sussex by Mr. Jenner, also in Caragh Lake, Kerry, by Mr. Andrews. 2. D. quadrangulatum. Filaments quadrangular, varying in breadth from the twisting of the filament, and having two longitudinal, waved, dark lines; the end view is quadrangular, with the endo- chrome four-rayed. In a boggy pool at Bologas near Penzance. Mr. Berkeley and Mr. Borrer regard this plant as a variety of D. Swartz, nor can I find any distinctive mark except those which depend upon the filament being quadrangular in one case and triangular in the other ; but Mr. Jenner informs me that the * Read before the Botanical Society of Edinburgh, July 11, 1844. 406 Mr. T. Austin on the genus Dunstervillia. teeth in D. Swartzit have two angles, whereas they are rounded in the present plant. As there are three sides in one plant and four in the other, whilst the sides in both are equal, the filament of D. guadrangu- latum is stouter ; for the same reason, instead of one dark longi- tudinal line it has two lines running from side to side and cross- ing each other: the additional line of course depends on the ad- ditional angle. When these lines approach the opposite margins of the filament only one side is presented to the eye, and the fila- ment is then of the same breadth as nm D. Swartzii, but as it is regularly twisted its apparent breadth varies, being greatest where the two dark lines cross each other im the middle. The end view also has one more angle, and therefore the endochrome exhibits four instead of three rays. I must confess that I am inclined to agree with Mr. Berkeley and Mr. Borrer, and to regard it as a variety of Desmidium Swartzii; but as I have gathered it for two succeeding years quite unmixed with that species, and as Mr. Berkeley well ob- serves (in a letter), that “whether considered as a species or va- riety it is a remarkable plant and well-deserving of notice,” I have preferred to describe it as distinct. Prate XII. fig. 9. Desmidium quadrangulatum. [The following paragraphs, which should have been inserted in the description of Xanthidium furcatum at p. 466 of the previous volume, were omitted by accident. ] Near the centre of each segment there is a curious projection on each surface. In the front view, and especially before the escape of the endochrome, these projections are hable to be over- looked, and even in the empty fronds some attention is requisite for their discovery. The best method of detecting them is to adjust the microscope for a view of the frond, and then gradually to raise the lens; as soon as the frond becomes slightly indistinct, the projections will be rendered visible. In this aspect they are circular with mar- ginal teeth, somewhat resembling the peristome of a moss. In a lateral view the processes are more distinct, rather broader than high, and dentate at the end. LVIII.—Note on Mr. Bowerbank’s Paper on the genus Dunster- villia (Bowerbank), with Remarks on the Ischadites Konign, the Tentaculites and the Conularia. By Tuomas Austin, Esgq., F.G.S. Wuew reading in the ‘ Annals’ for the present month Mr. Bower- bank’s very iteresting observations on a new genus of calcareous Mr. T. Austin on the genus Dunstervillia. 407 sponge (Dunstervillia), discovered on the coast of Southern Africa by Mr. G. Dunsterville, I was at once struck with the resem- blance this mmute sponge bears to the Spheronites, even before L had arrived at that part of Mr. Bowerbank’s communication in which he states his conviction that the fossil known as Sphero- nites tessellatus owes its origin to an allied genus of Zoophytes. And I also came to the conclusion that this minute sponge would throw considerable light on those hitherto puzzling fossils, the Ischadites of the Silurian system. On referring to the illustrations in the ‘ Annals,’ and compa- ring them with Mr. Bowerbank’s very clear description, there can be no room to doubt the correctness of his opinion that the Sphe- ronites tessellatus is the calcareous skeleton of a spongiform body. And if it is admitted that S. ¢essel/atus is the remains of an ex- tinct species of sponge, there can be but little difficulty in proving the Ischadites to be of similar origin, and not belonging to the family of Ascidiea, as Mr. Konig imagined. In alluding to this fossil in Murchison’s ‘ Silurian System,’ Mr. Komi says, “they seem to form a group of globular, coriaceous, and it may be added, pedicled bodies, for in one of them a cicatrix for the insertion of the pedicle distinctly appears.” This cieatrix.is probably the point where the zoophyte had been attached. The manner in which the Jschadites are found associated to- gether, and are compared in Murchison’s ‘ Silurian System? to compressed figs, serves to show that the zoophytes were affixed in groups to extraneous bodies, and that they lived and died on the spots where their remains are now imbedded. The flattened form in which they sometimes occur may be accounted for by the fact that the internal supports (spicula) are either wholly want- ing, or, if present, but little adapted to sustain the sponge in its original form after the destruction of its vitality, so that the cal- careous framework which still held together would become col- lapsed and leave the remains in the shape we now find them. The Spheronites have been heretofore frequently considered as allied to the Crinoidea, but Mr. Bowerbank has, I conceive, clearly removed the difficulty relative to this fossil, and which will, hence- forth take its proper position in all future scientific arrangements of organic remains. I will now venture an opinion relative to two other fossils which have caused considerable diversity of ideas respecting their nature and origin, namely, the Tentaculites and Conularia. On a careful examination of numerous specimens, I am of opi- nion that the Tentaculite is the shell of a Pteropodous mollusk allied to the recent Creseis, as the Conularia is that of an animal allied to the Cleodore. Bristol, May 14, 1845. 408 M. Treviranus on the Formation of Acrial Tubers LIX.—On the Formation of Aérial Tubers in Sedum amplexi- caule, DeC. By L. C. Treviranus*. Ir we assume, what can scarcely be denied, that individuals exist even in the vegetable kingdom, it may be asserted that eaeh of them flowers only once. When a plant appears to do this more frequently, it is accurately speaking no longer the same in- dividual, but a different one, which has applied itself to or en- grafted itself upon the first, or by whatever other name the con- nexion which has become established between the two may be designated. It is very distinctly evident that the flowermg plant is a new one when the old one dies off after flowering, but pre- . vious to this forms the basis of a new one in the form of a bud, that is, a crude deposit of organic matter which remains connected with the mother-plant for a period, at the same time putting forth separate organs of nutrition, with the aid of which it becomes a distinct independent individual, which flowers and propagates as the parent one. Of several families-of plants in which this circle of propagation and flowermg is perceptible m a strikimg manner is that of the house-leeks (Crassulacee, DeCand.). In those species of Sempervivum which constitute m Koch the subgenus Jovisbarba, we often observe buds shoot out on thread-like pe- tioles frequently an inch in length from the angles of the leaves converging to form the rosette. At first globular, and only of the size of a grain of millet, they soon become larger, and separate, when they have attained the size of a cherry-stone or of a hazel- nut, from the mother-plant, themselves sending down root-fibres, with the aid of which they absorb nutriment and become deve- loped. Ifa section of such a body be made, it is seen to consist of a ground-work of compact cellular tissue, from which numerous fleshy leaves take their orig. As soon as the mother-plant has acquired the requisite size and development, it flowers and dies ; the. same fate likewise attends the newly-formed plant. In those species of Sedum which are herbaceous and perennial, such as S. reflexum, sexangulare, album, &e., some short branches densely clothed with leaves shoot out of the main body of the plant during and after the flowering period; they contmue im organic connexion with it by means of cellular tissue and ves- sels until their turn comes to extend and to flower. But this formation of new shoots takes place ina more remarkable manner in Sedum amplexicaule, DeC., a species occurring in the south of France, in Lower Italy, in Spain and in Greece, which bears our winters very well if they are not too severe, even in the open ground. It was named Sedum rostratum by Tenore, but ranged * From the Botanische Zeitung for April 18th, 1845. in Sedum amplexicaule. 409 under Sempervivum by Sibthorp and Lagasca from its generally having eight pistils, and designated by the former as Semp. tenuifolium, and by the latter as Semp. anomalum. A. P. DeCan- dolle has given a very good figure of it in the second of his ‘ Mé- moires p. serv. & Hist. du Regne Végét.,’ in plate 7. In this plant the new shoots destined for the reproduction are very much thickened at their apex for about an inch in length, and at the same time the leaves in this place are-very close together, while those on the lower portion of the shoot are very few and widely se- parate. About the time of the solstice, when the plant has finished flowering and formed its fruit, a complete arrest occurs in the -growth of the plant. Not only the main body which had flowered dies away, but likewise the shorter or longer lateral branches, the thickened apices of which constitute the newly-formed living shoots. If one of these shoots be examined at this time, we find, wholly inclosed by the dried sheath-like lower portions of the leaves, a cylindrical mass of cellular tissue, the cells of which con- tain numerous starch-granules. Its axis is occupied by a small cir- cle of fibres and vessels. At the apex is observed a bud consisting of several incipient leaves, and on the surface some impressions in regular order which the dried leaves have left behind where they fell off. In fact, it is a true tuber which has formed above the ground by the growing together of the lower parts of numerous densely-crowded leaves. In this state of rest and of apparent want of life the plant re- mains until the middle of August, at which time new leaves are de-. veloped from the apex of the shoot; and one, or several rootlets from the lower extremity, which soon become long and much ramified. The new leaves which clothe the stem of the future year, which terminates in a flower, are cylindrical, or rather semicylindrical, with a slightly acute termination, and provided at the base witha small appendage as in Sedum reflewum, acre, and other species ; they do not possess the sheath-like inferior portion which cha- racterizes those by which the new tubers are enveloped; these latter are therefore formed only in the early part of the summer, and no longer in the later like the others. Consequently, what renders the formation of new shoots for the vegetation of the suc- ceeding year remarkable, is, on the one hand, that they assume the shape of tubers which are formed within peculiar sheath-like leaves, which soon dry but never fall off like the others, and serve as a case for the tuber during its period of rest ; on the other hand, that the vital connexion of this tuber with the mother-plant ceases as soon as it has become developed. The various authors who have described the Sedum amplezicaule have noticed this kind of reproduction only briefly and with few words. Sibthorp (Prodr. Fl. Greec. i. 355) and si (Elench. Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Vol. xv. 2F 410 M. Duchartre on the Anatomy and Organogeny Plant. n. 223) state that the plant has “ propagines cylindricz ;”’ but Tenore, observing more accurately, ascribes to it “surculi tu- beriformes, in quibus folia basi in membranam dilatata, que in caule florifero basi soluta.” (Syll. 288.) DeCandolle (op. cit.) likewise mentions this difference in the leaves, which is also exhibited in the above-mentioned figure, and he states with reference to it, that “on est conduit 4 penser que le petit appendice qu’on observe a la base des feuilles est une espéce de rudiment de la gaine des feuilles.” (Loc. cit. p. 35.) However, this formation of aérial tubers, if we may so express our- selves, seemed to deserve closer attention, for no similar forma- tion has hitherto occurred to me, or been observed to my know- ledge, at least in Dicotyledons. I will lastly observe, that Sedum amplexicaule differs from the other species of this genus, not only in the number of pistils and in the mode of reproduction, but likewise by the structure of its calyx, each sepal being externally considerably excavated, while a prominent angle reaches from each sinus to the base, giving the calyx a septangular or octangular appearance. These cha- racters deserve to be recommended to some manufacturer of genera for the creation of a new genus. LX.—Anatomical and Organogenical Researches on Lathrea clandestma. By M. Ducuarrre*. Tur complete history of a plant from its origin at the period of germination to the moment when, after having given birth to new seed, it has accomplished all the phases of its existence, is still wanting in botany ; for the type studied minutely in all its details, in an anatomical and physiological pomt of view, which man furnishes to zoology, does not exist in the vegetable king- dom ; numerous materials, it is true, have been brought together for the history of some plants, but there are none in which some gap does not remain which it is essential to supply. The description of most plants is limited to that of their ex- ternal forms with respect to the organs of vegetation, and the or- gans of reproduction have alone been examined generally with more detail. Among the phanerogamous plants, the madder is perhaps the only one which has been the object of an mvesti- gation of this nature, profound and almost complete, due to M. Decaisne. It would however be desirable, both for the interest of vege- table anatomy in general and for the application of anatomical * Abstract of a Report laid before the French Academy by MM. de Mir- bel, Richard, and Ad. Brongniart, April 28, 1845. of Lathrea clandestina. 411 characters to natural classification, that all the essential organs of a certain number of the principal types of the vegetable king- dom should be examined with care. Many facts considered as general would lose this universality, and the greater or less fre- quency of the exceptions would soon establish the value of cha- racters and the importance of such or such a point of organiza- tion. The memoir of M. Duchartre on Lathrea clandestina is an ex- cellent example of this kind of imvestigation, in which many points are treated in a very complete and satisfactory manner, and in which only a small number of gaps would remain to be noticed. But this memoir acquires an additional interest from the na- ture of the plant which is the subject of it. The mode of exist- ence of parasitical plants is always an interesting problem to solve, and the anatomical examination of their organs must serve as a starting-poimt for physiological researches. Several of these vegetables have already been the object of minute research, among which must be cited in the first rank that of Mr. R. Brown on Rafflesia, then those of M. Unger on parasitical plants in general, of M. Goeppert on the Balanophore, and lastly, the researches of Mr. Bowman on another species of the same genus Lathrea, viz. L. squamaria. But, if we except the first of these memoirs, the other treatises have almost had for their sole object the mode of implantation of the parasites on the plants from which they draw their nourishment, or some pe- culiar points of their organization. M. Duchartre, on the con- trary, has proposed to study successively all the organs of the curious plant which forms the subject of his researches ; he pre- sents an anatomical monography of it, and this step has led him to discover several important facts in the structure of this species. We shall follow him in the examination of the various organs of vegetation and reproduction, noticing rapidly the points by which the organization of this plant appears to differ from that of the vegetables which have already been studied by other ana- tomists ; and we may observe, that we have been able to verify the majority of the facts advanced by M. Duchartre, and represented in the numerous drawings which accompany his memoir, by means of fresh specimens, or specimens preserved in alcohol. The structure of the stem is first studied by M. Duchartre ; he finds in it, as in all the stems of Dicotyledons, the pith, the lig- neous system and the cortical system formed of the liber and of the cellular envelope ; but he notices two characters which appear to remove this plant from the usual structure of these vegetables. The first consists in the absence of a medullary sheath, that is to say, of a first. interior zone of vessels of a different nature to those 2F2 412 M. Duchartre on the Anatomy and Organogeny of the ligneous zone, and comprised between the pith and this ligneous zone. It is these vessels which in the ordinary Dicotyle- dons belong to the form designated by the name of true spiral vessels or of unrollable spiral vessels, and it is in this position alone that these vessels are found in the stem. Here nothing similar occurs ; the vessels nearest to the pith consist of finely re- ticulated vessels, similar, although finer, to those which exist in the rest of the ligneous layer. There are no trachez with a con- tinuous free and unrollable spiral fibre. This character, however, although formimg an exception to the most usual organization of dicotyledonous plants, is met with in other vegetables of this class, and particularly in most parasi- tical plants, although the unprecise manner in which authors ap- ply the word spiral vessels may sometimes leave a doubt on this oint. : A second remarkable character of the ligneous body of this plant consists in the complete absence of medullary rays. This tact is well established by M. Duchartre, and is placed beyond ail doubt. The ligneous zone is entirely formed of cells elongated in the longitudinal direction of the stem and consequently parallel to the pith, intermixed with more or less finely reticulated vessels, and thus appearing most frequently radiated or punctated ; it is not interrupted at any point by those lines of cells in a radiating direction, which, extending from the pith toward the bark, con- stitute the medullary rays. An analogous structure had been already noticed by M. Bron- eniart in a family very far removed from the Lathree, in the Crassulacee *, in which the ligneous zone is equally unfurnished with medullary rays, and is only constituted of tissues elongated in the direction of the axis and perfectly continuous. Having desired to ascertain whether, in the family to which the Lathrea clandestina belongs, this character was found in any other plant, we found that the Melampyrum sylvaticum presented the same continuity in the elongated tissues of the ligneous zone, and that there was also a complete absence of medullary rays. We thus find in several Dicotyledons an organization of the stem which we were far from suspecting some years ago, and which deserves the attention of physiologists. The bark presents, in its elongated internal tissue forming the liber, the same continuity, in consequence of the absence of the medullary rays which ordinarily extend from the wood into the bark. The tissue which constitutes this internal cortical layer has the greatest analogy with that which forms the non-vascular part of the ligneous zone ; only it is more opake and more solid * See “ Observations on the Internal Structure of the Sigillaria elegans,” &e., by M. Ad. Brongniart. (Archives du Muséum, tome i. p. 437.) of Lathreea clandestina. | 413 towards the exterior, more delicate, and at the sides thinner in the internal part in contact with the exterior of the wood. In no part has M. Duchartre been able to detect proper or laticiferous vessels. But if the zone of elongated ligneous tissue forming the wood and the liber constitutes a continuous cylinder around the pith, and not a series of distinct fascicles separated by the medullary rays, as is usually the case, it is not less true that the vessels there form separate fascicles and of a definite number. This is shown by the researches of M. Duchartre on the successive de- velopment of the stem and the.tissues which constitute it. The vessels form at first four quite distinct fascicles ; they then divide into a greater number, and we count eight, ten, twelve, and even more ; lastly, the vessels appear dispersed with irregularity in the whole of that zone, which itself, on old stumps of at least two years, acquires a much greater thickness, and is often formed of two distinct concentric layers. Thus, notwithstanding these two essential points, by which the stem of the Lathrea clandestina differs from the ordinary struc- ture of Dicotyledons, the absence of spiral vessels and of the medullary rays, its growth is effected according to the mode proper to the totality of these vegetables. The root, in its principal parts and even in its fibrils, presents the same structure as the stem, modified, as is generally the case, by the absence of the pith ; but the parasitism of the plant gave a peculiar interest to the investigation of the extremities of the radical fibrils by which it is fixed on the roots of trees, and most frequently on those of the poplar. This pomt however, which has been already examined carefully by Mr. Bowman, in Lathrea squamaria, could present fewer new facts; mdeed the differences between these two species in this respect are very slight, and M. Duchartre has only been able to add some details and to point out some secondary differences between these two plants. The L. clandestina attaches itself to the roots of trees by nu- merous suckers terminating in radicles, or growing laterally along these fibrils and representing spongioles. These suckers, nearly hemispherical, are larger than those of Lathrea squamaria ; their surface of adherence is plane or slightly concave, formed of a cel- lular tissue of a peculiar form, elongated and directed perpendi- cularly on the external surface. The small tubercle which the sucker itself forms is essentially cellular, but traversed, especially toward its centre, by numerous moniliform vessels with reticu- lated sides, which however do not extend as far as the surface by which the sucker is applied on the foreign root ; an arrangement 414. M. Duchartre on Lathreea clandestina. which would thus differ from that stated by Mr. Bowman in Lathrea squamaria. The majority of the plants parasitical on roots are destitute of true leaves, these organs being reduced to short scales which seem to correspond only at the base of the petioles ; this is seen in the Orobanche, Monotropa, and several exotic plants which present the same mode of growth, and these reduced and abortive leaves appear, as well as the stems, generally destitute of those epidermal pores designated by the name of stomata. The appendicular organs of the Lathrea present a very differ- ent form and structure, although short and imbricated like scales ; they are narrowed at their base into a sort of petiole, and present a true cordiform fleshy limb, analogous to that of the leaves of certain succulent plants. Mr. Bowman had already indicated the large regular gaps which traverse the interior of these kinds of leaves, but he believed these organs to be destitute of stomata, and it was not till within a few years that Dr. Schleiden noticed the existence of these pores on the leaves of Lathrea squamaria. M. Duchartre had discovered these organs, not only on the cu- ticle of the leaves, but on that of the stems of the L. clandestina, and at a period when he could not know of the observation of Dr. Schleiden, and had imsisted on this exception to a character considered as general among the plants parasitica! on roots. His memoir contains, moreover, a very complete anatomical description of these rudimentary but complicated leaves, of their nerves, of their parenchyma and of the empty spaces which regu- larly occur in them, and of the papillz which clothe them ; finally, the mode of evolution of these organs is carefully followed cut, and it is one of the most complete chapters of the history of this remarkable plant. With respect to the organs of reproduction, the plant which was the object of the examination of M. Duchartre did not pre- sent any singularity which might lead us to presume anything very peculiar in their structure ; but, as we have said at the com- mencement of this Report, a complete anatomical description of the different organs of a vegetable is still a thing so rare as to offer considerable utility to science by the means of comparison which it permits of our establishing at a later period. In this point of view, the anatomical investigation of almost all the parts of the flower of L. clandestina, such as M. Duchartre has given, deserves great praise ; but the author has moreover directed his attention in a special manner to the mode of deve- lopment of the different floral verticils. Thus the mode of ap- pearance of the calyx, the corolla, the stamina and the pistil, the changes which take place in the anthers and the ovary have been M. von Martius on the Growth of the Stem of Palms. 415 carefully traced, and some of the theories propounded on this subject have been discussed on this occasion; but we do not think it necessary to consider them here, as the L. clandestina does not offer anything peculiar in this respect. It is also to be regretted that M. Duchartre has not been able to follow out the mode of formation of the embryo and its sub- sequent germination. Notwithstanding these slight omissions, the investigation of M. Duchartre is not less one of the most complete on the ana- tomy and organogeny of a particular vegetable ; it has appeared to us very exact in all the points which we have been able to ve- rify, the author is quite conversant with the modern labours re- lative to the different subjects which he has treated, and we are of opinion that it would be desirable for the progress of botany that the science should possess several anatomical monographs made with the same care. For these reasons, we propose to the Academy to give its approbation to the memoir of M. Duchartre, and to insert it in the ‘ Mémoires des Savants Etrangers.’ LX1.—On the Growth of the Stem of Palms, and on the Decur- rence of the Leaves. By M. von Martivus*. Permit me to present to you some pages of the Bulletin of our Academy, in which I have stated the results of my researches on the growth of the stem of Palms, and on the decurrence of the fibres. These results may be reduced to the following points :— 1. The stem of Palms does not contain more fibres than are destined to enter sooner or later into the leaves. 2. The fibres originate on the summit of the stem, in nucleo gemma, vel in phyllophoro Mirbelii, between the new and plastic parenchyma which there forms a peculiar conical layer, covering, like a funnel, the more aged parts. They are always external with relation to the others, which are already formed, and a little higher. 3. The points of origin of the fibres are organically predis- posed ; we find, in these points, the fibres situated obliquely, and converging at their upper ends. They are elongated from the two ends, that is to say, they grow from below upwards and from above downwards. 4. The upper extremity of these fibres is directed towards the base of the young leaf; the latter originates in the form of a cel- lular fold (plica, crista) in the centre of the bud, and is conducted toward the periphery on becoming enlarged. * Being an extract of a letter to M. Flourens, Comptes Rendus for April 7, 1845. 416 M. von Martius on the Growth of the Stem of Palms. 5. The lower extremity is obliquely prolonged below, and termi- nates, in the form of an extremely slender and exclusively paren- chymatous filament, on a peripherical layer. This layer is wholly different from the liber of the Dicotyledons with relation to the history of its development ; it may however be compared to that organic system as regards its constituent elements. 6. The spot where the upper extremity of the filament enters into the leaf, is either on the same side of the stem by which it makes its decurrence, or on the side diametrically opposite. In this second case the fibre passes throughout the stem. 7. There are necessarily decussations for each filament. Some decussate the others in the central part of the stem; others by bending suddenly to enter a leaf on the side of their origin. 8. The growth is effected in an organic solidarity between the formation of the elementary organs and the laws of the position of the leaves. It is especially this posztion and the succession of the systems of phyllotaxis (which generally increase by specific complications in each species of palm), that we must regard as the conditions of the modifications in the decurrence of the fibres and the formation of the wood*. 9. The oldest part of the filaments is not found at either their upper or lower extremity ; they have their most complete deve- lopment in the middle part of their decurrence. Below they con- sist only of parenchymatous cells ; at their upper extremity they are divided into several finer vessels which enter the leaves. 10. The lower extremity does not extend to the roots ; it does not go beyond the collum, where is the organic separation of the descensus and the ascensus. 11. The stem becomes more ligneous and harder by the growth of the fibres which ascend and which make their decussations, and likewise the parenchyma between the fibres becomes thicker and harder. The hardening is effected in a direct ratio to the age of the tree; and as the organic elements first formed and homologous are grouped at the periphery, the stem is harder in its circumference. You see that these results are not in contradiction with the ideas propounded by MM. de Mirbel and Mohl ; they however differ in some less essential pomts. M. Mohl does not mention in his memoir (De Structura Palmarum in Mart. Palm. Brasil.) the passage of the filaments from one side of the stem to the other ; nor has he explicitly declared that they grow in two di- rections, swrsum and deorsum. With respect to the ideas of your illustrious academician, M. de Mirbel, I quite agree with all that * T have demonstrated in what manner the four forms of the stem of the Palms, defined by M. Mohl, owe their different organization to the condi- tion of the phyliotaxis, to the number and length of the internodes, &c. Botanical Notices from Spain. 417 he has stated on the structure of the fibres; but I am not of his opinion with regard to the first degree of the development of the leaf, seeing that at the beginning it does not appear to me to have the form of a hood, but rather that of a small crest (crista or plica) with a vertical direction. My observations have been especially made on the Chamedorea elativr, the subterraneous caudices of which are ramified, and pre- sent in their buds all the conditions necessary for the examination of the origin both of the elementary organs and of the leaves, branches and régimes. These observations have also convinced me that the bicarinated leaf, which often commences the forma- tion of the leaves in the branches of the Monocotyledons, and which is repeated in the morphology of the spathelles of the Gra- minee, is not formed by the coalescence of two leaves. It is only a solitary leaf, furnished with an extremely thin lamina, and which soon disappears. You are aware that the nature of these leaves has long been a subject of discussion by MM. Turpin and Robert Brown, and recently by M. Roper, whose results agree with mine. LXI1.— Botanical Notices from Spain. By Morirz W1ttKomM*. (Continued from p. 185.] No. III. Aransvxz, 8th of July 1844. On the 18th of June I left Valencia, which had detained me within its walls longer than I wished. Immediately on leaving the charming Huerta, you enter a wood of olive and St. John’s bread trees (Cerato- nia Siliqua) with Kentrophyllum lanatum, DeC., growing in great plenty beneath them, which accompanied us from here almost to Madrid. So long as we were in the kingdom of Valencia, the country was very fertile, well-cultivated, and clothed with timber ; the broad val- ley of Incar filled with rice-fields, the view of the romantic Sierra de Cullera, and the environs of the friendly town St. Felipe, were in particular among the fairest regions I had hitherto seen in Spain. As soon, however, as you have traversed the Pass of Almansa, you come into a desert, treeless, thinly-peopled, elevated plain in the province of Albacete, belonging to the kingdom of Murcia; low, uniform hills of chalk alternating with wheat-fields and waste sterile plains clothed with solitary specimens of an umbelliferous plant which ap- peared to me to be Kleoselinum fetidum, Boiss., and with Retama spherocarpa, Boiss. Still more desert and equally devoid of trees is the country beyond Albacete, at the entrance into the poor province of La Mancha, the villages of which lie so scattered that they resem- ble heaps of stones and ruins more than human abodes. All this ren- * Translated from the Botanische Zeitung, Nov. 8, 1844, and communi- cated by A. Henfrey, F.L.S. 418 Botanical Notices from Spain. ders more striking a pretty widely-spread wood of slender trees of Pinus Pinea, L., lying between La Minaya and El Provencio, near the Venta del Pinal. Generally speaking, the country is somewhat better from hence, as the land is elevated in low hills, between which occur here and there little isolated woods of Quercus Iler, L., and dwarf plantations of olives. Beyond Ocana the soil is dreadfully sterile, but on ascending an eminence, you suddenly discover the broad green valley where flows the Tagus, filled with a forest of trees, with the domes and towers of the palace of Aranjuez rising from among them. I was prevented by want of time from halting then in this paradise, and an hour later I found myself already on the arid shores of the nearly waterless Manzanares, glad to have crossed the comfortless upland plain of New Castile. Interesting as the neighbourhood of the capital may be in spring in a botanical point of view, it offers little in the summer months, and I had not time to visit the Sierra de Guadarrama, though lying quite near, and rich in plants. 1 confined myself therefore during my fortnight’s stay in Madrid to making myself acquainted with the scientific institutions of the Spanish capital, where the many recommendations I had obtained to the most distinguished men in all branches of natural science gave me the best opportunities. Now that I dare permit myself to give an opinion on the present condition of natural science in Spain, I can, alas! only say, that the Spaniards, notwithstanding the numerous splendid collections of all kinds, in every branch of natural science, the practical parts of medicine included, are still very far behind the other civilized nations of Europe. This is not merely owing to the small assistance ren- dered by the government, but to the exceeding indifference of Spa- niards to all that relates to science in general. This unhappy country has come to such a pass, through the incessant civil wars, that no one will interest himself in anything but politics. With regard to botany, I devoted my attention particularly to the botanical garden, which was open to me at all times, through the kindness of the director, Prof. D. José Demeiro Rodriguez. This extensive and well-kept garden, situated on the magnificent prome- nade of the Prado, was the first real botanical garden I saw in Spain. It has existed in this place and in this condition since the reign of Charles the Third, the king to whom Spain owes all her scientific and artistic institutions ; it was established here in the year 1781. The first director of it was, if I mistake not, D. Casimir Gomez Or- tega, who was followed by D. Antonio José Cavanilles, from whom the garden came into the charge of his pupils, D. Mariano Lagasca and the present director Rodriguez, a man whose well-known name is a guarantee that it is in no unworthy hands. The plants, the number of which is unknown to me, as no catalogue exists, are arranged ac- cording to the Linnean system and provided with elegant labels, on which are inscribed both the Latin and Castilian names. ‘The gar- den, which is remarkably large, and is open daily to the public at the time of the promenade, possesses many well-arranged plant- houses, and an orchis-house has lately been built. Very few ferns Bibliographical Notices. 419 are cultivated, but on the other hand there is a very rich collection of Cacti and succulent plants, especially from the West Indies, Mexico and South America. The botanical museum is in the garden, and the lower part of this contains a spacious, very elegant theatre for the lectures on botany and agriculture ; in the upper story are the botanical library with the herbaria, as well as a room for a col- lection of models and instruments of husbandry, woods and the like, which is yet but insignificant, but for the enlargement of which the present Professor of Agriculture, D, Pascual Asensio, labours with great zeal. The richly-bound botanical library contains but few new works ; however, the herbaria of Cavanilles, Ruiz, Pavon and others are here, the first of which J studied particularly. From deficiency of funds, the Madrid garden is in correspondence with no foreign gardens except those of Paris and Montpellier. During my sojourn in Madrid, I made a day and a half’s excursion to the famous Escu- rial, situated at the foot of the Sierra de Guadarrama, less for the sake of botanizing than to see this palace so remarkable in historical associations. From this excursion however to the richly watered, in part well-wooded, granitic Sierra, next to the Sierra Nevada and the Pyrenees the highest mountain of Spain, some parts being at that time covered with snow, I am persuaded that it would well re- pay a longer sojourn. In a single half-hour’s excursion which I made in the immediate vicinity of the Escurial, I found many inter- esting plants, of which I may mention Ranunculus Carpetanus, Reut., Dianthus laricifolius, Reut., Sedum gypsicolum, R., and Jasione ses- siliflora, R. ; On the 6th of July I left Madrid and betook myself to Aranjuez, from whence I think of setting out this evening towards Granada. Well would it recompense a longer stay, since both the very luxu- riant vegetation of the neighbouring shores of the Tagus and the sur- rounding gypsum hills promise a rich harvest. Aranjuez is parti- cularly remarkable for its woods. Giant planes, innumerable elms, limes, beeches, oaks and other dicotyledonous trees, clothe for leagues the shores of the stream, on which occur, among other plants, Hel- minthia echioides and Chlora perfoliata, L. Kentrophyllum lanatum, DeC., Picnomon Acarna, DeC., Centaurea Calcitrapa, L., Carlina co- rymbosa, L., are extremely frequent, in company with Heliotropium europeum, L., and Tribulus terrestris, L., on waste places, while the neighbouring gypsum hills are clothed with Frankenia pulverulenta, Mill., Machrochloa tenacissima, Kth., many Resedacee and Labiate. BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICES. Contributions towards a Fauna and Flora of the County of Cork. London, 1845. 8vo. Tue appearance of the first local fauna and flora of a part of Ireland gives us great satisfaction, since we trust that it will soon be fol- lowed by similar accounts of other parts of the island, and that thus 420 Bibliographical Notices. we shall attain that knowledge of its native productions of which we are still so deficient. The volume before us is published by the Cuvierian Society of Cork, and forms “‘ part of a series of communi- cations on the local history of the county of Cork, which have from time to time been communicated” to that Society, and were also furnished to the British Association at its Cork meeting. They are now published “in consequence of a wish which was expressed by several Members of the Natural History Section of the Association.” The contents of the volume are— 1. The Fauna, Diy. Vertebrata, by Dr. J. R. Harvey, recording— Mammalia 24, Birds 167, Reptiles 1, Amphibia 1, Fishes 95— total 288. Vultur fulvus, new to Britain, was taken in Cork har- bour and kept alive for some time in Lord Shannon’s park: the spe- cimen is now in the museum of Trinity College, Dublin. Turdus Whitet, Glareola pratincola and Naucrates ductor are new to the Irish fauna. The Black Rat (Mus rattus) is marked as “rare,” and the Brown Rat (M. decumanus) is omitted. Can it be that the latter has not found its way to Cork? 2. The Fauna, Div. Invertebrata, Classes Mollusca, Crustacea and Echinodermata, by J. D. Humphreys, Librarian of the Royal Cork Institution. It contains, of freshwater Mollusca, Gasteropoda 54, Conchifera 5; of marine Mollusca, Gasteropoda 68, Acephala 106, Annelida 9; of Crustacea 59; of Echinodermata 26. 3. The Fiora, under the title of ‘ The Botanist’s Guide for the County of Cork,’ is written by Dr. Thomas Power, and records 885 Phenogamic and 936 Cryptogamic plants, forming a total of 1821. We have thus a very rich flora, compared with the whole flora of Ireland as shown in the ‘ Fl. Hibernica,’ where the number of spe- cies is, Phenog. 994, Crypt. 992—total 1986. We have not space to enter minutely into the examination of this list, which is so highly creditable to the industry of the botanists of Cork. It is probable that the Cuscuta europea found “ on flax,” and the C. epzlinum are identical. Orobanche minor ‘‘ on ivy” is doubtless O. barbata. Pri- mula elatior : is this the plant of Smith or Jacquin? Polygonum ma- ritimum : all the Irish specimens so called which we have seen belong to P. Raii ; may not this also be the case on the coast of Cork? Abies excelsa is introduced upon the authority of the following quotation from the works of the late Dr. C. Smith: ‘‘ Abies mas, Theophrasti : this grows wild in the rocky mountains which divide this county from Kerry.” That is a district well deserving of a careful exami- nation, and should the botanical explorer indeed find the spruce in a wild state, he will be gloriously repaid for his trouble. Trichomanes speciosum : we understand that the locality given on the authority of Mr. Babington is not correct, and that he did not find the plant in the county of Cork. In conclusion, we would recommend the work to those naturalists who may purpose visiting the south of Ireland, and also to all who are interested in the geographical distribution of our native animals and plants. Oe Bibliographical Notices. 421 Musée Botanique de M. Benjamin Delessert. Par A. Laségue: Paris, 1845. 8vo. This highly interesting volume of nearly 600 pages is devoted to the description of the herbarium and botanical library of the justly celebrated Delessert, and the plan which has been adopted by its author is suchas to make it a most valuable addition to the library of every botanist. The herbarium and library of M. B. Delessert was commenced by his brother, and has been so much enlarged since his death, as to form one of the most extensive and valuable collections of specimens and botanical works in existence, the whole of which is opened to botanists with the greatest liberality. In the earlier part of the volume will be found a very interesting chapter upon the statistics of vegetation. From this we learn that in 1546 Lonicer was acquainted with only 879 plants; in 1570 Lobel knew 2191; in 1587 Dalechamp recorded 2731. ‘The interest of these numbers is however less than that of the table of increase of species since the reformation of botany by Linneus. We copy this table. 4 4 Number of species. Authors. Years. Phanerog. | r Cryptog. Total. Linnzus...... 1753 5,323 615 ie = 8,938 Persoon ...... 1807 19,949 6,000 ~ 25,949 teudel ...... 1824 39,681 | 10,965 50,649 Steudel ...... 1841 78,000 13,000 } 91,000 Steudel ...... 1844 80,000 15,000 95,000 It is remarkable that the single order Composite is now known to contain more species (8523, DeCand. Prod.) than the whole number of plants known to Linnzus, and also that the relative proportion of that order to the whole vegetable kingdom has continued nearly un- changed to the present day, it being about one-tenth of the whole. Tables are then given of the increase of the number of recorded ge- nera and of natural orders. Also a series of calculations of the pro- bable number of species inhabiting the globe, which M. Laségue is led to estimate at from 130,000 to 150,000. An account is next given of the mode of preservation and arrange- ment adopted in M. Delessert’s herbarium, which contains about 86,000 species and 250,000 specimens, besides a large collection of fruits. It is peculiarly rich in the authentic specimens of botanical authors. By far the larger portion of the work is occupied by a very full ac- count of the voyages and travels which have been undertaken with a view to the collection of specimens of plants. This we look upon as peculiarly valuable information, since much of it was formerly scat- tered through very numerous works, and was indeed unattainable without much labour and research. A short account is given of the principal herbaria of Europe. The account of M. Delessert’s library is merely in general terms, 4.22 Bibliographical Notices. from which we learn that it contains 4350 botanical works. It is greatly to be hoped that an arranged and descriptive catalogue of this library will be prepared and given to the public. We know of few works which would be of greater service to botanists. A copious index concludes the volume. The whole evinces in every part the hand of a master, and does its author the greatest credit. It only requires to be known to find its way into the hands of all botanists. Classification der Stéiugethiere und Vogel. Von J. J. Kaup. Pp. 144. 8vo. Darmstadt, 1844. In this work the author endeavours to arrange the Mammalia and Birds, and elaborates them into a quinary system, resembling in structure but differing in detail from the quinary systems which flourished for a time in this country. Like the British quinarians, Dr. Kaup insists on a uniformity and constancy in the analogies be- tween corresponding groups, while he follows Oken in extending these analogies to the anatomical systems of organization which are more or less developed in each animal according as it represents one set of organs or another. Thus he makes his first subkingdom to consist of—1. Mollusca, or generation-animals ; 2. Fish, or muscle-ant- mals; 3. Amphibia, or bone-animals ; 4. Birds, or lung-animals; 5. Mam- malia, or sense-animals. He then proceeds to ring the changes on these anatomical structures, maintaining that the same set of ana- logies pervade all the minor groups : that the Rasores are generation- birds; the Natatores, muscle-birds; the Grallatores, bone-birds ; the Insessores, lung-birds ; the Scansores, sense-birds, and so on. It is needless to follow the author further in these far-fetched and vision- ary analogies, which are so much more congenial to the German than to the British mind, and which are still better adapted to the astro- logers and alchymists of the middle ages, who compiled learned volumes on the mutual analogies and influences between the seven metals, the seven planets, the seven ages of man’s life, &c. &c. The appendix of Dr. Kaup’s work is in our opinion the most valu- able part of it. Laying aside his mysticism, he gives us some prac- tical and useful remarks on several subjects connected with zoology. In one of these essays he criticises the natural-history artists of dif- ferent countries, pointing out the defects and mannerisms so promi- nent in the French school, and the merits of Naumann among Ger- man, and of Landseer, Bewick and Gould among British artists. We do not however quite agree with Dr. Kaup in his preference of etching (Radirung) over lithography for zoological subjects. Our author next gives directions for preparing plaster-casts of the heads of Mammalia, and especially of the Quadrumana. As these animals lose so much of their essential characters by the ordinary mode of preparation, a set of casts taken from them in a recent state would be avaluable addition to our museums. He also recommends naturalists when collecting in foreign countries to use various kinds of traps and nets, as being far more efticacious than the gun, for pro- Linnean Society. 423 curing mammals and birds, especially such species as are wild and shy in their habits. Another suggestion which seems likely to be of value to the prac- tical zoologist, is that of a solution of arsenic, which Dr. Kaup states to be effectual in preserving mammals and birds from the attacks of every kind of insect. This preparation is made by dissolving in al- cohol, of the specific gravity 0°86, as much white arsenic (arsenious acid) as it will take up. The fur of mammals and the plumage of birds (whether mounted or in skins) is to be thoroughly soaked with this solution and then dried. To prevent the plumage from being disarranged by this operation, Dr. Kaup recommends that the speci- men should be wrapped in linen cloths, and then wetted with the solution. We are inclined however to think that the mixture might be more easily applied by a flat camel’s-hair varnishing brush, the softness of which could do no injury to the specimen. Dr. Kaup assures us that when every part of a specimen has been effectually wetted with this solution, it is guaranteed for ever from the ravages of insects, and that no further precaution against them is necessary. Mr. Waterton some years ago recommended a similar solution of corrosive sublimate in spirit of wine, but we have not found this pre- paration to be in all cases efficacious, and we are disposed to think that the arsenical solution proposed by Dr. Kaup is far more potent. Our author further recommends a method of preparing specimens of birds, which would be very advantageous in certain cases. The only parts to be removed are the pectoral-and crural muscles, the intestines and the eyes ; the whole interior is then to be well-sprinkled with powdered alum and arsenic, and the cavities filled with cotton. When dry, the plumage is to be saturated with the arsenical solution above-mentioned and again thoroughly dried. This method, though somewhat rude, has the advantage of being easily performed by un- skilful persons, as well as by the practised naturalist when the saving of time is an object ; it retains the proportions and true position of the neck, wings and legs far better than the ordinary mode of preparing skins, and what is of the utmost importance to science, it supplies us with perfect skeletons of rare foreign species, which may be easily separated from their integuments if necessary, and placed in the osteological cabinet. We should rejoice therefore to see this method introduced as an adjunct to the usual process of preparing ornitho- logical specimens. PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES. LINNZZAN SOCIETY. February 4, 1845.—R. Brown, Esq., V.P., in the Chair. Read the commencement of a paper ‘‘ On the Nervures of the Wings in Lepidopterous Insects ; and on the genus Argynnis of the ‘ Encyclopédie Méthodique.’”’ By Edward Doubleday, Esq., F.L.S. &e. &e. 424 Linnean Society. Read also ‘* Observations on the immediate causes of the Ascent of the Sap in Spring.” By Arthur Henfrey, Esq., F.L.S. &c>&e. Mr. Henfrey thinks that none of the causes generally stated, viz. 1. Endosmosis ; 2. Capillary Attraction; and 3. Evaporation, are suf- ficient to determine the first start of the sap. He objects to attri- buting to the two first-named causes (endosmosis and capillary at- traction) a primary part in the production of this phenomenon, that they cannot act where there is no outlet above, and where conse- quently no current can take place. As regards evaporation, he is inclined to believe that it does not come into operation until a cer- tain quantity of the sap has been absorbed and assimilated to the new tissues. He refgrs to the precaution taken in the autumn to cover up those portions of the plant which are exposed to the atmo- sphere so as to protect them from its action, and to the fact that buds burst forth, not from evaporation, but on the contrary, from being gorged with moisture, as proofs that evaporation cannot be re- garded as giving the primary impulse to the current of the sap.. The true cause of the ascent of the sap must, he thinks, be looked for in the chemical changes which take place in the materials stored up in the cells during the autumn. The imsoluble grains of starch are con- verted into soluble substances (dextrine and sugar) which are dis- solved by the water always present in the tissues. A current is thus produced by two concurrent circumstances, viz. the exhaust arising from the syrup occupying less space than the materials from which it was derived, and the endosmosis resulting from the increased den- sity of the fluid contents of the cells, This chemical change Mr. Henfrey believes to be brought about by the increase of temperature, ~ but whether it is immediately effected through the action of diastase or other substances he is not at present prepared to give an opinion. February 18.—W. H. Lloyd, Esq., in the Chair. Read a memoir “On Agaricus crinitus, L., and some allied spe- cies.” By the Rev. M. J. Berkeley, M.A., F.L.S. &c. &c. Mr. Berkeley refers to the Fungi of the Linnean herbarium as few in number but in good condition, and comprising some remarkable forms. Among these not the least interesting is the Agaricus cri- nitus, which, together with a few allied species, it is the object of the paper to illustrate. 1. Lentinus crinitus, pileo laté infundibuliformi repando badio-rufo fibris innatis apice liberis vix fasciculatis regulariter striato margine reflexo, stipite quali pallidé sericeo-farinoso, lamellis acutis integris rigidius- culis subdistantibus glandulosis decurrentibus postic¢ anastomosan- tibus. Agaricus crinitus, Z. Sp. Plant, ed. 2. p. 1644. Hab. in ligno in Americé Australi, Rolander in Herb. Linn. The Agaricus crinitus of Swartz and Fries (figured and described under the same name by Mr. Berkeley in the ‘Annals of Natural ~ History ’) is very distinct, and has since been named by Mr. Berkeley Lentinus Swartzit. Botanical Society of Edinburgh. 425 2. Lent. tener, pileo tenui regulari lat? infundibuliformi repando cervino fibris fasciculatis subcrispis vestito subtis sericeo-striato margine sub- suleato, stipite gracili zequali pallido granulato-furfuraceo, lamellis subdistantibus pallido-ligneis opacis lato-denticulatis glandulosis decur- rentibus posticé vix anastomosantibus. Lent. tener, Klotzsch ; Fries Syn. Lent. p.6, Epicr. p. 389; Berk. in Hook. Lond. Journ. of Bot. ii. p. 362. : Hab. in ligno, in Mont. Organ, Gardner; ad Novam Aureliam, Klotzsch. 3. Lent. Schomburgkii, pileo tenui laté infundibuliformi repando cervino floccis mollibus fasciculatis leviter crispatis vestito demiim medio sub- glabrescente sericeo-striato, stipite aquali sublurido parcé furfuraceo apice sericeo, ]amellis confertis tenuibus decurrentibus posticé anasto- mosantibus pallidé cervinis eglandulosis acie denticulatis. Hab. in ligno sicco, in Guiana Britannicd, Schomburg. 4. Lent. nigripes, Fries. On the synonymy of this species, as well as of the two preceding, Mr. Berkeley makes some observations. 5. Lent. Leveillei, pileo tenui laté infundibuliformi repando explanato rigidiusculo floccis crispatis subfasciculatis rarioribus vestito, stipite zquali nigro-furfuraceo, lamellis confertis fuscatis decurrentibus glan- dulosis ochraceis acie granulato-dentatis posticé vix anastomosantibus. Hab. ad Surinam. March 4.—R. Brown, Esq., V.P., in the Chair. Read the commencement of ‘‘An Enumeration of the Plants of the Galapagos Islands.” By J.D. Hooker, Esq., M.D., F.L.S. &c. Read also some Additions and Corrections to his ‘‘ Monograph of the Myriapoda Chilopoda” read during the last Session. By George Newport, Esq. Communicated by the Secretary. These additions have reference chiefly to the characters and habits of the family Lithobiide, and to the genus Scolopendrella of M. Ger- vais. This genus Mr. Newport had in his Synopsis Generum (Ann. Nat. Hist. vol. xiv. p. 50) proposed to refer as a subfamily to Geophi- lide ; but on a closer examination of its characters, he finds that they indicate a much higher type of development and approximate it very nearly to Lithobiide. He proposes therefore to establish Scolopendrel- lide as a separate family, and to place them next after Lithobiide. BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH. April 10, 1845.—Dr. Seller, V.P., in the Chair. A valuable donation of South American plants, from Robert Brown, Esq., was announced, for which the special thanks of the Society were returned. The following communications were read :— 1. “ Ona monstrous variety of Gentiana campestris,” by Dr. Dickie of Aberdeen. (See Annals, present Number, p. 387.) 2. ‘*On the correct nomenclature of the Lastr@a spinosa and L. multiflora of Newman,” by Mr. Babington. (See p. 322.) 3. “‘ Account of a Botanical Excursion to the Mull of Cantyre and Island of Islay in August 1844,” by Prof. Balfour of Glasgow. Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Vol. xv. 2G 426 Zoological Society. Io this tour Dr. Balfour was accompanied by Mr. Babington, Dr. Parnell and several other botanists. They left Glasgow on the 10th of August for Campbelton in Argyleshire, from which place they walked by the eastern shore of Cantyre to the lighthouse at the Mull, and returned to Campbelton by the western coast, the bay of Machriha- nish and a strath in which coal is worked. No plants of great rarity were observed ; those most worthy of notice were Ginanthe Lachenalii, Sinapis monensis, Dryas octopetala on rocks not far from the point of the Muil, growing with Sazifraga oppositifolia and S. aizoides, and Spergula subulata. On the 14th they returned to the west coast and followed it to Tay- inloan and Porthullion at the outlet of W. Loch Tarbert, from whence they embarked for Islay. Cuscuta epilinum was found in great abun- dance in all the flax-fields in company with Camelina sativa. On the sands of Lenanmore, Catabrosa aquatica, var. littoralis (see Parnell’s Brit. Grasses, tab. 102) covered a great extent of surface. Thalictrum minus, Convolvulus Soldanella, Scirpus Savii, Crambe maritima, Steen- hammera maritima, Apium graveolens, Equisetum Telmateia, Lolium temulentum, Pinguicula lusitanica, Radiola millegrana and Carum ver- ticillatum were amongst the most interesting plants observed. The total number of species noticed in Cantyre was—Phaneroga- mous plants 425, Ferns 19—total 444. The excursion in Islay commenced on the 16th of August, and they were enabled, through the kindness of T. G. Chiene, Esq. (Campbell of Islay’s factor), to examine the greater part of the island. Near Kilchoman and Ardnave, Draba incana was found growing plentifully upon sand-hills nearly at the level of the sea, in company with Gentiana amarella, Convolvulus Soldanella, Equisetum Telmateia and Mentha rubra (Sm.). In ditches near Loch Gruinart, Rumex hydrolapathum (a very rare plant in Scotland) was gathered, and on a limestone stratum near Islay House, Anthemis nobilis. Ergot occurred upon several grasses, especially upon Anthoxranthum odoratum and Phalaris arundinacea. Cuscuta epilinum was by no means so abundant as in Cantyre. On rocks at the O’e, Beta mari- tima was found associated with Ligusticum scoticum and Pyrethrum maritimum. On the mountainous parts of the island, Arbutus uva-ursi and Carex rigidu occurred. The total number of Phanerogamous species seen was 451, of Ferns 23—total 474. Dr. Balfour accompanied his paper with a sketch of the geology of Cantyre and Islay, and gave an account of some of the antiquities noticed by the party, which returned to Glasgow on the 24th of August, after a very interesting tour in districts almost unknown to the botanist. ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY. October 8, 1844.—Richard C. Griffith, Esq., in the Chair. Various Skins of Mammalia from Chile were laid before the Meet- ing, and Mr. Waterhouse read some notes relating to them with Zoological Society. 4.27 which he had been favoured, in a letter from Mr. Thomas Bridges, Corr. Memb., who had formed the collection. “The specimens,” Mr. Waterhouse observed, ‘‘ contained two species of foxes, both of which were quite distinct from the Canis Julvipes from Chiloe. ‘The one approaches most nearly to the Canis Magellanicus, and might possibly be a variety of that animal, differ- ing in having a more slender appearance; but this arises perhaps entirely from its fur being shorter, a difference which would probably arise from dissimilarity of climate, the C. Magellanicus being from a colder, and humid part of South America. The Chile animal, in having a more slender appearance, approaches considerably to the Canis Azare; from this however it may be distinguished by the absence of the black on the chin, in having the ears of a deeper and richer rust-colour, and there is the same difference observable in the colouring of the legs. The hind-legs want the black patch, which is situated considerably above the heel, and is very conspicuous in C. Azara. ‘The tail is longer and of a brilliant rust-colour be- neath ; in C. Azar@ it is pale in the same part. ‘This, according to Mr. Bridges, is the Culpeo of the natives, and is no doubt the animal so called by Molina. **The second species of fox of the collection Mr. Waterhouse re- gards as the Canis Azare. It is smaller, Mr. Bridges observes, than the Culpeo, and less common and mischievous ; more shy in its man- ners, and, according to his observations, confines itself more to the lower parts of the country, inhabiting the provinces of Valparaiso, Aconcagua, and Colchagua, where it is abundant. It is well known to the natives under the name of ‘ Chilla.’ ‘* The following species of Rodents were also contained in the col- lection, viz. Myopotamus coypus, Poephagomys ater, Octodon Cumingii, Mus Darwinii, Mus megalonyz (a new species, the characters of which Mr. Waterhouse pointed out), and the Mountain Viscacha (Lagotis Cuvieri, Bennett). Several specimens of this last-mentioned animal were procured by Mr. Bridges on the Chile side of the Andes, and upon comparison they prove to be specifically identical with an indi- vidual formerly sent by the same gentleman and which was found in the vicinity of Mendoza. The Viscacha, Mr. Bridges’ notes state, ‘ confines itself to the elevated parts of the Andes, always inhabiting rugged and precipitous mountains where there are natural caves or immense stones rolled in confusion, amongst which it makes its abode.’ It has a very extended range, he having found it in Bolivia in south lat. 20° to 22°, whilst the specimens laid before the Meeting were from the province of Aconcagua, near ‘Los ojos de Agua.’ Mr. Bridges further remarks that it seldom leaves its abode during the daytime, but comes out to feed upon the herbage either before sunrise or late in the evening. ‘Several specimens of Didelphis elegans were also sent home by Mr. Bridges, who states that they were procured for him by the na- tives in the province of Aconcagua, where they were caught in traps baited with meat, and which were placed for that purpose in the vicinity of old hedges and vineyards. Mr. Bridges also calls atten- 262 428 Zoological Society. tion in his letter to the differences observed in the sexes of this ani- mal, the female being considerably smaller than the male, and re- markable for having the tail very thick and fleshy. It is known to the natives by the names ‘ Comadrejo’ and ‘ Llaca.’”’ The following is Mr. Waterhouse’s description of the new species of Mus (which he places in the section Hesperomys) contained in the collection :— HEsPEROMYS MEGALONYX. Hesp. supra cinerascenti-fuscus, subtis cinereo-albus ; auribus mediocribus ; pedibus anticis unguibus mag- nis armatis ; caudd brevi, pilis minutis obsitd. Wine! Hwy Longitudo ab apice rostriad caude basin.... 4 4 Cubdiet TST SURES) 9AM. 2 1 6 wuribus 2239. U21I09 3: 206 DUA 0 34 tarsi digitorumque ...........++- 0 114 ab apice rostri ad basin auris .... 1 24 Hab. Chile. This little mouse evidently belongs to the genus Hesperomys, but it differs from any species hitherto described in having stronger fore- feet, and these furnished with long claws, exceeding the toes in length. ‘The inner toe or thumb is furnished with a distinct pointed claw. ‘The fur is very soft, and in the upper parts of the body nearly of a uniform grey-brown tint, though the hairs of the ordinary fur are annulated with pale brown; at the base these hairs are of a deep slate-grey colour. The under parts of the body are grey-white, but the hairs are deepish grey at the root, and on the chest there is a brownish mark. The chin is white; the feet are pale brown, but the hairs on the toes are dirty white. The tail is clothed with short brown hairs. ‘The ears, which are rather small, are well-clothed with moderately long hairs, and these are variegated with pale brown and dusky ; they are much hidden by the long fur of the head. From Mr. Bridges’ notes I learn that this little animal was found near the margin of the Lake of Quintero. Mr. Waterhouse also characterized a new species of Octodon con- tained in a former collection sent home by Mr. Bridges :— Octovon Bringesit. Oct. corpore supra flavescenti-fusco nigroque penicillato ; subtis flavescente; pedibus albis; auribus magnis postice emarginatis; caudd, quoad longitudinem, corpus fere @quante, nigrd, subtis sordide albd, dimidio apicali pilis longis vestitd. une. lin. unc. lin. Longitudo ab apice rostri ad caude basin.. 8 O vel 8 6 CORRE IEE, i Sere, eee 556 2 eS tarsi digitorumque ........ Pe ee ers ay GUIS oe nies +> cup ae ee 0 . G2. - 5. +07 6e Hab. Chile. The general hue of this animal is brownish, a tint produced by the admixture of brownish ochre and black: the hairs of the fur are deep slate-grey next the skin, and on the back black externally, but most of them broadly annulated with deep ochre towards the point ; Zoological Society. 429 the last-mentioned colour prevails on the sides of the body, where numerous long interspersed white hairs are observable, as well as on the rump. ‘The under parts of the body are of a cream-yellow. The ears are rather large, deeply emarginated behind, and clothed inter- nally with small pale hairs, excepting towards the margin, where they assume a dusky hue; externally the ears are furnished with minute dusky hairs, but at the base they are white. The head, in the region of the ear, is very pale; the throat, inner side of the legs ana the tarsi are white; the tail is about equal to the body in length; the basal half is tolerably well clothed with short hairs, which are black on the upper surface and dirty white on the under; on the apical half the hairs are longer (averaging rather more than a quarter of an inch in length) and almost entirely black. The fur is long and mo- derately soft. The Octodon Bridgesii differs from the O. Cumingii (or O. Degus, as it should be called) in being considerably larger, of a less bright colour, and in having the tail longer and less distinctly tufted at the apex ; the feet moreover are white, or very nearly so. The dimensions given are taken from two specimens, one in the British Museum collection and the other in that of the Zoological Society, which were brought to this country by Thomas Bridges, Esq., a very zealous collector and good observer, after whom I have named the species. The skulls of these two specimens agree with each other, and differ considerably from those of the O. Cumingii. In the first place they are about one-third larger, less arched above; the nasal bones are narrower in proportion, the frontal bones smaller and more contracted in front, and the palate is also more contracted in front. The molar teeth of the upper jaw have the inner fold of enamel deeper. In the lower jaw the molar teeth have the lateral angles more produced, and their transverse diameter is consequently greater in proportion. The coronoid process is distinctly larger in proportion. Other differences of size and proportion will be per- ceived upon comparing the following dimensions :— O. Cumingii. O. Bridgesii. in. lin. in. lin, A CRAE ORO, CRATE ain oaice nicnt Say * + ge d 1 9 EIEN TALS | GEC aS San ARNON, 1 SOY 1» 1 Of Length of nasal bones ............ in eoie ated, O 8} Length of frontal bones.............+-+-.: O 6} O 62 MISE GEINLELOFDMAL EPACE. 56 wis aie vin vee OD 0 43 Total length of zygomatic arch .......... 0 8} Wy a) Length from front of superior incisors to the 0 51 0 62 SEINE REIN So ais tots wanes et lo ate £ + Length of the four molar teeth taken together 0 42 0 54 Width of incisor teeth of upper jaw........ 0 13 0-12 Width of palate between foremost molars 0 1} 0 14 Width of palate between hinder molars .... 0 2 0 22 Length of ramus of lower jaw ............ 0 11 1 1# ° “Ni Height of ditto in a vertical line, dropped 0 SUMP e CONN Le” es. bees ete ee 430 Zoological Society. Mr. Waterhouse observed, that the skull in the genera Octodon and Schizodon differs from that of the nearly allied genera of Abro- coma and Poephagomys, as well as the Echymys group, in having a small vertical plate of bone which rises from the upper surface of the anterior root of the zygomatic arch, and which serves to protect, externally, the infra-orbital nerve. The superior incisor tooth enters the superior maxillary bone, and passes beyond the intermaxillary suture by about one-sixth of the whole length of the tooth; whilst in Adrocoma the incisor is shorter, terminating at the suture men- tioned, and thus approaches the genus Lagofis, as well as in several other characters which he had before noticed. Poephagomys is re- markable for having the superior incisor tooth extended backwards and outwards, covered by a thin fold of bone, and terminating on the outer surface of the palatal portion of the skull, close to the third molar tooth. Notwithstanding the great superficial resemblance which exists between these animals and the Muride, it will be evident upon examination that they belong to a different section of the Rodent order, a section the species of which is readily distinguished, as he had elsewhere pointed out, by the structure of the skull and lower jaw; it is not, however, in these parts alone that differences exist between the Octodontide and the Muride, for there is a dissimilarity in the form of the muzzle, which he should take an early opportu- nity of showing by means of drawings and descriptions, made either from the living animals or from specimens preserved in spirit, and that not only the Octodontide, but the whole of the great section Hystri- cina, established by himself chiefly upon characters furnished by the crania, possess peculiarities which will serve to distinguish them from other groups of Rodents. In this great section, moreover, we find the tibia and fibula invariably distinct, and not echylosed, as in the Muride, which should, I now think, embrace the Myozide, but not the genus Anomalurus, which Prof. Wagner is inclined to place in the last-mentioned section, that genus having the tibia and fibula distinct, as in the Sciurme and Hystricine groups. Mr. Fraser brought before the Meeting the following species of Chilian Birds, not included in the former collection. (See Ann. Nat. Hist. vol. xi. p. 498.) Milvago megalopterus, Meyen; Synallazis flavogularis, Gould ; Stur- nella militaris, Vieill.; Attagis Gayi, Less. ; Aphriza Townsendii, Aud. ; Calidris arenaria, Ill. ; Cyanopterus fretensis, Eyton; Dafila Pyrogas- ter, Eyton; Dafila urophasianus, Eyton; Phalacrocorazr albigula, Brandt. To the last-mentioned bird the following note was attached :— «‘Guanayre of the natives. A very scarce bird; found along the shores of Chile in rocky places. T. B.” Mr. Fraser also described a new bird from Chile, for which he pro- posed the name of Leptopus Mitchellii*. * If the name Leptopus proves to have been previously used, I would propose Leptodactylus in its stead. Zoological Society. 431 LeEprorvs. Rostrum longum, tenue, rectum ; nares basales ; ala: mediocres ; pri- mariz tres fer equales, secunda longissima ; cauda subrotundata ; tarsi mediocres; digiti longi et tenues; nullus digitus posterior ; ptilosis junioris seniori dissimilis. The bill of this bird is of the same formation as that of Totanus chloropygius, Vieill., while the feet resemble those of Hiaticula tri- collaris. Lerrorus Mircuenitu. Lep. capite fuscescente lined albd circa verticem ; collo ferrugineo ; corpore superne cinereo-fusco purpu- reis metallicis coloribus ornato ; fascid albd apud pectus; subtis Jasciis parvis albis et nigris alternis ; rostro saturate viridi ; tarsis flavis. Tot. long. 7; ale, 44; cauda, 21; rostrum, 1; tarsi, 7; digito medio, 1 poll. Hab. Chile. Another specimen, which I take to be the young of the above, has an undefined white line passing from eye to eye round the back of the head, the whole upper surface barred and mottled irregularly with ferruginous and blackish brown; cheeks and throat mottled with soot-colour, barred on the breast in a similar manner to the adult, which barring is almost lost on the beily; vent and thighs white. October 22.—Professor Owen, V.P., in the Chair. A paper by Sylvanus Hanley, Esq., was read, containing descrip- tions of new species of Cyrena, Venus, and Amphidesma. Cyrena RADIATA. Cyr. testd rotundato-cordatd, crassd, solidd, in- equilaterali, tumidd, subnitidd, concentric? et subimbricatim sulcatd ; epidermide olivaceo-fuscescente, et marginem converum aut sub- arcuatum versus, luteo-virescente radiisque nigrescentibus ornatd ; margine dorsali postico declivi, convexiusculo ; lunuld nulld ; nati- bus acutis, incurvatis, integris ; ligamento parum prominente ; su- perficie interna purpured ; dentibus lateralibus distinctis, brevibus, minutissime rugulosis (haud crenatis autem), antico approzimato. Long. 150; lat. 1-70 poll. Hab, Central America. Mus. Hanley, Cuming, Sowerby. This and the variegata of D’Orbigny are remarkable for being the only radiated Cyrene at present known to us. The latter species is decidedly depressed, whilst the radiata is peculiarly swollen. Cyrena sorpipa. Cyr. testd suborbiculari, crassd, subinequilate- rali, ventricosd aut tumidd; epidermide olivaceo-fuscescente et marginem ventralem converum versus, luteo-virescente, concentrice rugulosd ; margine dorsali postico, convexiusculo, declivi ; natibus erosis, satis prominentibus ; ligamento subinfosso ; lunuld null ; superficie internd albidd; dentibus lateralibus brevibus obtusis, antico magis approximato. Index Test. Sup. t. 14. f.51. Long. 1°50; lat. 1°60 poll. Hab. North America. Mus. Hanley. 432 Zoological Society. The link between Carolinensis and radiata, uniting the interior and membranaceous wrinkles of the former to the general outline of the latter. Cyrena Puitiprinarum. Cyr. testd mazximd, compressd, obovatd, valde inequilaterali, ponderosa, antice plicato-sulcatd, epidermide olivaceo-fuscescente, indutd ; margine ventrali convexiusculo ; liga- mentali subdeclivi, et angulum obtusum cum margine postico for- mante ; natibus integris, approximatis, incumbentibus ; ligamento pergrandi, valde prominente ; superficie interna postice et inferne purpured, superneé albido-cerulescente ; dentibus cardinalibus cras- séssimis ; lateralibus supra crenatis aut denticulatis, antico valde approximato. Index Test. Sup. t. 14. f.60. Long. 4; lat. 4°75 poll. Hab, Philippines. Mus. Cuming, Hanley. There are a few narrow diverging folds on the posterior slope, but this character is by no means peculiar to the species, being equally ‘possessed by Keraudreni, obesa and rotundata. ‘The ligament is dull yellowish, variegated with rich green. The young are of a uniform bright grass-green, and exhibit more decidedly than the adult the vestiges of an incipient lanceolate Iunule. Cyrena PLACENS. Cyr. testd suborbiculari, subventricosd, inequi- laterali, nitidd, concentricé sulcato-striatd, epidermide virido-fla- vescente indutd ; margine ventrali convexo ; dorsali, utrinque declivi et conveziusculo ; natibus erosis ; ligamento fulvo, depresso, an- gusto ; lunuld nulld ; superficie internd purpured ; dentibus laterali- bus minutissimeé rugulosis haud autem crenatis, antico brevi et sub- approximato. Index Test. Sup. t. 14. f.52. Long. 1°50; lat. 1°75 poll. Hab. ? Mus. Hanley. A beautiful and rare species. of which I have never seen but my own specimen and that in the Jardin des Plantes at Paris.. The sulci are close and regular, and the outline of the shell, although not very unlike that of radiata, is convex in front of the beaks, thus rendering the front extremity broad and somewhat obtuse. Venus susnoputosa. Ven. testd ovatd, crassiusculd, subequilate- rali, satis converd, concentricé costatd ; costis confertis, antice me- diaque obtusis, postice in breves lamellas conversis, undique a sulcis radiantibus decussatis ; margine ventrali convero aut subarcuato ; dorsali, utrinque subdeclivi; pube et lunuld oblongo-cordatd, pro- minentibus ; ligamento infosso, angustissimo ; margine interno undi- que crenulato ; superficie internd purpureo picté. Var. a. Testd albidd, livido-brunneo variegatd. Var. 3. Testd fulvo-fuscescente, natibus albidis ; suleis subremotis. Index Test. Sup. t. 16. f.19. Long. 0°58; lat. 0°75 poll. Hab. San Nicholas, Philippines. Mus. Cuming, Hanley. This species bears some resemblance in sculpture to V. Marica, but the shape is quite different. The concentric ribs are rendered sub- nodulous by the radiating grooves. Only a few specimens of this rare shell were procured by Mr. Cuming in the Philippine Islands. Zoological Society. 433 Venus Cuemnirzu. Ven. testd rhombeo-cordatd, crassd, ventri- cosd, vald? inequilaterali, albidd, brunneo subradiatim maculatd et strigatd, radiatim’costellatd, concentric lamelliferd ; lamellis nu- merosis, brevissimis, undique crispis ; costellis angustis confertis- simis ; margine ventrali convexo intusque crenulato ; dorsali pos- tico subrecto et minim? declivi; latere postico superne angulato ; antico brevi, attenuato, rotundato ; lunuld fuscd, cordatd ; liga- mento angusto, infosso ; superficie interna albidd, immaculatd. Index Test. Sup. t. 16. f. 20. Long. 1°75; lat. 2°50 poll. Hab. San. Nicholas, Philippines (Cuming). Mus. Cuming, Hanley. This beautiful species bears a strong resemblance to the shell de- lineated in the sixth volume of the ‘ Conchylien Cabinet,’ fig. 384, which is commonly quoted for the reticulata of Linnzus equally with the two preceding figures ; although Chemnitz, without separating it from that species, specifies the absence of the orange tinge upon the teeth, the peculiar characteristic of that well-known shell. ‘There is a slight shade of orange beneath the umbones internally, and the teeth are similar to those of puerpera. Venus LaceratTa. Ven. testd V. puerpere affini, minus autem ven- tricosd et margine ventrali posticoque magis arcuatis ; margine ligamentali subrecto et minimé declivi ; lamellis concentricis con- Jertioribus, et postice asperrimis ; superficie externd albidd, lineis Serrugineis aut brunneis angulatim strigatd ; extremitate posticd intus extusque immaculatd, Index Test. Sup. t. 16. f. 28. Long. 2°50; lat. 2°50 poll. Hab, Moluccas? Mus. Hanley. The fringed lamelle become so crowded at the hinder extremity of this rare and beautiful shell as to form a kind of raised reticulation. It is a much rounder species than the V., Listeri, to which it. also bears a considerable resemblance. Venvs scasra. Ven. testé ovato-cordatd, inequilaterali, subven- tricosd, pallide brunned, radiatim costellatd; costellis confertis et concentrice squamiferis ; margine ventrali valde arcuato ; dorsali utringue convexiusculo et antice brevi; natibus acutis et antice incumbentibus ; lunuld subinconspicud ; pube haud excavatd ; super- jicie internd, lividd et postice saturatius tinctd ; margine interno crenato. Index Test. Sup, t. 16. f.24. Long. 0°50; lat. 0°70 poll. Hab. Catbalonga, Philippines. Mus. Cuming, Hanley. A rare species, which is somewhat allied to decorata and ovata, but distinguishable from either by the greater convexity of its lower margin. ‘The radiating ribs are peculiarly strong upon the umbones, from whence they separate into two or three smaller ones, which become more densely armed with the concentric rows of scales as they approach the lower margin. Venus rosporata. Ven, testd cordato-trigond, solidd, valid in- equilaterali, magis minusve ventricosd, albidd (intus purpureo postice infectd), concentricé cingulatd ; cingulis multis, levibus, obtusis ; interstitiis levibus ; margine ventrali arcuato (intus leviter 434 Zoological Society. crenulato) ; dorsali postico convexo et valde declivi; lunuld pro- Sundd, cordata ; pube levi, excavatd ; sulco radiante obtusissimo, lunulam alteram, ad extremitatem anticam simulante. Index Test. Sup. t. 16. f.25. Long. 1; lat. 1 poll. Hab. Van Diemen’s Land. Mus. Hanley, Metcalfe. Not at all unlike the dysera of Chemnitz, but the concentric ribs are in that species distant and membranaceous, whilst in ours they are thick, obtuse, and rather crowded. Venus Lyra. Ven. testd rotundato-cordatd, ventricosd, valdé in- equilaterali, albidd, lineis maculisque brunneis angulatim variegatd, concentricé costellatd ; costellis confertissimis levibus, medio sub- imbricatis, antice et postice membranaceis ; interstitiis glabris ; mar- gine ventrali arcuato, intusque crenato; lunuld cordatd, brunned, profundé impressd ; pube excavatd ; superficie internd albidd. Index Test. Sup. t. 16. f.21. Long. 1°20; lat. 1°40 poll. Hab. Gulf of Guinea (Rang). Mus. Hanley, Cuming. In contour, colouring and general sculpture this rare shell ap- proaches the cincta of Chemnitz (f. 387), but whilst that species is girt with but a few broad belts, ours is adorned with at least forty. It is sometimes called V. cingulata of Lamarck, but not only is the expression ‘‘ annulis crenatis’’ utterly at variance with its character- istics, but an examination also of the typical specimens of the Jardin des Plantes has proved to me its complete distinctness from that species. Its teeth are those of the section Dosina. Venus pDeciIPIENS. Ven. testd parvd, rotundato-subtrigond, com- pressd, inequilaterali, solidd, pallide fulvd, radiis latis rufo- brunneis variegatd, concentrice costatd ; costis glabris, subremotis, depressis, postice sublamellosis, et supra pubem impressam por- rectis ; interstitiis subconcavis, levibus ; margine ventrali subar- cuato, intusgue subcrenato ; dorsali, utringue declivi, postice con- vexo, antice brevi, subrecto ; lunuld lanceolatd ; ligamento angus- tissimo, infosso. Index Test. Sup. t. 16. f. 22. Long. 0°75; lat. 0°90. Hab. Australia? Mus. Hanley, Cuming. So extremely like the young of fasciata as with difficulty to be distinguished. Its form, however, is proportionably broader between the lateral extremities, the valves are much more compressed, and the interstitial spaces decidedly broader. The hinder terminations of the lamellar ribs, which project beyond the escutcheon in com- pressed tubercles, do not appear to become obsolete by age, as in Sasciata. AMPHIDESMA CARNICOLOR. Amph. testd suborbiculari, converd aut subventricosd, subtenui, subequilaterali, albido-rosed aut carned, undique concentricé lamellata ; lamellis multis, membranaceis, ad margines earum serratis ; interstitiis rugis radiantibus minutis, confertissime ornatd ; margine ventrali rotundato, intusque integro ; dorsali, utrinque brevi, subrecto et subequaliter declivi ; pube im- pressd ; superficie internd aurantid. Zoological Society. 435 Index Test. Sup. t. 12. f.28. Long. 1; lat. 1 poll. Hab. Philippines. Mus. Cuming, Hanley. Exquisitely sculptured, but so minutely as to baffle the unassisted eye. November 12.—Professor Owen, Vice-President, in the Chair. Extract of a letter from the President, the Right Hon. the Earl of Derby, to the Secretary :— ‘* Knowsley, Oct. 17.—A circumstance has just occurred here which I cannot help flattering myself will tend to throw light upon a matter in the history of the Macropodide which has been often disputed. I allude to the manner in which the young animal after birth attains its lodgement in the mother’s pouch. «« My superintendent tells me that one of our female Bettongias was seen to part with a young one. She was observed to place her- self erect in one of the angles of the place where she was confined, backing as it were into the corner, and in this situation produced the young one, which after its birth she took up in her fore-paws and deposited in the pouch. This latter process the superintendent wit- nessed himself. “She had received the male so lately as the 19th of September, and the parturition took place on the 16th of October. We will take particular notice when the young quits the pouch. “Of course this is not a decisive proof that all of the tribe adopt the same process, yet I think we may fairly conclude from analogy that they do.” «« Oct. 19.—It may be observed that the period of utero-gestation is avery short one, even under a month. Something peculiar in the manner of the animal placing herself in the corner was observed by the person who fed her, he stopped and watched her, and thus wit- nessed the birth, immediately after which she turned round to the young one, and getting it up in her fore-paws, applied them to the mouth of the pouch, opened it with them, and as soon as the little one was deposited she put her head in after it; when her nose re- appeared it was rather stained with blood. In five minutes she was jumping about the place as if nothing had happened.” Mr. Weaver, of Birmingham, exhibited and presented to the So- ciety specimens of the following insects :—Hipparchia Melampus*, Leucaria littoralis, Sperantia sylvaria, Cleodora ? November 26.—William Horton Lloyd, Esq., in the Chair. Conclusion of a paper by Sylvanus Hanley, on the new species in the genus Tellina :— TexLuina vircuLaTa. Tel, testd T. Donacine simillimd, sed pau- lulum angustiore, striisque exilioribus ornatd ; extus intusque al- * Taken on the mountains of Perthshire, about 3000 feet above the level of the sea. 436 Zoological Society. bidd roseo pereleganter radiatd; radiis latis, haud interruptis ; margine dorsali albido. Long. 0°30; lat. 0°70 poll. Hab. ? (Cuming.) Tevirna Owentt. Tel, testd ovato-oblongd, solidiusculd, subimpo- litd, compressd, equilaterali, albidd, concentricé et confertissime striatd ; margine ventrali valde arcuato ; dorsali utrinque subde- clivi, antice subrecto, postice incurvato et lamellis subdentato ; ex- tremitate anticd rotundatd ; latere postico acuminato, subrostrato ; costd umbonali conspicud ; natibus acutis ; ligamento infosso ; disco interno, aurantio ; dentibus lateralibus subequidistantibus. Long. 1°25.; lat..2 poll. Hab. Africa. Mus. Zool. Soc., Brit. Mus. A very rare and beautiful shell, whose contour is that of squalida and sculpture that of Pharaonis. I have named it in honour of its discoverer, Captain Owen. Treritina seMEN. Tel. testd ovaid aut ovali, crassd, inequilaterali, subventricosd, nitidd, albidd (intus submargaritaced), antice rotun- datd, postice obtusd, concentricé striata ; strits antice subimbricatis confertissimisque, postice remotioribus et elevatis ; margine ven- trali convero; dorsali utrinque magis minusve convexo, postice declivi, antice declivi aut subdeclivi ; latere antico multo longiore ; ligamento minimo, prominulo ; flecurd subobsoletd ; dentibus late- ralibus conspicuis, postico magis approximato. Long. 0°25; lat. 0°50 poll. Hab. Corregidor ; sandy mud, twelve fathoms. (Cuming.) Almost a Donar, but possessing a slight flexuosity which is not to be met with in that genus. TreLtina nosiuis. Tel. testd ovali, solidiusculd, convexrd, inequi- laterali, nitidissimd, levigatd, intus extusque rosed ; margine ven- trali convexiusculo, medio plerumque subrecto ; dorsali, antice vir declivi et convexiusculo, postice subdeclivi et subrecto aut convex- iusculo ; latere antico longiore, ad extremitatem obtuse rotundato ; postico obtuse angulato ; natibus obtusis ; flexurd costdque umbo- nali subobsoletis ; ligamento prominulo ; dentibus cardinalibus par- vis, lateralibus nullis. Long. 1 ; lat. 1°50 poll. Hab. Orion, province of Bataan, isle of Luzon; fine black sand, at low water. Mus. Cuming, Hanley. The extreme link between Tellina and Psammobia, and not readily confounded with any of its division, owing to the general absence of colour in those Tellens which are destitute of lateral teeth. TELLINA PUELLA. Tel. testd obovatd, inequilaterali, tenui, ventri- cosd, levi, nitidiusculd, extus intusque albido-rosed ; margine ven- trali antice arcuato, postice sursum acclinante ; dorsali, antice con- vexo, paululumque declivi, postice convexiusculo et valde declivi ; latere antico longiore, rotundato ; postico brevi, angustato, angu- lato ; costd umbonali subobsoletd ; flevurd ventrali, satis conspicud ; natibus obtusis ; ligamento prominulo ; dentibus parvis ; lateralibus remotis, subequidistantibus. Long. 0°5; lat. 0°6 poll. Entomological Society. 437 Hab. Senegal. Cuming, Metcalfe. Not very unlike a thin Solidu/a, but provided with lateral teeth. Tecuina cuinensis. Tel. testd ovali, solidiusculd, converd, sub- inequilaterali, impolitd, intus extusque candidd, levigatd ; margine ventrali subrecto ; dorsali, antice convexiusculo et paululum declivi, postice subrecto satisque declivi ; extremitate posticd obtusd ; latere antico longiore, rotundato ; ligamento — ? ; costd umbonali obso- letd ; dentibus lateralibus nullis. Long, 0°62; lat. 1 poll. Hab. China. Mus. Britannicum. Tevirna ava. Tel. testd ovatd, solidiusculd, subinequivalvi, sub- equilaterali, nitidd, convexiusculd, extus intusque albidd (radio brevi pallid aurantio in adultis ornatd), concentricé substriatd ; margine ventrali magis minusve convexo ; dorsali antice convexo et subdeclivi, postice declivi et prope nates subretuso ; latere untico, rotundato, longiore ; postico angulato, subrostrato ; flecurd costdque umbonali conspicuis ; ligamento subinfosso ; cardine, dentibus pri- mariis parvis, et nonnunquam dente laterali antico rudimentali, in- structo. Var. Testd ovato-trigond, solidd, convexd, levi aut sublevigatd, ne- quaquam subrostratd ; flevurd costdque umbonali subinconspicuis. Long. 1°20; lat. 1°75 poll. Var. long. 1°20; lat. 1°50 poll. Hab. Ceylon? Mus. Metcalfe, Cuming, Hanley. An extremely variable species, with somewhat the aspect of Nym- phalis, but easily distinguished by its lesser convexity, and in general by the presence of a pale orange streak on either side of the umbones, or in the young by the slight rostrum and the possession of regular concentric striz. Texiina Irvus. Tel. testd ovatd aut obovatd, crassd (in adultis), subventricosd, subequilaterali, impolitd, extus intusque albidd, con- centric? rugulosd ; rugis interruptis minimis, confertissimis, sub- elevatis ; margine ventrali magis minusve arcuato; dorsali antice convero et subdeclivi, postice convexiusculo, elongato et declivi ; latere antico paululum breviore, rotundato ; postico inferne angu- lato; lunuld (in adultis) parvd, profundd ; ligamento infosso ; costa umbonali subobsoletd ; dentibus satis magnis. Long. 1°10; lat. 1°40 poll. Hab. ? Mus. Cuming, Walton. Evidently a perforating species, and allied to the Petricola ochro- leuca of Lamarck, the true Yellina fragilis of Linnzeus’s. own collec- tion, ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY. April 3rd, 1843.—George Newport, Esq., President, in the Chair. Mr. W. W. Saunders exhibited a case of New Holland insects, some being of great rarity, including a new species of Rhipicera of large size. Mr. F. Bond exhibited some specimens of Pachyrhynchi from the 438 Entomological Society. Philippine Islands, which had become discoloured by grease, but which he had restored to brilliancy by immersing them in pure naphtha and then covering them over with powdered chalk for twenty- four hours. This plan was equally applicable to Lepidopterous insects similarly circumstanced. The following memoirs were read :— Descriptions of some new Curculionide from the Philippine Islands. By G. R. Waterhouse, Esq. Continuation of a memoir on the Geotrupide and Trogide. By Mr. Westwood. May Ist.—George Newport, Esq., President, in the Chair. Mr. Marshall mentioned that in the United Service Museum he had observed an ant’s nest, stated to be from abroad, precisely similar to one recently forwarded to the Society from Surrey as the con- struction of the wood-ant. He likewise mentioned that the rare moth, Ephyra pictaria, had been taken in some plenty at Colchester in April 1842. Mr. Evans exhibited some curious Crustacea recently received from China, and Mr. Westwood various new and interesting Indian insects of different orders, recently added to the collection of the Rey. F. W. Hope, including a fine Gryllus, like G. Donovani, anew subgenus allied to Derbe, some curious Chalcidide, two species of Celyphus, &c., also a box of interesting Coleoptera and Hymenoptera which he had received from the Berlin museum. Mr. S. Stevens exhibited a living specimen of an Indian Harpa- lideous insect resembling Platynus angusticollis, found in an impor- tation of plants from Bombay. He also stated that a specimen of Cermatia livida had been found alive on board a ship recently arrived from Madeira. Mr. Ingpen exhibited a fine specimen of the North American Saturnia Cecropia, reared from the chrysalis state by the Rev. Albert Badger. The completion of Mr. Westwood’s memoir on the Geotrupide and Trogide was read. After noticing the views published by Macleay and Latreille as to the relations and classification of the Geotrupide and Trogide, the author proceeds to describe those genera which possess 10-jointed antennez and exserted mandibles and labrum, and which respectively belong to the two families above mentioned as thus characterized. GEOTRUPIDE. TRoGID&. Antennarum clava | articulo basali infundibu- | articulis liberis. liformi, Mazillarum lobi membranacei, potius cornei, supe- ro ciliato-dentato. Labii lobi plerumque porrecti, plerumque retracti. Entomological Society. 439 GEOTRUPID2. Antenne TI-ATGCUaue . 6... cn ccs ccs seers Geotrupes, &c. Antenne 10-articulate. Prothorax haud canaliculatus. Tibiz anticz 3-dentatz. Mandibule uncinate ..,........... Hybosorus. Mandibule latiores. Ungues bifidi. Tibiz postice in medio dentate .. Coilodes. Tibiz postice in medio inermes.. Silphodes. Wagues eitapliers..3 .. 065. YG oo Cheetodus. Tibize antic 2-dentate .............. Apalonychus. Prothorax canaliculatus ................ Amnaides. Trocip2. Antenne 9-articulate. RSRMMN GUE, IAVINIV S's Shs 5 oo 3 58's 5 be wpa Scales fEgialia. Corpus longum, parallelum.......... ds 4p, TOM. Antenne 10-articulate. Corpus supra planum, mentum profunde incisum.. Cryptogenius. Corpus plus minusve convexum, mentum haud profunde incisum. Caput sub pectus haud contractile, corpus haud globosum. Pedes mediocres, tarsis gracilibus. Prothorax maximus, anticé subbitubercu- TTT ge pe LA se et i aie ae vires « / CEDDIUS: Prothorax mediocris haud anticé subbitu- berculatus. Prothorax anticé plus minusve retusus, maxillarum lobus internus denticu- latus. Caput maris plerumque cornutum. Mandibule 4-dentate .......... Orphnus. Mandibule 3-dentate.......... Triodontus. Caput inerme, mandibule 2-dentate Aigidium. Prothorax et caput simplicia, maxillarum lobus internus in spinam acutam pro- OURAN Ste og So cate es See ~-»»-. Ochodeus. Pedes abbreviati, tarsis crassis....... -.-»-. Lrox and Pho- berus. Caput sub pectus contractile, corpus globosum. Acanthocerus, and the subgenera separated by Germar in Zeitsch. f. d. Ent. The following new species are described in this paper :— Hybosorus orientalis, Hope MSS. Niger, nitidus, clypeo puncta- tissimo, marginato, thorace tenue punctato ; elytris striato-punc- tatis ; tibiis anticis 3-dentatis. Long. corp. lin. 6.—Hab. India orientali. 440 Entomological Society. Hybosorus thoracicus, Hope MSS. Obdlongo-ovalis, piceo-rufus ; thorace rufo, nitido ; capite thoraceque sub lente tenue punctatis ; elytris striato-punctatis ; antennis luteis ; tibiis anticis 3-dentatis. Long. corp. lin. 3}.—Hab. Senegallia. Hybosorus pinguis, W. Latior, piceo-niger, elytris nigris, clypeo punctato, thorace sublevi ; elytris striato-punctatis ; pedibus piceis, brunneo-setosis ; antennis fulvis ; tibiis anticis 3-dentatis. Long. corp. lin. 3~4.—Hab. Sierra Leone. CorLropEes, W. Insecta Americana. Typus generis Hybosorus gibbus, Perty. Coilodes chilensis, W. Piceus, thorace 3 rufo-piceo, excavatione magna antica, margineque antico in medio tuberculo prominenti instructo. Long. corp. lin. 35.—Hab. Chili. Coilodes castaneus, W. Piceo-castaneus, nitidus ; thorace maris parim excavato ; elytris vic geminato-striato-punctatis ; pedibus brunneis. Long. corp. lin. 23.—Hab. Columbia. Cuztopus, W. Genus novum. Insecta Americe meridionalis incole. Chztodus piceus, W. Piceus, nitidus; capite thoraceque rude punctatis ; elytris regulariter striatis, luteo-setosis ; pedibus valde setosis ; antennarum clava lutea. Long. corp. lin. 3.—Hab. Brasilia. Cheetodus irregularis, W. Piceus, nitidus ; capite thoraceque grosse punctatis ; elytris irregulariter striatis, antennarum clava obscu- riort. Long. corp. lin. 24.—Hab. Brasilia. Chetodus? basalis, W. Piceus, nitidus; elytris basi rufis, pune- tato-striatis ; pedibus elongatis, gracilibus. Long. corp. lin. 2.— Hab. Cayenne. (Caput deest.) Srrpnopes, W. et AnarpEs, W. See Journal of Proceedings for September 1841 for an abstract of the characters of these two groups. Apatonycuus, W. Species unica ex insula Cuba. Apalonychus Waterhousii, W. Fulvo-castaneus, nitidus, levis, an- tennarum clava lutea; elytris tenue et irregulariter punctato- striatis, lateribus longé setosis. Long. corp. lin. 4.—Hab. In- sula Cuba. Crrprocenius, W. See Journal of Proceedings, September 1841. Triopontus, W. Species unica. Orphnus nitidulus, Guérin, texte de l’Iconographie. Ex insula Madagascar. /Eaerp1um (Dej. Cat. sine descr.). Insecta Americana. fXgidium Columbianum, W. Nigrum, capite thoraceque levibus, nitidis ; elytris subpiceis, carinatis, et punctis ovalibus obsitis ; & pronoto tuberculo frontali et excavatione magna dorsali, 3 pronoto canaliculato. Long. corp. g lin. 9; 2 lin. 74.—Hab. Columbia. fEgidium parvulus, W. Angustius, nigro-piceum obscurum, un- Entomological Society. 44V dique punctatum ; elytris bicarinatis, pronoto canali dorsali sub- obsoleto, Long. corp. lin. 5}.—Hab. Insula Guadeloupe. Kgidium Hedulus, Dej. Cat. Nigrum, nilidissimum ; pronoto & in medio valde depresso-punctato, lateribus angulato-elevatis, tuberculoque frontali in utroque sexu armato, 2 impressione seu canali lato, minime profundo, frontali, elytris magis rotundatis et punctatis, punctis in strias irregulares dispositis. Long. corp. lin. 5—4.—Hab. Brasilia. /Egidium? Guianense, W. Breve converum, castaneum, pronoto postice pariim angustato ; mandibulis extis cornu obtuso armatis. Long. corp. lin. 43.—Hab. Guiana. Orphnus Mysoriensis, W. Brunneus seu nigro-piceus, tuberculo elevato in medio marginis postici prothoracis ; elytris irregulariter punctatis. Long. corp. lin. 5-44,—Hab. India orientali, Mysore. Orphnus picinus, W. Piceo-niger, nitidus ; capite ¢ cornu erecto, prothoraceque excavatione magna media, margine postico margi- nato; elytris striis irregularibus, pariim impressis, Long. corp. lin. 44-—4.—Hab. India orientali, Bombay. Orphnus impressus, W. Piceus vel rufo-piceus, capite postice in 2 tuberculo parvo armato pronotoque antic? excavatione trian- gulari instructo. Long. corp. lin. 33-4.—Hab. India orientali centrali. Orphnus nanus, W. Niger aut castaneus, nitidus, oblongus ; capite 3 cornu brevi, erecto, et pronoto semicirculariter excavato, exca- vatione haud ultra medium pronoti extensa, lateribusque vix elevatis et in tuberculo terminatis; capite pronotoque vage punctatis, ely- trisque irregulariter striatis, punctisque majoribus in strias rudes dispositis. Long. corp. lin. 2.—Hab. India orientali centrali. Orphnus Meleagris, Dej. Cat. (ined.) Latus, castaneo-fulvus ; ely- tris stria suturali punctisque irregularibus, capite cornu elevato, conico, frontali pronotoque valde excavato, lateribus conico-elevatis, versus caput rotundatis. Long. corp. lin. 5.—Hab. Senegallia. June 4th.—George Newport, Esq., President, in the Chair. Mr. 8. Stevens exhibited specimens of the larvee of Leucania stra- minea (Nonagria Vectis, Curt.), tolerably well figured by Freyer, which he had detected in the Hammersmith marshes feeding on the leaves of reeds, and which spin an external web in which they un- dergo their transformations ; also a very large living British species of water-mite (/7ydrachna geographica). Mr. Evans exhibited a specimen of the rare Agrotis puta, captured on the evening of the meeting, in the Wandsworth road. Captain F. Parry exhibited a box of Coleoptera from New Hol- land, Africa and India, including a new and very flat Lamedl/icorn insect belonging to the family Cetoniide, but having somewhat the form of Platygenia, with singular-shaped middle feet, from tropical Africa. / Mr. Saunders exhibited specimens of a species of Polydesmus and of Julus pulchellus, which he had found extremely destructive at the roots of plants in gardens. The latter insect was stated by Mr. Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Vol. xv. 2H 442 - Miscellaneous. Newport to have been formed by M. Gervais into the genus Planiulus, but with insufficient characters. He also stated, in reference to the question of the habits of these insects and the best modes of their destruction, that they deposit their eggs from March to May, after which there is an interval of a few months, a second period of ovi- position being in July and August. Mr. Ingpen doubted whether these insects ever attack perfectly healthy plants, but Mr. Saunders mentioned various instances of an opposite character. , The following papers were read :— Monograph of the Dipterous genus Ceria. By W. W. Saunders, Esq., F.L.S. (since published in the first part of the fourth volume of the Transactions of the Society). A notice respecting the Prizes offered by the Rev. F. W. Hope. Observations on the sexual distinctions and mode of copulation of an Indian species of Mutilla. By Captain Boys. Mr. Westwood havmg suggested that one of the statements in Captain Boys’s letter respecting the transporting of prey by a winged Mutilla, appeared to him to apply to a winged female Scolia rather than to a winged male Mutilla, as no male fossorial hymenopterous insect had been hitherto observed to possess such habits, Mr. Double- day stated that he had captured many specimens of Monedulain the United States in the act of capturing gad-flies (Tabani), whence they are termed horse-guards, and that all his specimens proved to be males. Mr. Westwood exhibited drawings of and made some observations upon the portable nests of the larvee of different species of Chlamys. MISCELLANEOUS. On-the Fossil Cycadez in general, and especially on those which are found in Silesia. By Prof. G@prrerr*. Tuer author commences his memoir by observing that, notwithstand- ing the considerable increase of late in the number of species which compose the fossil Cycadee, the classification established in 1828 by M. Ad. Brongniart, in his ‘ Prodrome des Végétaux Fossiles,’ still suffices, with a few modifications, for the wants of the new interca- lations. The great majority of the fossil Cycadee known up to the present time belong to the Jurassic formation ; those which the author col- lected in Silesia are found in the deposits of argillaceous iron of Upper Silesia, deposits which form part of the above-mentioned for- mation. After passing in review the attempts which, since the pub- lication of the ‘ Prodromus’ of M. Ad. Brongniart, have been made to establish a new classification of the Cycadee, M. Geeppert enume- rates the whole of these fossil vegetables, distributed according to * Being an abstract drawn up by M. Tchihatcheff, and laid before the French Geological Society, Nov. 18, 1844. Miscellaneous. 443, the method of M. Brongniart, re-uniting however the two genera Za- mia and Zamites into one genus, and adding the genus Zamiostrobus (Endlich.) to designate their fructifications. Amongst the Cycadee hitherto known, and which M. Geeppert di- vides into the four following sections, Cycadites, Zamites (comprising the Zamiostrobus), Pterophyllum and Nilsonia, the following species have been discovered by the author :— Zamiostrobus (fruit) ovatus, Pterophyllum Braunianum. crassus. Dunkerianum. Sussexiensis, — Munsteri. Pterophyllum Oeynhausianum (av. inconstans. g.)- —— difforme. Carnallianum (av. fig.). —— lunularifolium. propinquum (av. fig.). Nilsonia compta, —— gonorrhachis (av. fig.), Bergeri. Preslianum. —— acuminata. taxinum. —— Kirchneriana. The result of the enumeration made by the author is, that the total number of the different species of fossil Cycadee known up to the present time and designated by a specific name amounts to 78, amongst which are 9 stems or stipes, 65 fronds and 4 fructifications. The genera which compose this total are in the following propor- tions :-— Stems. Fronds. Fructifications. SIVGRNCEE soon nkacrapdans dene 11 4 7 PUAINILOR. comes caw aneces sia cas 28 5 23 Zamiostrobus .......se00- a se des + Pterophyllum ............ 23 mb 23 INSISONIAY Gt. .Cosatccoseas ce: 12 aoe 12 Total number of species} 78 3 65 4 The species are thus distributed in the different formations :— Carboniferous formation ... 4 J una); sey). dizact. add *YOIMsTYyO zy Lal Re i a o& “Urey ‘pura *TOJOMLOWIIY J, “19jOWLOIL & a ete *KANYUQG) ‘asunyyy younpung wy ‘uoysno[y) "gy aay oy7 Ag pun SaurHs- sarea acy ‘osunyty ypunoajddyy 7 ‘GUN *AA *AdY 9Y7 hig § ‘NOLSOG NN BEE ba i ah eee Re ea ne, Se ee a RS Se DEY Ng PO ROG LS Pe oe, eh i ed Sel Se Wats nen THE ANNALS AND MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY. SUPPLEMENT TO VOL. XV. JULY 1845. eee LXIUI.—Notices of various Mammalia, with Descriptions of many new Species. By Epwarp Bryvu, Esq., Curator of the Asiatic Society’s Museum, &c.* Part I.—Tur PRIMATES, Linn. Simiade.—When last I had occasion to treat of this group, I remarked (Journ. As. Soc. xii. 176), that at that time the only ascertained species known to inhabit the countries bordering on the Bay of Bengal to the eastward were the Hylobates Lar, which I suggested to be the most common species of gibbon found in the interior of the Tenasserim provinces, as alluded to by Dr. Helfer; and H. syndactylus, which according to that author ex- tends as high as 15° N. lat., a statement which however it would be satisfactory to have confirmed. It now appears that the H. Lar is dittused so high as Arracan, where Captain Abbott, assistant to the commissioner of the province, and who is sta- tioned in Ramree, is acquainted both with it and H. Hoolock as inhabitants of that island (?). In Arracan however the Hoolock is the prevalent species of gibbon, and extends thence over all the hill-ranges of Sylhet and Assam}; while the Lar, or white- handed species, is found southward to the Straits. The Society has lately received a pale specimen of the Hoolock from Captain Phayre (senior assistant to the commissioner of Arracan, and stationed at Sandoway), which closely approaches to that in the Zoological Society’s museum, which was described as a distinct species by the name H. choromandus, being however a trifle darker, and considerably darker than the very pale example from Assam noticed in ‘Journ. As. Soc.’ x. 839. Another Hoolock in this museum is again much darker than the Arracan specimen, and we have retained a third of the usual intense black colour all over, with the exception of the constant white band across the forehead. According to Mr. J. Owen, who resided upwards of two years among the savage Nagas and Abors who inhabit the wooded mountain-ranges to the eastward of Upper Assam, the Hoolock * From the Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal, No. 66, New Series, for 1844. + It is even found in some parts of Mymunseng. Buchanan Hamilton’s ae upon the authority of Mr. Dick, formerly judge and magistrate of ylhet. Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Vol.xv. Suppl. 2I 450 Mr. E. Blyth’s Notices of various Mammalia. abounds in those upland forests, associating in societies of 100 or 150 individuals, the combined noise of which may be heard to an immense distance. In general they keep to the tops of the highest Oolung and Mackoi trees (Dipterocarpi), to the fruit of which they are very partial; but on several occasions, when emerging from a footpath through the dense forest into the open ravines formed by the action of the mountain rapids, Mr. Owen mentions having come suddenly upon a party of them washing and frolicking in the current, who immediately took alarm and retreated into the jungle; but in one instance, as he was pro- ceeding solitarily along a newly-made road through the forest, he found himself surrounded by a large body of them, impelled perhaps as much by curiosity at his Huropean dress and appear- ance, as by resentment at the mtrusion of a stranger upon their domain; the trees on either side were full of them, menacing with their gestures and uttering shrill cries; and as he passed on, several descended from the trees behind, and followed him along the road; and he feels sure that they would soon have at- tacked him had not his superior speed on the ground enabled him to escape. Having at first, relates Mr. Owen, to cross a number of felled logs, it was really no easy matter to get away ; but the clear and open road once gained, he was not long in distancing his pursuers. Upon his return, after this threatened attack of the Hoolocks, Mr. Owen asked his Assamese interpreter (who had been brought up in the hills) whether it was usual for these apes to manifest so hostile a disposition; and he was in- formed that only a few days before, as a party of Nagas were proceeding along one of the tortuous jungle-paths, necessarily in Indian file, the foremost man, who was a little ahead of the rest, was actually attacked and severely bitten on the shoulder, and would probably have been killed by his assailants had not others of his party opportunely come to the rescue, upon which the Hoolocks immediately fled. Indeed I can testify to the capa- bility of these animals to inflict serious mjury, from having wit- nessed a tame female of the Sumatran H. agilis suddenly attack her keeper, by springing up at him, grasping his body with her four limbs, and biting at his chest, when 1t was fortunate for the man that her canines had been previously filed down, in conse- quence, as was said, of her having occasioned the death of a man at Macao*. According to Mr. Owen’s account, the Hoolocks * From what I have seen of the Gibbon tribe when brought up tame, no animals could be more gentle and good-tempered; but the lady in question had good reason for the utter hatred which she hore to her keeper, who used to make her display her wondrous activity a hundred times a day, in swinging from bough to bough of a large artificial tree by means of her fore- limbs only, by frequent application of the whip. Mr. E. Blyth’s Notices of various Mammalia. 451 would also appear capable of destroying large snakes; for his attention was once arrested by the noise which a party of them were making on the tops of some lofty trees overhead, when after a while he was startled by the fall of a Python snake, of about six or seven feet in length, within a few paces. The reptile was nearly dead, or for that matter might have been disabled by the fall; but it had been severely bitten and lacerated, no doubt by the Hoolocks above, who were unquestionably the cause of its precipitation. Of the Javanese species (H. leuciscus, F. Cuv.), the Society has lately obtained a fine female specimen, the colouring of which is somewhat remarkable, although nearly resembling that of a male described and figured in the unpublished MSS. and draw- ings of the late Dr. Buchanan Hamilton. General hue pale grayish brown, or rather brownish gray, darker on the nape, shoulders and limbs, and the inside of the thighs blackish ante- riorly ; the outside of the thighs, and the legs and feet above, are pale; the hands are washed with blackish; crown of the head black; a whitish ring encircles the face; the throat, sides of the throat, entire under-parts, and especially the lumbar re- gion, are also whitish, but a dark brownish gray line extends down each side of the breast and belly, commencing from the armpits, and terminating in the blackish inner side of the thighs. As compared with the Hoolock, this species has the coat very much more close and woolly, the hair adhering in flakes, more particularly on the back. That of H. Lar (the only additional species we possess) is just intermediate*. I also suggested, upon the same occasion, that the Tenasserim * On the subject of Orang-utans, I took the opportunity before referred to, to offer a few remarks. Since then the Society has fortunately recovered a fine skull of the male Mias Rambi, presented by Major Gregory which had been missing from their museum, and was consequently unnoticed in my remarks on the genus. I have also lately received a letter from Mr. James Brooke (of the Borneo settlement), wherein that gentleman notices the dark colour of the Rambi as compared with the Pappan and Kassar. He remarks, “ I concur in what you say regarding the Wurmbii aud Abelii being referred to one class [species]. The Kassar in every specimen which I have seen is of the same colour as the Wurm)ii or Pappan; but the Rambi is of a dark brown in the two I have seen,—one an adult feinale, the other a young but a large male. The Rambi is probably intermediate in size to the other two species. I am aware how little general importance is to be attached to colour, but among the very numerous specimens of the Pappan and Kassar I never found one of this dark colour, whereas the only two specimens of the Rambi which have fallen under my notice were both similar and both dark brown. A little further personal inquiry would settle the matter be- yond dispute; and I hope soon to have the countries open to me, when I shall feel great pleasure in forwarding you specimens either of skeletons or skins.” 212 452 Mr. E. Blyth’s Notices of various Mammalia. Semnopithecus maurus of Helfer would probably prove to be the S. obscurus, Reid; and the Society has now received skins of the latter species from Captain Phayre, and some liymg young specimens from Captai Abbott; and the skull of this animal, compared with that of a skeleton prepared from a Tenasserim specimen sent im spirits by the late Dr. Helfer (Journ, As. Soe. vul. 669), leads me to refer the latter also to the same species, which, it may be remarked, is the only member of its genus as yet ascertained from Arracan southward to the Straits, where (im the vicinity of Singapore) specimens of it were obtained by Mr. Cuming. The skins adverted to are those of full-grown animals, and they accord very well with the description of the species furnished by Mr. Martin; but two very conspicuous characteristics of the living animal might pass unnoticed in these skins, namely, the variegation of the face, which is of a leaden black, contrasting with pinkish flesh-colour on the mouth and lips, extending to the lming of the nostrils, besides which a large semicircular mark of a paler and more livid tint occupies the inner half of each orbit ; and secondly, a longitudinally-disposed erect crest upon the vertex, rising abruptly from amid the rest of the hair of that part, and being ‘analogous to that of the Sumatran S. cristatus (Rafiles), with ‘which I should not be surprised to find the pre- sent species identical. Raffles however says nothing of the varie- gation of the face, and he remarks that ‘the young Chingkaus are of a reddish fawn-colour, forming a singular contrast with the dark colour of the adults,” whereas very young examples of the present animal agree in colour with full-grown ones; he also mentions that the under part of the body is merely “ paler,” while in the Arracan animal this is dull white, and purer white in the young. In adults, the whole hair of the crown is much elongated, the tuft still rising up among the rest; and that forming the whiskers stands far out on each side, forming lateral peaks in addition to the vertical one. Five examples before me (three of which are alive) exhibit scarcely any difference in shade of colour, all being of an ashy dusky black, darkest on the head and extremities, a Y zood deal silvered on the back, white under- neath or in front, “and the tail more or less alhescent either at base only, or for the basal half or two- thirds, or even the entire tail; there is little trace of beard, and the shortish scanty hairs growing upon the flesh-coloured lips are white. The young, be- sides a “whining noise to express their wants, frequently emit a mewing cry that might be mistaken for the mew of a eat. To the same group of Semnopitheci belongs my S. pileatus (Journ. As. Soc. xi. 174), a species which abounds on the skirts of the Tipperah hills, retiring far into the interior durmg the Mr. B. Blyth’s Notices of various Mammalia. 453 rains (as T am informed by F. Skipwith, Esq., judge and magis- trate of Tipperah), and it would appear also to extend sparingly upon the Naga range eastward of Upper Assam. A fine speci- men of an old male has just been presented to the Society by the Rey. J. Barbe, R. C. Missionary, which was shot by him during his recent visit to the wild Kookie tribes of the Chittagong hills; and the same gentleman had previously favoured us with a more than half-grown male killed in Tipperah. These two differ considerably in shade of colowr from the young female for- merly described, having the whiskers, throat, chest and front of the shoulder very deeply tinged with ferruginous ; the rest of the under-parts, the legs all round (from the knee), and much of the humerus, less so; and the head and back of a more dingy ash-gray, being sullied with the prevalent rust-colour. The half- grown female before described has merely a faint tinge of ferru- ginous on its whitish under-parts, and the back and limbs are very delicate pure gray*. In the old male, the tail is of the colour of the back at base, becoming gradually black, which last occupies the terminal third or more; the fingers and toes are blackish, with an admixture of this on the back of the hands: the long black superciliary hairs spread into two lateral masses (in all three specimens) and are very copious, and between and above them, immediately over the g/abella or inter-orbital space, the hairs of the forehead are conspicuously tinged with ferrugi- nous ; those on the crown are not elongated as in the preceding species, nor is there any trace of vertical crest ; but they are a little lengthened beyond those of the occiput, sinciput and tem- ples, which they accordingly impend, and thus is presented some- what the appearance of a small flat cap laid on the top of the head, whence the specific name. The length of fore-arm and hand (of the adult male) to tip of longest finger is above a foot ; knee to heel nine inches; foot about seven inches; and length of skull about five mches. As a third continental species of this subgroup, I suspect must be brought together the S. cephalopterus (Zimmerman), from Ceylon, with which Mr. Martin identifies the lon-tailed mon- key B, and the purple-faced monkey of Pennant, the Guenon a@ face pourpre of Button, Simia dentata, Shaw, Cercopithecus lati- barbatus of Geoffroy, Kuhl and Desmarest, C. /eucoprymnus, Otto, Simia fulvo-grisea, Desmarest, Simia leucoprymna and S. cepha- loptera, Fischer, S. Nestor, Bennett, and S. leucoprymnus and S. Nestor, Lesson, and the S. Johnii, Fischer, from the Neilgherries, to which Mr. Martin only refers the S. cucullatus, Is. Geoffroy. * A half-grown male jyst received from Mr. Skipwith is intermediate in its colouring. 454 My. E. Blyth’s Notices of various Mammalia. From specimens now before me, I think there can be no doubt of the identity of all of these, and that the species both inhabits the Neilgherries and the mountains of Ceylon; but Mr. Martin erroneously identified one specimen in the Paris museum with the present species, as I have shown in ‘Journ. As. Soc.’ xii. 170, the animal in question being evidently my S. hypoleucos (Journ. As. Soc. x. 839). The name cephalopterus would have to be retained and the animal appears subject to considerable variation of shade; a half-grown female before me resembling Mr. Martin’s figure referred to S. cephalopterus, except that the croup is pale gray as stated in the description, the hair there being shorter; and there is an admixture of this on the thighs, and slightly up the back; the whiskers, and hairs on the lips and chin are dull white, and those of the crown dull chestnut- brown, and lengthening on the occiput ; the tail of this is whiter to the end. An old male, on the contrary, has dark dull chest- nut-brown whiskers, concolorous with the hair of the crown, and some blackish hairs growing in front of them, and his tail is blacker to the end; the hair on the crown is all elongated, but increasing in length to the occiput, where some of the hairs ex- ceed five inches in length, and tend to be albescent,—a sort of dingy isabella-colour prevailing, which is not easy to express in words. On the short hair of the croup and upon the thighs the same gray colour appears as in the young female specimen, but is mingled with black and considerably less albescent. The bodies and rest of the limbs of both are deep black, but picked out a little with grayish in the young female. I consider these two specimens to represent respectively the S. cephalopterus and S. Johnii of Mr. Martin’s work, the latter (or old male) being certainly from the Neilgherries, and the other I purchased alive in Calcutta, and could not learn whence it had been brought ; but I am quite satistied of the specifical identity of the two, and have seen others variously intermediate. Upon these grounds I venture to bring the two alleged species together. The other Indian Semnopithect form a particular subgroup, well-characterized by their physiognomy ; and all of them have a radiating centre of hair on the forehead, a little behind the superciliary ridge. They have been mostly confounded under S. Entellus. The most different from the rest is S. Aypoleucos, nobis (Journ. As. Soc, x. 839 and xi. 170), which is characterized by its comparatively small size, deep colouring, and black fore-arms and hands, feet and tail, the head being of a dirty pale straw- colour. Inhabits the Malabar range and Travancore. Next, S. Entellus (verus), F. Cuv., is the representative of the group in Bengal and Assam, extending (as I have been informed) Mr. E. Blyth’s Notices of various Mammalia. 455 into Cuttack. It has constantly black hands and feet; the fore arm and leg externally, with the croup, are of a pale chocolat au lait colour, extending more or less over the back, humerus and thigh; and the rest is of a light straw-colour, or pale isabelline, with occasionally a tinge of ferruginous on the belly. It is figured by the late Mr. Bennett in the ‘Gardens and Menagerie of the Zoological Society.’ Very different is the S. Priamus, Elliot, of the Coromandel coast, which has naught of the yellowish tinge, the whole back and outside of the limbs, with the crown of the head, being nearly of the chocolat au lait hue confined to parts of the former, but having more of the dait in it, and as usual being most intense about the croup; the hands and feet are pale and concolorous with the rest of the limbs; the whiskers and occiput whitish ; and a strongly marked peculiarity consists in having an abruptly rising erect crest upon the vertex, analogous to that of S. erista- tus (vel? obscurus). The S. Anchises, Elliot, represents the former in the Deccan and along the foot of the western ghauts. A skin presented to the Society by that gentleman, with three examples of S$. Priamus, resembles the darkest specimens of S. Hntellus in colour, but has the leg from the knee whitish (perhaps not a constant distinction), the hands mingled white and blackish, and the feet whitish, with dusky black above the base of the toes aud on their terminal phalanges ; but the coat generally is much longer than in S, En- tellus, the hairs on the sides measuring four, five, and even six inches in length; and those which grow upon the toes, and in a less degree those of the fingers, which are very copious, are also remarkably elongated, extending considerably beyond the tips of the toes, which thus present a spaniel-like appearance. Mr. Elhot, to whom the merit is due of first distinguishing these species, and who is well-acquainted with both of them, will shortly describe their characters more minutely. The same gentleman has also forwarded for my inspection an imperfect skin of a half-grown animal, received from the Coim- batore district or its vicinity, which presents the colouring of the true Lntellus, and has the black hands and feet well-marked ; but the coat is different in texture, the hairs of it beg quite straight, and not exhibiting the waviness which is constantly observable in those of S. Lntellus of every age, causing the light to fall irre- gularly on each hair of the latter species ; while on those of the specimen in question, as in 8. Anchises, the shine 1s uniform, and the same straightness of hair is observable in S. Priamus : this may appear a trivial distinction, but it is nevertheless a well-marked one, which at once characterizes S. Lntellus apart from either of the others; and I incline to consider, for the present at least, the 456 Mr. E. Blyth’s Notices of various Mammalia. skin under consideration to be a doubtful variety of S. Anchises, the more especially as its coat is also longer than in specimens of S. Entellus of corresponding age. Another allied species, of which the description does not tally with either of the foregoing, is the S. schistaceus, Hodgson (Journ. As. Soe. ix. 1212), “from the Tarai forest and lower hills, rarely the Kachar also,” of Nepal, and which would seem to approach nearest to S. Anchises. It is described as “ dark slaty above; below, and the entire head, pale yellow; mere hands and feet somewhat darkened or concolorous with the body above ; tail also concolorous: hair on the crown short and radiated ; on the cheeks long, directed back, and hiding the ears: piles or fur of one sort, neither harsh nor soft, more or less wavy; three to five anda half inches long upon the body, closer and shorter on the tapered tail, which is more or less tufted.” The Mussoorie Lungoors have been thus described to me by Capt. Thos. Hutton, from whom I hope shortly to receive some specimens. “I fell in,” writes that observer (in a letter dated Dee. 30th,), “with a whole lot of monkeys this morning, and took a leisurely survey of them ; they were dark grayish, with pale hands and feet, white head, dark face, white throat and breast, and white tip to the tail. Thisis, I think, the Nepal and Sunla species. The Macacus Rhesus is found here also, but I do not remember it in the winter, though it may remain in some of the deep warm valleys*,”. Elsewhere he remarks, “I have long thought that the Lungoor of ow parts must be distinct from the S. Hntellus of Bengal, on account of the different locality in which it is found; for assuredly were the Entellus to occur here in summer, it would retire to the plains on the approach of winter. Our species, on the contrary, seems to care nothing for the cold; and after a fall of snow, a glen on my estate which opens to the north-west 1s crowded with them. In fact, I really believe they are more nu- merous during the cold than during the hot weather. On the Simla side I observed them also, leaping and playing about, while the fir-trees among which they sported were loaded with snow- wreaths. I have seen them at an elevation of little short of 11,000 feet even in the autumn, when hard frost occurred every night, and that was at Hattoo or Whartoo mountain, ¢hree marches in the interior from Simla. * * * It grows to a goodly size, and is rather a formidable-looking fellow.” Captam Hutton’s sug- gestion, that the Himalayan Lungoor must be different from the * In Journ. As, Soc. vi. 935, Capt. Hutton states, of the IZ. Rhesus, “ This species I saw repeatedly during the month of February, when the snow was five or six inches deep at Simla, roosting? in the trees at night, on the side of Jakui, and apparently regardless of the cold.”—Journal of a Trip to the Burenda Pass. Mr. E. Blyth’s Notices of various; Mammatia. 457 Bengal Hoonuman because of the diversity of climate which they inhabit, is in part nullified by the fact that the Macacus Rhesus inhabits alike the Himalaya and the Bengal Soonderbuns ; and it also remains to ascertain how high the S. Entellus may extend upon the northern mountains of Assam: moreoyer it is by no means clear, from the above description, that Capt. Hutton’s Mussoorie Lungoor is identical with Mr. Hodgson’s Nepalese species. Returning now to the determination of the Simiade found eastward of the Bay of Bengal, Dr. Helfer mentions two species of Macacus, stating that “ the Cercopithecus cynosurus {cynomolgus ? | inhabits chiefly the banks of rivers and the mangrove forests, being chiefly fond of shell-fish ;” and that “another species of Cercopithecus belongs to the rarest of this genus, and is found chiefly in the northern parts upon isolated limestone rocks.” There can be little or no doubt that the two following are the species referred to; and to Capt. Phayre is due the credit of first securing specimens of these animals for examination, the Society being already indebted to that gentleman for numerous other specimens of Arracanese mammalia, several of which are new, and for nearly 200 species of birds, besides specimens in other classes, to all of which he is continually fast adding. Macacus nemestrinus (?).—A huge specimen of what I conceive to be merely the common pig-tailed monkey of authors, nume- rous in Sumatra, (where three varieties of it are alluded to by Raffles, who terms the species Simia carpolegus,) if not also in other parts of the Malayan archipelago and peninsula, differs from ordinary specimens of its race, such as are commonly seen in captivity, in the development of its coat of hair, especially on the fore-quarters, in having the crown merely infuscated, instead of black (or nearly so), and in the terminal tuft of its tail being bright ferruginous; besides which, there is a strong tinge of golden ferruginous about the shoulders. The coat is fine in tex- ture, and upon the fore-quarters the hairs of it measure from four to five inches long ; on the loms they scarcely exceed two inches, and on the under-parts are comparatively scanty; the general colour bemg that prevalent among the Macaci, or grizzled brown, the piles annulated with dusky and fulvous; crown darker, and the middle of the back posterior to the lengthened hair is also darker, becoming black along the upper surface of the tail, which has a bight ferrugimous tuft as before noticed; but there is no trace of this upon a very young specimen also sent, which has like- wise little appearance of annulation to its fur, and the colours generally are subdued and much paler. A live example (of un- doubted nemestrinus) which I possess, about a third grown, begins to show the grizzling or annulation to the fur of its fore-quarters, 458 Mr. E. Blyth’s Notices of various Mammalia. but no sign as yet of the rufous tail-tip. Upon the whole, the very large fine specimen under consideration does not differ more from ordinary domesticated examples of the pig-tailed monkey, than does an unusually fine wild old male of the 7. Rhesus which I procured some time ago in this vicinity, from such domesticated specimens of the latter as must be familiar to the observation of most naturalists who are conversant with the study of mammalia. Capt. Phayre obtamed these animals im a mountaimous and rocky situation, and it is doubtless Dr. Helfer’s second species of (so- called) Cercopithecus. It belongs indeed (as does also M. Rhesus) to the division Papio of Mr. Ogilby, which comprehends all the short-tailed Macaci of Cuvier; but not, as I suspect, to the Papto of Prof. Owen*, which I have reason to believe applies to the long-tailed African Baboons, or the Cynocephalh, Auctorum, ex- clusive of C. Mormon and leucopheus, or the mandrill and drill: whereas the long-tailed Macact, such as the next species, together with M. radiatus and M. sinicus of 8. India, are referred by Mr. Ogilby to Cercopithecus. But the truth is, that if we once com- mence dividing the group Macacus, as now generally recognised, nearly every species of it might be selected as a subgeneric type per se, presenting various peculiarities of its own (e. g. M. niger, nemestrinus, Silenus, Rhesus, cynomolgus, radiatus with sinicus, and perhaps others with which I am less familiar): and I certainly much prefer the currently adopted system of restricting Cercopt- thecus to the numerous African species which want the fifth tu- bercle to the last mferior molar, and follow My. Martm im ap- priating the name Cercocebus to those other long-tailed African species which are known as the MMangabeys, or white-eyelid monkeys, of which three have now been ascertamed,—an arrange- ment which has the advantage of according with the geographical distribution of these animals, and by which, too, any of them may be classified at a glance at their exterior by those who are familiar with the subjectt. M. cynomolgus (?).—Though possessing living examples of both the M. nemestrinus and M. cynomolgus, | have found great difficulty in determining the skins sent by Capt. Phayre, which I refer to these species, in consequence of the mode of prepara- tion of them, the skulls having been taken out and the faces irre- parably injured ; but after full consideration I feel confident that the present one is correctly assigned, if not the other also. A pair of skulls of this are sent, from which the following dimen- sions are taken. That of an adult male measures four inches and * Mentioned in the Report on British Fossil Mammalia, published in the Report of the British Association for 1842, p. 55. + If I mistake not, the tail is in Cercopithecus and Cercocebus of con- stant proportional length, being much longer than in any Macacus, Mr. E. Blyth’s Notices of various Mammalia. 459 three-quarters in total length, inclusive of the protruding incisor teeth ; greatest breadth (of zygomata) three inches ; vertical height (including lower jaw) three inches and one-eighth ; length of bony palate an inch and seven-eighths ; breadth of ditto three-quarters of an inch. ‘The corresponding measurements of a female skull are—four inches and three-quarters, two and seven-eighths, three inches, one and five-eighths, and nearly three-quarters of an inch. The upper canines of the male project nearly five-eighths of an inch from the bony socket. Capt. Phayre sent the following note respecting the habits of this animal :—“‘ These monkeys frequent the banks of salt-water creeks, and devour shell-fish. In the cheek-pouch of the female were found the claws and body of a crab:” accordingly, there can be little hesitation in identi- fying it with the other species of Dr. Helfer, to which the same habits were assigned. Of the species of this genus, one only appears to inhabit Ben- gal, the M. Rhesus, which is numerous in the Soonderbuns, where its habits, | suspect, pretty much resemble those of M. cynomol- gus: it frequents thick jungly situations, particularly about the borders of narrow gullies, and to escape pursuit will sometimes plunge into the water from an overhanging tree, swim to some distance beneath the surface, and then land and make off on the opposite bank. The Hoonuman, on the contrary, would appear never to enter the water. The M. Rhesus also occurs, as we have seen, even on the Himalaya so far westward as Simla, and Mr. Hodgson has sent it from Nepal, where | cannot help suspecting that (in different phases) it constitutes both his M. oinops and M. pelops (Journ. As. Soc. ix. 1213); and it is included in Dr. Walker’s list of the mammalia of Assam (Cale. Journ. Nat. Hist. ii. 265), together with another species discovered in that part by Dr. Me - Clelland, and described as M. assamensis in Proc. Zool. Soc. 1839, p. 148. Still further to the north-west, “monkeys” are stated by Elphinstone to be found only in the north-eastern part of Affghan- istan : but no Szmiade@ are included in an elaborate paper on the mammalia of that country, prepared for publication by Capt. Thos Hutton, nor have | seen any subsequent notice of their occurrence in that vicinity. In the Indian peninsula generally, the common species of Macacus is the M. radiatus, bemg the only one included in the catalogues of Messrs. Sykes and Elliot ; but M. sinicus is likewise found in the southernmost part and in Ceylon, as is also the M. Silenus. The following is a brief synopsis of the Indian species of Si- miade, with those of Assam, Arracan, and the Tenasserim pro- vinces, as far as they are at present ascertained :— 1. Hylobates syndactylus ; Simia syndactyla, Raffles. Stated by Helfer to extend as high as 15° N, lat. 460 Mr. E. Blyth’s Notices of various Mammalia. 2. H. Lar. Common in the Tenasserim provinces, and extend- ing northward into Arracan, and southward to the Straits. 3. H. Hoolock. Hill-ranges of Assam, Sylhet and Arracan. 4. Semnopithecus Entellus, ¥. Cuv. Bengal and Assam ; Cut- tack ? 5.8. Anchises, Elliot. Central table-land of the Indian pe- ninsula, and base of the western ghauts. 6. S. schistaceus, Hodgson. Nepal: the species of the western Himalaya perhaps different. 7. 8S. Priamus, Elliot. Coromandel coast. 8. 8. hypoleucos, nobis. Travancore and Malabar range. 9. S. pileatus, nobis. Tipperah and Chittagong hills; Naga range. 10. 8. cephalopterus (Zimmerman). Ceylon and Neilgherries. 11. S. obscurus, Reid (C. cristatus ? Raties). Arracan, Tenas- serim, extending southwardtothe Straits, and probably Sumatra*. 12. Macacus Silenus. Ceylon, and neighbouring districts of the continent of India. 13. M. nemestrinus (?). Arracan, Tenasserm. 14. M. Rhesus. Bengal, Assam, Nepal, Simla. 15. M. assamensis. Assam. 16. M. cynomolgus (?). Ayrracan, Tenasserm. 17. M. radiatus. Peninsula of India. 18. M. sinicus. Southernmost part of India, and Ceylon. Although I have here followed the usual order of classifying these three groups, I am nevertheless of opinion that the division comprising the Cynocephali, Macaci and Cercopitheci (i. e. the genera with cheek-pouches) should precede that of the Semno- pithect and Colobi (or the genera with sacculated stomachs). The facial angle can no longer be considered as a guide to the relative elevation of these animals in the scale of bemg, now that the adult Orangs, for example, are known to present so very promi- nent a muzzle, while on the other hand, the lowest of all the Simiade, or the American Marmozets, have the same so incon- siderably developed; and it would seem that some trivial resem- blance which the Semnotes bear to the Gibbons is now the chief inducement that occasions the former to be still placed next to the group of tailless Apes, and thus to precede the third great division of old-world Monkeys and Baboons, which is character- * The Semn. (or Presbytis) nobilis, Gray, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 1842, vol. x. p. 256, I cannot but regard as requiring confirmation as an in- habitant of India proper. + This is doubtless the species noticed by Mrs. Graham in Ceylon, where that lady mentions ‘‘ swarms of red monkeys playing in the trees overhead.” (Journal of a Residence in India, p. 104.) I have reason to conclude also that this, and not the Lungoor, is the /ollewai of the Singhalese. Mr. E. Blyth’s Notices of various Mammalia. 461 ized by possessing cheek-pouches. But this third division un- questionably presents a nearer structural approach to the first than does the second; and, so far as I have observed, the intellect is also decidedly of a superior grade. — 1 have next to describe an apparently new species of the African genus Cercopithecus. Cercopithecus chrysurus, Nobis.—This belongs to the particular minor group exemplified by C. sabeus, and would seem to be nearly allied both to that species and to the C. Tantalus, Ogilby, P. Z. 8S. 1841, p. 33, the tail of which is stated im the Latin diagnosis to be yellow at tip, while m the more detailed verna- cular description this is said to be “ brown at the base, light gray at the tip.” In the species now described, the terminal third of the tail is bright yellowish ferruginous, as I believe in C. sabeus. The specimen is a male, and measures about nineteen inches from forehead to base of tail, the tail about twenty-four inches; from elbow to tip of hand nine inches, knee to heel seven and a quar- ter, and foot five inches. Colour grizzled yellowish brown, the hair fine and soft at base, with the terminal half comparatively coarse and rigid, and broadly annulated first with black, then fulvous, and finally tipped with black; for the most part about two inches and a quarter long, but exceeding three imches on the sides towards the flanks: the whiskers, with the entire under- parts and mside of the limbs, are dingy yellowish white: the fore-arm. and leg grayer, or less yellowish than the parts above, and the hands and feet infuscated. ace almost naked, having only a few scattered hairs, but a narrow supercilium of long black hairs across the brow. The upper surface of the tail is rather darker than the back for the first two-thirds of its length, and then passes into bright yellowish ferruginous, which on the under surface of the tail is continued nearly to its base, weakening however in intensity ; the extreme tip of the tail is wanting m the specimen. Length of the skull four inches and a half, and breadth across the zygomata two inches and three-quarters ; ver- tical height two inches and five-eighths ; length of bony palate an inch and a half, and breadth seven-eighths of an ch. Ha- bitat unknown. Lemuride.—The Stenops gracilis is usually assigned to Ceylon, and the Nycticebus tardigradus to Bengal. The latter however certainly does not occur in the lower part of Bengal, but may perhaps exist in the hilly regions. Dr. Walker includes it in his catalogue of Assamese mammalha; and upon referrmg to the late Dr. Buchanan Hamilton’s MSS., I find what I consider to mean this species noticed as occurring in Chittagong, where it is said to be rare and solitary, inhabiting trees ; in Rungpore also yery scarce, and said to have been seen in the hilly coun- tries to the south and east of the Boorhampooter by some natives, who recognised it by the Hindustanee name Shiriminda Billi, 462 Mr. E. Blyth’s Notices of various Mammalia. “bashful or shame-faced cat,” a name which I have also heard applied to it. The unobtrusive, nocturnal habits of this animal would however always cause it to be little observed, I believe that it is “the little Bradypus” of Dr. Helfer’s ‘ Note on the Animal Productions of the Tenassernm Provinces,’ being com- monly designated “Sloth” by Europeans; and the territories eastward of the bay constitute, I suspect, its chief habitat. A pair of the Stenops gracilis were offered to me in the Madras bazar at the low price of a rupee; but I have seen no notice of this species as an ascertamed imhabitant of the penimsula*, Here in Calcutta, a dealer would ask at least ten rupees for a pair either of them or of the Nycticebus, and 1m all probability double as much}. They are, indeed, but seldom brought for sale in this emporium ; and it is probable that the Nycticebus, if found at all in Bengal, occwrs sparingly only a little within the confines of the province. Vespertilionide.—The only bat contained among Dr. Helfer’s Tenasserim specimens was Pieropus javanicus, which, with Nye- ticebus Temminckii, he stated to be ‘‘ amongst the rarer species found in the provinces”; and he alludes vaguely to other species of Pteropus, Phyllostomus (meaning probably Megaderma), and Nyctinomus (or Dysopes). ‘The Society has received Pt. medius (vel Edwardsii, Desm., apud Ogilby and others, though Ed- wards’s specimen was from the Mauritius, and should therefore, I suspect, be the Pt. edulis{,) from Arracan, Tipperah, and Assam, where I cannot help considering the Pt. assamensis de- scribed by Messrs. McClelland and Horsfield to present merely an individual variation. The same appears to be Dr. Walker’s opinion, as Pt. Edwardsii alone is included in his list of As- samese mammalia. Mr. Hodgson has also sent it from Nepal as his Pt. leucocephalus (Journ. As. Soc. iv. 700), together with the Cynopterus marginatus as his Pt. pyrivorus (ibid.), which latter has likewise been received by the Society from Assam and Arracan, and both of these species appear to be common throughout India; the former also doubtless constituting the large “flying fox”? so abundant in the Maldives and Laccadives. The third Indian species of frugivorous bat, Pé. Dussumiert (of which a description will be found in Journ. As. Soc. xu., 176), is still wanting to the Society’s collection. Of Cynopterus marginatus, I have been keeping three live * It is included in Mr. Elliot’s new catalogue of the mammalia of penin- sular India. + A pair of the Stenops said to have been brought from Singapore, have just been put up at auction at sixty rupees! The Nycticebus is common in Arracan. + The Mauritius species is styled Pé. vulgaris, v. rubricollis, Geoff., in P, Z. S. 1831, p. 45. Mr. E. Blyth’s Notices of various Mammalia. 463 females for several weeks. They are exclusively frugivorous, and take no notice of the buzz of an insect held to them ; which I remark in reference to a statement of Mr. Gray, that the nearly allied little Kiodote is partly insectivorous: this I doubt very much. The Cynopierus is a very ravenous eater, and will devour more than its own weight at a meal, voiding its food but little changed as excrement, while still slowly munching away. Of guava it swallows the juice only (though a soft mellow fruit), opening and closing its jaws very leisurely in the act of mastica- tion, and rejecting the residue. The flight of this bat is parti- cularly light and buoyant, far different from the measwred rowing, the direct and heavy flight of the large Péeropus; but the general manners and the voice of the two are very similar*, The other Indian Vespertilionide fall mto three principal groups; viz. Rhinolophine, comprising the genera Megaderma, Rhinolophus and Hipposideros, and Nycteris (which at least is a Malayan genus),—Dysopodine, includmg Dysopes (with its va- rious subdivisions, as Cheiromeles, &c.), Taphozous, and Rhino- poma,—and Vespertilionine, or the ordinary Bats. The Megaderma Lyra appears to be a common species through- out India, and I have described its habit of preymg on smaller bats, first sucking their blood, in Journ. As. Soc. x1. 255. ‘In re- ference to that paper, Mr. Frith informs me that a number of these bats were m the habit of resorting to the verandah of his residence in Mymunseng, and that every morning the ground under them was strewed with the hind-quarters of frogs, and the wings of large grasshoppers and crickets: on one occasion the remains of a small fish were observed ; but frogs appeared to constitute their chief diet—never toads ; and of a quiet even- ing these animals could be distinctly heard crunching the heads and smaller bones of their victims. Other species of bats were noticed to keep aloof from this retreat, but Mr. Frith had no opportunity of confirmimg my observation, that the Megaderma preys upon smaller animals of its tribe. The disproportion of the sexes in the assemblages of this species in then diurnal retreats is noticed in Journ. As. Soe. xi. 600 ; and indeed I think that the same pretty nearly holds throughout the family. In Mr. Elhot’s catalogue the name carnatica is proposed, with a mark of doubt, for the Megaderma of 8. India, which however is perfectly identical with that of Calcutta. * After a while, the three caged females mentioned above attracted a male, who used to be continually hovering about their cage of an evening, and at length took up his diurnal residence hitching to a rafter above a dark stairease close by, where one of the females who escaped immediately joined him, and they continued to retreat there regularly for some days, when both were caught. 464. Mr. E. Blyth’s Notices of various Mammalia. Rhinolophus, Geoff. and Cuv.—tIn preparing a notice of the Indian species of this difficult genus, so far as I am acquainted with them, I labour under the considerable disadvantage of not having M. Temminck’s valuable monograph to refer to; but I will nevertheless endeavour to review the history of the group, so far as the means at my disposal will permit of. The first endeavour at collating the species would appear to be that of M. Geoffroy St. Hilaire, in the ‘ Annales du Muséum,’ tom. xx. pp. 25: et seg. (1813). Four species are there noticed, in addition to, the two common in Kurope* ;\ and among the former is ‘a species from Timor, the Rhinolophe cruménifére of MM. Péron’ and Lesueur, which I conceive to be erroneously identified with the Vespertilio speoris of Schneider, described to inhabit India, as it differs from the latter im its considerably larger size and (it would seem) more rufous colouring. In the second edition of Cuvier’s ‘Régne Animal’ (dated 1829), these six species only are referred to; but Dr. Horsfield,’ im his ‘ Zoological Researches in Java’ (dated 1824), had de-- scribed seven (alleged) species as inhabitants of that island, two of which have since been brought together by Mr. Gray, after an examination of the original specimens collected by Dr. Horsfield, —Kh. deformis, Horsfield, beg thus identified with RA. insignis, Horsfield. Then followed M. Temminck’s Monograph of the genus, wherein (if I remember rightly) several species were added to those of his predecessors; of which, among perhaps others un- noticed in Mr. Gray’s subsequent synopsis, I find mentioned by authors a Rh. luctus, Tem., from Java, an alleged rufous variety of which is described im the Zoology of the Voyage of La Favorite, from Manilla; also a Rh. pusillus, from India, which appellation is referred with a mark of doubt to a specimen in the Zoological Society’s museum, in Mr. Waterhouse’s catalogue of the mam- malia preserved in that collection, where also is mentioned, but hkewise with a mark of doubt, Rh. insignis, Horsf., from Ceylon. Confining ourselves now to the deseribers of Asiatic species‘, Col. Sykes, in the Proceedings of the Zoological Society for 1831, describes a Rh. dukhunensis, distinguishing this from the Rhinolophe cruménifeére of Péron and Lesueur, which, it is added, is the Rhin. marsupialis of M. Geoffroy’s lectures, and the Rh. speoris of M. Desmarest, by its much smaller size, &c.; but this * A third European species, found towards the South (in Dalmatia, Sicily, &c.), also in the Levantine countries, and it would appear all Africa, is the Rh. capensis, Licht., Rh. clivosus, Riipp., v. Rh. Geoffroy?, A. Smith. + The form is peculiar to the old world, inclusive however of Australia (apud J. E. Gray). Mr. BE. Blyth’s Notices of various Mammalia. 465 smaller size corresponds with the original description of Vesp. speoris from India, the colour of which is however stated to be - “pale yellowish ash-brown” (apud Shaw), which does not apply well to either, though better to that of India: and I have little doubt that Col. Sykes’s species is the true speoris, to which dukhunensis would therefore be referred as a synonym, as like- wise the subsequent names apiculatus, Gray, for the male, and penicillatus, Gray, for the female. Mr. Hodgson, in the Society’s Journal for 1835, next de- seribed a Rh. armiger and Rh. tragatus from Nepal; but the former of these appears to be identical with the Javanese Rh. nobilis of Horsfield. The same naturalist more recently ob- tained three other species from that province, and has described one of them by the name perniger, m Journ. As. Soc. xii. 414; but I suspect that this is identical with Rh. ductus of Temminck. We now come to Mr. Gray’s “ Revision of the genera of Bats, and descriptions of some new genera and species,” pub- lished in the ‘ Magazine of Zoology and Botany,’ No. 12. In this paper the Rh. vulgaris, Horsf., is mentioned as inhabiting India; and besides the Rh. apiculatus and Rh. penicillatus, Gray, both of which I have referred to speoris verus v. dukhunensis of Sykes, two other species from India are described as new, from specimens procured by Walter Elhot, Esq., Madras C. 8. ; and these are also given in the latter gentleman’s valuable “ Cata- logue of the Mammalia of the Southern Mahratta Country,” published in the ‘ Madras Journal of Literature and Science,’ No. 24. pp. 98-99, one of them however by a different and more appropriate name. Such appears to be the amount of mformation hitherto pub- lished relative to the Indian Rhinolophi, which I shall now pro- ceed to reduce and classify, and enrich by the addition of several new species. The various Indian and Malayan members of this group fall into two marked divisions, corresponding to Rhinolophus, Gray, as restricted, (the Noctilio, apud Bechstein, according to Mr. Gray,) and the Hipposideros, Gray, v. Phyllorhina, Bonap., apud ray. The former is exemplified by the three European species, and by the Javanese Rh. affinis and Rh. minor, Horsf., in addition to which only two species are indicated by Mr. Gray, the Rh. megaphyllus, Gray (P. Z. 8. 1834, p. 52), from Australia, and Rh. griseus, Meyer, habitat not ascertained. In this group, the facial crests are more prominently developed, and termimate in an angular peak above, within and anterior to which is a second leaf of membrane, in general also peaked, and attached behind by a vertical (7. e. longitudinally disposed) connecting membrane, Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Vol.xv. Suppl. 466 Mr. E. Blyth’s Notices of various Mammalia. which last is sometimes developed beyond the lesser transverse leaf, in front of it, and each undergoes considerable modification in the various species: the nasal apertures appear linear, from . being partly overlapped by membrane, which lines and surrounds the centre of the facial depression, between the latter and the nostrils ; outside of the nostrils the face is bordered by a layer of membrane surrounding it im front im shape of a horse-shoe. The ears in this group are large, ample, and apiculated, having the point directed outward, and (as Mr. Hodgson remarks of the Rhinolophi generally) are “tremblingly alive all over:” the conch is continued round in front to form an anti-helix, which is separated apart by an emargination, sometimes very deep, but should not be confounded (as it occasionally has been) with the tragus of various other bats. As many as six species inhabit India, all of which (unless Rh. pusillus be among them) seem different from those heretofore described. The first is remarkable for havig a conspicuous transverse leaflet with a septum behind and above it, situate upon the larger or posterior peaked membrane, and considerably above the lesser or anterior one ; but this is only a modification and development of what is more or less observable in the others. The posterior peak reaches to between the ears and even beyond. 1. Rh. mitratus, nobis.—Length four inches, of which the tail measures an inch and a half; of anotber specimen three inches and one-eighth, the tail an inch anda quarter. Uxpanse (of the former) probably twelve inches ; length of fore-arm re- spectively two and a quarter, and two and one-eighth ; of longest finger three and one-eighth, and three inches; of tibia an inch ; and tarse with claws half an inch. Lars large and ample, mea- suring: an inch to point anteriorly; the anti-helix moderately developed, but separated apart by only a slight emargination. Fur of the upper parts a rich light brown, paler at base, exces- sively soft and delicate, and rather long; of the under parts shorter and much paler. Anterior nose-leaf subovate, or nearly rounded, contracted at base, and a conspicuous lappet of mem- brane is given off from each side of the centre of the facial de- pression, overhanging the nostrils, and forming a round mesial cup; vertical membrane posterior to the lesser nose-leaf little developed, and supporting its base only; the uppermost or hindmost peak triangular and acute at tip, reaching beyond the base of the ears between the two, and divided by a mesial septum, but little overlapped at the base by a second small transverse lamina which occurs also m most of the other species, and is placed beyond and above the vertical membrane which supports the inner or anterior nose-leaf. This fine species was procured by Capt. Tickell in the neighbourhood of Chyebassa, in Central India. aS eH ee Mr. Ey Blyth’s Notices of various Mammalia. 467 2. Rh. perniger, Uodgson, Journ. As, Soc, xii. 414* —Distin- guished by its large size, and delicately soft and long, curly black- ish fur, having a slight ashy cast from the hairs being thus tipped. A fine specimen which I saw in Dr. Griffith’s possession, from Cherra-Poonjee (Sylhet), and which has smce been forwarded by him to the museum of the Honourable Company in London, measured five inches from muzzle to extremity of foot. The only example now before me is too much mjured about the head to permit of a description being taken of the peculiarities of its facial membranes; and Mr. Hodgson’s account, excepting as regards size and colouring, applies, for the most part, to the species generally of the present subgroup. The length of the fore-arm in the latter specimen (which was presented to the Society by Mr. Hodgson) is two inches and three-quarters, and of tibia an inch and three-eighths. Inhabits the centval region of the sub-Himalayas. 3. Rh. tragatus+, Hodgson, Journ, As. Soc. iv. 699.—This spe- cies was so named in reference to the development of its anti-helix, as compared with the very slight imdication of one traceable in Hipposideros armiger (v. nobilis?) ; but the appellation is far from being felicitous, as the anti-helix (not tragus, as mdeed was duly poimted out by Mr. Hodgson) is less developed than is usual im the present subgroup. Mr. Hodgson described this bat to be “uniform deep brown, with the tips paler and rusty ;” but two of three specimens sent by him are certainly of a light brown, and one of them more particularly has the upper parts tipped with dull maroon, which produces a general shade of this colour, as im several other species both of Rhinolophus and Hipposideros.' The central nose-leaf is small and narrow, and a little expanded at the summit; the nasal orifices are fringed externally with a lappet of membrane; and the uppermost peak of the membrane above the nose-leaf is inconspicuous, being almost concealed by the fur of the forehead. Length of fore-arm two inches and a quarter, and of tibia an inch and one-sixteenth. Inhabits the central region of Nepal. * Probably the Rh. luctus, Tem., of which [ can get at no description though Mr. Gray alludes to it as stated to be black with an ashy tinge; vide ‘ Annals and Magazine of Natural History,’ vol. x. p. 257, where Mr. Gray“describes a Rh. Morio from Malacca, Singapore. ‘ The front central lobe of the nose-leaf large, three-lobed ; fur reddish brown. Very like Rh. luctus in general appearance, and perhaps the colour may have changed by the specimen having been taken from spirits.” Why therefore impose a new name, or at any rate why not put a mark of doubt after the. word Morio, and add Rk. luctus, Tem. var.? Most probably this is the Rh. luctus, Tem. var. rufus, from Manilla, of MM. Eydoux and Gervais, in sheiZealegy of the Voyage of La Favorite, Rh. luctus is described from ava, + Misprinted torguatus in Mr. Gray’s “ Revision.” 2K2 468 Mr, E. Blyth’s Notices of various Mammalia. 4. Rh. macrotis, Hodgson, MS.—This and the two succeed- ing species are of small size, and one of them may perhaps be the doubtfully cited Rh. pusillus of Mr. Waterhouse. In that now under consideration, the anterior nose-leaf approaches in form to that of Rh. tragatus, but is proportionally larger and wider, nearly twice as long as broad, and rounded without ex- panding at the summit, which is scarcely so high as the pointed tip of the posterior vertical membrane that connects the nose- leaf with the face ; behind or above this again are three succes- sive lappets of membrane, the first of them incomplete, and the last or hindmost peak is obtusely poimted: the nasal orifices are oblong, or rather kidney-shaped, with no lappet of mem- brane bordering their outer side, but the usual horse-shoe-shaped development overhangs the upper lip. Mr. Hodgson deseribes the species as follows :— General structure typical ? No pubic teats. Distinguished by the large size of the ears, which are longer than the head, broad, oval, with pomted recurved tips, and large obtusely-rounded second ears [anti-helix]. Colour sooty brown, much paler and dusky hoary below*. Snout to base of tail an inch and three-quarters; head three-quarters of an inch: ears from anteal base fifteen-sixteenths of an inch; interval of ears a quarter of an inch; tail three-quarters of an inch, completely enveloped in the square membrane: arm an inch ; fore-arm an inch and a half; longest or second finger two inches and five-sixteenths: femur eleven-sixteenths; tibia the same; expanse nine and three-quarters ; weight one-third of an ounce. Habitat Nepal.” The following are the dimensions of one of the specimens presented to the Society by Mr. Hodgson: from muzzle to base of tail an mch and five-eighths, the tail exceeding five-eighths; ears anteally five-eighths ; fore-arm an inch and five-eighths; longest finger two inches and a quarter ; tibia exceeding five-eighths of an inch ; and foot with claws three- eighths. 5. Rh. subbadius, Hodgson, MS. ; mentioned as Vespertilio sub- badius, H.,in Journ. As. Soc. x. 908.—In this species, the anterior nose-leaf is very small, oblong, and rounded above, but the ver- tical membrane behind it is conspicuously developed, and pointed posteriorly ; behind this again is a short and broad transverse membrane, divided into two lateral lobes, and as usual some long straight hairs grow from this part; and lastly, there is the hindmost angular peak, the sides of which are slightly emar- ginated towards the point: the nostrils are not externally fringed with membrane ; and over the lip is the usual horse-shoe. Mr. * This description does not apply, however, to the specimens with which Mr. Hodgson has favoured the Society, and which are of a light, earthy olive-brown (one of them verging on isabelline), and paler below. Mr. E. Blyth’s Notices of various Mammalia. 469 Hodgson thus describes the species :—“ No pubic teats. Ears no longer than head, tdtinbiited at tip, [or rather, they are some- what obtusely pointed,] ovoid. Nasal appendage quadrate, not salient, with a transverse bar nearly surmounting it towards the head. Colour a medial clear brown, paler below, and especially on the head and face. Snout to vent an inch and a half; tail an inch and a quarter; head five-eighths of an inch; ears the same; expanse seven and a half: fore-arm an inch and a quarter ; longest finger two and a quarter ; the foot and nails three-eighths of an inch. Habitat Nepal.” The admeaswrements of a speci- men presented by Mr. Hodgson are—muzzle to vent an inch and a quarter ; tail five-eighths of an inch; head the same; ears an- teally half an inch ; fore-arm an inch and three-eighths ; longest finger one and seven-eighths ; tibia nearly five-eighths of an inch ; foot and nails five-sixteenths of an inch. Inhabits Nepal. 6. Rh. lepidus, nobis—A good deal allied to the last, but distinguished by its much paler colour, longer fore-arm, and especially by the uppermost and hindmost peak of the facial membranes being much less evenly angular, having its sides so considerably emarginated towards the tip, that the latter appears as a narrow terminal prolongation, one-sixteenth of an inch in length; the vertical membrane posterior to and adjoining the anterior nose-leaf is also still more developed and obtusely angu- lated behind; and there is a slight fold of membrane exterior to the nostrils. Ears large, and of the usual form, measuring nearly five-eighths of an inch from anteal base to tip, and having a well- developed anti-helix. General hue pale isabella-brown, the fur of the upper parts tinged with dull maroon towards ‘the tips, im- parting a shade of that colour; under-parts still lighter, and the fur shorter: membranes apparently dark. Length an inch and three-quarters ; of tail half an inch more; and extent about nine mehes: fore-arm an inch and five-eighths; longest finger two and a quarter; and tibia above five-eighths of an inch. The specimen (in spirits), and an injured skin of apparently the same species, were both probably obtained in the vicinity of Calcutta. Hipposideros, Gray.—This seems a perfectly distmet group, characterized by a totally different form of facial crest from that observable in the preceding series. The general form of this is quadrate, surmounted by a short and broad transverse membrane recurved along the edge, and over this in the males (I suspect always) is a round sinus or cavity with a transverse semicireular openmg. “ This cavity,” remarks Mr. Elhot, “the animal can turn out at pleasure, like the finger of a glove; it is lied with a pencil of stiff hairs, and secretes a yellow substance like wax. When alarmed, the animal opens this cavity and blows it out, during which it is protruded and withdrawn at each breathing. 470 Mr. B. Blyth’s Notices of various Mammalia. Temminck notices it under the name of a siphon, or purse, in Rh. insignis and Rh. speoris” (apud Geoffroy)*. The entire facial crest has been well compared by Mr. Hodgson to “a coat. of arms with double field”; the superior and inferior fields separated by a trilobate fleshy ridge, below which are situate the nostrils in a deep cavity, surrounded by the membrane which forms the lower field, both within and exterior to which are, in some species, additional laminee of membrane. The ears in this group are, in general, less apiculated, and sometimes rounded, and the conch is not continued round to form an ‘anti-helix. Some have a more complex membrane surrounding the nos- trils, and three small lateral fringes of membrane exterior to the nose-leaf. | 1. H. armiger (Hodgson), Journ. A. 8. iv.699.—Very closely allied to, if not identical with, H. nobilis (Horsfield). I cannot however perceive that “ the hairs of the axilla, hypochondria, and scapular marks are nearly white,” as stated of the Javanese species. Colour uniform light brown, with dark maroon tips to the fur of the upper parts. Length of fore-arm (of a large specimen) three inches and five-eighths, and of tibia an inch and a half. Inhabits the central region of Nepal. re 2. H. larvatus (? Horsfield)—A species which I have little hesitation in identifying with this, has the fur of a brighter fer- ruginous than is represented in Dr. Horsfield’s two figures, and the under-parts more particularly are much deeper-coloured than would appear from the second figure of the plate adverted to. The fur of the upper-parts is vivid fulvous, more or less tinged with maroon upon the back, and weaker towards the base of the haus; that of the under-parts being somewhat less interise : membranes dusky, but it would seem tinged with the prevalent hue of the fur. Length about four inches, of which the tail measures one and a quarter; fore-arm two inches and a half; longest finger three and a quarter; tibia an inch and one-six+ teenth ; foot with claws five-cighths of an inch: ears angulated, measuring anteally seven-eighths of an inch to tip, and three- quarters of an inch broad; length of head an inch. Both m this species and the last there is a minute false molar anterior to the carnassier in the upper jaw, which appears to be wanting im those which follow. Inhabits Arracan, whence forwarded to the So- ciety’s museum by Capt. Phayre, to whom we are likewise im- debted for the next species. | 3. H. vulgaris (? Horsfield) ; a species mentioned by Mr. * It is probable that the development of this sinus, and also of the throat- sac of the Z'aphozoi, depends much on season, like the infra-orbital cavities of various Ruminants and analogous, glandulous follicles in many other animals. — ee eee Mr. E. Blyth’s Notices of various Mammalia. 471 Gray as inhabiting India. I[t differs from the last in being rather smaller, and of a brown colour above, much paler at the base of the hairs and at their extreme tips, and lighter-coloured below: the ears more apiculated, or rather they appear so from being strongly emarginated externally towards the tip; the tail and interfemoral membrane would likewise seem to be shorter, but the latter has been withdrawn from the skin in the dry spe- cimen before me, which, as before mentioned, was received from Arracan. Length of fore-arm two inches and a quarter, and of tibia an inch; ears anteally three-quarters of an inch, and nearly as much broad. 4. H. speoris: Vesp. speoris, Schneider, but evidently not of M. Desmarest, which is Rh. marsupialis of M. Geoffroy’s lec- tures, founded on the Rhinolophe cruménifere of Lesson and Le- sueur: Ah. dukhunensis, Sykes, P. Z. 8. 1831, p. 99: H. api- ceulatus, Gray, the male, and H. penicillatus, Gray, the female, Mag. Zool. and Bot. No. 12. For description, vide Elliot in Madras Journal, No. 24. p.98. Colour nearly as in H. armiger (v. nobilis ?): length of fore-arm two inches, and of tibia an inch. Inhabits Southern India. This species is approximated to H. insignis (Horsf.) in Mr. Gray’s paper, and it may be the doubtfully cited H. insignis from Ceylon of Mr. Waterhouse’s ‘ Catalogue of the Mammalia in the Zoological Society’s Museum.’ Others have the facial crests altogether less complicated, and no fringes of membrane exterior to the nose-leaf. 5. H. fulvus, Gray, Mag. Zool. and Bot. No. 12; Rh. ful- gens, Klliot, Madras Journal, No. 24. p. 99.—This is perhaps the most vividly coloured of the whole class of Mammalia; at least I know of no species which can at all compete with it for brilliancy of hue. ‘The colour of the fur is here alluded to, for that of the naked skin of the mandrill and of certain Cerco- pitheci can searcely be surpassed. The general tint of the fur is splendidly bright ferruginous, that of the upper parts being slightly tipped with a darker shade ; membranes dusky. Length, according to Mr. Elliot, an inch and nime-tenths; of tail nine- tenths of an inch; expanse ten inches and a half; weight 4 dr. 20 gr.: fore-arm an inch and five-eighths ; longest finger one and a half; tibia three-quarters of an inch; foot (minus claws) a quarter of an inch; ears anteally eleven-sixteenths of an inch, and the same across; their form scarcely apiculated. Inhabits Southern India, where very rare. 6. H. murinus, Gray, ibid. ; Rh. murinus, Elliot, ibid—This I have not yet seen, but shortly expect some specimens from Mr. Jerdon, who informs me that it is common at Nellore. It closely resembles the last in all but colour, but has the crest-membranes AT 2 Mr. E. Blyth’s Notices of various Mammata. still. less developed. Colow: dusky brown, paler beneath. | In- habits Southern India. Taphozous.—Three new species of this genus have been de- scribed by me m Jown. A. 8. x. 971 ef seg.; and in x. 784, 1 verified and gave a more detailed notice of the 7. dongimanus, Hardw., Linn, Trans. xiv. 525, and distinguished the species which | had previously referred with doubt to 7. /ongimanus, by the appellation 7, Cantori. .'This last-mentioned. bat I have not again obtained in the neighbourhood of Calcutta, but have re- ceived a specimen from Mr. Jerdon, procured in the vicinity of Nellore (on the Coromandel coast), where it would appear to be not: uncommon. This species is easily recognised by its flatly out-lying ears, recurved tail, little-developed gular sac, and by the whiteness of the base of its fur, which shows conspicuously. Another species from Southern India is my. 7. brevicaudus, which is at once distinguished from all the other known species by the shortness of its tail and imterfemoral membrane. The specimen was from Travancore. | Since my description of 7. dongimanus was published, I have had several fresh specimens, and very recently obtained. thirteen alive (of which two only were males) from the interval between a pillar and the wall against which it was placed. Five others escaped. . These bats clung with perfect facility to the smooth mahogany back of a cage into which they were put, hitching their claws in the minute pores of the wood, and creepmg tipon it ina manner that was surprising. The females were each about to give birth to a single offspring (early in August). Their size was remarkably uniform, both sexes measuring four inches and a quarter from snout to tail-tip, by sixteen and a quarter im alar expanse; the tail protruding half an inch; nostril not closed, but having a valvular kidney-shaped orifice, and tremulous, as observable im various other bats (for instance, the Cynopterus marginatus). The variation m colour was not great, nor: hadat any relation to sex; but one or two were more hoary-tipped,im- parting an ashy, appearance, and one only was marked ular lowish or fulvescent. I have also procured in this vicinity specimens of my T. fule vidus, and supply the following description of a recent male that was shot carly one morning, in bright daylight, creepmg upon the stem of a palm. Length, to end.of tail, four imches, the membrane extendimg three-quarters of an inch further ; tal seven-eighths of an inch, and (as usual) wholly retractile within the membrane ; alar expanse fifteen inches; length of fore-arm two and three-eighths; tarse an ich; foot and claws half an meh. General colour slightly grizzled chestnut-brown, puxer,on head, and neck; the abdominal region covered with shorter hair, Mv. E. Blyth’s Notices of various Mammalia. 473 weakly infuseated, and less tinged with chestnut ; axillary part of the membrane, from between the elbow to the flank mclusive, covered with longer and whitish hairs. Face, ears and mem- brane washed with dusky; the portion of membrane between the hind-leg and proximate finger narrowly edged with whitish. One specimen purchased of a bazar shikarree is so much darker, that before I had obtained a good series of 7. /ongimanus, I had some doubt whether it ought not to be referred to that species ; and such an example may have been the original /ongimanus of Hardwicke, described as of a snuff-brown colour: but this name had better now remain as I have appropriated it. In general, the present species is of a tolerably bright chestnut hue. Like the preceding one (to which it is closely allied), the male has a very large throat-sac, the ears bend upwards, and the tail is straight and rigid, not recurved asim 7. Cantori, and also as in the following species. The specimens which I formerly described had been long soaked im spirit, which seems to have discharged the colour from the face and membranes ; and one of them which 1 have had taken out and stuffed, has the under-parts more uni- formly coloured, the longer hair upon the membrane towards the axilla, and that of the abdomen, scarcely differing m hue from that of the breast ;; whereas in the recently procured examples here deseribed, the difference of colour in these parts is very conspicuous. L. erassus, nobis.~This is a well-marked species, having the recurved tail of 7. Cantori, and ears bending upwards as in /on- gimanus and fulvidus. It is particularly distinguished by its blackish colour, and the broad dull white margin of the mem- brane between the tibia and proximate finger; this margin in- ereasing much m depth as it recedes from the finger-tip, and merging gradually imto'the black of the rest of the membrane, becoming ‘at first mottled with the latter. Length to end of tail four inches, the membrane reaching five-eighths of an inch be- yond; tail three-quarters of an inch, the terminal five-sixteenths protrusile and recurved; expanse fifteen inches and a half; fore- arm two and five-eighths; first phalanx of longest finger two and a half; tibia an inch; foot large, measwrmg with claws eleven-sixteenths of an inch; the sac little developed. Ears five- eighths of an inch apart at base anteriorly. Fur of the upper- parts black, or dark blackish brown, a little hoary at the tips, and light brown at the extreme base; under-parts inclining to ashy black, and more grizzled ; membranes dusky, with the ex- ception of the whitish margim described. On the particular specmen before me are some pure white dashes on one side of the back, being traces of partial albinism. The nostrils appear to be:quite closed by a valve, which would open at the will of the 474, Mr. E. Blyth’s Notices of various Mammalia. animal. ‘Taken at Mirzapore, and presented to the Society by Major R. Wroughton, to whom it is also indebted for examples of the Rhinopoma, and for numerous other interesting speci- mens. T. pulcher, Elhot.—A species from Southern India, recently discovered by Mr. Elhot, who informs me that it is “ black- brown above with white pencillings, and pure white below.” That naturalist will give a more detailed description of it in the ‘ Madras Journal.’ Rhinopoma.—From descriptions with which I have been fa- voured, | had long felt satisfied that a bat of this genus inhabited the renowned fa at Agra, where great numbers of them would seem to exist; and there can be little doubt that the species is that marked Rh, Hardwickit, Gray, from India, in Mr. Water- house’s catalogue of the stuffed specimens of mammalia in the Zoological Society’s museum, and also that likewise referred to Hardwickii i Mr. Elliot’s catalogue of the mammalia of the Southern Mahratta country, as being found in old ruins to the eastward of that province. But a specimen in the Society’s col- lection received from England, and said to be African, differs in no respect that I can perceive, and comparing both with the figure of Rh. microphylla in the national French work on Egypt, the only difference arises from what I presume is an maccuracy in that figure, viz. that the caudal vertebre are not represented to be sufficiently elongated. Even on comparison of the skulls together, and with that figured by M. Geoffroy, | have been unable to detect any diversity worthy of notice. The following description is drawn up from specimens received from Agra and Mirzapore. Entire length (of a full-grown male) to end of the long slender tail, five mches and a half, the latter passing the membrane by two inches and a quarter ; expanse twelve inches and a half; (length of a female five inches, by eleven ches in expanse ;) fore-arm two inches and a quarter; longest finger two and three-quarters; tibia an inch and a quarter; foot with claws five-eighths of an inch; ears from base anteally seven-eighths of an inch, posteally half an mech, and width of the jomed pair, from tip to tip, an inch and seven-sixteenths. Fur very fine and delicate ; its general colour a soft dull brown, paler at base, where inclining towards albescent ; the face, rump, and abdominal region naked, the skin of the rump corrugated, and together with the face and membranes dusky, having a tinge of plumbeous; the skin of the arms underneath, and of the belly and nates in- feriorly, is transparent, the latter covermg an enormous accumu- lation of fat, which above reaches over the loins and along the spine. Nostrils closed and valvular, forming obliquely transverse slits in the truncated muzzle; the claws conspicuously white. Zoological Society. 475 ' Dysopes.—I know of but one Indian species of this genus» which is the Vespertilio plicatus of Buchanan Hamilton, Linn- Trans. v. 261; the Nyctinomus bengalensis of M. Geoffroy ; and I am inclined to regard the D. murinus of Hardwicke’s pub- lished drawings as no other, indifferently represented. I was favoured with a live specimen of this animal by Mr. Ridsdale, of Bishop’s College Press, and lately obtained another which flew in ata window : Mr. Masters also has presented the Society with a stuffed one: all of these being much of a “ snuff-brown” colour, the fur of the under-parts tipped paler: but there is an old spe- cimen of what may perhaps be another species in the museum, the fur of which is remarkably close and velvety, and very dark fuliginous brown above, with a shade of maroon, the under- parts similar, but paler and somewhat reddish. So far as I can judge from the state of the specimen, it presents however no structural characters at variance with those of the other that can warrant its being distinguished as a species; but I yet suspeet that it is a different species from the plicatus*. The affinity of this genus for Taphozoug is very apparent in the living or recent Specimens, the present group having even the same peculiar mode of folding the wings, which is not the case even with Rii- nopoma, wherein there is merely a tendency or inclination to that particular mode of duplicature of the wings. PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES. [, ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY. Dec. 10, 1844.—William Yarrell, Esq., Vice-President, in the Chair. ' Descriptions of new species of Mitra and Cardium, by Lovell Reeve, Esq. :— Carpium, Carpium 1ncaRNAtTuUM. Card. testd gibboso-globosd, longitudina- liter costatd, costis quatuor et viginti, rotundis, complanatis, mar- gines versus medio obsolete brevispinosis, interstitiis angustis, sub- profundis, transversim striatis ; pallide incarnatd, radiis roseis transversis hic illic ornatd. Conch. Icon., Cardium, pl. 1. f. 2. Hab. Bay of Manila (found in sandy mud at the depth of six fa- thoms) ; Cuming. A warm flesh-tinted shell, of which Mr. Cuming collected a few odd valves in the above-mentioned locality, and has lately received several perfect pairs. _ Carprum minpanense. Card. testd suboblique cordiformi, longi- tudinaliter costatd, costis novem et viginti, squamiferis, squamis * It is probably the Malayan D. tenuis, v. Nyctinomus tenuis, Horsfield. 476 Zoological Society. numerosis, confertis, postice fornicatis, costarum interstitiis sub- profundis ; albidd, fusco hic illic nebulosd; intus postice vivide purpurascente. Conch. Icon.,Cardium, pl. 4. f. 19. Hab. Cagayan, island of Mindanao, Philippines (found eral sand at low water) ; Cuming. The vaulted structure of the scales in this species is about inter- mediate in its character between that of the scales of the Cardia con- sors and isocardia. CARDIUM AUSTRALIENSE. Card. testd transverse ovatd, Donaci- formi, medio subcontractd, postice flecuoso-angulatd, subrostratd, anticé compresso-atienuatd ; dimidio postico radiatim sulcato, an- tico levigato, nitente ; albidd, ared posticd strigis brevibus fuscis utringque ornata. Conch. Icon., Cardium, pl. 5. f. 24. Hab. Port Lincoln, South Australia; Harvey. This shell may be chiefly distinguished from the Cardiwm Donaci- forme, to which it is in many respects allied, by the contracted flex- uous prolongation of the posterior portion, and by the peculiarity of one half of the shell being conspicuously grooved, whilst the other half is smooth and shining. CarpDIuM ovipuTAMEN, Card. testa oblique ovata, tenui, ventricosd, radiatim tenuissimé striata ; nived, opacd, strigis lineisve rosaceo- fuscescentibus exilibus undatis concentrice nebulosd, epidermide pallida margines versus indutd ; marginibus intus subtiliter erenu- latis. Conch. Icon., Cardium, pl. 7. f. 36. Hab. r ‘ The general appearance of this and the following species is very like that of the Cardium serratum ; both however are of a less oblique form, and the Cardium oviputamen under consideration is more ven- tricose. The concentrically waved pinkish brown marks above noticed, though faintly indicated, are nevertheless characteristic, as distin= guished from those of a different pattern, in the following species. CarpiuM VITELLINUM. Card. testd oblique ovatd, tenuiculd, radi- atim striatd ; lutescente-albd, maculis parvis numerosis rosaceo- fuscescentibus umbones versus copiose lentiginosd, epidermide luted indutd ; marginibus intus crenulatis. Conch. Icon., Cardium, pl. 7. f. 37. Hab. ? This shell is of a less ventricose ovate structure than the preceding, and farther distinguished by its different tinge and style of colouring. Carpium uystrix. Card. testd subquadrato-cordatd, postice con- cavo-angulatd, radiatim costatd, costis ad duas et triginta, an- gustis, compressis, posticis squamulis brevibus, ceteris spinis squameformibus erectis, umbones versus subinflewis, elegantissime ornatis; costarum interstitiis striis elevatis transversim subtiliter Zoological Society. 477 cancellatis ; albidd, costarum interstitiis pallide rosaceis, lined vivide coccined utrinque pictis ; intus purpureo-rufescente. Conch. Icon., Cardium, pl. 8. f. 40. Var. 3. Testd extus omnind nived. _ Hab. Island of Corrigidor, Philippines (found in coarse sand at the depth of about seven fathoms) ; Cuming. The exquisite delicacy and beauty of this shell is remarkable ; each rib is surmounted with a close-set row of slender scale-like spines, and the interstices are minutely cancellated; they are moreover tinged with pink, and down each side of the ribs is a bright scarlet line. ' There is another very beautiful small specimen of the Cardium hystrix in the collection of Miss Saul; and Mr. Cuming is also in possession of two of the swhite variety. CarDIuM RUBICUNDUM. Card. testd oblongo-ovatd, vir obliqud, radiatim costatd, costis acute convexis, septem et triginta, quarum anticd squamoso-crenatd, mediand utringue obtuso-squamatd, posticd tuberculatd ; rubicundd, umbones versus albicante rubido-fusco ma- culatd ; marginibus intus vivide rubris. Conch. Icon., Cardium, pl. 9. f. 44. Hab. Zanzibar, east coast of Africa. An extremely pretty species, remarkable for its vivid colouring and for the elaborate character of its sculpture. Carpium assimiLe. Card. tesid oblongo-ovatd, oblique radiatim costatd, costis guingue et triginta, basi latis, approximatis, summi- tatem versus attenuatis, anticis crenatis, postremis tuberculatis, medianis levibus, lateraliter subtilissimé impresso-serratis ; pallide purpureo-rufescente, umbones versus albicante, maculis sparsis variegatd. Conch. Icon., Cardium, pl. 9. f. 45. Hab. Zanzibar, east coast of Africa. This species approximates very closely to the Cardium subelonga- tum, yet there are differences which cannot be overlooked; it has a greater number of ribs and the ribs are of another structure. Mirra. Mirra Norrisut. Mitr. testa elongato-ovatd, crassd, solidd, spird subobtuso-acuminatd ; striis transversis et longitudinalibus, elevatis, confertis, undique subtilissime reticulatd aut clathratd, transversis prominentioribus ; eburned, epidermide corned, tenui, nigerrimd ; columelld sexplicatd. Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 1. f. 6. Hab. I have much pleasure in dedicating this fine species, so entirely distinct from any hitherto described, to Thomas Norris, Esq., a worthy and esteemed patron of the natural sciences, whose magnifi- cent collection of Mitres has so greatly contributed to the complete- ness of my monograph in the work above referred to. It. is impos- sible to convey an adequate idea of the finely reticulated sculpture 478 Zoological Society. of this unique shell by a lithographed figure, it being so fine that the interstices of the net-work resemble minute punctures, Mirra Dennisoni. Mitr. testd fusiformi, spird attenuato-acumi- natd, anfractibus subconcentrice costatis, transversim sulcatis, sulcis angustis, costas super plus minusve obsoletis ; rubido-auran- tid, zond unicd albidd cingulatd, cerulescente-olivaceo inter costas peculiariter tinctd ; columella quadriplicatd. Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 3. f. 14. Hab. Puteao, province of Albay, island of Luzon, Philippines cin on mud-bafks at low water); Cuming. I dedicate this fine species with much pleasure, at the particular request of Mr. Cuming, to J. Dennison, Esq., a gentleman who has acquired considerable fame in the conchological world on account of the very choice and select character of his collection of shells. Mirra Fioccata. Mitr. testd elongato-ovatd, crassiusculd, levigatd, punctorum seriebus undique cinctd ; lutescente-spadiced, albo longi- tudinaliter floccatd; columella quadriplicatd, labro prope basin crenato. Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 3. f. 16. Hab. The specimen here figured, from the collection of Mr. Cuming, is the only one of the species I am acquainted with. Mirra souipa. Mitr. testd ovato-elongatd, crassd, solidd, spird subturritd ; anfractibus numerosis, convexis, levigatis, transversim sulcatis, sulcis angustis, striis subtilissimis prope suturas decus- satis ; spadiceo-fulvd, albo sparsim et irregulariter floccatd ; colu- melld quinqueplicatd. Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 3. f. 18. Hab. -——? This interesting species may be recognized by its many convex, deep-sutured whorls; and the whorls, being longitudinally striated near the sutures, exhibit a slight cancellated appearance. Mirra imnquinata. Mitr. testd fusiformi- oblongd, subangustd, spird acuminatd, transversim impresso- -striatd, striis puncturatis ; eburned, rubido-fusco longitudinaliter inquinatd ; columella quadri- plicata. Conch. logue Mitra, pl. 5. f. 29. Hab. Though a a of very simple character, it is quite distinct from any hitherto described. Mirra craciuis. Mitr. testd elongatd, spird valde productd, suturis subpr ofundis ; anfractibus transversim subtilissim2 costatis, costis angustis irregularibus, interstitiis liris obtusis minutissimis pul- cherrimé decussatis ; albidd, fuscescente pallide fasciatd, costis JSusco articulatis ; columelid quadriplicatd. Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 5. f. 31. Hab. Island of Ticao, Philippines (found in sandy mud at the depth of six fathoms) ; Cuming. Zoological Society. 479 A most delicately sculptured shell, with somewhat the character of the Mitra granatina about it. Mirra pecuivis. Mitr. testd elongato-turritd, basi truncatd, spird acuminatd ; anfractibus supern® angulato-declivibus, levibus, trans- versim evilissime impressis ; cinereo-carned, epidermide nigerrimd ; columella quadriplicatd, Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 6. f. 44. - Hab. ? This shell appears to be quite distinct from the Mitra glabra; there is no appearance of transverse brown lines, the whorls are angularly bent next the suture, and the spire is more sharply acuminated. Mirra coccinea. Mitr. testd elongato-fusiformi, spird acuminatd ; anfractibus longitudinaliter obtuso-costatis, interstitiis transversim elevato-striatis, anfractis ultimi costis subevanidis ; vivid? cocci- ned aut lutescente, balteo unico albo cingulatd ; columella quadri- plicatd. Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 7. f. 49. Hab. Islands of Masbate and Luzon, Philippines (found on the reefs at low water) ; Cuming. This species may be easily recognized by its peculiarity of colour- ing,—bright scarlet, encircled by a simple white belt. Mirra tumipa. Mitr. testd abbreviato-fusiformi, spird brevi, apice acuto ; anfractibus tumidis, superne plano-angulatis, longitudinali- ter rude costatis, costis ad angulum noduloso-tumidis ; albidd aut virescente, anfractibus ad angulum rufo tinctis, ultimo balteo nigro latiusculo cingulato ; columella tri- aut quadriplicatd ; aperture Sauce nigricante-fuscd. Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 8. f. 51. Hab. New Holland. A few specimens of this peculiarly swollen shell were lately brought from New Holland in H.M.S. Beagle. Mirra rupicota. Mitr. testd abbreviato-fusiformi, in medio obe- siusculd, spird attenuatd; anfractibus supern? angulatis, costis latiusculis obtusis longitudinalibus et transversis decussatis, ad de- cussationem nodosis ; carned, epidermide fuscd, corned, crassd, ad apicem erosd, indutd ; columelld triplicatd. Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 8. f. 53. Hab. St. Elena, West Columbia (dredged from a rocky bottom at the depth of fourteen fathoms) ; Cuming. A new and very distinct species, at present unique in the collec- tion of Mr. Cuming. Mirra BaLreouata. Mitr. testd fusiformi, spird acuminato-turritd ; anfractibus transversim elevato-striatis, longitudinaliter costatis, costis confertis, anfractis ultimi subevanidis ; balteolis nigris duo- bus in medio cingulatis, supra cinereo-albidd, lined unied fuscd circum-ornatd, infra aurantid, interdum cinereo-viridescente tinctd, apice fusco ; columelld quadriplicatd. Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 8. f. 54. 480 Zoological Society. Hab. Mollucca and Philippine Islands (found at the islands of Zebu and Burias, under stones at low water); Cuming. Allied to the Mitra plicata. Mirra cHatyspe1a. Mitr. testd elongato-ovatd, basin versus sul- catd ; anfractibus convewis, levigatis, juxta suturas rudé subtilis- sime crenulatis ; cinereo-cerulescente alboque longitudinaliter stri- gatd, transversim indistincté fasciatd, lineis rubido-fuscis equi- distantibus undique cingulatd ; columellé rufo-aurantid, quadripli- cata. Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 9. f. 59. Hab. ? A new and very characteristic species, at present unique in the collection of H. Cuming, Esq. Mirra Futeurira. Mitr. tesid cylindraceo-elongatd, subangustd, transversim impresso-striatd, striis puncturatis ; pallid spadiceo- fulvd, strigis angustis albis longitudinalibus ornatd ; columella quinqueplicatd, subumbilicata. Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 9. f. 61. Hab. ? An interesting new species, marked with white lightning-like lon- gitudinal streaks. Mirra Lienarta. Mitr. testa oblongo-ovatd, crassiusculd, spird acuminato-productd ; anfractibus superné depressis, longitudinaliter suboblique obtuso-costatis, transversim subtiliter liratis, liris binis ; rubide-aurantid, epidermide fuscd indutd ; columelld quadriplicatd ; aperturd breviusculd. Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 9. f. 64. Hab. St. Elena, West Columbia (dredged from rocky ground at the depth of about fourteen fathoms) ; Cuming. This shell has somewhat the character of the Mitra rupicola found in the same locality; the spire is however longer, the aperture con- sequently shorter, and the sculpture is of a different character. Mirra Lacunosa. Mitr. testd oblongo-ovatd, spird breviusculd, transversim sulcatd, sulcis confertis, regularibus, profundé punc- turatis ; longitudinaliter lacunosd, lacunis subconcentricé undatis ; albicante, aurantio-fuscescente prope apicem maculatd, anfractu ultimo fascid latiusculd aurantio-fuscescente cingulato ; columella guadriplicatd. Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 10. f. 65. Hab. ? This species is characterized, independently of its peculiar style of colouring, by numerous longitudinal waved grooves or gutters having the appearance of sea-breaks. Mirra PELLIS-SERPENTIS. Mitr. testd oblongo-ovatd, crassa, solidd, spird subacuminatd, liris plano-granulatis transversis et longitudi- nalibus subtilissime decussatd ; intus extusque lutescente ; columella quadriplicatd ; labro superne contracto, intus striato-crenulato. Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 10. f. 66. Zoological Society. 481 Hab. Islands of Mindoro and Bohol, Philippines (found under stones at low water) ; Cuming. The granular coriaceous sculpture of this shell varies considerably in different individuals. Mirra Cumineut. Mitr. testd ovatd, utrinque attenuatd, spird acuminato-turritd ; anfractibus superne angulatis, longitudinaliter costatis, costis numerosis, ad angul@® mucronatis, liris transversis angustis cancellatis, interstitiis impressis ; aurantio alboque pecu- liariter maculato-variegatd, maculis aurantiis nigro-lineatis ; colu- melld quadriplicatd. Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 10. f. 67. Hab. Matnog, province of Albay, island of Luzon (found on the reefs) ; Cuming. 5 I dedicate this species to H. Cuming, Esq., as being one of the most beautiful and characteristic of the many interesting new Mitres collected by that indefatigable naturalist during his researches amongst the Philippine Islands. Mirra rusicinosa. Mitr. testa elongato-ovatd, subfusiformi, trans- versim crebrisulcatd, sulcis puncturatis ; albd, rubiginoso-tinctd ; columella quinqueplicatd, plicis infimis subobscuris. Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 10. f. 68. Hab. Island of Ticao, Philippines (found on the reefs at low water) ; Cuming. The iron-mould spots on this shell exhibit rather a tessellated style of arrangement. Mirra intertrrata. Mitr. testd subelongatd, spird acutd, trans- versim liratd, liris numerosis, acutiusculis, lird minore intercur- rente, interstitiis striis longitudinalibus elevatis cancellatis ; albd, maculis perpaucis distantibus aurantio-fuscescentibus tinctd ; colu- melld subumbilicatd, quinqueplicatd, plicis infimis subobscuris ; basi leviter ascendente ; aperturd longiusculd, Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 10. f. 70. Hab, Island of Masbate, Philippines (found in sandy mud at the depth of four fathoms) ; Cuming. The narrow intermediate ridge forms a prominent feature in this species. Mirra zesuensis. Mitr. testd subfusiformi, nitidd, basin versus sulcatd, liris planiusculis, confertis, subtilissimé cancellatd, liris longitudinalibus fortioribus ; albidd, anfractuum parte superiori maculis grandibus perpaucis castaneo-fuscis ornutd ; columelld quinqueplicatd. Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 10. f. 73. Hab. Island of Zebu, Philippines (found on the reefs at low water) ; Cuming. The brown spots being situated around the upper part of the whorls give an irregular tessellated character to the spire. Mirra invecta. Mitr. testd ovatd, basi recurvd, spird acuminatd ; anfractibus striis impressis cinctis, ultimo tumidiusculo ; pallid flava, maculis castaneo-fuscis pictd ; columelld obsolet? sexplicatd, Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Vol. xv. Suppl. 21L 482 Zoological Society. Conch, Icon., Mitra, pl. 11. f. 75, Hab. Island of Annaa, Pacific Ocean (found on the reefs at low water); Cuming. A solid, rather ventricose shell, with a peculiar twist at the base. Mirra acuricra. Mitr. testa acuminato-turritd, anfractibus con- vexis, numerosis, longitudinaliter crebriliratis, transversim im- presso-striatis ; albidd, apice basique rosaceis, liris punctis ceruleis et fuscis profuse variegatis ; columella quadriplicatd. Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 11. f. 76. Hab. Zanzibar, east coast of Africa. The surface of this beautiful shell has the appearance of being curiously embroidered with small coloured beads. Mirra opesa. Mitr. testd abbreviato-ovatd, solidd, superne valdé obesd, spird brevissimd, sulcis spiralibus et radiantibus decussatim impressd ; anfractu ultimo basin versus suleato, supra levigato ; albd, lineis rubido-fuscis remotiusculis cingulatd, epidermide vivide viridescente omnind indutd ; columelld sexplicatd. Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 12. f. 87. Hab. ? I have no information concerning the locality of this extremely interesting species, of which there is an example in the collection of Thomas Norris, Esq. Mirra ustutata. Mitr. tesid elongatd, spird angusto-acuminatd, transversim subtilissimé striatd ; albidd, lineis capillaribus fusces- centibus remotiusculis cingulatd, maculis grandibus ustulato-fuscis nebulosa ; columelld sexplicatd. Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 13. f. 89. Hab. ? This species is at present unique in the collection of Thomas Norris, Esq. , Mirra cREBRILIRATA. Mitr. testd acuminato-turritd, longitudina- liter suboblique liratd, liris angustis, crebris, interstitiis impresso- cancellatis ; olivaced vel olivaceo-fuscd, lined unicd pallidd infra suturas plerumque cinctd ; columelld quadriplicata. Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 18. f. 92. Mitra rosea, Kiener (not of Duclos). Hab. Ceylon. Figured by M. Kiener for the Mitra rosea of Ducles, which is the Voluta ignea, Wood, Mitra subulata, Lamarck. Mirra pouira. Mitr. testd acuminato-turritd, levigatd, politd, ad basin sulcatd, prope apicem subtilissime plicato-costatd ; fuscd vel cinereo-fuscd, lined unicd pallid® flavicante cingulatd ; columelld quadriplicata. Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 13. f. 94. Hab. Islands of Zebu and Luzon, Philippines (found in mud on the shore at low water, and at the depth of six or seven fathoms); Cu- ming. At the desire of one or two gentlemen whose opinions in concho- Zoological Society. 483 logical matters cannot be lightly esteemed, I have described the Mi- tre polita and crebrilirata as new and distinct species; it must be admitted, however, that I have felt strongly inclined to regard the former as the Eastern analogue of the Mitra ebenus, smooth variety, of the Mediterranean, and the latter as the analogue of the Mitra ebenus, ribbed variety, of the same region. Mirra varianiuis. Mitr, testd oblongo-ovatd, medio subobesd, levigatd, transversim subtilissime punctato-striatd; lutescente- olivaced, lineis fuscis capillaribus remotiusculis cinetd, anfractu ultimo zond unicd cerulescente-albd medio ornato; columelld qua- driplicatd ; aperture fauce olivaceo-fusca. Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 13. f. 95. Hab. Torres Strait (found under stones at low water); Dring. The variable character of this species consists in its being some- times flaked or indistinctly streaked with bluish white. Mirra cytinpracea. Mitr. testa cylindraceo-ovatd, utringue at- tenuatd, sulcis capillaribus puncturatis, superne remotiuseulis, cin- gulatd ; lutescenie-olivaced, maculis albis irregularibus infra sutu- ras ornatd, anfractu ultimo in medio maculato-fasciato ; columella quadriplicatd ; aperture fauce fuscescente. Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 13. f. 97. Hab. The painting of this shell is not much unlike that of the Mitra variabilis. Mirra puttara. Mitr. testd fusiformi, spird acuminato-turrita ; anfractibus superne subangulatis, transversim impresso-striatis, longitudinaliter plicato-costatis, costis supern? obtuso-mucronatis ; aurantio-lutescente, lined subtilissind fuscd cingulatd, anfractu ultimo fascid latd nigricante-fuscd ornatd ; columelld quadriplicatd. Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 14. f. 102. Hab. Island of Ticao, Philippines (found on the reefs) ; Cuming. The Mitra pullata is exactly intermediate between the Mitre bal- teolata and plicata, differing sufficiently from both to constitute a distinct species. Mirra oteacea. Mitr. testd oblongo-ovatd, Bucciniformi, spird brevi ; anfractibus convevis, levigatis, epidermide corned olivaceo- Suscd nitidd indutd ; columella quadriplicatd, basi truncatd ; labro in medio leviter contracto. Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 14. f. 105. Hab. . There is a peculiarity in the form of this species which distin- guishes it from any other of the Melania-like group. Mirra osetiscus. Milr. testd acuminato-turritd, spird aculd ; an- fractibus longitudinaliter costatis, costis angustis, crebris, inter« slitiis impresso-cancellatis ; lutescente-fuscd, lined unied albd cin- gulatd ; columella quadriplicatd, basi contorto-recurvd. Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 15. f. 107. 2L2 484. Zoological Society. Hab. Bais, island of Negros, Philippines (found among coarse sand and stones at the depth of seven fathoms) ; Cuming. The whorls are numerous in this species and rather contiguous. Mirra FuNEREA. Mitr. testd abbreviaio-fusiformi, spird acutd ; anfractibus rotundis, liris transversis et longitudinalibus creber- rime decussatis, anfractu ultimo levigato, ad basin sulcato ; fusca, balteo unico angusto flavicante cingulato ; columella triplicatd, basi recurvd. Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 15. f. 108. Hab. Pasacao, South Camarinos, island of Luzon, Philippines (found in sandy mud at the depth of six fathoms) ; Cuming. The whorls of the spire have a peculiar rounded decussated ap- pearance, with the yellow belt just falling in the sutural depression. Mirra varieGata. Mitr. testd suboblongo-ovatd, transversim regu- lariter sulcatd, anfractuum limbo superiori subobsolete crenulato ; albidd, olivaceo-spadiceo nebulatd et variegatd ; columella quinque- plicatd. Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 15. f.111. Hab, Islands of Ticao and Mindanao, Philippines (found on the reefs at low water) ; Cuming. The whorls of this shell are very slightly angulated, and the clouded variegated painting only appears below the angle. Mirra c#ruLea. Mitr. testd subfusiformi-oblongd, transversim regulariter sulcatd, sulcis angustis, puncturatis; ca@rulescente- albicante, anfractu ultimo, fascia latissimd ceruled, marginibus albimaculatis, cincto ; basi et aperture fauce aurantio-fuscescenti- bus ; columella quinqueplicatd, umbilicatd. Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 15. f. 113. Hab. Islands of Ticao and Capul, Philippines (found on the reefs at low water) ; Cuming. The white flake-like spots which appear on the upper edge of the blue band of the last whorl are just visible on the whorls of the spire above the sutures. Mirra FuLceTRuM. Mitr. testd subfusiformi, solidiusculd; an- fractibus superne leviier angulatis, transversim impresso-sulcatis, sulcis angustis, subtilissime puncturatis ; rubido-castaned, strigis albis prominentibus undatis longitudinaliter ornatd ; columelld qua- driplicatd. Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 15. f. 115. Hab. Island of Burias, Philippines (found under stones at low water) ; Cuming. The white longitudinal waved streaks are very strikingly depicted. Mirra pretiosa. Mitr. testd fusiformi, spird acuminato-turritd, transversim subtiliter costatd, longitudinaliter confertim impresso- suleatd ; suturis subprofundis; albidd, rubido-fusco balteatd et punctatd. Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 15. £.116. Hab. ? Zoological Society. 485 In painting this shell reminds one of the Mitra crenifera; the sculpture is however of a quite different pattern. Mirra Grunent. Mitr. testd abbreviato-fusiformi, subharpeformi, spird brevi, turritd, acutd ; longitudinaliter acute costatd, costis superne mucronato-tuberculatis, anfractuum parte superiori plano- angulatd ; olivaceo-viridescente, lineis tribus rubido-fuscis subdi- stantibus inter costas seriatim picid ; columelld quinqueplicatd. Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 16. f. 119. Hab, Island of Masbate, Philippines (found on the reefs at low water) ; Cuming. It is somewhat a matter of surprise that this very characteristic species, which is not uncommon, has never been described. I dedi- cate it with much pleasure to E. L. G. Gruner, Esq., of Bremen. Mirra cauiernosa. Mitr. testd ovato-fusiformi, solidiusculd, spird breviusculd ; anfractibus convexis, levigatis, transversim impresso- striatis ; albd, epidermide corned nigricante undique indutd ; colu- melld quinqueplicata., Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 16. f. 121. Hab. ? I have no locality for this species, which is a rather solid white shell, closely enveloped by a dark blackish epidermis. Mirra runicuLata. Mitr. testd abbreviato-fusiformi, spird brevi- usculd ; anfractibus superne subangulatis, liris angustis elevatis subdistantibus undique funiculatis, interstitiis striis subtilissime cancellatis ; roseo-albicante, epidermide fuscescente indutd, liris Suscescente-punctatis ; columelld quadriplicatd, plicis infimis sub- obscuris ; aperturd longiusculd. Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 16. f. 122. Hab. Isle of Plata, West Columbia (found in coral sand at the depth of fourteen fathoms) ; Cuming. A species intermediate between the Mitre circulata and sulcata. Mirra concentrica. Mitr. testd acuminato-ovatd, subfusiformi, longitudinaliter concentrice costatd, costis superne mucronatis, in- terstitiis impresso-striatis ; albidd, ferrugineo-fusco hine et hinc maculato-tinctd, ad basinque fasciatd ; columella quinqueplicatd ; aperture fauce striatd. Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 17. f. 128. Hab. Isle of Annaa, Pacific Ocean (found on the reefs at low water) ; Cuming. This species is very closely allied to the Mitra mucronata, from which it only differs in the concentric disposition of the ribs, and in their being denuded of tubercles. Mirra sENEGALENSIS. Mitr. testd fusiformi, spird acute acumi- natd ; anfractibus levigatis, superné tumidiusculis ; livido-olivaced, flammulis perpaucis albidis longitudinaliter ornatd ; columella tri- plicatd ; aperture fauce livido-castaned. Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 17. f. 129. Hab. Senegal ; Petit. 486 Zoological Society. A very characteristic species, quite distinct from any hitherto de- scribed. Mirra impressa. Mitr. testd elongatd, sub-Terebraeformi, longi- tudinaliter subtiliter costellatd, costellis levigatis, interstitiis trans- versim peculiariter impresso-sulcatis ; fuscescente-rubidd, macula- rum serie unicd subindistinctd cingulatd, costellis albidis; colu- melld quingueplicatd, basi leviter recurvd. Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 17. f. 130. Hab. ? A truly interesting species, of which this is the only specimen I have seen. It is of a deep brick-red colour, covered with close whitish longitudinal ribs, each whorl being encircled round the middle with an indistinct row of spots of a darker red. Mirra souipuLa. Mitr. testd oblongo-ovatd, crassd, solidd, spird brevi, obtusd, prope apicem subtilissime concentricé sulcatd ; an- fractibus convevis, levigatis, transversim eciliter striatis ; olivaceo- fused, plicis albis ; columelld concavo-expansd, callositate albicante superne armatd, quadriplicatd ; labro peculiariter planulato, su- perne canaliculato, intus crenulato. Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 18. f. 133. Hab. Island of Corrigidor, bay of Manila (found under stones at low water) ; Cuming. This is a species of an interesting group of shells, of which the Mitra Ziervogeliana forms the type, distinguished by their solid structure, the prominent development of the columellar plaits, the presence of a callosity, and the peculiar flattened surface of the outer lip. Mirra tivipa. Mitr. testd subqguadrato-ovatd, spird breviusculd, aculd ; anfractibus levigatis, longitudinaliter costatis, costis tu- midis, inferne evanidis ; livido-olivaced, balteo unico angusto cin- gulatd, costis olivaceo-lutescentibus ; columelld quadriplicatd ; labro leviter sinuato; aperture fauce pallid lividd, striatd. Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 18. f. 134. Hab. ° I am much indebted to M. Deshayes for the loan of this very in- teresting species, of which I know no other specimens. Mirra cuoava. Mitr. testd ovatd, solidd, glabra, spird brevi ; ni- gricante-fuscd, plicis albis ; columella concavd, callositate armatd, guadriplicatd ; labro peculiariter planulato, superne canaliculato, intus crenulato. Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 18. f. 135. Hab. Isle of Johanna, Mozambique Channel; Hennah. The characters of the Mitra choava are very similar to those of the Mitre solidula and anthracina; each species may, however, be fully distinguished by its difference of form and other minor peculiari- ties. Mirra antrHractna. Mitr. testd acuminato-ovatd, spird acutd, glaberrimd ; anthracind ; columella subconcavd, quadriplicatd, cal- Zoological Society. 487 lositate parva, superne armatd ; labro peculiariter planulato, su- pern® leviter canaliculato, intus crenulato. Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 18. f. 137. Hab. Island of Ticao, Philippines (found on the reefs at low water) ; Cuming. Very closely allied to the Mitra solidula, but of a more elongated form, with a smooth shining surface. Mirra rosusta. Mitr. testd ovatd, crassd, spird brevi, subobtusd ; anfractibus tumidiusculis, transversim sulcatis, basin versus pre- cipue, longitudinaliter concentrice plicato-rugosis ; rubido-fuscd ; columellé concavd, quadriplicatd, callositate armatd ; labro incras- sato, planulato, supern? canaliculato, intus crenulato. Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 18. f. 140. Hab. r This species partakes of the characters of the Mitre Woldemarii and Ziervogeliana in about equal proportions. Mirra putcueLia. Mitr. testd acuminato-ovatd, spird subturritd, longitudinaliter costellatd, costellis angustis, planis, confertiusculis, basin versus subgranosis, transversim impresso-striatis ; aurantio- lutescente, fascid purpurascente inter costas ornatd ; columelld quinqueplicatd. Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 19. f. 142. Hab. Island of Barbadoes, West Indies ; Humphreys. The painting of this shell has a very pretty appearance. Mirra uistrio. Mitr. testd subovatd, spird breviusculd, longitu- dinaliter costatd, costis subobtusis, basin versus granulosis, inter- stitiis transversim striatis ; vivide coccined, suturis nigris, nigro interdum nebulosd, balteo albo angusto, balteoque nigro, cingulatd ; columella quadriplicatd. Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 19. f. 144. Hab. ——~? A gaily-coloured scarlet shell more or less banded and bedaubed with black. Mirra rusritincta. Mitr. testa oblongo-ovatd, crassiusculd, acute acuminatd, transversim undique sulcatd ; albd, maculis grandibus aurantio-rubris supra infraque seriatim nebuloso-tinctd ; columella quadriplicata ; labro crenulato. Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 19. f. 147. Hab. Island of Ticao, Philippines (found under stones at low water) ; Cuming. The surface of this shell is characteristically grooved throughout. Mirra speciosa. Mitr. testd obeso-ovatd, utringue attenuatd, trans- versim impresso-striatd, longitudinaliter costellatd, costellis pla- niusculis, basin versus granulosis ; rosaceo-albicante, costis fascia latissimd fuscd aut purpurascente-fuscd tinctis, apice rosaceo ; columelld quadriplicatd, plicd supera. valde mazximd. Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 19. f. 148. Hab. Island of Capul, Philippines (found on the reefs) ; Cuming. 488 Zoological Society. This shell, at a glance, has very much the appearance of the Mitra pulchella, but upon examination it will be observed that the dark band which encircles the one is painted on the ribs, whilst in the other it appears in the interstices. Mirra caves. Mitr. testd ovatd, glabrd, longitudinaliter costellatd, costellis obtusis ; cinereo-nigricante, costis macularum albicantium serie unica ornatis ; columelld quadriplicatd. Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 19. f. 149. Hab. ? The specimen here described, from the collection of Thomas Norris, Esq., 1s the only example of the species I have seen. Mirra TteLescorium. Mitr. testd ovato-fusiformi, levigatd, nitida, transversim punctato-striatd ; anfractibus contiguis, ultimo basin versus subcontracto, suturis conspicuis, profundis ; cerulescente- albd, anfractu ultimo inferné rufo-castaneo, spire apice nigricante ; columella quadriplicatd. Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 20. f. 80. Hab. Island of Ticao, Philippines (found on the reefs at low water); Cuming. This new and very characteristic shell exhibits the same peculiarly contracted structure as the Mitra abbatis, and the whorls have the same contiguous telescope-like appearance. Mirra i¢nosiuis. Mitr. testa subobeso-fusiformi, basi leviter re- curvd, spird acuminatd, transversim undique suleatd, sulcis con- Jertis, subsuperficiariis ; albicante, maculis grandibus ustulato- fuscis seriatim nebulosd; columelld sexplicatd, plicis infimis, subobscuris, Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 20. f. 152. Hab. Island of 'Ticao, Philippines (found on the reefs at low water) ; Cuming. In order not to confound this species with one of very similar ap- pearance, the Mitra ustulata, it is important to notice that the sur- face of the former is grooved throughout, whilst that of the latter is very finely striated and marked with rather distant brown hair lines. Mirra pecurtata. Mitr. testd abbreviato-ovatd, subventricosd, erassd, solidd, spird brevi, apicem versus acutd ; levigatd, inferne sulcatd ; nigerrimo-fuscd, punctis albidis perpaucis prope basin, linedque albd conspicud infra suturas cinctd; columella quadripli- catd ; aperturd ampld ; labro superne sinuato et contracto. Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 20. f. 154. Hab. ? A fine new species, of which I have seen several examples in an excellent state of preservation. Mirra papia. Mitr. testd acuminato-ovatd, transversim subtilissime striatd ; undique badid ; columella quadriplicatd, plicd infimd sub- obscurd ; aperturd breviusculd. Conch, Icon,, Mitra, pl. 20. f. 157. Hab. i Zoological Sociely. 489 This is rather an unsatisfactory species, though certainly not re- ferable to any hitherto described. Mrrra capaverosa. Mitr. testd ovato-turritd, spird acutd; an- Sractibus transversim impresso-striatis, supra et infra plus minusve angulatis, longitudinaliter costatis, costis ad angulos exasperato- mucronatis ; alba, balteo angusto fuscescente inter costas cingulatd ; columella quadriplicatd ; aperture fauce striata. Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 21. f. 160. Hab. Philippine and Lord Hood's Islands (found under stones at low water); Cuming. However closely this shell may approximate to the Mitra evaspe. rata, it is uniformly white, and always exhibits a strong peculiarity in the band which appears in the interstices and not upon the summit of the ribs. Mrrra carnicotor. Mitr. testd subabbreviato-fusiformi, liris parvis subobtusis, alternis majoribus, undique cingulatd, liris striis impressis longitudinaliter incisis ; extus pallide carneolo-fusces- cente, intus rosaced ; columelld quinqueplicatd, plicd infimd sub- obscura. Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 21. f. 164. Hab. p A neatly sculptured delicately tinted shell, quite distinct from any hitherto-described species. Mrrra Hinosi. Mitr. testd lanceolato-fusiformi, spird acutissime turritd ; anfractibus superne angulatis, infra angulum leviter con- tractis, transversim carinato-costatis, costd super angulum promi- nentiore, interstitiis concavis, subtilissime elevato-striatis ; lutes- cente, costis spadiceis, epidermide tenui indutd ; columella quadri- plicatd, plicis duabus inferioribus fere obsoletis ; aperture Sauce subrosaced. Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 21. f. 165. Hab. Gulf of Nicoya (found in mud at the depth of about seven- teen fathoms) ; Hinds. This beautiful species, which I have the pleasure of dedicating to a most zealous labourer in the field of conchological research, may be recognised by its graceful form and by the keel-like elevation of the ribs. Mirra tatruncutaria. Mitr. testd abbreviato-fusiformi, tenui- culd, basi truncatd ; transversim undique sulcatd, sulcis angustis, crebris, punctatis ; albidd, rubido-castaneo tessellatd et Sasciatd ; columella quadriplicatd. Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 21. f. 166. Hab. ? A slight thin shell closely grooved throughout, the grooves being minutely punctured and the intermediate ridges prettily tessellated with white and reddish brown. Mirra Desnayesit. Mitr. testd subfusiformi, spird turritd, an- Sractibus superne angulatis, ad angulum nodosis, infra levibus ; 490 Zoological Society. livido-viridescente, nodis aurantio-coccineis, strigis in medio inter- ruptis e nodis descendentibus ; columella quadriplicatd. Conch. Icon,, Mitra, pl. 22. f. 170. Hab. ? I have two examples of this extremely interesting species from the collection of M. Deshayes, and two from that of Thomas Norris, Esq. Mirra prurnosa. Mitr. testd ovato-fusiformi, spird acuminatd, lineis impressis longitudinalibus et transversis decussatim easculp- tis ; spadiceo-fuscescente, strigis niveis brevibus angustis e suturis subirregulariter descendentibus ; columelld quadriplicatd. Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 22. f.171. Hab. ? This is another peculiarly characteristic species for which I have no locality. Mirra Soranpri. Mitr. testa ovato-oblongd, crassiusculd, spird elevatd, apice subobtuso ; undique sulcatd, sulcis latiusculis, cen- fertis, peculiariter subtilissime corrugatis, liris intermediis angus- tis, carineformibus ; pallide fusco alboque fasciatd; columelld quadriplicatd. Hab. ? An ancient species described many years since in manuscript by Dr. Solander under a name that is occupied. Mirra FLAMMIGERA. Mitr. testd fusiformi, spird acute acuminatd, suturis impressis ; anfractibus superneé tumidiusculis, transversim undique liratis, liris alternis majoribus, interstitiis lineis impressis decussatis ; albidd, flammis latiusculis spadiceis longitudinalibus pictd ; columella quinqueplicatd. Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 22. f. 178. Hab. ? The sculpture of this attractive species approaches very nearly to that of the Mitra interlirata, from which it differs more materially in form. Mrrra toricata. Mitr. testd fusiformi, utrinque atienuatd, spire anfractibus plano-convexis ; fortiter noduloso-granosis, granis regularibus, seriatim creberrime digestis ; albidd, maculis perpau- cis aurantio-fuscescentibus hic illic fasciatim tinctd ; columelld quinqueplicatd. Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 22. f. 174. Hab. ? The entire surface of this species, from the collection of W. Met- calfe, Esq., is very strongly closely granulated. Mirra macutosa. Mitr. testa oblongo-ovatd, spird breviusculd, suturis impressis ; anfractibus transversim punctato-striatis, parte superiori lutescente-albd fuscescente partim tinctd, infra castaneo- fusca albipunctatd ; columella quinqueplicata ; labro intus superne sinuato. Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 22. f.175. Hab. Australia and island of Annaa, Pacific Ocean (found at the latter place on the reefs) ; Cuming. Zoological Society. 491 This species may be recognised by its peculiarity of colouring, the upper portion of the whorls being nearly white, stained just here and there with brown, the lower chestnut-brown speckled with white dots. Mrrra proscissa. Mitr. testd oblongo-ovatd, utrinque attenuatd, spire anfractibus contiguis, suturis impressis ; transversim undique liratis, liris latiusculis, obtuso-convevis, confertis, interstitiis an- gustis, subtilissimé cancellatis ; albidd, maculis aurantio-fusces- centibus bifasciatim tinctd. Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 22. f. 177. Hab. ? It may be as well to caution the reader against confounding this shell with the Mitra ferruginea, a name which I have seen erro- neously attached to it in one or two important collections. Mirra rotunpiirata. Mitr. testd oblongo-ovatd, utringue atte- nuatd, transversim undique liratd, liris rotundis, confertis, inter- stitiis angustis, striis elevatis decussatis ; aurantio-castaned ; colu- melld quadriplicatd. Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 23. f. 178. Hab. ? The ridges of this shell are peculiarly rounded, and impart a kind of crimped appearance to the lip. Mirra Rupretiu. Mitr. testd fusiformi-ovatd, basim versus leviter contractd, transversim undique liratd, liris subrotundis, interstitiis levibus ; castaneo-fuscd ; columella quadriplicatd. Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 23. f. 179. Hab. Red Sea; Riippell. An interesting species, in which the ridges are almost as rounded as in the former; they are however wider apart, and the interstices are not crossed with raised striz. Mirra ticaonica. Mitr. testd ovatd, crassd, solidd, spird brevi, suturis profundis ; anfractibus transversim undique exiliter sulcatis, jucta suturas leviusculis ; spadiceo-brunned, aperture fauce vivide purpureo-fuscd ; columella quadriplicatd. Conch. Icon,, Mitra, pl. 23. f. 181. Hab. Island of Ticao, Philippines (found on the reefs at low water) ; Cuming. A very characteristic stout solid species, with a dark purple-brown richly-enamelled mouth. Mirra pLanitirata. Mitr. testd oblongo-ovatd, spird subacumi- natd, transversim undique sulcatd, liris intermediis peculiariter planulatis ; fusca ; columella quadriplicata. Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 23. f. 184. Hab. —-~? This species may be easily distinguished from those which it so nearly resembles in general appearance by its peculiarly flattened ridges. Mirra perecrA. Mitr. testd oblongo-ovatd, spird subobtusd ; 492 Zoological Society. transversim fortiter sulcatd, sulcis pertusis ; rubidd, liris trans- versis profuse albimaculatis ; columella quinqueplicatd. Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 24. f. 186. Hab. Island of Masbate, Philippines (found under stones at low water); Cuming. This species, which appears to be figured by Kiener for the Mitra nucleola, may be connected by a series of intermediate varieties with the Mitra cucumerina. Mirra astricta. Mitr. testd oblongo-ovatd, basi truncatd ; anfrac- tibus levibus, cinereo-fuscis, fascia albidd infra suturam, lineisque fuscescentibus parallelis crebris undique cinctis ; columelld quadri- plicatd ; labro subeffuso. Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 24. f. 188. Hab. ; The entire surface of this shell is enlaced with fine brown lines. Mirra sinensis. Mitr. testd cylindraceo-oblongd, crassd, spird brevissimd, acutd ; transversim crebriliratd, liris angustis, promi- nentibus, granosis, lineisque longitudinalibus impressis exilibus decussatd ; fusca; columella decemplicatd, callositate conspicud superne armata ; inius fuscd, nitide encaustica. Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 24. f. 190 b. Mitra crenulata (pars), Kiener, Icon., f. 105 a. Hab. Coast of China. This fine species, though one of great rarity, has been probably confounded hitherto with the Mitra crenulata, an error into which I had myself fallen, until the arrival of a magnificent specimen most liberally forwarded to me for inspection by M. Gruner of Bremen, and which has been invaluable as the means of establishing a new and very important species. It differs entirely from the Mitra crenu- lata, independent of colouring and size, in the character of its seulp- ture, whilst the columella has an additional number of plaits and is armed with a remarkable callosity at the summit. Mirra exrans. Mitr. testd ovatd, subcylindraced, superné obesd, crassa, solidd, spird brevissimd, partim occultd ; longitudinaliter obtuso-costellatd, costellis fortiter granulosis ; vividé aurantio- fused, granulis albidis, intus albd ; columella octoplicatd. Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 24. f. 191. Hab. Island of Masbate, Philippines (found on the reefs at low water) ; Cuming. Characterized by its very distinctly granulated sculpture, and by its short obese form. Mirra unputosa. Mitr. testd cylindraceo-ovatd, crassd, spira brevissimd ; leviusculd, lineis eviliter impressis undique cinctd ; albd, lineis fuscis cingulatd, undulisque fuscis angustis longitudt- nalibus variegatd ; columella octoplicatd. Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 24. f. 192. Hab. Island of Ticao, Philippines (found among coral sand on the reefs at low water) ; Cuming. The lineated character of the painting is so different from that of Zoological Society. 493 the M. crenulata, that 1 cannot refrain from separating it as a distinct species. Mirra nanus. Mitr. testd abbreviato-ovatd, spird brevi, acutd, transversim undique sulcatd, sulcis basin versus profundioribus ; rubido-fuscd, balteo angusto flavicante, peculiariter albimaculato, cinctd ; columella quadriplicatd. Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 24. f.. 193. Hab. ? Distinguished by its narrow yellow belt, which has a peculiar white knotted appearance. Mirra porpuyritica. Mitr. tesid obeso-ovatd, basi subgranosd, spird acute turritd ; longitudinaliter plicato-costatd, costis angu- latis ; anfractibus supra albicantibus, infra olivaceo-cinereis, albi- zonulatis ; columella quadriplicatd ; aperturd brevi. Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 25. f. 195. Hab. Island of Ticao, Philippines (found under stones at low water) ; Cuming. A short stout species, with a sharp angularly turreted spire, en- circled with bands of a peculiarly livid olive-ash-colour. Mirra vireata. Mitr. testd oblongo-ovatd, spird brevi, apice acu- minata ; levigatd, nitidd, basin versus impresso-striatd ; niger- rimo-fuscd, virgis albis longitudinalibus flexuosis, interdum medio interruptis, ornatd, anfractu ultimo zonuld pallidd angustd non- nunguam superne cingulato ; columella quadriplicatd ; labro medio contracto, superne sinuato. Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 25. f. 197 @ and 0b. Mitra retusa, var., Gray ; Zool. Beechey’s Voyage. Hab. Island of Luzon, Philippines (found under stones and in erevices of rocks) ; Cuming. This species is exactly intermediate between the Mitre paupercula and retusa, Mirra curysauis. Mitr. testd ovatd, spird brevi, subretusd ; trans- versim undique sulcatd ; fuscd aut fuscescente, anfractu ultimo maculis interruptis medio uniseriatim cincto ; columelld quadripli- catd ; labro medio contracto. Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 25. f. 200. Hab. ? May be distinguished from the young of the Mitra cucumerina by its peculiarly contracted lip. Mirra concinna. Mitr. tesid ovatd, basi contractd, spird turritd ; anfractibus superne angulatis, longitudinaliter costatis, costis an- gulum super granoso-mucronatis, liris parvis obtusis transversim decussatis ; liris transversis vivide luteis, interstitiis nigricante- castaneis ; columella quadriplicatd. Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 26. f. 203. Hab. Island of Masbate, Philippines (found under stones at low water) ; Cuming. A bright prettily painted species, very closely approximating in form and sculpture to the Mitra crocata. 494, Zoological Society. Mirra venustuLa. Mitr, testd ovatd, spird acuminatd, anfractibus convexis, longitudinaliter granoso-costatis, vivide luteis, zonulis angustis nigerrimo-castaneis duabus tribusve cingulatis ; columella quadriplicatd. Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 26. f. 204. Hab. Island of Masbate, Philippines (found under stones at low water) ; Cuming. The whorls of this species have not the same angular structure as those of the preceding, nor are the ribs granosely pointed at the upper extremity. Mirra FLAvEScENS. Mitr. testd ovata, spird subacuminatd, an- Sractibus longitudinaliter costatis, costis superné subnodosis, liris granosis decussatis ; flavescente, zond fuscd medio albilineata cinetd ; columella quadriplicata. Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 26. f.:207. Hab. Island of Masbate, Philippines (found under stones at low water) ; Cuming. Allied to the preceding species by its style of sculpture, but differ- ing in form and pattern of colouring. Mirra variata, Mitr. testa ovata, basi contractd, spird turritd ; anfractibus supern® angulatis, longitudinaliter costatis, costis la- tiusculis, obtuso-prominentibus, interstitiis transversim impresso- striatis ; luted, ustulato-fusco varie fasciatd et lineolatd ; columelld quadriplicatd. Conch. Icon., Mitra, pi. 26. f, 209. Hab. ? This shell exhibits a beautiful variation of colour; the ribs are not crossed with granose ridges, like those of the Mitre concinna, crocata, and flavescens, but have the interstices engrayed with fine impressed strie. Mirra aFFinis. Mitr. testd ovatd, spird acuminato-turritd ; an- Sractibus longitudinaliter obtuso-costatis, costis liris planiuseulis transversis decussatis ; aurantio-rubrd, fascid luteo-albieante cin- gulatd ; columella quadriplicata. Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 26. f. 211. Hab. Island of Masbate, Philippines (found under stones at low water) ; Cuming. The specific differences of this shell are not of an unimportant character; the cross ridges are somewhat flattened, the white band is broader, and the granules are of the same uniform colour as the ground. Mirra turBEN. Mitr, testd oblongo-ovatd, basi attenuatd, spird obtuso-rotundatd, suturis subprofundis ; longitudinaliter creberrime plicato-costellatis, costellis interstitiisque transversim impresso- striatis ; aurantio-lutescente ; columella quinquepiicatd, plicis pro- minentibus ; aperturd intus striatd. Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 27. f. 213. Hab, Philippine Islands (found under stones at low water); Cu- ming. Linnean Society. 495 It is a curious fact that the whole of the specimens of this species collected by Mr. Cuming have the lower portion of the lip broken away. Mirra crrrina. Mitr. testd ovato-conicd, supern? rotundatd, solidi- usculd, spird brevi, apicem versus subtiliter sulcatd, apice elato, acuto ; levigatd, aurantio-citrind, livido-castaneo varie tinctd ; co- lumelld quinqueplicatd ; aperturd longissimd, Conch. Icon., Mitra, pl. 27. f. 215 a and b. Hab. ? A new and very remarkable Cone-like species, in the collection of Thomas Lombe Taylor, Esq., of Starston, Norfolk. LINNAZAN SOCIETY. March 18, 1845.—E. Forster, Esq., V.P., in the Chair. Read ‘‘ Remarks on the Examination of some Fossil Woods which tend to elucidate the structure of certain tissues in the recent Plant.”’ By Edwin John Quekett, Esq., F.L.S. &c. &e. The structures which Mr. Quekett proposes to elucidate are the fibres of spiral vessels and the dots of the woody fibres of Conifere. On the first head he states, that in the examination of a specimen of fossil Palm-wood, he observed that a portion of it readily broke down into minute fragments, which, on examination under the mi- croscope, were seen to be composed of cylinders more or less elon- gated and minute rounded granules. Round the cylinders was wound a perfect screw (with either a single or compound helix) undoubt- edly fashioned from the interior of the spiral vessel, and affording the most satisfactory evidence that the spiral fibre is really formed in the interior of the vessel, as most recent observers have main- tained. On the second point, the nature of the dots on the woody fibres of Conifere, Mr. Quekett’s observations derived from fossils also confirm the views now most generally entertained by microscopic observers of the recent structures. In a specimen of fossil wood from Fredericsberg in Virginia, received from Prof. Bailey, which was easily broken into minute fragments in the direction of the woody fibres, he found a beautiful example of casts of woody tissue with numerous spirals traversing the interior. At various parts were seen arranged the ordinary coniferous dots, to the outside of which (pro- jecting beyond the outline of the fibre when seen obliquely ) adhered small bodies of the same size which bore the precise representation of the coniferous disc, and were evidently casts of cavities existing in the original plant: some of these were also seen detached. These appearances, Mr. Quekett states, prove the correctness of the mo- dern belief, that the discs are formed by depressions on the outside of the walls of two contiguous fibres, giving rise to cavities of a len- ticular form. Mr. Quekett concludes his paper with some obseryations on the process of silicification in its various stages and modifications ; and 496 Linnean Society. endeavours thereby to account for the readiness with which some silicified woods break down into separate portions, exhibiting perfect casts of the organs within which the siliceous matter was deposited, while others ge cemented into a mass incapable of organic. sepa- ration. Read also ‘‘ Notes on the Variations of Structure in the British spe- cies of Hurytomide.” By Francis Walker, Esq., F.L.S. &c. In this paper Mr. Walker enumerates the variations in each seg- ment of the British Hurytomide, and comes to the conclusion that, in grouping the species of a genus of this family, the primary divi- sions may be formed from the variations of the thorax, and the secon- dary divisions from the variations of the abdomen, of the antenne, and of the nervures of the wings. He regards Hurytoma as the ty- pical genus of the family ; and believes that the three genera Jsosoma, Systole and Decatoma converge towards it by as many radii. An un- described genus, to which Mr. Walker gives the name of Porcia, is nearly allied to Decatoma, and is thereby connected with Lurytoma. Mr. Walker takes a summary view of the three genera Hurytoma, Isosoma and Decatoma, noticing under each the peculiar characters of the genus and the modifications to which they are subject. He points out the number of variations which occur in the British spe- cies in the structure of their segments, and gives arranged lists of the species, commencing with those which are most characteristic of the genus, and ending with those which are least so. Read also the conclusion of Mr. Doubleday’s ‘‘ Remarks on the genus Argynnis of the ‘ Encyclopédie Méthodique,’ especially in re- gard to its subdivision by means of characters drawn from the neu- ration of the wings.” Mr. Doubleday commences by referring to the successive attempts made by Jones, by M. Boisduval, and by M. Lefévre to apply the characters drawn from the neuration of the wings to the arrangement of Lepidoptera; and to the use of characters derived from the same source in the works of M. de Haan, Dr. Rambuhr, and Mr. West- wood. In the present paper he endeavours to test the value of the neuration of the wings in subdividing a large natural group, for which purpose he selects the genus Argynnis of the ‘ Encyclopédie Métho- dique.’ ‘ After stating generally the theory of the wing proposed by M. Lefévre, Mr. Doubleday proposes an amended theory as follows: «That the structure of the wings in insects is to have two distinct sets of air-vessels or nervures, three belonging to the anterior half of the wing, three to the posterior ; that in those species in which the Wings are in the most truly normal condition these nervures are all fully developed and all subserve to their true functions ; that in de- scending from these we first find some of the nervures less developed, but still subserving to their functions, then becoming gradually atro- phied, and at last disappearing altogether ; and that this gradation de- pends partly on the rank which the species hold in the true system of nature, and partly on their economy.” The three upper nervures exist; Linnean Society. 497 Mr. Doubleday states, in the anterior wings of a large portion of the Heterocera ; but the lowest or discoidal one is often wanting, though its nervules remain : in the Rhopalocera it is always wanting, and its nervules are united either to the subcostal or median nervures. Admitting the correctness of the above views, we have in the Rhopalocera a median nervure with constantly three nervules, above which are the two discoidal nervules, and then the subcostal nervure, generally offering five nervules, but sometimes only three. Various modifications in the number and connexion of these nervules are in- dicated in different genera. The genus Argynnis, Godart, always offers five subcostal nervules, never, as Mr. Doubleday believes, anastomosing with the costal ner- vure. Removing from it three species, Arg. Alcandra, Aceste and Lucina, and perhaps Arg. Metea, and adding to it some of the Ce- thosie, it becomes a most natural groyp. Of the subdivisions pre- viously made in it Mr. Doubleday takes a brief review, and then pro- ceeds to point out the sections into which he proposes to divide it, which are founded in a great degree on the position of the subcostal nervules. The first of these is Agraulis properly so called; the second com- prehends Argynnis Thais, Clagia and their allies; Arg. Jole forms the type of a third; the fourth is formed by the genus Phalanta of Dr. Horsfield, including some species not previously referred to it ; the fifth has for its type drg. Egesta; the sixth includes the genus Clothilda of M. Blanchard; the seventh M. Boisduval’s section Mua- jores, with the addition of Lathonia and some other species ; the eighth comprises his Minores, with the exception of one or two spe- cies ; and the remaining species compose the genus Melitea properly so called. In all these sections Mr. Doubleday describes at length the structure of the nervures and their nervules, and notices the geographical distribution of the species. The paper was accompanied by a series of figures illustrative of the neuration of the wings of various species. April 1.—E. Forster, Esq., V.P., in the Chair. Read “ Observations on two Malayan species of Semnopithecus.” By Theodore Cantor, M.D., Civil Surgeon, Prince of Wales’s Island. Communicated by T. Horsfield, M.D., V.P.L.S. The Semnopithect which form the subject of Dr. Cantor’s paper are Semn. cristatus, Horsfield, and a new species which Dr. Cantor names and characterizes as follows :— Semnopithecus halonifer, nitidé cinereo-nigrescens, crista occipitis cana, abdomine subalbido, cauda subcinered, facie auribus manibus pedibus tuberibusque ischiaticis nigris, palpebris labiisque lacteis veluti halo- nibus circumdatis: tarsis palpebrarum nigris, phalangibus digitorum primis membrana inter se junctis. Juvenis : Pallidior, crista occipitis cinerea, facie nigro-czrulescenti. Neonatus : nitidé fulvus. Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Vol. xv. Suppl. 2M 498 Linnean Society. Of this species, which inhabits the jungle in troops of from five to twenty, Dr. Cantor gives a detailed description, with an account of its habits both wild and in a state of captivity, and details of the dis- section of a young male, particularly as regards the stomach, which presented, with some modifications, the same highly developed struc- ture as the other species of the genus which have been examined. It appears to be most nearly allied to Semn. maurus, Horsf. Semn. cristatus, Horsf., is also a native of Prince of Wales’s Island and the opposite part of the Malayan Peninsula. Dr. Cantor com- pares it with the foregoing species and gives some particulars of its habits in captivity, and of the dissection of a young female. The paper was illustrated by figures of Semn. halonifer and of its stomach and cecum, and of the head of Semn. cristatus, its stomach and gall-bladder. April 15.—R. Brown, Esq., WPS in the Chair. Read the commencement of a paper, entitled ‘‘ Some Observations upon the Structure of two new species of Hectocotyle parasitic upon Tremoctopus violaceus, Delle Chiaje, and Argonauta Argo, L.; with an exposition of the hypothesis that these Hectocotyle are the males of the Cephalopoda on which they are found.” By Albert Kolliker, Professor of Physiology and Comparative Anatomy in the University of Zurich. Communicated by R. Brown, Esq., V.P.L.S. Read also a “‘ Description of the Wild Dog of the Malayan Penin- sula.”” By Theodore Cantor, M.D., Civil Surgeon, Prince of Wales’s Island. Communicated by Dr. Horsfield, V.P.L.S. Curys£us soccatus, ore vulpino, superné ferrugineo-fulvus pilis dorsi nigro apiculatis infra subfulvus, rostro naso labiis palpebris striaque ob- liquaé carpali nigris, caudz pendule vulpine besse apicali nigro, digitis (anticis 5 posticis 4) pilis longioribus occultis veluti soccatis. This species, of which Dr. Cantor gives a detailed description, ap- pears, he states, to form an intermediate link between Chryseus su- matrensis, Ham. Smith, and Chrys. javanicus of the same author. But in the former of these two species all the feet are pentadactylous ; neither of them has the feet hairy ; and the second tubercular tooth of the lower jaw is present in both, but absent in Chrys. soccatus. A pair of the last-named species were captured in Malacca and brought to Prince of Wales’s Island, where they died a few days after their arrival. Dr. Cantor states, on the authority of Wm. Lewis, Esq., Assistant Resident Councillor at Penang, that they hunt deer and antelopes in troops of from thirty to fifty or more. He gives also some particulars of their anatomy, and a figure of the species. 499 INDEX to VOL. XV. ACRAA, new species of, 386. Acteon viridis, notice respecting, 327. JEgidium, new species of, 440. Agotheles, new species of, 132, Agaricus crinitus, observations on, 424. Alder, J., on Euplocamus, Triopa and Idalia, 262. Alge Hibernice, noticed, 189. Altensteinia, new species of, 385. Amphidesma, new species of, 318, 484. Amphitée pelagica, description of, 75. Anatifa sulcata, description of, 75. Ancyloceras, new species of, 31; distri- bution of the genus, 34. Ancyra, characters of the new genus, 34. Andropadus, new species of, 127. Animal and vegetable kingdoms, on some important analogies between the, 210. Angeles marine, notices respecting some, 8 Animals, on the means by which various, walk on the vertical surfaces of highly polished bodies, 115. Anoplognathus, on a new species of, 38. Anoplotherium, in the lowest layers of the tertiary period of the Paris basin, on the occurrence of, 141. Aphzena, new species of, 37. Apion,on the synonymy of the genus, with descriptions of new species, 331, 392. Aplysia, new species of, 313. Appendicula, new species of, 386. Araneidea, on the structure, functions and ceconomy of the, 221. Area, new species of, 355. Argynnis, remarks on the genus, 496, Articulata, on the reproduction of lost parts in the, 373. Asiphonia, characters of the new genus, ‘192. Asterina gibbosa, notice respecting, 330. Austin, P., on the Ischadites Konigii, the Tentaculites and the Conularia, 406. Ayicennia, on the development of the ovulum in, 197. Babington, C. C., on the correct nomen- clature of Lastra spinosa and L. mul- tiflora of Newman, 322. Bacillariz, on the vegetable nature of the, 186. Bailey. Prof., on some infusorial deposits in America, 214, Bain, A. G., on the geology of the south- eastern extremity of Africa, 138 Balanophorez, observations on the, 193. Balfour, Prof., account of a botanical excursion to the Mull of Cantyre and island of Islay, 425. Ball, R., notice respecting the two-toed sloth, 64; on the Felis melanura, 286. Batrachospermum yagum, notice respect- ing, 244. Belemnites, observations on some, 277. Beneden, P. J. van, on the genera Eleu- theria and Synhydra, 244; on the em- bryogeny of the Tubularie, 346, Berkeley, Rey. M. J., on the preservation of objects of natural history for the microscope, 104; on Hematococcus sanguineus, 372; on Agaricus crinitus and some allied species, 424. Birds, new, 125, 129, 182, 142, 260, 326, 360, 480; on the habits of some British, 166; of Ireland, 308; on the classifica- tion of, 422, Rivalves, on the stone- and wood-bur- rowing, 113. Blackwall, J., on the means by which various animals walk on the vertical surfaces of highly polished bodies, 115 ; ornithological notes by, 166; on the structure, functions and ceconomy of the Araneidea, 221. : Blood-corpuscle, on the structure and development of the, 281. Blood-corpuscles of the two-toed sloth, on the, 122. ' Blyth, E., on some new species of Mam- matlia, 449. Bopyrus squillarum, description of, 75. Borlasia, new species of, 320. Botanical notices from Spain, 178, 417. Botanical Society of Edinburgh, proceed- ings of the, 64, 350, 425. Botanical Society of London, proceedings of the, 139. Botany, geographic memoirs on, 11, 89. Botany of the Voyage of H.M.S. Sulphur, reviewed, 188. Bowerbank, J. S., on a new species of 2M 2 500 calcareous sponge, 297; on the struc- ture of the cocoon of a leech, 301. Bradypus didactylus, on the blood-cor- puscles of the, 122. Broome, C. E., on a new species of Me- lanogaster, 41. Buccinum reticulatum, on the nidi of, 446, Canada, journal of a botanical tour through, 64, 351, 353. Cantor, Dr. T., on two species of Semno- pithecus, 497; on the wild dog of the Malayan Peninsula, 498. Capillaries, on the formation of, 372. Cardinia, observations on the genus, 343. Cardiwm, new species of, 317, 475. Cautley, Capt., on a gigantic fossil tor- _ toise, 55. Cercopis, néw species of, 35, Cercopithecus, new species of, 461. Cetoniade, new species of, 38. Cheetodus, new species of, 440. Chalk of Norfolk, on the pipes or sand- galls in the, I38. Chryszus, on.a new species of, 498. Circe, on a British species of, 112. Clarks G., notices in natural history by, 140. Coilodes, new species of, 440. Coleicyyy on the origin of the corms of, 214, Colossochelys Atlas, description of the, 55. Coniferz, on the structure of. the dots of the woody fibres of, 495. Conularia, remarks on the, 406. Cossypha, new species of, 126. Couch, R. Q., on the morphology of the different organs of zoophytes, 161. Cranichis, new species of, 385. Crustacea of Ireland, 319. Curtis, J., on the cocoon of the emperor moth, 285. Cyanocitta, observations on the genus, 260, 342. Cycadex, observations on the fossil, 442. Cyrena, new species of, 431. Cypselus, new species of, 125, Cytherea, new species of, 133. Cytinez, observations on, 191. Dawson, J. W., on the newer coal forma- tions of Nova Scotia, 212, Delessert’s, B., Musée Botanique, notice respecting, 421. Derby, the Earl of, on some points serving to elucidate the history of the Macro- podide, 435. Desmidiez, on the British, 149, 401. Desmidium, on the British species of, 405. Dickie, Dr. G., ona monstrosity of Gen- tiana campestris, 387. Dicynodon, description of the, 138. INDEX. Dienia, new species of, 385. D’Orbigny, M. A., on the laws which re- gulate the geographical distribution of littoral mollusea, 42. Doris, new species of, 312; on the deve- lopment of, 445. Doubleday, Mr., on the genus Argynnis, 496, Duchartre, M.,on the anatomy and r- ganapeny of Lathrea_. clandestina, 0. or characters of the new genus, Echinodermata; on a.new British species of; 171, 272. fete Edmondston, T., on a new. species of Pecten, 250. Ehrenberg, Prof., on Infusoria, 141, Eleutheria, observations on the genus,244. Embleton, Dr. D., on the anatomy. of Eolis, 1, 77. Entomological Society, proceedings of the, 437. Eolis, on the anatomy of, 1, 77. Epidendrum, new species of, 256. Euplocamus, observations on the genus, 262. Eurytomide, on variations of structure in the British species of, 496, Eye, on the adaptation of the, to distinct vision, 121, Falco islandicus, notice respecting the oc- currence of, 218, Falconer, Dr., on a gigantic fossil tortoise, 55 Felis melanura, description of the, 289. Fish, new, 346, Flora-and Fauna of the county of Cork, noticed, 419. Forbes, Prof. E., on the Medusa probos- cidalis, 196; on some important ana- logies between the animal and yege- table kingdoms, 210. Forbes, Prof, J. .D., on the explanation of the adaptation of the eye to distinct vision, 121. Forbesia, characters of the new genus, 380. Fraser, Mr., on anew species of Lophyrus, 360; on Leptopus Mitchellii, 480. Gasterochisma melampus, generic charac- ters of, 346, Gasteropeds, on the boring apparatus of the carnivorous, 113. Gentiana campestris, on a monstrous form of, 387. Geological Society, proceedings of the, 67,1387, 212. Geotrupide, new genera, and. species. of, 438. Geryonia, characters of the, genus, 196, Gibraltar, on the geology of, 67. INDEX. Glycera, on the British species of, 147. Geeppert, Prof., on the fossil Cycadex found in Silesia, 442. Goliathus, description of a new species of, 39. Gompsocephalus, new genus of, 39. Goodsir, H. D. S., on some animals found amongst the gulf-weed, 73; on a new species of Nymphon, 293 ; on some gigantic forms of invertebrate animals from the coast of Scotland, 377. Goodsir, John, on the electric organs of the Rays, 122. Gould, J., on a new species of Platycer- cus, 114; on new animals and birds from Australia, 129, 142. Grasses, on the import of the inferior palez of, 174. Gray, J. E., on the animal of Spirula, 257, Add, Griffiths, W., on the Rhizanthee and their allies, 190; on the ovulum of Santalum, 196; on the development of the oyulum in Avicennia, 197; no- tice of the late, 447. Grisebach, Dr. A., on the occurrence of Phytozoa in phanerogamous plants, 264, Gulf-weed, on some animals found amongst the, 73. Gulliver, George, on the blood-corpuscles of the two-toed sloth, 122. Habenaria, new species of, 386. Hematococcus sanguineus, notice respect- ing, 372. Hancock, A,, on the anatomy of Eolis, 1, 77; on the boring apparatus of the car- niyorous gasteropods and of the stone- and wood-burrowing bivalves, 113. Hanley, S., on some new species of Tel- lina, 46, 363, 435 ; on new species of Cytherea, 183; on new species of Cy- rena, Venus and Amphidesma, 431. Hapalotis, new species of, 159. Henfrey, A., on the causes of the ascent of the sap in plants, 424. gon, Sir R., on the habits of jerboas, 86. Hesperomys, new species of, 428. Hinds, R. B., memoirs on geographic botany, 11, 89; on some new species of Marginella, 50; on some new shells, °123; on a new species of Solarium, 374. Hippolyte ensiferus, description of, 74. Hipposideros, observations on the genus, 469. Hodgkinson, Mr., on the food of the Australian natives, 70 Hodgson, B. H., on the rats, mice, and shrews of Nepal, 266; characters of six new species of Nepalese birds, 326. 501 Hogg, J., on the Spongilla fluyiatilis, 284. Homoptera, descriptions of new genera and species of, 34, 119, Humboldt, M. von, on Ehrenberg’s re- searches on Infusoria, 141, Hybosorus, new species of, 439. Hydractinia, observations on the, 248. Hylobates, observations on some species of, 449. Hypsiprymnus, new species of, 130. Idalia, observations on the genus, 262. Teracidea, new species of, 139. Infusoria, observations on, 141; on the occurrence of some rare species of, 37). Infusorial deposits in America, 214. Insects, descriptions of new, 34, 38, 108, 119, 489; on the means by which they walk on the vertical surfaces of highly polished bodies, 115; on the reproduction of lost parts in, 279. Invertebrata, descriptions of new British, 377. Ireland, contributions to the fauna of, 270, 308. Ischadites Kcenigii, observations on the, 406. Jerboas, on the habits of, 286. Jerdon’s Illustrations of Indian Ornitho- logy, reviewed, 274. Johnston, G., on the British Annelides, 145. Kaup’s, J., Classification der Saiugethiere und Vogel, 422, King, W., on a British shell of the genus Circe, 112. Kiitzing’s Kieselschaligen Bacillarien oder Diatomeen, reviewed, 185. Landsborough, Rev. D., account of a dredging excursion, 251; on some rarities found on the west coast of Scot- land, 327. Laplanders, on the crania of the, 287. Laségue’s, M., Musée Botanique de M. Benjamin Delessert, noticed, 421. Lastrea spinosa and L. multiflora, on the correct nomenclature of, 322. Lathrea clandestina, anatomical re- searches on, 410, Leaves, on the decurrence of, 415. Lee, H., on the abundant occurrence of rare infusoria in the scallop, 371. Leech, on the structure of the cocoon of a, 301. Leefe’s, Rey. J. E., Salictum Britannicum exsiccatum, noticed, 275. Leiothrix, new species of, 326. Lemuride, observations on some, 461. Lentinus, new species of, 424, Leptopus, characters of the new genus, 430. 502 Lindley, Prof., on new genera and species of orchidaceous plants, 106, 256, 383. Link, M., on the origin of the corms of Colchicum, 214. Linnzan Society, proceedings of the, 190, 284, 423, 495. Lophyrus, new species of, 360. Loris, on the habits of the, 59. Lycaste, new species of, 383. Macacus, new species of, 457. M‘Calla’s, W., Algze Hibernicz, noticed, 189. M‘Coy, F., contributions to the fauna of Treland, 270. M‘Nab, J., account of a botanical tour through part of the United States and Canada, 64, 351, 353. Macropus, new species of, 129. Main, J., remarks on vegetable physio- logy, 198. Malurus, new species of, 133. Mammalia, descriptions of new, 129; on the classification of, 422; observations on some, 427; notes on various, with descriptions of new species, 449. Marginella, new species of, 50. Martius, M. von, on the growth of the stem of palms and on the decurrence of the leaves, 415. Masdeyallia, new species of, 256. -Maxillaria, new species of, 383. Medusa _proboscidalis, observations on the, 196. Megascolex, on a new species of, 60. Melanogaster, on a new British species of, 4), Meteorological observations, 71, 148, 215, 295, 375, 447. Mice of Nepal, descriptions of the, 266. Microscope, on the preservation of ob- jects of natural history for the, 104,242. Microstylis, new species of, 256. Milne- Edwards, M., on some submarine explorations by, 68. Miscellanea Zoologica, 145. Mitra, new species of, 477. Mohl, H. von, on the import of the in- ferior palez of the grasses, 174 ; on the penetration of the cuticle into the stomata, 217. Mollusca, littoral, on the Jaws which re- gulate the geographical distribution of, 2 Mollusca, new species of, 311. Mollusea nudibranchiata, anatomy of, I, tds Morris, J., on the occurrence of Pollicipes in the Oxford clay, 50; on some new species of Ancyloceras, 31. Murex saxatilis, on the growth of, 140. Mus, new species of, 266. INDEX. Muscicapa, new species of, 128. Muscle, on the structure of the ultimate fibre of the, 279. Myadora, monograph of the genus, 61. Myriapoda, on the reproduction of lost parts in, 279. pair ae ore observations on the genus, Nautilograpsus minutus, description of, 73. Nezra, new species of, 125. Nemertes, new species of, 378. Nereides, on the British, 145. Newport, G., on the reproduction of lost parts in Myriapoda and Insects, 279, 373; on the structure and development of the blood-corpuscle in Insects, 281 ; on the destruction of the orange-trees in the Azores, 294. ee on a new British species of, Octodon, new species of, 428. Odontoglossum, new species of, 256. Odostomia, new species of, 315. Oncidium, new species of, 383. Orchidacee, new genera and species of, 106, 256, 383. Oreocinela, new species of, 326. Orphnus, new species of, 441. Owen, Prof., on the Dicynodon, 188; on certain Belemnites from the Oxford clay, 277. Pachycephala, new species of, 133. Palemon natator, description of, 74. Palms, on the growth of the stem of, 415, Parus, new species of, 326. Peach, C. W., on the “ Nigger” or “Cot- ton-spinner” of the Cornish fishermen, 171; on the development of Doris, 445; on the nidi of Buccinum reticu- latum, 446. Pecten, on a new British species of, 250. Perameles, new species of, 180. Pheocordylis, characters of the’ new genus, 194, Phascogale, new species of, 131. Phytozoa, on the occurrence of, in phane- rogamous plants, 264. Plants, on the geographical distribution of, 11, 89; on some rare British, 1389; on the stigma of, 193; on the move- ment of the sap in, 198, 424; on the occurrence of Phytozoa in, 2643 ° on the nutrition of, 8350; on the structure of certain tissues in, 495. Platner, E. A., on the formation of capil- laries, 372. Platycercus, on a new species of, 114. Pleurothallis, new species of, 384. Pleurotoma, new species of, 316. Podiceps, new species of, 142. INDEX. Peeciloptera, new species of, 36. Pollicipes, on the occurrence of, in the Oxford clay, 30. Polypes, observations on some, 69. Ponthieva, new species of, 385. Portlock, Capt., on the ova of the large spotted dog-fish, 261, 345; on the genus Cardinia, 343, Prescottia, new species of, 386. Priapulus, new British species of, 272. Prichard, Dr., on the crania of the Lap- landers and Finlanders, 287. Prinia, new species of, 126. Prionid, new genus of, 108, Quatrefages, M. de, on the anatomy of some Mollusea nudibranchiata, 2. Quekett, E. J., on the examination of some fossil woods, 495. Rafilesiacex, on a new genus of, 191. Ralfs, J., on the British Desmidiex, 149, 401. Ranella, new species of, 360. Rats of Nepal, descriptions of the, 266. Rays, on the existence of an electric ap- paratus in, 121, 122. Reckitt, W., on the preservation of ob- jects of natural history for the micro- scope, 242. Reeve, L.,on the genus Myadora, 61 ; on new species of Tritons, 199; on new species of Ranella, 360 ; on new species of Arca, 355 ; on new species of Mitra and Cardium, 475. ae Dr., observations on some Polypes, Rhinolophus, new species of, 466. Rhizanthez, observations on the, 190. Richardson, J., generic characters of Gas- terochisma melampus, 346. Ringicula, new species of, 123. Rissoa, new species of, 315. Robert, E., on the occurrence of the Anoplotherium in the lowest layers of ~F tertiary period of the Paris basin, 41. Royal Institution, proceedings of the, 210. Royal Society, proceedings of the, 277. Royal Society of Edinburgh, proceedings of the, 121. oes on three new British species of, 305. Salix, observations on some British spe- cies of, 276. Salter, T. B., on three new species of Rubus, 305. Santalum, on the ovulum of, 196. Sapria, characters of the new genus, 191. Scenedesmus, on the British species of, Schomburgk, Sir R. H., on the geology of British Guiana, 137. 503 Scotland, on some rarities found on the west coast of, 327. Scyllium Catulus, on the ova of, 261, 345. Sedum amplexicaule, on the formation of aérial tubers in, 408. Seller, Dr., on the nutrition of plants, 350. Semnopitheci, observations on some spe- cies of, 452; on two new species of, 497. Serpentaria, characters of the new genus, 377. Shells, new, 46, 50, 61, 123, 183, 135, 199, 250, 815, 355, 360, 363,374, 431, 435, 475. Shrews of Nepal, descriptions of the, 266. Siebold, Dr., on the metamorphoses of the Strepsiptera, 293. Silphodes, new species of, 440. Simiadz, notes on yarious, with descrip- tions of new species, 449, 497. Smith, J., on the geology of Gibraltar, 67. Smyth, W. W., on the geology of the country round the mines of the Taurus, 212. Solarium, new species of, 374. Sonder, W., on some British species of willows, 276. Sorex, new species of, 269. Sowerby, G. B., on new species of Vo- luta, 135. Spiders, on the means by which they walk on the vertical surfaces of highly polished bodies, 115. Spiral vessels, on the structure of, 495. Spirula, on the animal of, 257, 444. Sponge, description of a new genus of, 297, Spongilla fluviatilis, remarks on the, 284. Stark, Dr., on the existence of an electric apparatus in the flapper-skate and other rays, 121. Staurastrum, on the British species of, 149. Stelis, new species of, 385. Stenorhynchus, new species of, 386. Sterna leucoptera, occurrence of, in Bri- tain, 271. Stomata, on the penetration of the cuticle into the, 217. Strepsiptera, on the metamorphoses of the, Strickland, H. E., on some new species of birds from Western Africa, 125; on Cyanocitta, a proposed new genus of Garruline, 260, 342. Syllis, on the British species of, 145. Synhydra, observations on the genus, Syrinx, new British species of, 272. Syrinx papillosus, notice respecting, 329. Taphozous, new species of, 472. 504 Tellin, new species of, 46, 363, 439. Templeton, R., on anew genus of worms, Tentaculites, remarks on the, 406. Tephrodornis, new species of, 129. oo characters of the new genus, 95. Thompson, W., additions to the fauna of Ireland, with descriptions of some new species of Invertebrata, 308. Tortoise, description of a gigantic fossil, from India, 55. Treviranus, L. C., on the formation of aérial tubers in Sedum amplexicaule, 408. Trichoglottis, new species of, 586. _ Trimmer, J., on the pipes or sandgalls in the chalk and chalk-rubble of Nor- folk, 138. Triopa, observations on the genus, 262. Triton, new species of, 199, 317. Trogide, on the, 488. Tubulariz, on the embryogeny of the, 346, United States, journal of a_ botanical tour through, 64, 351, 353. Vegetable physiology, remarks on, 198. Velella, new species of, 521. Venus, new species of, 432. Vespertilio Nattereri, occurrence of, in Ireland, 270. INDEX. Vespertilionide, notes on various, with descriptions of new species, 462. Voluta, new species of, 135. Waguer’s, Dr. R., Elements of Compara- tive Anatomy, reviewed, 45. Walker, F., on the variations of structure in the British Eurytomide, 496. Walton, J., on the synonymy of the genus Apion, with descriptions of new spe- cies, 351,392. Waterhouse, G. R., on a new species of Mus, 428; of Octodon, 428. Westwood, Mr., on the Geotrupide and Trogide, 438. White, A., on a new genus and some new species of homopterous insects, 34; on two apparently new species of lamelli- corn beetles, 38; on a new species of longicorn beetle from Mexico, 108; on the synonyms of a homopterous in- sect, 119. Willkomm, M., botanical notices from Spain, 178, 417. Wilson, E., on the structure of the ulti- mate fibre of the muscle, 279. Xanthidium furcatum, notice respecting, 406. Zoological Society, proceedings of the, 46, 122, 199, 286, 355, 426, 475. Zoophytes, on the morphology of, 161, END OF THE FIFTEENTH VOLUME. PRINTED BY RICHARD AND JOHN E. TAYLOR, RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET, 9 Ann.’ Mag. Nat. Hist. Vol./5. PLL. \ \ \ \ aN, IDC.Sowerby se Anatomy op Eolis. Z. Vol ud igh IL. Inn. & Mag Nat His Anatomy AS £oles. = Q X94 = c ja > ¥ S nS 7 i = Y S ~ ~~ ry 8 N XN Ann.& Mag. Nat. Hist Vol t5 PLIV. Anatom of Eolas. JDeSowerty | “? Ann. & Mag. NatLHist, Volts PN. Sowerby fe SDC. Anatomy of Eolis, nag v Jun. & Mag Nat Hist Vo 15.PV1. « Tvth r . LONK MMS. a iit bps! x = | { - Ree 7, >. “7 _ = VO astm Aes. SLfulu, ls fag HVA, LLL, "UU. /e. i Ld. I =. Carabus (Procrastiass) lacata , White. (Mantis, (“Lanthus ) =_ Proonus (Prvonacalus) Cacicus White 72-7 NL. gen Liritish Neretdes. Ann.t Mag. Nat. Hise. Nol.v5. VAS. i 3 3 : ; ; : i ; eestor p sap phe! TTT Sadie SRC Sowerby. Ste _- Amn. Mag. Nat. Hise. Vol.i5. VN. ~ SDC Sowerby. S02 british Neretdes. ae > fa 4 * ed et ae : elt ‘ Ps on ae H oF pits 1* wae . & b eon - Tea = w etal ieee LJoamer tJ. Ratts del. Ann.& Mag. Nat-Hist Nolib.PVX. SDL. Sowerby. St er LJ emer. & J Ralfs, del. SLAUPASTTUTIL: Ann.&Mag. Nat HistNo\J5.P\.X1. AD.C Sowerty, Se. Ann & Mag Nat. Hist. Vol. \5. P11 | y Staurastrum — h Cc . 7 ne 5 054 4% a5. ta WaAlrs ret ae ae ee eS 7 £ Scenedesmus Desmidium quadrangiulaton J” Ralf: del, JIDL.Sowerhy 2° be a at ; i ‘Yigt Th ary s yee cay Mgr Me: Ann. & Mag, Nat. Hist. Vol. Pl XM. coophy tes . a x SS x N SQ NS S ~ Morphology of Grasses . Ke hal . PLE 4, Annk Mag. Nat. Hist VoLlé a iy ii | Wy), )1))!') \\ M Wh HA AIM DOD) Y I), Wj tL IDC Somerby se. 5 / Friapulus. 234 SVM “Caw. del Ann, SMay Nat Pest. Vel 25 LUAV ‘ig: Dave Stahe Lrlh Ah SWiLeenura MNS Lond. Delin ci Lith Day’ Zhe Lil CME f f ” / , == Ani A Vaa LVat List lol L5 Fit BINDING SECT. JUN 12 1972 QH The Annals & magazine of i natural history M6 Wel Biological & Medical Serials PLEASE DO NOT REMOVE CARDS OR SLIPS FROM THIS POCKET UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO LIBRARY STORAGE + (ted sete u ~ st} a ae Barat PTA tee vets ke pry Spe det: Sa ce ~ => rte = HERI se en es ea Penh ee Maan ASG ASS raes PAA ach oe Pe eae er A